BOARD POLICIES

BOARD POLICIES

Click on "Board Policies" header to expand the list and navigate to the policy you wish to view.  Or use the Search function in the upper right-hand corner to search for a word or phrase in the policy manual, agenda or minutes.

 

Jen@iowaschool… Thu, 09/19/2019 - 12:29

100 - EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY

100 - EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/09/2021 - 15:42

100 - Legal Status of the School District

100 - Legal Status of the School District

Iowa law authorizes the creation of a Common Schools System.  As part of this Common Schools System, this school district is a school corporation created and organized under Iowa law.  This school district shall be known as the Fairfield Community School District.

This school corporation is located in Jefferson County, and its affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the Fairfield Community School District Board of Directors.  This school corporation has exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1, .2, .6, .7; 279.8; 594A 

Cross Reference:  200 Legal Status of the Board of Directors

Approved:  Dec. 16, 1996, February 21, 2022     
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, August 18, 2014, January 24, 2022   
Revised:  January 24, 2022, January 24, 2022        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/11/2021 - 11:11

101 - Educational Philosophy of the School District

101 - Educational Philosophy of the School District

As a school corporation of Iowa, the Fairfield Community School District, acting through its board of directors, is dedicated to promoting an equal opportunity for a quality public education to its students.  The board’s ability may be limited by the school district's ability and willingness to furnish financial support in cooperation with student’s parents and school district community.  The board is also dedicated to providing the opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance to, and encourages critical thinking in, the students for a lifetime.

The board endeavors, through the dedication of the school district's resources, to encourage students, who come to the school district from a variety of backgrounds, to look forward to the time when they will have jobs, homes, families, places in the school district community, and attain recognition as individuals.  In order to achieve this goal, the board will seek qualified employees dedicated to development of their professional skills for the betterment of the education program and for the expertise for educational productivity.

Instruction and curriculum are the key elements of a public education.  Critical thinking and problem solving skills that will assist the students' preparation for life is instructed as part of a sequentially coordinated curriculum.  The school district strives to prepare students for employment, to discover and nurture creative talent and to prepare them to meet and cope with social change in an atmosphere conducive to learning.

The support and involvement of the home and the school district community are essential to achieve educational excellence in the school district.  The school district strives to maintain an active relationship with the home and the school district community to create within the students an awareness of dignity and worth of the individual, civic responsibility and respect for authority.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11

Cross Reference:  102       Equal Educational Opportunity
   
                                    103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
   
                                    209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures
   
                                    600       Goals and Objectives of the Education Program
   
                                    602       Curriculum Development

Approved: Feb. 11, 1985, Sep 15, 2014, February 21, 2022
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, August 18, 2014, January 24, 2022
Revised:  August 18, 2014, January 24, 2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/11/2021 - 11:19

102 - Equal Educational Opportunity

102 - Equal Educational Opportunity

It is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district.  Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth.  In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same educational opportunity.

The Fairfield Community School District does not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices.  The belief in equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Chuck Benge, 403 S 20th St., Fairfield. Ph. 641-209-2655. Email: chuck.benge@fairfieldsfuture.org.

Board policies, rules and regulations affect students while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

The board requires all persons, agencies, vendors, contractors and other persons and organizations doing business with or performing services for the school district to subscribe to all applicable federal and state laws, executive orders, rules and regulations pertaining to contract compliance and equal opportunity.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, are directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Chuck Benge; Fairfield Community School District, Fairfield, Iowa 52556; or by telephoning (641) 472 2655.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, John C. Kluczynski Federal Building, 230 S. Dearborn St., 37th Floor, Chicago, IL, 60604 (312) 730-1560, fax (312) 730-1576 OCR.Chicago@ed.gov, the Iowa Civil Rights Commissioner, https://icrc.iowa.gov, (515) 281-4121 or the Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA 50319. (515) 281-5294.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

This is a mandatory policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 et seq.
                                       20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 et seq.
                                       20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq.
                                       29 U.S.C. § 206 et seq.
                                       29 U.S.C. § 794
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d and 2000e
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 100
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 104
                                       Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 216.9; 256.11, 280.3
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.

Cross Reference:  101       Educational Philosophy of the School District
   
                                    401.1    Equal Employment Opportunity
                                       506.1    Student Records

Approved:  Dec. 16, 1996, Sep 15, 2014, February 21, 2022
Reviewed:   July 20, 2007, Jan. 12, 2009, June 14, 2010, Nov. 8, 2010, Aug 18, 2014, January 24, 2022
Revised:   Aug. 13, 2007, Feb. 9, 2009, July 12, 2010, Aug 18, 2014, January 24, 2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:27

102.E1 - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination

102.E1 - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination

The Fairfield Community School District offers career and technical programs in the following areas of study: Industrial Education, Family Consumer Science, Vocational Agriculture and Business Education.

It is the policy of the Fairfield Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Chuck Benge, 403 S. 20th St, Fairfield, (641) 472-2655 or email at chuck.benge@fairfieldsfuture.org.

 

 

Approved: Sep 15, 2014, February 21, 2022
Reviewed: Aug 18, 2014, January 24, 2022
Revised: Aug 18, 2014, January 24, 2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/11/2021 - 11:17

102.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

102.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

It is the policy of the Fairfield Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Equity Coordinator Chuck Benge, 403 S. 20th St., Fairfield, (641) 472-2655 or email: chuck.benge@fairfieldsfuture.org.

 

 

Approved:  February 21, 2022
Reviewed:  January 24, 2022   
Revised:  January 24, 2022 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/11/2021 - 11:13

102.E3 - Grievance Documentation

102.E3 - Grievance Documentation

Name of Individual Alleging Discrimination or Non-Compliance

Name                                                                                            

Grievance Date                                                     

 

State the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested.

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

 

 

Indicate Principal's or Supervisor's response or action to above complaint.

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                       

 

Signature of Principal or Supervisor                                                             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/11/2021 - 11:03

102.E4 - Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

102.E4 - Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

The Fairfield Community School District does not discriminate in its educational programs and activities on the basis of a student's disability.  It has been determined that your child has a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made to meet his or her individual needs as adequately as the needs of other students.  As a parent, you have the right to the following:

  • participation of your child in school district programs and activities, including extracurricular programs and activities, to the maximum extent appropriate, free of discrimination based upon the student's disability and at the same level as students without disabilities;
  • receipt of free educational services to the extent they are provided students without disabilities:
  • receipt of information about your child and your child's educational programs and activities in your native language;
  • notice of identification of your child as having a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made and notice prior to evaluation and placement of your child and right to periodically request a re-evaluation of your child;
  • inspect and review your child's educational records including a right to copy those records for a reasonable fee; you also have a right to ask the school district to amend your child's educational records if you feel the information in the records is misleading or inaccurate; should the school district refuse to amend the records, you have a right to a hearing and to place an explanatory letter in your child's file explaining why you feel the records are misleading or inaccurate;
  • hearing before an impartial hearing officer if you disagree with your child's evaluation or placement; you have a right to counsel at the hearing and have the decision of the impartial hearing officer reviewed.

Inquiries concerning the school district's compliance with the regulations implementing Title VI, Title IX, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), § 504 or Iowa Code § 280.3 should be directed to:

          Director of Curriculum
          Fairfield Community School District
          A.C.T. Center
          403 South 20th Street
          Fairfield, Iowa  52556-4243
         (Telephone No. 641-472-2655)

who has been designated by the school district to coordinate the school district's efforts to comply with the regulations implementing Title VI, Title IX, the ADA, § 504 and Iowa Code 280.3.           

Approved:                   
Reviewed: Aug 25, 2014                      
Revised: Aug 25, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:30

102.R1 - Grievance Procedure

102.R1 - Grievance Procedure

Students, parents of students, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district will have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination under federal or state regulations requiring non-discrimination in programs and employment.

Level One - Principal, Immediate Supervisor or
Personnel Contact Person
(Informal and Optional - may be bypassed by the grievant)

Employees with a complaint of discrimination based upon their gender, race, national origin, creed, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability are encouraged to first discuss it with their immediate supervisor, with the objective of resolving the matter informally.  An applicant for employment with a complaint of discrimination based upon their gender, race, national origin, creed, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability are encouraged to first discuss it with the personnel contact person.  This paragraph is for employees and “marital status” isn’t a protected class for employees.

A student, or a parent of a student, with a complaint of discrimination based upon their gender, race, national origin, creed, religion, marital status, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability are encouraged to discuss it with the instructor, counselor, supervisor, building administrator, program administrator or personnel contact person directly involved.

Level Two - Compliance Officer

If the grievance is not resolved at Level One and the grievant wishes to pursue the grievance, the grievant may formalize it by filing a complaint in writing on a Grievance Filing Form, which may be obtained from the Compliance Officer.  The complaint will state the nature of the grievance and the remedy requested.  The filing of the formal, written complaint at Level Two must be within 15 working days from the date of the event giving rise to the grievance, or from the date the grievant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence.  The grievant may request that a meeting concerning the complaint be held with the Compliance Officer.  A minor student may be accompanied at that meeting by a parent or guardian.  The Compliance Officer will investigate the complaint and attempt to resolve it.  A written report from the Compliance Officer regarding action taken will be sent to the involved parties within a reasonable time after receipt of the complaint.

Level Three - Superintendent/Administrator

If the complaint is not resolved at Level Two, the grievant may appeal it to Level Three by presenting a written appeal to the superintendent within five working days after the grievant receives the report from the Compliance Officer, the grievant may request a meeting with the superintendent.  The superintendent may request a meeting with the grievant to discuss the appeal.  A decision will be rendered by the superintendent within a reasonable time after the receipt of the written appeal.  If, in cases of disability grievances at the elementary and secondary level, the issue is not resolved through the grievance process, the parents have a right to an impartial hearing to resolve the issue.

This procedure in no way denies the right of the grievant to file formal complaints with the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, the U.S. Department of Education Office for Civil Rights or Office of Special Education Programs, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or the Iowa Department of Education for mediation or rectification of civil rights grievances, or to seek private counsel for complaints alleging discrimination.

Level Four - Appeal to Board

If the grievant is not satisfied with the superintendent's decision, the grievant can file an appeal with the board within five working days of the decision.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether it will hear the appeal.

 

The Compliance Officer is:

 

Name                             Curriculum Director

Office Address               403 South 20th Street, Fairfield, IA  52556-4243                                                                         

Phone Number               641-472-2655

Office Hours                  8:00 a.m. – 4:30 p.m.

 

 

Approved: Sep 15, 2014
Reviewed: Aug 18, 2014
Revised: Aug 18, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:29

103 - Long-Range Needs Assessment

103 - Long-Range Needs Assessment

Long-range needs assessment enables the school district to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectations of students and determines how well students are meeting student-learning goals. The board shall conduct ongoing and in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from business, labor, industry, higher education and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation.

In conjunction with the in-depth needs assessment of the school district, the board shall authorize the appointment of a committee, representing administrators, employees, parents, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the board in determining the priorities of the school district in addition to the basic skills areas of the education program.

Long-range and ongoing needs assessment and reporting includes internal (I) and external (E) data.  The district will continue to monitor student achievement data (I) and information gathered from the community, building site teams and the K-12 vertical team (School Improvement Advisory Committee - SIAC) (E) to assess on-going needs and to formulate appropriate goals.  Reporting will be done through reports to building site teams, the board of directors, the K-12 vertical team (School Improvement Advisory Committee - SIAC), the Annual Progress Report, the media and in building newsletters.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the school district community is informed of students’ progress on state and locally determined indicators.  The superintendent shall report annually to the board about the means used to keep the community informed.

As a result of the board and committee's work, the board shall determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to meet the needs; establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance; evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement projects; and annually report the school district's progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 256.7; 280.12, .(2013).
   
                                   281 I.A.C. 12.8(1) (b).

Cross Reference:  101    Educational Philosophy of the School District
   
                                   200    Legal Status of the Board of Directors
   
                                   208    Ad Hoc Committees
   
                                   603.1  Basic Instruction Program
   
                                   801.1  Buildings and Sites Long-Range Planning
   
                                   801.2  Buildings and Sites Surveys

Approved:   Feb. 11, 1985, Sep 15, 2014    
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005; Jan. 12, 2009 , Aug 18, 2014    
Revised:  Oct. 9, 2000; Feb. 9, 2009, Aug 18, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:23

104 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy

104 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy

The Fairfield Community School District is committed to providing all students, employees, and volunteers with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect.  Bullying and/or harassing behavior can seriously disrupt the ability of school employees to maintain a safe and civil environment, and the ability of students to learn and succeed. 

Bullying and/or harassment of or by students, employees, and volunteers is against federal, state, and local policy and is not tolerated by the board.

Accordingly, school employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in bullying or harassing behavior while on school property, while on school-owned or school-operated vehicles, while attending or participating in school-sponsored or sanctioned activities, and while away from school grounds if the conduct materially interferes with the orderly operation of the educational environment or is likely to do so.

Complaints may be filed with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee pursuant to the regulation accompanying this policy.  Complaints will be investigated within a reasonable time frame. 

A school employee, volunteer, or student, or a student’s parent or guardian who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment, in compliance with the procedures in the regulation, to the appropriate school official designated by the school district, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability relating to such report and to participation in any administrative or judicial proceeding resulting from or relating to the report.

Retaliation Prohibited

Individuals who knowingly file false bullying or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

Any student found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, removal from service and exclusion from school grounds. 

Definitions

For the purposes of this policy, the defined words shall have the following meaning: 

  • “Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optic cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means.  “Electronic” includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, and electronic text messaging. 
  •  “Harassment” and “bullying” mean any repeated or potentially repeated electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or other ongoing conduct toward an individual based on any trait or characteristic of the individual which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions:

(1)   Places the individual in reasonable fear of harm to the individual’s person or property.

(2)   Has a substantial detrimental effect on the individual’s physical or mental health.

(3)   Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s academic or career performance.  Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school.

  • “Trait or characteristic of the individual” includes but is not limited to age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status.
  • “Volunteer” means an individual who has regular, significant contact with students.

Publication of Policy

The board will annually publish this policy. The policy may be publicized by the following means:

  • Inclusion in the student handbook,
  • Inclusion in the employee handbook
  • Inclusion in the registration materials
  • Inclusion on the school or school district’s web site

 

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy. School districts are required to integrate the anti-bullying and anti-harassment policy into the comprehensive school improvement plan and shall collect and report data regarding instances of bullying and harassment as required by law.

NOTE: Some conduct that falls under a school’s anti-bullying/anti-harassment policy also may trigger responsibilities under one or more of the federal and state antidiscrimination laws. By limiting the response to a specific application of its anti-bullying/anti-harassment disciplinary policy and the accompanying procedures, a school may fail to properly consider whether the alleged conduct also results in discriminatory bullying and/or harassment.

 

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1221-1234i (2012).
   
                                      29 U.S.C. § 794 (2012).
   
                                      42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d-2000d-7 (2012).
   
                                      42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 2et. seq. (2012).
   
                                      Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.28; 280.3 (2013).        
   
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).
   
                                      Morse v. Frederick, 127 S. Ct. 2618 (2007)

 Cross References:  102       Equal Educational Opportunity
   
                                       502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                       503       Student Discipline
   
                                       506       Student Records

Approved:  Aug. 13, 2007, Sep. 15, 2014, Aug. 17, 2020, Oct. 18, 2021
Reviewed:  Oct. 8, 2007; Jan. 12, 2009, Apr. 20, 2012, Jun. 18, 2012, Aug. 18, 2014, Jul. 20,2020, Sept. 20, 2021
Revised:  Nov. 12, 2007; Feb. 9, 2009, Aug. 18, 2014, Jul. 20,2020, Sept. 20, 2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:14

104.E1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Complaint Form

104.E1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Complaint Form

Date of complaint:

_____________________________________________________

Name of Complainant:

_____________________________________________________

Are you filling out this form for yourself or someone else (please identify the individual if you are submitting on behalf of someone else):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Who or what entity do you believe discriminated against, harassed, or bullied you (or someone else)?

_____________________________________________________

Date and place of alleged incident(s):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Names of any witnesses (if any):

_____________________________________________________

 

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

P * Sexual Harassment follows Title IX forms, please see website.

In the space below, please describe what happened and why you believe that you or someone else has been discriminated against, harassed, or bullied. Please be as specific as possible and attach additional pages if necessary.

_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature: _____________________________________            Date:  __________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:22

104.E2 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Witness Disclosure Form

104.E2 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Witness Disclosure Form

Name of Witness:

­­­­­­­­­_____________________________________________________

Date of interview:

_____________________________________________________

Date of initial complaint:

_____________________________________________________

Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee): 

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Date and place of alleged incident(s):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

Description of incident witnessed: _________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

 

Additional information: _________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signature: _____________________________________            Date:  __________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:20

104.E3 - Disposition of Anti-Bullying/Harassment Complaint Form

104.E3 - Disposition of Anti-Bullying/Harassment Complaint Form

Date:

_____________________________________________________

Date of initial complaint:

_____________________________________________________

Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee): 

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

 

 

Date and place of alleged incident(s):

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

Name of Respondent (include whether the Respondent is a student or employee):

­­­­­­­

_____________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nature of discrimination, harassment or bullying alleged (check all that apply)

 

 

Age

 

Physical Attribute

 

Sex

 

Disability

 

Physical/Mental Ability

 

Sexual Orientation

 

Familial Status

 

Political Belief

 

Socio-economic Background

 

Gender Identity

 

Political Party Preference

 

Other – Please Specify:

 

Marital Status

 

Race/Color

 

 

National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry

 

Religion/Creed

 

 

 

 

Summary of investigation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

Date:

       /         /

 

                                                 
dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:18

104.R1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Investigation Procedures

104.R1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Investigation Procedures

Individuals who feel that they have been harassed should:

        ·    Communicate to the harasser that the individual expects the behavior to stop, if the individual is comfortable doing so.  If the individual wants assistance communicating with the harasser, the individual should ask a teacher, counselor or principal to help.

        ·    If the harassment does not stop, or the individual does not feel comfortable confronting the harasser, the individual should:

              --   tell a teacher, counselor or principal; and

              --   write down exactly what happened, keep a copy and give another copy to the teacher, counselor or principal including;

    • what, when and where it happened;
    • who was involved;
    • exactly what was said or what the harasser did;
    • witnesses to the harassment;
    • what the student said or did, either at the time or later;
    • how the student felt; and
    • how the harasser responded.

 

COMPLAINT PROCEDURE

An individual who believes that the individual has been harassed or bullied will notify the building principal, the designated investigator.  The alternate investigator is the superintendent.  The investigator may request that the individual complete the Harassment/Bullying Complaint form and turn over evidence of the harassment, including, but not limited to, letters, tapes, or pictures.  The complainant shall be given a copy of the completed complaint form.   Information received during the investigation is kept confidential to the extent possible.

The investigator, with the approval of the principal, or the principal has the authority to initiate an investigation in the absence of a written complaint.

 

INVESTIGATION PROCEDURE

The investigator will reasonably and promptly commence the investigation upon receipt of the complaint.  The investigator will interview the complainant and the alleged harasser.  The alleged harasser may file a written statement in response to the complaint.  The investigator may also interview witnesses as deemed appropriate.

Upon completion of the investigation, the investigator will make written findings and conclusions as to each allegation of harassment and report the findings and conclusions to the principal.  The investigator will provide a copy of the findings of the investigation to the principal. 

 

RESOLUTION OF THE COMPLAINT

Following receipt of the investigator’s report, the principal may investigate further, if deemed necessary, and make a determination of any appropriate additional steps which may include discipline.

Prior to the determination of the appropriate remedial action, the principal may, at the principal’s discretion, interview the complainant and the alleged harasser.  The principal will file a written report closing the case and documenting any disciplinary action taken or any other action taken in response to the complaint.  The complainant, the alleged harasser and the investigator will receive notice as to the conclusion of the investigation.  The principal will maintain a log of information necessary to comply with Iowa Department of Education reporting procedures.

 

POINTS TO REMEMBER IN THE INVESTIGATION

  •     Evidence uncovered in the investigation is confidential.
  •     Complaints must be taken seriously and investigated.
  •     No retaliation will be taken against individuals involved in the investigation process.
  •     Retaliators will be disciplined up to and including suspension and expulsion.

 

CONFLICTS

If the investigator is a witness to the incident, the alternate investigator will investigate.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:17

105 - Assistance Animals

105 - Assistance Animals

It is the policy of Fairfield Community School District to foster an equal education environment for all students, employees and community members within the district.  The purpose of this policy is to provide guidance to the district on the proper use of assistance animals while on district property.  The district shall allow the use of qualified service animals and assistive animals to accompany individuals with disabilities in all areas of district buildings where the public is normally allowed to go.  This can include classrooms, cafeteria and school buses.  Individuals with disabilities are people who have a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.  Service animals are dogs and in some instances miniature horses trained to do work or perform tasks for individuals with disabilities.  Assistive animals are simians or any other animal specially trained or in the process of being trained to assist a person with a disability. 

Service animals and assistive animals must be current on all required vaccinations.  Service animals and assistive animals also must be under control while on district grounds.  The animal may be under control by either the individual with a disability, or a handler of the service or assistive animal.  Under control means harnessed, leashed or tethered, unless these devices interfere with the animal’s work, in which case under voice or other directive control.

 

Miniature Horses as Service Animals

Miniature horses shall be allowed as service animals within the district whenever it is reasonable to allow them.  Factors to consider when determining reasonableness include:  whether the miniature horse is house broken; whether the miniature horse is under the owner’s control; whether the facility can accommodate the miniature horse’s type, size and weight; and whether the miniature horse’s presence will not compromise legitimate safety requirements necessary for safe operation of the facility.

 

Establishing the Need for a Service Animal

When no prior notice is given to the district of the use of a service or assistive animal, the Superintendent and/or school administrators are permitted to ask the following questions: 

“Do you need/require this animal because of a disability?”

If the animal’s trained tasks are not readily apparent, the administrator may ask: 

“What work or task has the animal been trained to perform?”

 

Service and Assistive Animals in training

Assuming the handler and animal are otherwise allowed, individuals who train service and/or assistive animals will also be allowed access with their service animal in training to public areas of district buildings and property.  The service or assistive animal in training is expected to abide by the same requirements as a service or assistive animal.

 

Exclusion of Service and Assistive Animals

In certain limited circumstances, it may be reasonable to exclude the use of a service or assistive animal from district property.  The Superintendent is permitted to exclude service and assistive animals from district buildings and property in the following circumstances:  The presence of the animal poses a direct threat to the health and safety of others; the owner or handler is unable to control the animal; the animal is not house broken; the presence of the animal significantly disrupts or interferes with the educational process; or the presence of the animal would require a fundamental alteration to the program.  If a service animal is properly excluded from district property, the district shall provide the student served by the animal the opportunity to participate in the program, service or activity without having the service animal on district property. 

 

Emotional Support Animals and Therapy Emotional support animals are medically prescribed to provide therapeutic benefit through dedicated companionship.  Emotional support animals’ sole function is to provide emotional support or comfort. 

Therapy animals are involved in an animal-assisted therapy program involving animals as a form of treatment.

Emotional support animals and therapy animals do not meet the definition of service or assistive animals.  However, the district recognizes their value in our community.  The superintendent shall evaluate the use of emotional support animals and therapy animals on a case-by-case basis.  District employees may use therapy animals in the course of their regular duties only after receiving permission from the superintendent. 

 

Student use of Emotional Support Animals and Therapy Animals

Factors the superintendent should consider in making the determination include but are not limited to: 

  1. Whether the animal is housebroken
  2. Whether the animal has a current vaccination certificate
  3. Whether the animal has been recommended through an individual education plan (IEP) or a 504 plan as necessary for the student to receive free access to public education
  4. Whether the facility can accommodate the animal’s type size and weight, and
  5. Whether the animal’s presence will not compromise legitimate safety requirements necessary for safe operation of the facility 

 

Employee use of Therapy Animals as part of Education Environment

Before permission to use therapy animals is granted, staff members must provide: 

  1. Proof that the animal is certified to be a therapy animal;
  2. An explanation of how the animal will be used, including research supporting the use of therapy animals;
  3. A plan for how the staff member will provide for the care and control of the animal;
  4. A plan for how the staff member will accommodate students with allergies to the animal; and
  5. A current vaccination certificate for the animal.

 

NOTE:  The use of service animals is a civil right established by federal and state laws. However, the use of emotional support and therapy animals does not necessarily have the same legal protections.

 

 

Legal References:  29 U.S.C. §794
   
                                       42 U.S.C. §12132
  
                                       28 C.F.R.   35
   
                                       Iowa Code §216C

Cross References:  606.3    Animals in the Classroom

Approved: August 20, 2018, February 21, 2022       
Reviewed: July, 2018, January 24, 2022
Revised: July, 2018, January 24, 2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:11

106 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited

106 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited

In accordance with Title IX of the Education Amendments Act of 1972, the Fairfield Community School District prohibits sex discrimination, including sexual harassment as defined by the regulations implementing Title IX (34 C.F.R. § 106.30), against any individual participating in any education program or activity of the District.  This prohibition on discrimination applies to students, employees, and applicants for employment.  The Board authorizes the Superintendent to adopt procedures for any individual to report sex discrimination or sexual harassment, and for the investigation and resolution of such complaints. 

Any individual with questions about the District’s Title IX policy and procedures, or who would like to make a report or file a formal complaint of sex discrimination or sexual harassment may contact the District’s designated Title Coordinator, Chuck Benge, Curriculum Director, 403 S. 20th St., Fairfield, IA 52556. Office phone: (641) 472-2655, chuck.benge@fairfieldsfuture.org.

Retaliation against a person who made a report or complaint of sexual harassment, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation or resolution of a sexual harassment report or complaint is strictly prohibited. Retaliation includes threats, coercion, discrimination, intimidation, reprisals, and/or adverse actions related to employment or education.  Any individual who believed they have been retaliated against in violation of this Policy should immediately contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator.

 

 

Approved:  July 27, 2020
Reviewed:  July 20, 2020
Revised: 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:09

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/09/2021 - 15:42

200 - Statement of Guiding Principles

200 - Statement of Guiding Principles dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:29

200.1 - Organization of the Board of Directors

200.1 - Organization of the Board of Directors

The Fairfield Community School District school board is authorized by and derives its organization from Iowa law.  The board will consist of 7 board members.  Board members are elected at-large.

The board is organized for the purpose of setting policy and providing general direction for the school district.  The school board will hold its organizational meeting at the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes.  The retiring board will transfer materials, including the board policy manual, and responsibility to the new board.

The organizational meeting allows the outgoing board to approve minutes of its previous meetings, complete unfinished business and review the school election results.  The retiring board will adjourn and the new board will then begin.  The board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly-elected board members.  The board secretary will preside while the new board elects the president and vice president of the new board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.2; 275.23A; 277.23, .28, .31; 279.1, .5, .7, .8 , .33 (2013).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  202    Board of Directors Members
    
                                  206.1 President
    
                                  206.2 Vice President
    
                                  210    Board of Directors' Meeting

Approved:  Sept. 14, 1987, Nov. 16, 2020
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14, 2009, July 11, 2011, Oct. 19, 2020      
Revised:  Sept. 21, 1992, Dec. 16, 1996, Oct. 12, 2009, September 18, 2017, Oct. 19, 2020      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:32

200.1R1 - Organizational Meeting Procedures

200.1R1 - Organizational Meeting Procedures

The board will hold its organizational meeting annually at the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes.  Notice of the meeting's place and time will be given by the board secretary to each member, member-elect and the public.

The purpose of the meeting is to transfer material and responsibility from the outgoing board to the new board.  At the meeting, the board will elect a president who will hold office for one year.  Once elected, the president will be entitled to vote on all matters before the board.

Meeting Procedure

The organizational meeting of the board will be held in two parts:  the final meeting of the outgoing board and the organizational meeting of the new board.

1.     Final Meeting of the Retiring Board

        (1)     Call to order.

        (2)     Roll call.

        (3)     Approval of minutes of previous meeting(s).

        (4)     Communications.

        (5)     Visitors.

        (6)     Unfinished business.

                  (a)  Current claims and accounts (for the retiring board to authorize).

                  (b)  Other items.  If any member of the board feels the board should consider any unfinished business, even if only to identify it as unfinished business, the member should address the issue at this time.

        (7)     Examine and settle the books for the previous year.

        (8)     Review of election results.  The board secretary will present the county auditor's official report on the latest elections.  Official results are recorded in the minutes.

        (9)     Adjournment of the retiring board.

 

2.     Organizational Meeting of the New Board

        (1)     The board secretary, as president pro-tem, will preside over the meeting until a new board president is elected.

        (2)     Call to order.

        (3)     Roll call.

        (4)     Oath of office.  The board secretary will administer the oath to new members.

        (5)    Election of a president of the board.  The president pro-tem calls for nominations; nominations need not be seconded.  The board will then vote on the nominations.  The secretary will announce the result of the vote, and will administer the oath of office to the newly elected president and the newly elected president will assume the chair.

        (6)    Election of the vice-president.  The president of the board will call for nominations; the nominations need not be seconded.  The board will then vote on the nominations.  The president will announce the results and administer the oath of office to the vice-president.

Other items of business at the organizational meeting may include:

         (7)    Board resolution of appreciation recognizing the public service rendered by retiring board members.

         (8)    Determination of dates, times, and places for regular meetings of the board.

         (9)    Board resolution to define the operating rules and practices that will be followed by the new board.

        (10)   Board resolution to authorize the interim payment of bills pursuant to policy 705.3.

        (11)   Communications.

        (12)   Visitors.

        (13)   Superintendent's report.

        (14)   Adjournment.

       

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.2; 275.23A; 277.23, .28, .31; 279.1, .5, .7, .8 (2011).
    
                                   281 I.A.C 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  202      Board of Directors Members
    
                                  206.1   President
    
                                  206.2   Vice-President
          
                                    210      Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved:  July 11, 2011, Nov. 16, 2020
Reviewed:  June 13, 2011, Oct. 19, 2020      
Revised:     Oct. 19, 2020      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:33

200.2 - Powers of the Board of Directors

200.2 - Powers of the Board of Directors

The board of the Fairfield Community School District, acting on behalf of the school district, shall have jurisdiction over school matters within the territory of the school district.

The board is empowered to make policy for its own governance, for employees, for students and for school district facilities.  The board is also empowered to enforce its policies.  The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.

The board has these powers and all other powers expressly granted to it in federal and state law as well as the powers that can be reasonably implied from the express powers.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa Op. Att'y Gen. 66. 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 28E; 274.1-.2; 279.8 (2011).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.1(2).
    
                                  1990 Op. Att’y Gen.  66

Cross Reference:  209 Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011      
Revised:  Dec. 16, 1996

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:31

200.3 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

200.3 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

The board is authorized to govern the school district which it oversees.  As the governing board of the school district, the board has three duties to perform:  legislative duty, executive duty and evaluative duty.

As a representative of the citizens of the school district community, the board is responsible for legislating policy for the school district.  As a policy making body, the board has jurisdiction to enact policy with the force and effect of law for the management and operation of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the board, under the board's executive duty, to select its chief executive officer, the superintendent, to operate the school district on the board's behalf.  The board delegates to the superintendent its authority to carry out board policy, to formulate and carry out rules and regulations and to handle the administrative details in a manner which supports and is consistent with board policy.

The board has a responsibility to review the education program's performance under its evaluative duty.  The board regularly reviews the education program and ancillary services.  The review includes a careful study and examination of the facts, conditions and circumstances surrounding the amount of funds received or expended and the education program's ability to achieve the board's educational philosophy for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 279.1, .8, .20; 280.12 (2013).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  101      Educational Philosophy of the School District
    
                                  103      Educational and Operational Planning
    
                                  209      Board of Directors' Management Procedures
    
                                  600      Goals and Objectives of the Educational Program

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Nov. 16, 2020
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011, Oct. 19, 2020     
Revised:  Dec. 16, 1996, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:30

201 - Board of Directors' Elections

201 - Board of Directors' Elections

The school election takes place on the first Tuesday in November of odd-numbered years.  Each school election is used to elect citizens to the board to maintain a 7-member board and to address questions that are submitted to the voters.

Citizens of the school district community seeking a seat on the board must file their nomination papers with the board secretary, or the board secretary's designee, between sixty-four and forty days before the school election unless otherwise directed.

If a vacancy occurs on the board it shall be filled in accordance with law and board policy. 

It is the responsibility of the county commissioner of elections to conduct school elections.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 39; 45; 63; 69; 274.7; 277; 278.1, 279.7

Cross Reference:  202       Board of Directors Members
    
                                    202.3    Term of Office
    
                                    202.4    Vacancies
    
                                    203       Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved:   Feb. 11, 1985, Nov. 16, 2020
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14, 2009, July 11, 2011, Oct. 19, 2020     
Revised:  Dec. 16, 1996, Oct. 12, 2009, September 18, 2017, Oct. 19, 2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:28

202 - Director Members

202 - Director Members dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:20

202.1 - Qualifications

202.1 - Qualifications

Serving on the board of directors is an honor and privilege.  Its rewards are respect from the community, students, and employees and the satisfaction from knowing each board member contributed to the success of the children in the school district community.  Only those who are willing to put forth the effort to care and to make a difference should consider running for a position on the board.

Individuals who are willing to serve on the board believe public education is important, support the democratic process, willingly devote time and energy to board work, respect educators, have the ability to examine the facts and make a decision.  The board believes an individual considering a position on the school board should possess these characteristics.

Citizens wanting to run for a position on the board must be a citizen of the school district, an eligible elector of the district and free from a financial conflict of interest with the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 63; 68B; 277.4, .27; 279.7A (2013).

Cross Reference:  201      Board of Directors' Elections
    
                                  202.4   Vacancies
    
                                  203      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Nov. 16, 2020
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011, Oct. 19, 2020      
Revised:  Dec. 16, 1996, September 18, 2017, Oct. 19, 2020      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:27

202.2 - Oath of Office

202.2 - Oath of Office

Board members are officials of the state.  As a public official, each board member must pledge to uphold the Iowa and the United States Constitution and carry out the responsibilities of the office to the best of the board member's ability.

Each newly-elected board member will take the oath of office prior to any action taken as a school official.  The oath of office is taken by each new board member elected at the school election at or before the organizational meeting of the board.  In the event of an appointment or special election to fill a vacancy, the new board member will take the oath of office within ten days of the appointment or election.

Board members elected to offices of the board will also take the same oath of office but replacing the office of board member with the title of the office to which they were elected.

The oath of office is administered by the board secretary and does not need to be given at a board meeting.  In the event the board secretary is absent, the oath is administered by another board member.

                      "Do you solemnly swear that you will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the State of Iowa, and that you will faithfully and impartially to the best of your ability discharge the duties of the office of

                      _______________ (naming the office) in the Fairfield Community School District as now and hereafter required by law?"

 

NOTE:  Board members elected at the regular election do not need to take the oath of office within 10 days.  However, those elected at a special election or appointed to fill a vacancy must take the oath of office within 10 days.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 277.28; 279.1, .6 (2013).

Cross Reference:  200.1 Organization of the Board of Directors
    
                                  201    Board of Directors' Elections
    
                                  202    Board of Directors Members
    
                                  204    Code of Ethics
    
                                  206    Board of Directors' Officers

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Nov. 16, 2020 
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14, 2009, July 11, 2011, Oct. 19, 2020     
Revised:  Dec. 16, 1996, Oct. 12, 2009, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:26

202.3 - Term of Office

202.3 - Term of Office

Board members elected for a full term at a regularly scheduled school election in September, of odd-numbered years, serve for four years.  Board members appointed to fill a vacant position will serve until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.  A board member elected to fill a vacancy will serve out the unexpired term.

Being a board member is a unique opportunity for a citizen to participate on a governing board of the school district.  Eligible board members are encouraged to consider running for more than one term.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 69.12; 274.7; 279.6; 279.7

Cross Reference:  201       Board of Directors' Elections
    
                                    202       Board of Directors Members
    
                                    202.4    Vacancies

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985 
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14, 2009, July 11, 2011      
Revised:  Dec. 16, 1996, Oct. 12, 2009, September 18, 2017 , September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:25

202.4 - Vacancies

202.4 - Vacancies

A vacancy occurs as provided by law, which includes but it not limited to when a board member dies, resigns or leaves office, or fails to reside in the school district or director district.

If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy will be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy.  The board shall publish notice stating that the board intends to fill the vacancy by appointment, but the electors of the school district have the right to file a petition requiring the vacancy be filled by a special election.

A person appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.

If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs or if a valid petition is submitted, the board secretary will call a special election to be held no sooner than 60 days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred.  A board member elected at the special election will serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.6; 69; 277.29; 279
    
                                    Good v. Crouch, 397 N.W.2d 757 (Iowa 1986).
    
                                    Board of Directors of Grimes Independent School Dist. v. County Board of Public Instruction of Polk Co., 257 Iowa 106, 131 N.W.2d 802 (1965).
    
                                    Board of Directors of Menlo Consol. School Dist. v. Blakesburg, 240 Iowa 910, 36 N.W.2d 751 (1949).
    
                                    1944 Op. Att'y Gen. 39.

Cross Reference:  201       Board of Directors' Elections
    
                                    202       Board of Directors Members
    
                                    202.3    Term of Office

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14, 2009, July 11, 2011      
Revised:  Dec. 16, 1996, Oct. 12, 2009, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:23

202.5 - Student School Board Representatives

202.5 - Student School Board Representatives

The Fairfield Community School District Board of Education believes it is important to seek out and consider student ideas, viewpoints, and opinions regarding the district’s educational program. To provide student input, the Board will include at least one non-voting representative per quarter) from the student body.

Student school board representative eligibility and duties:

  • The student school board representative will be a full-time high school senior in the district
  • The student school board representative will participate in an orientation of board responsibilities and procedures as determined by the Superintendent;
  • The student school board representative will be eligible to participate in discussion, but not vote, at all regular board meetings held in open session;
  • The student school board representative will be responsible for communicating board decisions and information to the student body; and
  • The student school board representative will be provided with and shall abide by all applicable sections of the Board Members’ Code of Ethics.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8.

Cross Reference:  204       Code of Ethics
                                       
211       Open Sessions

Approved: , September 18, 2017 
Reviewed: , September 18, 2017 
Revised: , September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:20

203 - Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

203 - Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Board members must be able to make decisions objectively.  It is a conflict of interest for a board member to receive direct compensation from the school district, unless exempted in law or policy, for anything other than reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, including travel, incurred in the performance of official duties.  A board member will not act as an agent for a school textbooks or school supplies including sports apparel or equipment, in any transaction with a director, officer, or other staff member of the school district during the board member’s term of office.  It will not be a conflict of interest for board members to receive compensation from the school district for contracts for the purchase of goods or services which benefits a board member, or to compensation for part-time or temporary employment which benefits a board member, if the benefit to the board member does not exceed $2,500 in a fiscal year or if the contracts are made by the board, upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.

The conflict of interest provisions do not apply to a contract that is a bond, note or other obligation of a school corporation if the contract is not acquired directly from the school corporation, but is acquired in a transaction with a third party, who may or may not be the original underwriter, purchaser, or obligee of the contract, or to a contract in which a director has an interest solely by reason of employment if the contract was made by competitive bid, in writing, publicly invited and opened, or if the remuneration for employment will not be directly affected as a result of the contract and duties of employment do not involve any of the preparation or procurement of any part of the contract.  The competitive bid section of the conflict of interest provision does not apply to a contract for professional services not customarily awarded by competitive bid.

It will also be a conflict of interest for a board member to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the board member’s official duties and responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of a board member creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist includes, but are not limited to, any of the following:

(1)     The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district’s time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district badge, uniform, business card or other evidence of office to give the board member or member of the board member’s immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not “similarly situated” merely by being related to a board member.

(2)     The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of money  or other consideration by the board member or a member of the board member’s immediate family from anyone other than the state or the school district for the performance of any act that the board member would be required or expected to perform as part of the board member’s regular duties or during the hours in which the board member performs service or work for the school district.

(3)     The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the board member, during the performance of the board member’s duties of office or employment.

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the board member must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the board member must:

  • Cease the outside employment or activity; or;
  • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, determining the facts or law in a contested case or rulemaking proceeding, conducting any inspection, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, board members will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract.  Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the board member, board member’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.

It is the responsibility of each board member to be aware of and take the action necessary to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  22 C.F.R. § 518.42.
                                      
Iowa Code §§ 68B; 71.1; 277.27; 279.7A; 301.28.

Cross Reference:  201       Board of Directors’ Elections
    
                                    202.1    Qualifications
    
                                    204       Code of Ethics
    
                                    216.3    Board of Directors’ Member Compensation and Expenses
    
                                    217       Gifts to Board of Directors
    
                                    401.3    Nepotism

Approved:  July 13, 1987, March 19, 2012
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14, 2009, July 11, 2011, March 19, 2012      
Revised:  May 11,1992, Dec.16, 1996,Oct. 9, 2000, Dec. 15, 2003, Oct. 12, 2009, March 19, 2012, September 18, 2017                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:18

204 - Code of Ethics

204 - Code of Ethics

Board members' actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district.  Therefore, board members must conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

Each board member shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.

 

AS A SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER:

        1.           I will listen.

        2.           I will respect the opinion of others.

        3.           I will recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merit of their work.

        4.           I will be motivated only by an earnest desire to serve my school district and the children of my school district community in the best possible way.

        5.           I will not use the school district or any part of the school district program for my own personal advantage or for the advantage of my friends or supporters.

        6.           I will vote for a closed session of the board if the situation requires it, but I will consider "star chamber" or "secret" sessions of board members unethical.

        7.           I will recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting how I will vote on any proposition which is to be considered is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be presented in the meeting.

        8.           I will expect, in board meetings, to spend more time on education programs and procedures than on business details.

        9.           I will recognize that authority rests with the board in legal session and not with individual members of the board, except as authorized by law.

      10.           I will make no disparaging remarks, in or out of the board meeting, about other members of the board or their opinions.

      11.           I will express my honest and most thoughtful opinions frankly in board meetings in an effort to have decisions made for the best interests of the children and the education program.

      12.           I will insist that the members of the board participate fully in board action and recommend that when special committees are appointed, they serve only in an investigative and advisory capacity.

      13.           I will abide by majority decisions of the board.

      14.           I will carefully consider petitions, resolutions and complaints and will act in the best interests of the school district.

      15.           I will not discuss the confidential business of the board in my home, on the street, through social media or in my office; the place for such discussion is the board meeting.

      16.           I will endeavor to keep informed on local, state and national educational developments of significance so I may become a better board member.

 

IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITY TO MY SCHOOL DISTRICT COMMUNITY

        1.           I will consider myself a trustee of public education and will do my best to protect it, conserve it, and advance it, giving to the children of my school district community the educational facilities that are as complete and adequate as it is possible to provide.

        2.           I will consider it an important responsibility of the board to interpret the aims, methods and attitudes of the school district to the community.

        3.           I will earnestly try to interpret the needs and attitudes of the school district community and do my best to translate them into the education program of the school district.

        4.           I will attempt to procure adequate financial support for the school district.

        5.           I will represent the entire school district rather than individual electors, patrons or groups.

        6.           I will not regard the school district facilities as my own private property but as the property of the people.

 

IN MY RELATIONSHIP WITH SUPERINTENDENT AND EMPLOYEES

        1.           I will function, in meeting the legal responsibility that is mine, as a part of a legislative, policy-forming body, not as an administrative officer.

        2.           I will recognize that it is my responsibility, together with that of my fellow board members, to see the school district is properly run and not to run them myself.

        3.           I will expect the school district to be administered by the best-trained technical and professional people it is possible to procure within the financial resources of the school district.

        4.           I will recognize the superintendent as executive officer of the board.

        5.           I will work through the administrative employees of the board, not over or around them.

        6.           I will expect the superintendent to keep the board adequately informed through oral and written reports.

        7.           I will vote to employ employees only after the recommendation of the superintendent has been received.

        8.           I will insist that contracts be equally binding on teachers and the board.

        9.           I will give the superintendent power commensurate with the superintendent's responsibility and will not in any way interfere with, or seek to undermine, the superintendent's authority.

      10.           I will give the superintendent friendly counsel and advice.

      11.           I will present any personal criticism of employees to the superintendent.

      12.           I will refer complaints to the proper administrative officer.

 

TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS

        1.           I will not employ a superintendent, principal or teacher who is already under contract with another school district without first securing assurance from the proper authority that the person can be released from contract.

        2.           I will consider it unethical to pursue any procedure calculated to embarrass a neighboring board or its representatives.

        3.           I will not recommend an employee for a position in another school district unless I would employ the employee under similar circumstances.

        4.           I will answer all inquiries about the standing and ability of an employee to the best of my knowledge and judgment, with complete frankness.

        5.           I will associate myself with board members of other school districts for the purpose of discussing school district issues and cooperating in the improvement of the education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.6(3)(d); 68B; 69; 277.28; 279.7A, 279.8, 301.28 (2013).

Cross Reference:  202      Board of Directors Members
    
                                  203      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest

Approved:  Feb 11, 1985, Nov. 16, 2020
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011, Oct. 19, 2020           
Revised:  Dec. 16, 1996, September 18, 2017, Oct. 19, 2020           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:15

205 - Board Member Liability

205 - Board Member Liability

Board members will not be held personally liable for actions taken in the performance of their duties and responsibilities vested in them by the laws of Iowa and the members of the school district community.  In carrying out the duties and responsibilities of their office, board members shall act in good faith.

The school district will defend, save harmless and indemnify board members against tort claims or demands, whether groundless or otherwise, arising out of an alleged act or omission occurring within the scope of their official duties, unless it constitutes a willful or wanton act or omission.  However, the school district will not save harmless or indemnify board members for punitive damages.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
    
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 1983, 1985 (2012).
    
                                    Iowa Code ch. 670 (2013).

Cross Reference:  709 Insurance Program

Approved:  Dec. 16, 1996, Nov. 16, 2020 
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011, September 18, 2017, Oct. 19, 2020      
Revised:                         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:14

206 - Officers

206 - Officers dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:08

206.1 - President

206.1 - President

It is the responsibility of the board president to lead a well-organized board in an efficient and effective manner.  The board president will set the tone of the board meetings and, as the representative of the consensus of the board, speak on behalf of the board to the public.

The president of the board is elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or at the annual meeting in even-numbered years, to serve a one-year term of office.

The president, in addition to presiding at the board meetings, will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on each motion before the board in the same manner as other board members.  Before making or seconding a motion, the board president will turn over control of the meeting to either the vice-president or other board member.

The board president has the authority to call special meetings of the board.  Prior to board meetings, the board president will consult with the superintendent on the development of the agenda for the meeting.

The board president, as the chief officer of the school district, will sign employment contracts and sign other contracts and school district warrants approved by the board and appear on behalf of the school corporation in causes of action involving the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.1-.2; 291.1 (2013).

Cross Reference:  200.1    Organization of the Board of Directors
    
                                    202.2    Oath of Office
    
                                    206.2    Vice-President

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Nov. 16, 2020 
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14, 2009, June 14, 2010, July 11, 2011, Oct. 19, 2020                 
Revised:  Dec. 16 1996, Oct. 12, 2009, July 12, 2010, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:13

206.2 - Vice President

206.2 - Vice President

If the board president is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the vice president of the board to carry out the duties of the president.  If the president is unable or unwilling to complete the term of office, the vice president will serve as president for the balance of the president's term of office, and a new vice president will be elected.

The vice president of the board is elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting, in odd-numbered years, or at the annual meeting, in even-numbered years, to serve a one-year term of office.

The vice president will accept control of the meeting from the president when the president wishes to make or second a motion.  The vice president will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on matters before the board in the same manner as other board members.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.5 (2013).

Cross Reference:  200.1   Organization of the Board of Directors
    
                                  202.2   Oath of Office
    
                                  206.1   President

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Nov. 16, 2020 
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14, 2009, July 12, 2010, July 11, 2011, Oct. 19, 2020                 
Revised:  Dec. 16 1996, Oct. 12, 2009, Aug. 9, 2010, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:12

206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer

206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer

A board secretary-treasurer may be appointed from employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public.  To finalize the appointment, the board secretary-treasurer shall take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter.

It will be the responsibility of the board secretary-treasurer, as custodian of school district records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business of the board; to keep complete minutes of special and regular board meetings, including closed sessions; to keep a record of the results of regular and special elections; to keep an accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after board approval; and collect data on truant students.  The board secretary-treasurer shall also be responsible for filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.

It will be the responsibility of the board secretary-treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio, to receive funds of the school district, to pay out the funds for expenses approved by the board, to maintain accurate accounting records for each fund, to report monthly regarding the investment portfolio and the status of each fund and to file required reports with the appropriate state agencies and other entities.  It will also be the responsibility of the board secretary-treasurer to coordinate the financial records, the financial reports, the cash flow needs and the investment portfolio of the school district.

In the event the board secretary-treasurer is unable to fulfill the responsibilities set out by the board and the law, the superintendent will assume those duties until the board secretary-treasurer is able to resume the responsibility or a new board secretary-treasurer is appointed.

The board secretary-treasurer will give bond in an amount set by the board.  The cost of the bond will be paid by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 12B.10; 12C; 64; 279.3, .5, .7, .31-.33, .35; 291.2-.4, .6-.12,  .14; 299.10, (2013).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
                                       1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 328.

Cross Reference:  202.2     Oath of Office
                                      210.1     Annual Meeting
    
                                  215        Board of Directors' Records
    
                                  501.10   Truancy - Unexcused Absences
    
                                  704.3     Investments
    
                                  707        Fiscal Reports
    
                                  708        Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985    
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011      
Revised:  Sep. 21, 1992, Dec.16, 1996, Jan. 12, 2004, September 18,2017          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:09

207 - Board of Directors' Legal Counsel

207 - Board of Directors' Legal Counsel

It will be the responsibility of the board to employ legal counsel to assist the board and the administration in carrying out their duties with respect to the numerous legal issues confronting the school district.  The board may appoint legal counsel at its annual meeting.

The superintendent and board secretary will have the authority to contact the board's legal counsel on behalf of the board when the superintendent or board secretary believes it is necessary for the management of the school district.  The board president may contact and seek advice from the school board's legal counsel.  The board's legal counsel will attend both regular and special school board meetings upon the request of the board or the superintendent.  Board members may contact legal counsel upon approval of a majority of the board.  It willl be the responsibility of each board member to pay the legal fees, if any, of an attorney the board member consulted regarding matters of the school district unless the board has authorized the board member to consult an attorney on the matter.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed of matters for which legal counsel was consulted, particularly if the legal services will involve unusual expense for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bishop v. Iowa State Board of Public Instruction, 395 N.W.2d 888 (Iowa 1986).
    
                                    Iowa Code § 279.37 (2013).

Cross Reference:  200 Legal Status of the Board of Directors

Approved:  Feb 11, 1985    
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011      
Revised:  Sept. 24, 1992, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:07

208 - Ad Hoc Committees

208 - Ad Hoc Committees

Whenever the board deems it necessary, the board may appoint a committee composed of citizens, employees or students to assist the board.  Committees formed by the board are ad hoc committees.

An ad hoc committee may be formed by board resolution which will outline the duties and purpose of the committee.  The committee is advisory in nature and has no duty or responsibility other than that specifically stated in the board resolution.  The committee will automatically dissolve upon the delivery of its final recommendation to the board or upon completion of the duties outlined in the board resolution.  The board will receive the report of the committee for consideration.  The board retains the authority to make a final decision on the issue.  The committee may be subject to the open meetings law.

The method for selection of committee members will be stated in the board resolution.  When possible, and when the necessary expertise required allows, the committee members will be representative of the school district community and will consider the various viewpoints on the issue.  The board may designate a board member and the superintendent to serve on an ad hoc committee.  The committee will select its own chairperson, unless the board designates otherwise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8; 280.12(2) (2013).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(3), .3(8); .5(8).
    
                                    O.A.G., Nov. 18, 1993

Cross Reference:  103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
    
                                    211       Open Meetings
    
                                    212       Closed Sessions
    
                                    215       Board of Directors' Records
    
                                    605.1    Instructional Materials Selection
    
                                    900       Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011      
Revised:  Oct. 11, 1993, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:05

209 - Management Procedures

209 - Management Procedures dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:55

209.1 - Development of Policy

209.1 - Development of Policy

The board has jurisdiction to legislate policy for the school district with the force and effect of law.  Board policy provides the general direction as to what the board wishes to accomplish while allowing the superintendent to implement board policy.

The written policy statements contained in this manual provide guidelines and goals to the citizens, administration, employees and students in the school district community.  The policy statements shall be the basis for the formulation of regulations by the administration.  The board will determine the effectiveness of the policy statements by evaluating periodic reports from the administration.

Policy statements may be proposed by a board member, administrator, employee, student or member of the school district community.  Proposed policy statements or ideas will be submitted to the superintendent's office for possible placement on the board agenda.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to bring these proposals to the attention of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 274.1-.2; 279.8 (2013).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
    
                                    1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  101      Educational Philosophy of the School District
    
                                  200.2   Powers of the Board of Directors
    
                                  200.3   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
    
                                  209      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved:  Dec. 16, 1985    
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011      
Revised:  June 12, 1989, September 18, 2017  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:04

209.2 - Adoption of Policy

209.2 - Adoption of Policy

The board will give notice of adoption of new policies by placing the item on the agenda of two regular board meetings.  This notice procedure will be required except for emergency situations.  If the board adopts a policy in an emergency situation, a statement regarding the emergency and the need for immediate adoption of the policy will be included in the minutes.  The board will have complete discretion to determine what constitutes an emergency situation.

The final action taken to adopt the proposed policy will be approved by a simple majority vote of the board at the next regular meeting after the meeting allowing public discussion.  The policy will be effective on the later of the date of passage or the date stated in the motion.

In the case of an emergency, a new or changed policy may be adopted by a majority vote of a quorum of the board.  The emergency policy will expire at the close of the third regular meeting following the emergency action, unless the policy adoption procedure stated above is followed and the policy is reaffirmed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
    
                                    1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  200.2    Powers of the Board of Directors
    
                                    200.3    Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
    
                                    209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved:   Feb. 11, 1985    
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011      
Revised:   June 12, 1989 , September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:02

209.3 - Dissemination of Policy

209.3 - Dissemination of Policy

A board policy manual is available electronically on the district’s web site.  Anyone desiring to view board policy may access it via the district’s web site.  If a person does not have access to the Internet, they will be provided access at any student attendance center or the administrative office for the purpose of viewing the board policy manual.

Copies of changes in board policy will also be included in or attached to the minutes of the meetings in which the final action was taken to adopt the new or changed policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 277.31; 279.8 (2013).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
    
                                  209      Board of Directors' Management Procedure

Approved:   June 12, 1989 , July 11, 2011   
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011      
Revised:  Dec. 16, 1996 , September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:01

209.4 - Suspension of Policy

209.4 - Suspension of Policy

Generally, the board will follow board policy and enforce it equitably.  The board, and only the board, may, in extreme emergencies of a very unique nature, suspend policy.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine when an extreme emergency of a very unique nature exists.  Reasons for suspension of board policy will be documented in board minutes.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
    
                                  209      Board of Directors' Management Procedure

Approved:   Dec. 16, 1996    
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011      
Revised     September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:00

209.5 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

209.5 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

When there is no board policy in existence to provide guidance on a matter, the superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances surrounding the situation keeping in mind the educational philosophy and financial condition of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board of the situation and the action taken and to document the action taken.  If needed, the superintendent will draft a proposed policy for the board to consider.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
   
                                     281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
    
                                  209      Board of Directors' Management Procedure
    
                                  302.4   Superintendent Duties
    
                                  304      Policy Implementation

Approved:  June 12, 1989   
Reviewed:    Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011      
Revised:  September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:58

209.6 - Review and Revision of Policy

209.6 - Review and Revision of Policy

The board will, at least once every five years, review board policy.  Once the policy has been reviewed, even if no changes were made, a notation of the date of review is made on the face of the policy statement.

The board will review one-fifth of the policy manual annually according to the following subject areas:

  • Board of Directors (Series 200)
  • Administration, Employees (Series 300 and 400)
  • School District, Education Program (Series 100 and 600)
  • Students (Series 500)
  • Noninstructional Operations and Business Services, Buildings and Sites, School District-Community Relations (Series 700, 800 and 900)

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed as to legal changes at both the federal and state levels.  The superintendent will also be responsible for bringing proposed policy statement revisions to the board's attention.

If a policy is revised because of a legal change over which the board has no control or a change which is minor, the policy may be approved at one meeting at the discretion of the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Cross Reference:  200.3   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
   
                                  209      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved:   June 12, 1989
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Oct. 11, 2010, July 11, 2011      
Revised:   Dec.16, 1996, Oct. 9, 2000, Nov. 8, 2010, September 18, 2017  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:56

209.7 - Review of Administrative Regulations

209.7 - Review of Administrative Regulations

Board policy sets the direction for the administration of the education program and school district operations.  Some policies require administrative regulations for implementation.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement the board policies.  The regulations, including handbooks, will be approved by the board prior to their use in the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2013).

Cross Reference:  200.3   Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
    
                                  209      Board of Directors' Management Procedures

Approved:   Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:    Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011      
Revised:   Dec. 16, 1996, September 18, 2017  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:55

210 - Board of Directors' Meetings

210 - Board of Directors' Meetings dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:40

210.1 - Annual Meeting

210.1 - Annual Meeting

Each year after August 31 and prior to the organizational meeting of the board in odd-numbered years, the board will hold its annual meeting.

At the annual meeting, the board will examine the financial books and settle the secretary's and treasurer's statements for the fiscal year ending the preceding June 30.  As part of the annual reports, the treasurer will present affidavits from depository banks.  The board may also appoint the board's legal counsel at the annual meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.1, .3, .33 (2013).

Cross Reference:  206.3    Secretary
    
                                    206.4    Treasurer
    
                                    701.1    Depository of Funds
    
                                    707       Fiscal Reports

Approved: Feb. 11, 1985, Nov 21, 2016, Nov. 16, 2020    
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, July 12, 2010, July 11, 2011, Sept. 26, 2016, Oct. 19, 2020            
Revised: Sep. 21, 1992, Dec. 16, 1996, Feb. 10, 2003, Dec. 15, 2003, Aug. 9, 2010, Sept. 26, 2016                        \

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:54

210.2 - Regular Meeting

210.2 - Regular Meeting

The regular meeting time and date will be set by the board at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or at the annual meeting in even-numbered years. 

The board will adhere to this meeting date and time unless the board requires additional meetings or, due to circumstances beyond the board's control, the meeting cannot be held on the regular meeting date, and the meeting will be re-scheduled in accordance with law and policy.  Public notice of the meetings will be given.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.1

Cross Reference:  200.1     Organization of the Board of Directors
     
                                 210         Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved:   Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 12, 2010, July 11, 2011       
Revised:   Sept. 21, 1992 & Dec. 16, 1996, Aug. 9, 2010 , September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:53

210.3 - Special Meeting

210.3 - Special Meeting

It may be necessary for the board to conduct a special meeting in addition to the regularly scheduled board meeting.  Special meetings may be called by the president of the board or by the board secretary at the request of a majority of the board.  Should a special meeting be called, public notice will be given.

If the special meeting called is an emergency meeting and the board cannot give public notice in its usual manner, the board will give public notice of the meeting as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  Emergency meetings will only be held when an issue cannot wait twenty-four hours necessary for a special meeting.  The reason for the emergency meeting and why notice in its usual manner could not be given will be stated in the minutes.

Only the purpose or issue for which the special meeting was called may be discussed and decided in the special meeting.  The board will strictly adhere to the agenda for the special meeting and action on other issues will be reserved for the next regular or special board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.2 (2013).
    
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 148.

Cross Reference:  200.1    Organization of the Board of Directors
    
                                    210       Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved:   Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011       
Revised:   Dec. 16, 1996, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:52

210.4 - Work Sessions

210.4 - Work Sessions

The board, as a decision making body, is confronted with a continuing flow of problems, issues and needs which require action.  While the board is determined to expedite its business, it is also mindful of the importance of planning, brainstorming and thoughtful discussion without action.  Therefore, the board may schedule work sessions and retreats in order to provide its members and the administration with such opportunities.  The board has the authority to hire an outside facilitator to assist them in work sessions.

Topics for discussion and study will be announced publicly, and work sessions and retreats will be conducted in open session.  However, no board action will take place at the work session.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2013).
    
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
    
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.
    
                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 384, 514, 765.
    
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
    
                                    1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  210      Board of Directors' Meetings
   
                                   211      Open Meetings

Approved:   Oct. 11, 1993     
Reviewed:    Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011       
Revised:  September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:50

210.5 - Meeting Notice

210.5 - Meeting Notice

Public notice will be given for meetings and work sessions held by the board.  Public notice shall indicate the time, place, date and tentative agenda of board meetings.  The public notice will be posted on the bulletin board in the central administration office at least 24 hours before it is scheduled.

A copy of the public notice will be provided to those who have filed a request for notice with the secretary.  These requests for notice must be in writing.  A copy of the public notice will also be accessible to employees and students.

In the case of special meetings, public notice will be given in the same manner as for a regular meeting unless it is an emergency meeting.  In that case, public notice of the meeting will be given as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  The media and others who have requested notice will be notified of the emergency meeting.  Attendance at a special meeting or emergency meeting by the media or board members will constitute a waiver of notice.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to give public notice of board meetings and work sessions.

 

.

Legal Reference:  Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).
    
                                    Iowa Code §§ 21.2-.4; 279.1, .2 (2013).
    
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  210      Board of Directors' Meetings
    
                                  210.8   Board of Directors' Meeting Agenda

Approved:   Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011       
Revised:   Dec. 16, 1996, September 18, 2017  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:48

210.6 - Quorum

210.6 - Quorum

Action by the board regarding the affairs of the school district may be taken only when a quorum, a majority of the board members, is in attendance at the board meeting.

While board members are encouraged to attend board meetings, four (4) members shall constitute a quorum and are a sufficient number to transact business of the school corporation.  The adjournment of a meeting may be executed without a quorum.

An affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is sufficient to pass a motion or take action unless law or board policy requires a vote of a greater number.

It is the responsibility of each board member to attend board meetings.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1); 279.4 (2013).

Cross Reference:  210 Board of Directors' Meetings

Approved:   Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011     
Revised:   Dec. 16, 1996, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:47

210.7 - Rules of Order

210.7 - Rules of Order

An orderly board meeting allows the board members to participate in the discussion and decision process on an issue confronting the school district.  Rules of order for board meetings allow school district business and the relative information concerning the business to be brought to the attention of the board.  They also allow the board to discuss, act upon and make a clear record of school district business in a regular, ordered, reasonable and consistent manner.

The board will follow Robert's Rule of Order, Revised, latest edition as modified by this policy and subsequent rule.

The purpose of modified rules adopted by the board are:

·      To establish guidelines by which the business of the governing board can be conducted in a regular and internally consistent manner;

·      To organize the meetings so all necessary matters can be brought to the board and decisions of the board can be made in an orderly and reasonable manner;

·      To ensure members of the board, concentrating on the substantive issues at hand, have the necessary information to make decisions, and to ensure adequate discussion of decisions to be made; and,

·      To ensure meetings and actions of the board are conducted so as to be informative to the staff and the public, and to produce a clear record of actions taken and decisions made.

It is the responsibility of each board member to follow the rules of order stated in this policy at each meeting, and it is the responsibility of the presiding officer to conduct the board meeting within these rules.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.2, .7; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  210       Board of Directors' Meetings
    
                                    210.8    Board Meeting Agenda

Approved:   Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Dec. 13, 2010, July 11, 2011         
Revised:  September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:44

210.7R1 - Rules of Procedures

210.7R1 - Rules of Procedures

The following rules of procedures have been adopted by the board at the annual organizational meeting:

1.       Board members need not rise to gain the recognition of the chair.

2.       All motions will be made as a positive action.

3.      A motion will be adopted or carried if it receives an affirmative vote from more than half of the votes cast.  Only “yes” and “no” votes are counted in this calculation.  It should be noted that some motions require larger numbers of affirmative votes, such as to move into a closed session.

4.      All motions will receive a second, prior to opening the issue for discussion of the board.  If a motion does not receive a second, the chair may declare the motion dead for lack of a second.

5.      The chair may decide the order in which board members will be recognized to address an issue.  An attempt should be made to alternate between pro and con positions.

6.      The chair will rule on all motions that come before the board.

7.      The chair may rule on points of order brought before the board.

8.      The chair will have complete authority to recognize any member of the audience regarding a request to participate in the board meeting.  Members of the public who wish to participate shall follow board policy.

9.      The chair has the authority to declare a recess at any time for the purpose of restoring decorum to the meeting.

10.    The order in which names will be called for roll call votes will be as follows:

         a.          All board members will be listed in alphabetical order by last name.

         b.          All roll call votes will be called in alphabetical order, beginning at various positions on the list.

         c.         The first roll call vote will begin at the top of the list and proceed down.  The second roll call vote will begin with second name and proceed down the list with the last name called to be the first person called on the previous vote.

         d.          A person’s absence, or presence, will have no effect on the rotation.

         e.         The board president’s name is excluded from this rotation and votes last.

         f.          The board secretary will maintain the record of rotation for roll call votes.  The sequence will continue from meeting to meeting.

11.    The chair has the same authority and responsibility as each board member to vote on all issues.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:45

210.8 - Board Meeting Agenda

210.8 - Board Meeting Agenda

The tentative agenda for each board meeting will state the topics for discussion and action at the board meeting.  The agenda is part of the public notice of the board meeting and will be posted and distributed.

Persons requesting to place an item on the agenda must make a request to the superintendent prior to the drafting of the tentative agenda.  The person making the request must state the person's name, address, purpose of the presentation, action desired and pertinent background information.  Requests from the public may be added to the tentative agenda at the discretion of the superintendent after consultation with the board president.  Requests received after the deadline may only be added to the agenda for good cause.

The tentative agenda and supporting documents will be sent to the board members sufficiently in advance of the meeting to allow adequate time for study and review.  These documents are the private property of the board member.  Persons wishing to view the tentative agenda and supporting documents may do so at the central administration office.

The board will take action only on the items listed on the tentative agenda posted with the public notice.  Items added to the agenda may be discussed or taken under advisement by the board.  If an added item is acted upon, the minutes of the board meeting will state the reason justifying the immediate action.

It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to develop the agenda for each board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2013).
    
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 269.

Cross Reference:  210      Board of Directors' Meetings
    
                                  211      Open Meetings
    
                                  213      Public Participation in Board Meetings
    
                                  215      Board of Directors' Records
    
                                  402.5   Public Complaints About Employees
    
                                  502.4   Student Complaints and Grievances

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:    Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011           
Revised:  September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:42

210.9 - Consent Agendas

210.9 - Consent Agendas

Very often the board must consider agenda items which are noncontroversial or similar in content.  Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not limited to, the approval of the agenda, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc.  These items might also include similar groups of decisions such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school buildings and grounds, open enrollment requests or approval of various schedules.

In order for a more efficient administration of board meetings, the board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of noncontroversial items or items of a similar nature.

The superintendent in consultation with the board president and board secretary will place items on the consent agenda.  By using a consent agenda, the board has consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one resolution.  Items may be removed from the consent agenda at the request of a board member.

Nothing in this policy is to be construed as an attempt to avoid full compliance with laws dealing with open meetings or public notice of the agenda and meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  210       Board of Directors' Meetings         

Approved                                                  
Reviewed   July 11, 2011                          
Revised   September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:41

211 - Open Meetings

211 - Open Meetings

A gathering of a majority of board members in which deliberation of an issue within the jurisdiction of the board takes place is a board meeting.  A gathering for the purpose of social or ministerial action will not constitute a board meeting unless a discussion of policy takes place.  Meetings of the board will be conducted in an open meeting unless a closed session is authorized by law or the meeting is exempt from the open meetings law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21, 279.1-.2 (2013).
    
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
    
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.

Cross Reference:  208      Ad Hoc Committees
    
                                  210      Board of Directors' Meetings
    
                                  210.8   Board Meeting Agenda
    
                                  212      Closed Sessions

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:    Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011           
Revised:  September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:39

212 - Closed Sessions

212 - Closed Sessions

Generally, board meetings will be open meetings, unless a closed session or exempt meeting is provided for by law.  The board will hold a closed session or exempt meeting in the situations stated below.

 

Exceptions to the Open Meetings Law

Closed sessions take place as part of an open meeting.  The item for discussion in the closed session will be listed as part of the tentative agenda on the public notice.  The motion for a closed session, stating the purpose for the closed session, will be made and seconded during the open meeting.  A minimum of two-thirds of the board, or all of the board members present, must vote in favor of the motion on a roll call vote.  Closed sessions will be tape recorded and have detailed minutes kept by the board secretary.  Final action on matters discussed in the closed session will be taken in an open meeting.

The minutes and the tape recording will restate the motion made in the open meeting, the roll call vote, the members present, and the time the closed session began and ended.  The tape recordings and the written minutes will be kept for one year from the date of the meeting.  Real estate related minutes and tapes will be made public after the real estate transaction is completed.

The detailed minutes and tape recording will be sealed and will not be public records open to public inspection.  The minutes and tape recording will only be opened upon court order in an action to enforce the requirements of the open meetings law.  The board has complete discretion as to whom may be present at a closed session.

Reasons for the board entering into a closed session from an open meeting include, but are not limited to, the following:

          1.         To review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential or to be kept confidential as a condition for the board's possession or receipt of federal funds.

          2.         To discuss strategy with legal counsel in matters presently in litigation, or where litigation is imminent, if disclosure would be likely to prejudice or disadvantage the board.

          3.         To discuss whether to conduct a hearing, or conduct a hearing for suspension or expulsion of a student, unless an open meeting is requested by the student or the parent of the student.

          4.         To evaluate the professional competency of an individual whose appointment, hiring, performance, or discharge is being considered when a closed session is necessary to prevent needless and irreparable injury to that individual's reputation and that individual requests a closed session.

        5.       To discuss the purchase or sale of particular real estate, but only when premature disclosure could be reasonably expected to increase the price the board would have to pay for the property, or in case of a sale reduce the price the board could receive for the property.

 

Exemptions to the Open Meetings Law

Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purposes of the open meetings law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements.  Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without taping the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote or motion.  The board may also hold an exempt session for the following:

          1.         negotiating sessions, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitration;

          2.         to discuss strategy in matters relating to employment conditions of employees not covered by the collective bargaining law;

          3.         to conduct a private hearing relating to the recommended termination of a teacher's contract.  However, the private hearing in the teacher's contract termination shall be recorded verbatim by a court reporter; and

          4.         to conduct a private hearing relating to the termination of a probationary administrator's contract or to review the proposed decision of the administrative law judge regarding the termination of an administrator's contract.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16, .24 (2013).
    
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
    
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.
    
                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 384, 514, 765.
    
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
    
                                    1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Cross Reference:  208      Ad Hoc Committees
    
                                  211      Open Meetings

Approved:  Dec. 16, 1985    
Reviewed:    Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011           
Revised:  Oct. 11, 1993, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:37

213 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

213 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

The board recognizes the importance of citizen participation in school district matters.  In order to assure citizens are heard and board meetings are conducted efficiently and in an organized manner, the board will set aside a specific time for public comment.

Citizens wishing to address the board the board secretary prior to the board meeting.  The board president will recognize these individuals to make their comments at the appropriate time during public comment. Citizens wishing to present petitions to the board may do so at this time.  The board however, will only receive the petitions and not act upon them or their contents. 

The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time set aside for public participation. Normally, speakers will be limited to five minutes. However, the board president may modify this time limit, if deemed appropriate or necessary. Public comment is a time set aside for community input, but the board will not discuss or take any action on any matter during public comment.

A public comment shall be limited to regular board meetings and will not be routinely held during special board meetings.

The board has a significant interest in maintaining the decorum of its meetings, and it is expected that members of the public and the board will address each other with civility. The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted by public comment. Only individuals recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. If disruptive, the individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting. Defamatory comments may be subject to legal action.

 

NOTE: Members of the public do not have a legal right to participate in board meetings. Boards need to make the determination how best, if at all, to involve the public in their board meetings. Boards that follow other practices for allowing the public to participate in board meetings should amend this policy to reflect their practice.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  205       Board Member Liability
    
                                    210.8    Board Meeting Agenda
                                        214       Public Hearings
                                        307       Communication Channels
                                        
401.4    Employee Complaints
                                        402.5    P
ublic Complaints About Employees
                                        
502.4    Student Complaints and Grievances

Approved:  Dec. 16, 1985     
Reviewed:    Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011, May 17, 2021       
​​​​​​​
Revised:  Dec. 16, 1996, September 18, 2017, May 17, 2021       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:27

213.1E1 - Request to Speak to the Board of Education

213.1E1 - Request to Speak to the Board of Education

If you wish to speak to the Fairfield Community Board of Education during the meeting tonight, please check the appropriate response, sign your name, and present this request to the Superintendent or Board President prior to the beginning of the meeting. Thank you.

 

FAIRFIELD COMMUNITY BOARD OF EDUCATION

 

_____           I wish to speak to the Board of Education about the following agenda item. (list topic)

_______________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________

 

_____           I wish to speak to the Board of Education during the “Opportunity for Persons no on the Agenda.” (You may present comments, suggestions, or concerns you may have on items not listed on the agenda.)

_______________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________

 

I understand that I will be limited to five minutes for my presentation unless granted additional time by the Board President.

                                                                                      NAME ___________________________________

                                                                                 ADDRESS___________________________________

 

 

Approved: Nov 17, 2014
Reviewed: Sep 22, 2014
Revised: Sep 22, 2014, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:35

213.1R1 - General Complaints by Citizens

213.1R1 - General Complaints by Citizens

The board recognizes that concerns regarding the operation of the school district will arise.  The board further believes that constructive criticism can assist in improving the quality of the education program and in meeting individual student needs more effectively.  The board also places trust in its employees and desires to support their actions in a manner which frees them from unnecessary or unwarranted criticism and complaints.

Procedures for dealing with complaints concerning programs or practices will be governed by the following principles:

  •   where action/investigation is desired by the complainant, or where it seems appropriate, the matter will be handled as near the source as possible at the lowest level of organization possible;
  •   complaints will both be investigated and, if possible, resolved expeditiously;
  •   complaints will be dealt with courteously and in a constructive manner; and,
  •   individuals directly affected by the complaint will have an opportunity to respond.

Specific procedures for handling complaints may be established in policies.  The board, consistent with its board policy-making role, will deal with complaints concerning specific schools, programs or procedures only after the usual channels have been exhausted.  Complaints regarding employees or complaints by students should follow the more specific policies on those issues.

When a complaint requiring attention is received by the board or a board member it will be referred to the superintendent.  After all of the channels have been exhausted, the complainant may appeal to the board by requesting a place on the board agenda or during the public audience portion of the board meeting.  If the complainant appeals to the board, the appeal will be in writing, will be signed, and will explain the process followed by the complainant prior to the appeal to the board. It is within the board’s discretion to determine whether to hear the complaint.

On behalf of fellow Board members, at this time I would like to invite any member of the audience to step to the microphone with comments about items of interest or concern that do not appear on the agenda this evening. Please begin by stating your name and address. It would be appreciated if you would limit your comments to a maximum of 5 minutes so that we can keep the meeting moving in a timely fashion and allow others an opportunity to speak. We ask that you remember that Iowa law prohibits us from discussing specific employees or their job performance. If you have thoughts to share about items that are included as topics for tonight’s meeting, we would invite those comments at this time.

 

 

Cross Reference:  502.4   Student Complaints and Grievances
    
                                  213      Public Participation in Board Meetings
    
                                  402.5   Public Complaints About Employees
    
                                  210.8   Board Meeting Agenda

Approved:  Nov 17, 2014
Reviewed:    Sep 22, 2014      
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:33

214 - Public Hearings

214 - Public Hearings

Public hearings may be held on school district matters at the discretion of the board.  Public notice of a public hearing will be in the same manner as for a board meeting except that the notice will be given at least ten days before the hearing is to be held unless it is impossible or impractical to do so, or the law requires otherwise.

At public hearings, citizens of the district who register at the door will be allowed to speak on the issue for which the public hearing is being held.  Others may be allowed to speak at the board's discretion.  Speakers are asked to keep their remarks as brief as possible.  Prior to the beginning of the hearing, speakers and spectators will be apprised of the rules of order to be followed regarding time limitations, questions, remarks and rebuttals.  In no event will a speaker be allowed to take the time of another speaker.

The board will conduct public hearings in an orderly fashion.  At the beginning of the hearing, statements, background materials and public hearing rules and procedures will be presented by the board president.  The board president will recognize the speakers.  A board member may ask questions of the speakers after receiving permission from the board president.  Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the board or the proceedings will be asked to leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ Ch. 21; 26.12; Ch. 24; 279.8, .10; 297.22 (2013).

Cross Reference:  210       Board of Directors' Meetings
                                       213       Public Participation in Board Meetings
                                       
601.1    School Calendar
   
                                    703.1    Budget Planning

Approved:   Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011            
Revised:  Dec. 16, 1996, September 18, 2017   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:25

215 - Board of Directors' Records

215 - Board of Directors' Records

The board will keep and maintain permanent records of the board including, but not limited to, records of the minutes of board meetings and other required records of the board.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to keep the minutes of the board meetings.  The minutes of each board meeting will include, at a minimum, the following items: a record of the date, time, place, members present, action taken and the vote of each member, and the schedule of bills allowed will be attached.  This information will be available within two weeks of the board meeting and forwarded to the newspaper designated as the official newspaper for publication.  The information does not need to be published within two weeks.  The schedule of bills allowed may be published on a once monthly basis in lieu of publication with the minutes.  The permanent records of the board minutes may include more detail than is required for the publication of the minutes.

Minutes waiting approval at the next board meeting will be available for inspection at the central administration office after the board secretary transcribes the notes into typewritten material which has been proofread for errors and retyped.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, .35, .36; 291.6, .7; 618.3 (2013).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
    
                                    1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 215.
    
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 403.
    
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  206.3    Secretary
    
                                    206.4    Treasurer
                                        208       Ad Hoc Committees
    
                                    210.8    Board Meeting Agenda
    
                                    708       Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
                
                        901       Public Examination of School District Records

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011            
Revised:  June 12, 1989 & Dec. 16, 1996, September 18, 2017  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:23

216 - Association Membership

216 - Association Membership dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:19

216.1 - Association Membership

216.1 - Association Membership

Participation in board member associations is beneficial to the board.  The board shall maintain an active membership in the Iowa Association of School Boards and in organizations the board determines will be of benefit to the board and the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.38 (2013).

Cross Reference:  216.2 Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011            
Revised:  September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:22

216.2 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

216.2 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training

The board may participate in conferences sponsored by educational associations and agencies in addition to its own in-service programs and work sessions.

The board will work closely with the Iowa Association of School Boards' Academy of Board Learning Experiences and encourage the board members to participate in conferences to achieve the Better Boardsmanship Award.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .38 (2013).

Cross Reference:  216.1 Association Membership

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:    Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011           
Revised:    Dec. 16, 1996, September 18, 2017  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:21

216.3 - Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

216.3 - Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses

As an elected public official, the board member is a public servant who serves without compensation.  Board members will be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.

Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the board member must submit a detailed receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  Failure to provide a detailed receipt will make the expense non-reimbursable.  Personal expenses will be reimbursed by the board member to the school district no later than ten working days following the date of the expense.  In exceptional circumstances, the board may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances will be maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to compile the expenses of board members and bring them to the board for audit and approval in the same manner as other claims of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the expenses incurred by a board member are actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 68B; 277.27; 279.7A, .8, .32 (2013).

Cross Reference:  203       Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
    
                                    401.7    Employee Travel Compensation
    
                                    401.10  Credit Cards

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011           
Revised:  Dec. 16, 1996

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:19

217 - Gifts to Board of Directors

217 - Gifts to Board of Directors

Board members may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Board members will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive a gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

        ·      Is seeking to be or is a party to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;

        ·      Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the board member's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or

        ·      Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

        ·      Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;

        ·      Information material relevant to a board member's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;

        ·      Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;

        ·      An inheritance;

        ·      Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the board recipient;

        ·      Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the board member belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;

           ·     Actual expenses of a board member for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;

        ·     Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;

        ·        Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;

        ·        Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;

        ·        Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;

        ·        Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;

        ·        Gifts which are given to a public official for the public official's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;

        ·        Payment of salary or expenses by a board member's employer or the firm in which the board member is a member for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the board member whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the board member is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district;

        ·        Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by a board member which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the board member; or

        ·        Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, a board member as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

        ·        Actual expenses of a board member for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;

        ·        A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the department of general services; or

        ·        A payment made to a board member for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the board member is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as a board member but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

It is the responsibility of each board member to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or honorariums.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code ch. 68B (2013).
    
                                      1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276.
    
                                      1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319.

Cross References:  203       Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
    
                                      402.4    Gifts to Employees
    
                                      704.4    Gifts - Grants - Bequests

Approved:  Jan. 13, 1996    
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, July 11, 2011            
Revised:  Oct. 10, 1994, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 18:15

300 - ADMINISTRATION

300 - ADMINISTRATION Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/09/2021 - 15:42

300 - Role of School District Administration

300 - Role of School District Administration

In this series of the board policy manual, the board defines the role and the employment of school district administrators.  Policies in the 400 Series, "Employees," also apply to administrators unless a more specific policy exists in the 300 Series, "Administration."

School district administrators have been given a great opportunity and responsibility to manage the school district, to provide educational leadership, and to implement the educational philosophy of the school district.  They are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the school district.  In carrying out these operations, the administrators are guided by board policies, the law, the needs of the students, and the wishes of the citizens in the school district community.

It shall be the responsibility of the administrators to implement and enforce the policies of the board, to oversee employees, to monitor educational issues confronting the school district, and to inform the board about school district operations.

While the board holds the superintendent ultimately responsible for these duties, the principals are more directly responsible for educational results, for the administration of the school facilities and for the employees.

The board and the administration shall work together to share information and decisions under the management team concept.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985   
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, Aug 18, 2014 
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:46

301 - Administrative Structure

301 - Administrative Structure dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:43

301.1 - Administration

301.1 - Administration

The board and the administrators shall work together in making decisions and setting goals for the school district.  This effort is designed to obtain, share, and use information to solve problems, make decisions, and formulate school district policies and regulations.

It shall be the responsibility of administrators to fully participate in the management of the school district by investigating, analyzing, and expressing their views on issues.  Those board members or administrators with special expertise or knowledge of an issue may be called upon to provide information.  Each board member and administrator shall support the decisions reached on the issues confronting the school district.

The board shall be responsible for making the final decision in policy matters pertaining to the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop guidelines for cooperative decision-making.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  301 Administrative Structure

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 16, 2012     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012   
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Dec 19, 2011

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:45

301.2 - Administrative Team

301.2 - Administrative Team

The board considers all those who have a role in the recruitment or release of employees to be part of the administrative team.  The administrative team will be headed by the superintendent.  The superintendent will convene meetings to discuss school district policies, administrative procedures and other business brought to the superintendent's attention.

The administrative team will meet with the board upon the board's request or superintendent's recommendation to review overall operations of the school district and conditions affecting the administrative team.  The administrative team will have no relationship to the formal negotiating unit.  In the event a member or members of the administrative team are unable to resolve a problem, a committee of one board member, one administrative team member, and the superintendent will investigate the circumstances and make a recommendation.  If the recommendation does not settle the matter, the board and the administrative team will meet to resolve the matter.  The board may seek the advice of outside management consultants to assist in resolving the matter.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(3).

Cross Reference:  301 Administrative Structure

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Dec 19, 2011, Oct. 15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:44

301.3 - Administrative Structure

301.3 - Administrative Structure

It is the superintendent’s responsibility to organize, reorganize and arrange the administrative and supervisory staff of the district in a fashion which, in his/her judgment, best serves the interests of the district based upon board approval.

The organizational structure of the district shall be illustrated by a chart.  The chart represents the direction of authority and responsibility and shall be regarded as visual representation of contracted authority and responsibility for each line and staff position.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 16, 2012    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct 26, 2015
Revised:                            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:44

301.4 - Organizational Chart for the Fairfield Community School District

301.4 - Organizational Chart for the Fairfield Community School District

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:43

302 - Superintendent

302 - Superintendent dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:35

302.1 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

302.1 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ a superintendent to serve as the chief executive officer of the board, to conduct the daily operations of the school district, and to implement board policy with the power and duties prescribed by the board and the law.

The board will consider applicants who meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the superintendent position.  In employing a superintendent, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing a superintendent, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial situation, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for a superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2012).
  
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2012).
  
                                     Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 35C; 216; 279.8, .20 (2013)..
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).
  
                                     1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Cross Reference:  200.2 Powers of the Board of Directors
  
                                    200.3 Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
  
                                    301    Administrative Structure
  
                                    302    Superintendent

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018
Reviewed:  July 20, 2007, Nov. 8, 2010, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018
Revised:  Aug. 13, 2007, Oct. 15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:41

302.2 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Renewal

302.2 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Renewal

The length of the contract for employment between the superintendent and the board shall be determined by the board.  The contract will begin on July 1 and end on June 30.  The contract will state the terms of employment.

The first three years of employment will be considered a probationary period.  The board may waive this period or the probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the superintendent.  In the event of termination of a probationary or non-probationary contract, the board will afford the superintendent appropriate due process, including notice by May 15.  The superintendent and board may mutually agree to terminate the superintendent's contract at any time.

It will be the responsibility of the board to provide the contract for the position of superintendent.

If the superintendent wishes to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, the superintendent must comply with board policies dealing with retirement, release or resignation.

The board may issue a temporary and renewable contract in accordance with the law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Cook v Plainfield Community School District, 301 N.W.2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
  
                                    Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v. Youel, 282 N.W.2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
  
                                    Briggs v Board of Directors of Hinton Community School District, 282 N.W.2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
  
                                    Luse v. Waco Community School District of Henry Co., 258 Iowa 1087, 141 N.W.2d 607 (1966).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 279.20, .22-.25 (1995).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  302 Superintendent

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018   
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018
Revised:  Sep. 21, 1992, Feb. 10, 1997, Dec 19, 2011, Oct. 15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:40

302.3 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

302.3 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the superintendent.  It shall be the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the superintendent at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the superintendent.  The salary shall be set at the beginning of each contract term.

In addition to the salary and benefits, the superintendent's actual and necessary expenses shall be paid by the school district when the superintendent is performing work-related duties.  It shall be within the discretion of the board to pay dues to professional organizations for the superintendent.

The board may approve the payment of dues and other benefits or compensation over and above the superintendent's contract.  Approval of dues and other benefits or compensation shall be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2013).
  
                                    1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 47.

Cross Reference:  302 Superintendent

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Sep 15, 2014    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Aug 18, 2014  
Revised:     Aug 18, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:40

302.4 - Superintendent Duties

302.4 - Superintendent Duties

The board employs a superintendent of schools to serve as the chief executive officer of the board.  The board delegates to the superintendent the authority to implement board policy and to execute decisions made by the board concerning the internal operations of the school district, unless specifically stated otherwise.

The superintendent is responsible for the implementation and execution of board policy and the observance of board policy by employees and students.  The superintendent is responsible for overall supervision and discipline of employees and the education program.

In executing the above-stated duties, the superintendent will consider the financial situation of the school district as well as the needs of the students.  Specifically, the superintendent:

·      Interprets and implements all board policies and all state and federal laws relevant to education;

·      Supervises, either directly or through delegation, all activities of the school system according to, and consistent with, the policies of the board;

·      Represents the board as a liaison between the school district and the community;

·      Establishes and maintains a program of public relations to keep the public well-informed of the activities and needs of the school district, effecting a wholesome and cooperative working relationship between the school district and the community;

·      Attends and participates in all meetings of the board, except when the superintendent has been excused, and makes recommendations affecting the school district;

·      Reports to the board on such matters as deemed material to the understanding and proper management of the school district or as the board may request;

·      Assumes responsibility for the overall financial planning of the district and for the preparation of the annual budget, and submits it to the board for review and approval;

·      Establishes and maintains efficient procedures and effective controls for all expenditures of school district funds in accordance with the adopted budget, subject to the direction and approval of the board;

·      Files, or causes to be filed, all reports required by law;

·      Makes recommendations to the board for the selection of employees for the school district;

·      Makes and records assignments and transfers of all employees pursuant to their qualifications;

·      Employs such employees as may be necessary, within the limits of budgetary provisions and subject to the board's approval;

·      Recommends to the board, for final action, the promotion, salary change, demotion, or dismissal of any employee;

·      Prescribes rules for the classification and advancement of students, and for the transfer of students from one building to another in accordance with board policies;

·      Summons employees of the school district to attend such regular and occasional meetings as are necessary to carry out the education program of the school district;

·      Supervises methods of teaching, supervision, and administration in effect in the schools;

·      Attends such conventions and conferences as are necessary to keep informed of the latest educational trends;

·      Accepts responsibility for the general efficiency of the school system, for the development of the employees, and for the educational growth and welfare of the students;

·      Defines educational needs and formulates policies and plans for recommendation to the board;

·      Makes administrative decisions necessary for the proper functioning of the school district;

·      Responsible for scheduling the use of buildings and grounds by all groups and/or organizations;

·      Acts as the purchasing agent for the board, and establishes procedures for the purchase of books, materials and supplies;

·      Approves vacation schedules for employees;

·      Conducts periodic district administration meetings;

·      Performs other duties as may be assigned by the board.

·      Supervises the establishment or modification of the boundaries of school attendance and transportation areas subject to approval of the board; and

·      Directs studies of buildings and sites, taking into consideration population trends and the educational and cultural needs of the district in order to ensure timely decisions by the board and the electorate regarding construction and renovation projects.

This list of duties will not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the superintendent.  In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the superintendent will consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.

 

NOTE:  This is a sample list of superintendent duties.  A board may want to substitute its own superintendent job description for the policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, 23A (2013).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  209       Board of Directors' Management Procedures
  
                                    301       Administrative Structure
  
                                    302       Superintendent

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018  
Revised:   Dec 19, 2011, Oct. 15, 2018  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:38

302.5 - Superintendent Evaluation

302.5 - Superintendent Evaluation

The board will conduct an ongoing evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the board will formally evaluate the superintendent on an annual basis.  The goal of the superintendent's formal evaluation is to ensure the education program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership, clarify the superintendent's role, clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and develop a working relationship between the board and the superintendent.

The superintendent will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Facilitating the development, articulation, implementation, and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the school community. 
  • Advocating, nurturing and sustaining a school culture and instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional development. 
  • Ensuring management of the organization, operations and resources for a safe, efficient and effective learning environment. 
  • Collaborating with families and community members, responding to diverse community interests and needs and mobilizing community resources.   
  • Acting with integrity, fairness and in an ethical manner.
  • Understanding the profile of the community, and responding to and influencing the larger political, social, economic, legal and cultural context.

The formal evaluation will be based upon the following principles:

·    The evaluation criteria will be in writing, clearly stated and mutually agreed upon by the board and the superintendent.  The criteria will be related to the job description and the school district's goals;

·    At a minimum, the evaluation process will be conducted annually at a time agreed upon;

·    Each board member will have an opportunity to individually evaluate the superintendent, and these individual evaluations will be compiled into an overall evaluation by the entire board;

·    The superintendent will conduct a self-evaluation prior to discussing the board's evaluation, and the board as a whole will discuss its evaluation with the superintendent;

·    The board may discuss its evaluation of the superintendent in closed session upon a request from the superintendent and if the board determines its discussion in open session will needlessly and irreparably injure the superintendent's reputation; and,

·    The individual evaluation by each board member, if individual board members so desire, will not be reviewed by the superintendent.  Board members are encouraged to communicate their criticisms and concerns to the superintendent in the closed session.  The board president will develop a written summary of the individual evaluations, including both the strengths and the weaknesses of the superintendent, and place it in the superintendent's personnel file to be incorporated into the next cycle of evaluations.

This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities and competence.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Wedergren v. Board of Directors, 307 N.W.2d 12 (Iowa 1981).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, .23, .23A (2013).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. Ch. 83; 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  212    Closed Sessions
  
                                    302    Superintendent

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985,Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018
Revised:  June 12, 1989, Dec. 13, 2010, Oct. 15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:37

302.6 - Superintendent Professional Development

302.6 - Superintendent Professional Development

The board encourages the superintendent to continue professional growth by being involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing education, and participating in other professional activities.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to arrange the superintendent's schedule in order to enable attendance at various conferences and events.  If a conference or event requires the superintendent to be absent from the office for more than two days, requires overnight traveling, or involves unusual expense, the superintendent will bring it to the attention of the board president prior to attending the event.

The superintendent will report to the board after an event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  303.7  Administrator Professional Development
  
                                    401.7  Employee Travel Compensation

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018  
Revised:  Oct. 15, 2018  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:37

302.7 - Superintendent Civic Activities

302.7 - Superintendent Civic Activities

The board encourages the superintendent to be involved in the school district community by belonging to school district community organizations and attending and participating in school district community activities.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to become involved in school district community activities and events.  The board may consider paying the annual fees of the superintendent for school district community activities and events if, in the board's judgment, the superintendent's participation will further the public purpose of promoting and deriving support for the school district and public education in general.  It will be within the discretion of the board to pay annual fees(s) for professional organizations and activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
  
                                    1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 79.

Cross Reference:  302.3 Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation
  
                                    303.9 Administrator Civic Activities

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018        
Revised: , Oct. 15, 2018        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:36

302.8 - Superintendent Consulting / Outside Employment

302.8 - Superintendent Consulting / Outside Employment

The superintendent's position is considered full-time employment.  The board expects the superintendent to give the responsibilities of the position precedence over other employment or volunteer activities.  The superintendent may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board, the work is conducted on the superintendent's personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the superintendent's duties contracted by the board.

The board reserves the right, however, to request that the superintendent cease the outside employment or volunteer activity(ies) as a condition of continued employment.  The board will give the superintendent thirty days notice to cease outside employment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2013).

Cross Reference:  302.2 Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal
  
                                    302.4 Superintendent Duties

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018             
Revised:  Dec 19, 2011, Oct. 15, 2018             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:35

303 - Administrative Employees

303 - Administrative Employees dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:27

303.1 - Administrative Positions

303.1 - Administrative Positions

The school district may have, in addition to the superintendent, other administrative positions:

  • Assistant Superintendent
  • Director of Curriculum
  • Business Manager/Board Secretary/SBO
  • Activities Director
  • Building Principals
  • Assistant Principals
  • Technology Director

(This list is not considered to be exclusive or limited to the above)

These administrators will work closely with the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the school district.

It will be the responsibility of these administrators to uphold board policy, to instill a positive, cooperative environment with employees, and to share their expertise with each other and the board under the administrative team concept.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, .21, .23-.24 (2013).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  301 Administrative Structure
  
                                    303 Administrative Employees

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018        
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Sep. 18, 2000, Dec 19, 2011, Oct. 15, 2018        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:34

303.2 - Administrator Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

303.2 - Administrator Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ building principals and other administrators, in addition to the superintendent, to assist in the daily operations of the school district.

The board will consider applicants who meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the position.  In employing an administrator, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing an administrator, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial condition, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for filling an administrative position, based on the requirements stated in this policy.  The board will act only on the superintendent's recommendation.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for administrators.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21(2013)
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4.
  
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Cross Reference:  303 Administrative Employees

Approved:   Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018
Reviewed:  July 20, 2007, Nov. 8, 2010, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018             
Revised:  Aug. 13, 2007, Oct. 15, 2018             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:34

303.3 - Administrator Contract and Contract Renewal

303.3 - Administrator Contract and Contract Renewal

The length of the contract for employment between an administrator and the board shall be determined by the board and stated in the contract.  The contract will also state the terms of the employment.

The first three years of employment will be considered a probationary period.  The board may waive this period.  The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the administrator.  In the event of termination of a probationary or non-probationary contract, the board will afford the administrator appropriate due process, as required by law. The administrator and board may mutually agree to terminate the administrator's contract.

If an administrator's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the administrator's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to create a contract for each administrative position.

Administrators who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, must comply with board policies regarding the areas of resignation, release or retirement.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Cook v Plainfield Community School District, 301 N.W.2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
  
                                    Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v Youel, 282 N.W.2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
  
                                    Briggs v Board of Education of Hinton Community School District, 282 N.W.2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
  
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.20, .22-.25 (1995).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4), .4(7).

Cross Reference:  303 Administrative Employees

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 16, 2012, March 11, 2019   
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018   
Revised:  Sept. 21, 1992 & Feb. 10, 1997, Dec 19, 2011, Oct. 15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:32

303.4 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation

303.4 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the administrators.  It will be the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the administrators at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the administrators.  The salary will be set at the beginning of each contract period.

In addition to the salary and benefits agreed upon, the administrator's actual and necessary expenses will be paid by the school district, according to guidelines established by the board, when the administrator is performing work-related duties.  The board will approve the payment of other benefits or compensation over and above the administrator's contract.  Approval of other benefits or items of an administrator's compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.21 (2013).
  
                                    1984 Op. Att'y Gen. 47.

Cross Reference:  303 Administrative Employees

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct.15, 2018
Revised:   Dec 19, 2011, Oct.15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:32

303.5 - Administrator Duties

303.5 - Administrator Duties

Administrators will be hired by the board to assist the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the school district.

Each attendance center will have a building principal responsible for the administration and operation of the attendance center.  Each building principal, as chief administrator of the assigned attendance center, is responsible for the building and grounds, for the students and employees assigned to the attendance center, for school activities at the attendance center, for the education program offered in the attendance center, and the budget for the attendance center.  The principal is considered the professional advisor to the superintendent in matters pertaining to the attendance center supervised by the principal.  Although the principals serve under the direction of the superintendent, duties of the principal may include, but not be limited to the following:

·     Cooperate in the general organization and plan of procedure in the school under the principal's supervision;

·     Supervision of the teachers in the principal's attendance center;

·     Maintain the necessary records for carrying out delegated duties;

·     Work with the superintendent in rating, recommending and selecting supervised employees whenever possible;

·     Work with the superintendent in determining the education program to be offered and in arranging the schedules.  As much of the schedule as possible should be made before school closes for summer vacation.  In the matter of courses offered, the final approval rests with the superintendent who is in turn responsible to the board;

·     Ensure that proper care is taken of all school books, supplies, materials, equipment, furniture and facilities;

·     Instruct teachers to make a complete annual inventory of all school property contained in their individual rooms.  This inventory is reviewed and filed with the board secretary;

·     Investigate excessive cases of absence or tardiness of students and notify the parents or guardians of unexcused absence or tardiness.  All such cases should be reported to the superintendent;

·     Make such reports from time to time as the superintendent may require;

·     Maintain the regular schedule of school hours established by the board and make no temporary changes in the schedule without the consent of the superintendent;

·     Promptly notify the superintendent whenever ventilation, sanitation or heating of the building is unsatisfactory;

·     Contribute to the formation and implementation of general policies and procedures of the school;

·     Perform such other duties as may be assigned by the superintendent of schools.

This list of duties will not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the position of the administrators.  In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the administrators will consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21, .23A (2013).
  
                                     281 I.A.C. 12.4(5), .4(6), .4(7).

Cross Reference:  301       Administrative Structure
  
                                     303       Administrative Employees

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct.15, 2018
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Dec. 13, 2010, Dec 19, 2011, Oct.15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:31

303.6 - Administrator Evaluation

303.6 - Administrator Evaluation

The superintendent will conduct an ongoing process of evaluating the administrators on their skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the superintendent will formally evaluate the administrators annually.  The goal of the formal evaluation process is to ensure that the educational program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership for the school district, clarify the administrator's role as defined by the board and the superintendent, ascertain areas in need of improvement, clarify the immediate priorities of the responsibilities listed in the job description, and develop a working relationship between the superintendent and the administrator.

The superintendent is responsible for designing an administrator evaluation instrument.  The formal evaluation will include written criteria related to the job description.  The superintendent, after receiving input from the administrators, will present the formal evaluation instrument to the board for approval.

The formal evaluation will also include an opportunity for the administrator and the superintendent to discuss the written criteria, the past year's performance and the future areas of growth.  The evaluation will be completed by the superintendent, signed by the administrator and filed in the administrator's personnel file.

The principal will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Facilitating the development, articulation, implementation, and stewardship of a vision of learning that is shared and supported by the school community. 
  • Advocating, nurturing and sustaining a school culture and instructional program conducive to student learning and staff professional development. 
  • Ensuring management of the organization, operations and resources for a safe, efficient and effective learning environment. 
  • Collaborating with families and community members, responding to diverse community interests and needs and mobilizing community resources.   
  • Acting with integrity, fairness and in an ethical manner.
  • Understanding the profile of the community, and responding to and influencing the larger political, social, economic, legal and cultural context.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to conduct a formal evaluation of the probationary administrators and non-probationary administrators prior to May 15.

This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrator's skills, abilities and competence.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21-.23A (2013).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); ch 83.

Cross Reference:  303 Administrative Employees

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 20, 2012, November 26, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 20, 2012, Oct.15, 2018  
Revised:  June 12, 1989, Feb. 10, 1997, Dec. 13, 2010 , Oct.15, 2018 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:30

303.7 - Administrator Professional Development

303.7 - Administrator Professional Development

The board encourages the administrators to continue their professional growth by becoming involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing their education, and participating in other professional activities.

It will be the responsibility of the administrators to arrange their schedules in order to attend various conferences and events in which they are involved.  Prior to attendance at an event, the administrator must receive approval from the superintendent.  In the case where overnight travel or unusual expense is involved, the superintendent will bring it to the attention of the board prior to the administrator attending the event.

The administrator will report to the superintendent after an event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
  
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  302.6 Superintendent Professional Development
  
                                    401.7 Employee Travel Compensation

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018
Revised:   Dec. 13, 2010, Oct. 15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:29

303.8 - Administrator Civic Activities

303.8 - Administrator Civic Activities

The board encourages the administrators to be involved in the school district community by belonging to community organizations, and by attending and participating in school district community activities.

It will be the responsibility of the administrators to become involved in school district community activities and events.  The board may consider paying the annual fees of the administrator for school district community activities and events if, in the board's judgment, the administrator's participation will further the public purpose of promoting and deriving support for the school district and public education in general.  It will be within the discretion of the board to pay annual fees for professional organizations and activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
  
                                    1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 79.

Cross Reference:  302.7 Superintendent Civic Activities

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018
Revised:   Dec. 13, 2010, Oct. 15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:29

303.9 -Administrator Consulting / Outside Employment

303.9 -Administrator Consulting / Outside Employment

An administrative position is considered full-time employment.  The board expects administrators to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over other employment or volunteer activities.  An administrator may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board and the superintendent, the work is conducted on the administrator's personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the administrative duties contracted by the board.

The board reserves the right, however, to request the administrator cease the outside employment or volunteer activity(ies) as a condition of continued employment.  The board will give the administrator thirty days notice to cease outside employment.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21 (2009).

Cross Reference:  303.3 Administrator Contract and Contract Nonrenewal
 
                                     303.6 Administrator Duties

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018
Revised:  Dec. 13, 2010, Dec 19, 2011, Oct. 15, 2018                          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:28

304 - Administrative Regulations

304 - Administrative Regulations dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:25

304.1 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

304.1 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

Administrative regulations may be necessary to implement board policy.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations.

In developing the administrative regulations, the superintendent may consult with administrators or others likely to be affected by the regulations.  Once the regulations are developed, employees, students and other members of the school district community will be informed in a manner determined by the superintendent.

The board will be kept informed of the administrative regulations utilized and their revisions.  The board may review and recommend change of administrative regulations prior to their use in the school district if they are contrary to the intent of board policy.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to enforce administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  209    Board of Directors' Management Procedures
    
                                  304.2 Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018     
Revised: , Oct. 15, 2018     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:26

304.2 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

304.2 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

The administrative regulations will be monitored and revised when necessary.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to monitor and revise the administrative regulations.

The superintendent may rely on the board, administrators, employees, students, and other members of the school district community to inform the superintendent about the effect of and possible changes in the administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2013)

Cross Reference:  209    Board of Directors' Management Procedures
    
                                  304.1 Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018
Revised:  Oct. 15, 2018     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:25

305 - Administrator Code of Ethics

305 - Administrator Code of Ethics

The superintendent and administrators, as part of the educational leadership in the school district community, represent the views of the school district.  Their actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district.  Therefore, the superintendent and administrators shall conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

The superintendent and administrators shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.  Failure to act in accordance with this code of ethics or in a professional manner, in the judgment of the board, shall be grounds for discipline and, possibly, dismissal.

The professional school administrator:

  • Upholds the honor and dignity of the profession in actions and relations with students, colleagues, board members and the public;
  • Obeys local, state and national laws; holds (him or herself) to high ethical and moral standards; and gives loyalty to this country and to the cause of democracy and liberty;
  • Accepts the responsibility to master and contribute to the growing body of specialized knowledge, concepts, and skills which characterize school administration as a profession;
  • Strives to provide the finest possible educational experiences and opportunities to the members of the school district community;
  • Seeks to preserve and enhance the prestige and status of the profession when applying for a position or entering into contractual agreements;
  • Carries out in good faith the policies duly adopted by the local board and the regulations of state authorities and renders professional service;
  • Disallows consideration of private gain or personal economic interest to affect the discharge of professional responsibilities;
  • Recognizes public schools are the public's business and seeks to keep the public informed about their schools; and,
  • Supports and practices the administrative team concept.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:    404 Employee Conduct and Appearance

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan 16, 2012     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012
Revised:  Dec 19, 2011

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:24

306 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

306 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

In the absence of the superintendent, it will be the responsibility of the other administrators to assume the superintendent's duties.  The succession of authority to the superintendent will be in this order:

  1. Director of Curriculum
  2. Building Principal designated by Board

If the absence of the superintendent is temporary, the successor will assume only those duties and responsibilities of the superintendent that require immediate action.  If the board determines the absence of the superintendent will be a lengthy one, the board will appoint an acting superintendent to assume the responsibilities of the superintendent.  The successor will assume the duties when the successor learns of the superintendent's absence or when assigned by the superintendent or the board.

References to "superintendent" in this policy manual will mean the "superintendent or the superintendent's designee" unless otherwise stated in the board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013)
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Cross Reference:  302 Superintendent

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018   
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018
Revised:  Sep. 18, 2000, Oct. 15, 2018     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:23

307 - Communication Channels

307 - Communication Channels

Questions and problems will be resolved at the lowest organizational level nearest to the complaint.  School employees will be responsible for conferring with their immediate supervisor on questions and concerns.  Students and other members of the school district community will confer with a licensed employee and then with the principal on questions and concerns.

If resolution is not possible by any of the above, individuals may bring it to the attention of the superintendent within five (5) school days of their discussion with the principal.  If there is no resolution or plan for resolution by the superintendent within five (5) school days of the individual's discussion with the superintendent, the individual may ask to have the question or problem placed on the board agenda.  The action of the board will be final.

It will first be the responsibility of the administrators to resolve questions and problems raised by the employees and the students they supervise and by other members of the school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  213 Public Participation in Board Meetings
    
                                    401.4 Employee Complaints
    
                                    502.4 Student Complaints and Grievances
    
                                    504.3 Student Publications

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan 16, 2012, November 26, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 16, 2012, Oct. 15, 2018
Revised: Oct. 15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/25/2021 - 11:23

400 - EMPLOYEES

400 - EMPLOYEES Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/09/2021 - 15:42

400 - Role and Guiding Principles for Employees

400 - Role and Guiding Principles for Employees

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for employees in the performance of their jobs.  Employees provide a variety of important services for the children of the school district community.  They may be teaching or assisting in the classroom, working in the office, maintaining the facilities, driving or repairing the school buses, or cooking lunches.  Each employee plays a vital role in providing an equal opportunity for a quality education for students commensurate with the students' individual needs.  While the teachers have the most direct impact on the formal instruction of students, all employees have an impact on the school environment by their dedication to their work and their actions.  As role models for the students, employees will promote a cooperative, enthusiastic, and supportive learning environment for the students.

In striving to achieve a quality education program, the board's goal is to obtain and retain qualified and effective employees.  The board will have complete discretion to determine the number, the qualifications, and the duties of the positions and the school district's standards of acceptable performance.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board in these areas prior to board action.  The board recognizes its duty to bargain collectively with duly certified collective bargaining units.

Board policies in this series relating to general employees will apply to employees regardless of their position as a licensed employee, classified employee, substitute or administrator.  Board policies relating to licensed employees will apply to positions that require a teaching license or administrator's certificate or other professional license, certificate or endorsement, unless administrative positions are specifically excluded from the policy.  Classified employees' policies included in this series will apply to positions that do not fall within the definition of licensed employee.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, February 18, 2019    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Aug 18, 2014, January 21, 2018
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, January 21, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:59

400.1 - All Employee Handbook

400.1 - All Employee Handbook

The Board values all employees in the district and believes an all-employee handbook provides the governance of rules and procedures for employees.

This handbook is a general source of information and may not include every possible situation that could arise. It is not intended and does not constitute a contract between the school district and employees. It is the employee's responsibility to refer to the district policies and/or administrative procedures for further information. Whenever the provisions of this handbook are in conflict with those of a board-adopted policy, an applicable collective bargaining agreement, or any other formal employment contract, the terms of the policy, collective bargaining agreement, and/or employment contract will govern.

Although every effort will be made to update the handbook on a timely basis, there may be occurrences where the district changes policies, procedures, benefits, and terms of employment.

The Board also recognizes the need for a consistent and orderly system, therefore, if, at all possible, handbook changes will occur on an annual basis. These changes will be shared with the handbook committee prior to board approval.

The handbook committee is comprised of the superintendent, business director, Board HR committee representation, food service director, transportation director, facilities director, representatives from food service, transportation, facilities, teacher associates, secretaries, and three teachers. The committee members will be on a three-year term. If more than one employee represents a group, those committee members will be on rotation. The first year, one member would be appointed to a three year term, one to a two year term, and one to a one-year term. The committee will not be larger than 15 at any time. Each department/group helps select individuals to represent them on this committee.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with central office staff to set the agenda and meeting dates. The meetings will take place at least quarterly for an hour at a time. Handbook Committee Members will email the superintendent's secretary with subjects/items they would like to see placed on the agenda for possible discussion.

The responsibilities of the committee include bringing forward items from the handbook for discussion at the committee level. Committee work may include best practices, research on the system's organizational health, other district employee handbooks, or current working practices within the district. As a committee, a general consensus of what may work for FCSD will be shared for possible consideration by district management. The final handbook will be taken to the board annually prior to the start of the fiscal year.

The board has the final approval of the handbook.

 

 

Approved:  June 18, 2018
Reviewed:  May 21, 2018
Revised:     May 21, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:59

401 - Internal Relations

401 - Internal Relations dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:01

401.1 - Equal Employment Opportunity

401.1 - Equal Employment Opportunity

The Fairfield Community School District will provide equal opportunity to employees and applicants for employment in accordance with applicable equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies.  Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment includes hiring, placement, promotion, transfer or demotion, recruitment, advertising or solicitation for employment, treatment during employment, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and layoff or termination.  The school district will take affirmative action in major job categories where women, men, minorities and persons with disabilities are underrepresented.  Employees will support and comply with the district's established equal employment opportunity and affirmative action policies.  Employees will be given notice of this policy annually.

The board will appoint an equity coordinator.  The affirmative action coordinator will have the responsibility for drafting the affirmative action plan.  The affirmative action plan will be reviewed by the board at least every two years.

Individuals who file an application with the school district will be given consideration for employment if they meet or exceed the qualifications set by the board, administration, and Iowa Department of Education for the position for which they apply.  In employing individuals, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials, and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, sex, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, the board will consider the veteran status of applicants.

[Prior to a final offer of employment for any teaching position, the school district will perform the background checks required by law.  The district may determine on a case-by-case basis that, based on the duties, other positions within the district will also require background checks.  Based upon the results of the background checks, the school district will determine whether an offer will be extended.  If the candidate is a teacher who has an initial license from the BOEE, then the requirement for a background check is waived.]

Advertisements and notices for vacancies within the district will contain the following statement:  "The Fairfield Community School District is an equal employment opportunity/affirmative action (EEO/AA) employer."  The statement will also appear on application forms.

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, will be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Fairfield Community School District,  403 South 20th Street, Fairfield, Iowa  52556-4243; or by telephoning 641-472-2655. 

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, 310 W. Wisconsin Ave., Ste. 800, Milwaukee,  Wisconsin,  53203-2292,  (414) 291-1111  or  the  Iowa Civil Rights Commission,  400 East 14th Street, Des Moines, Iowa, 50319-1004, (515) 281-4121 or 1-800-457-4416, http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2012).
    
                                  42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 19B; 20; 35C; 73; 216; 279.8;
                                     
 281 I.A.C. 12.4; 14.1; 95.                                                                 

Cross Reference:  102 Equal Educational Opportunity
    
                                  104    Bullying/Harassment
    
                                  405.2 Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
    
                                  411.2 Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, March 19, 2012, December 19, 2017
Reviewed:  July 20, 2007, Oct. 11, 2010, March 19, 2012, November 7, 2017
Revised:  Oct. 8, 1990, Aug. 13, 2007, Nov. 8, 2010, March 19, 2012

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:01

401.2 - Employee Conflict of Interest

401.2 - Employee Conflict of Interest

Employees' use of their position with the school district for financial gain will be considered a conflict of interest with their position as employees and may subject employees to disciplinary action.

Employees have access to information and a captive audience that could award the employee personal or financial gain.  No employee may solicit other employees or students for personal or financial gain to the employee without the approval of the superintendent.  If the approval of the superintendent is given, the employee must conduct the solicitations within the conditions set by the superintendent.  Further, the superintendent may, upon five days notice, require the employee to cease such solicitations as a condition of continued employment.

Employees will not act as an agent or dealer for the sale of textbooks or other school supply companies doing business with the school district.  Employees will not participate for personal financial remuneration in outside activities wherein their position on the staff is used to sell goods or services to students or to parents.  Employees will not engage in outside work or activities where the source of information concerning the customer, client or employer originates from information obtained because of the employee's position in the school district.

It will also be a conflict of interest for an employee to engage in any outside employment or activity, which is in conflict with the employee's official duties and responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of an employee creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist will include, but not be limited to, any of the following:

          (1)       The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district's badge, uniform, business card or other evidences of office to give the employee or the employee's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to an employee who is employed by the school district.

          (2)       The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the employee or a member of the employee's immediate family from anyone other than the school district for the performance of any act that the employee would be required or expected to perform as part of the employee's regular duties or during the hours during which the employee performs service or work for the school district.

          (3)       The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the employee during the performance of the employee's duties.

 

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the employee must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the employee must:

  •   Cease the outside employment or activity; or
  •   Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, employees will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract. Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the employee, employee’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.

It is the responsibility of each employee to be aware of and take the necessary action to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.

 

 

Legal Reference:  7 C.F.R. 3016.36(3)
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 68B; 279.8; 301.28 (2013).

Cross Reference:  203      Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
    
                                   402.4   Gifts to Employees
    
                                   402.6   Employee Outside Employment
    
                                   404     Employee Conduct and Appearance

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, March 19, 2012, December 19, 2017      
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14. 2009, March 19, 2012, November 7, 2017   
Revised:   Oct. 12, 2009, March 19, 2012 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:03

401.3 - Nepotism

401.3 - Nepotism

More than one family member may be an employee of the school district.  It will be within the discretion of the superintendent to allow one family member employed by the school district to supervise another family member employed by the school district [subject to the approval of the board].

The employment by the board of more than one individual in a family will be on the basis of their qualifications, credentials and records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 71; 277.27; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  405.2 Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment and Selection
    
                                  411.2 Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment and Selection

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, March 19, 2012, December 19, 2017           
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, March 19, 2012, November 7, 2017.
Revised:                           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:11

401.4 - Employee Complaints

401.4 - Employee Complaints

Complaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees.  If necessary, complaints will be brought directly to the immediate supervisor, principal or superintendent and will be made in a constructive and professional manner.  Complaints will never be made in the presence of other employees, students or outside persons.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .9; 279.8

Cross Reference:  307 Communication Channels

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, March 19, 2012, December 19, 2017           
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, March 19, 2012, November 7, 2017
Revised:                           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:12

401.5 - Employee Records

401.5 - Employee Records

The school district will maintain personnel records on employees.  The records are important for the daily administration of the educational program, for implementing board policy, for budget and financial planning, and for meeting state and federal requirements.

The records will include, but not be limited to, records necessary for the daily administration of the school district, salary records, evaluations, and application for employment, references, and other items needed to carry out board policy.  Employee personnel files are school district records and are considered confidential records and therefore are not generally open to public inspection or accessibility.  Only in certain limited instances, when the employee has given a signed consent, will employee personnel records be accessible to individuals other than the employee or authorized school officials.

Employees may have access to their personnel files, with the exception of letters of reference, and copy items from their personnel files at a time mutually agreed upon between the superintendent and the employee.  The school district may charge a reasonable fee for each copy made except the total amount charged for all copies cannot exceed $5.00.  However, employees will not be allowed access to the employment references written on behalf of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's file when it is necessary because of an employee related matter before the board.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep employees' personnel files current.  The board secretary will be the custodian of employee records.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code chs. 20; 21; 22; 91B (2013).

Cross Reference:  402.1  Release of Credit Information
    
                                   403     Employees' Health and Well-Being
                                       708     Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, March 19, 2012 , December 19, 2017          
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, March 19, 2012, November 07, 2017.    
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:12

401.6 - Transporting of Students by Employees

401.6 - Transporting of Students by Employees

Generally, transportation of students will be in a motor vehicle owned by the school district and driven by an employee.  In some cases, it may be more economical or efficient for the school district to allow an employee of the school district to transport the students in the employee's motor vehicle.

Employees who transport students for school purposes must have the permission of the administration.

This policy statement applies to transportation of students for school purposes in addition to the regular bus route transporting students to and from their designated attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code chs. 285; 321 (1995).

Cross Reference:  401.7  Employee Travel Compensation
          
                            711     Transportation
          
                            904.1  Transporting of Students in Private Vehicles

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, March 19, 2012, December 19, 2017          
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, March 19, 2012, November 07, 2017
Revised:                           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:14

401.7 - Employee Travel Compensation

401.7 - Employee Travel Compensation

Employees traveling on behalf of the school district and performing approved school district business will be reimbursed for their actual and necessary expenses up to the limits set by the Board in the teacher handbook.  Actual and necessary travel expenses will include, but not be limited to, transportation and/or mileage costs, lodging expenses, meal expenses and actual registration costs up to the district’s approved limits.

 

Travel outside the School District

Travel outside of the school district must be pre-approved.  Pre-approval will include an evaluation of the necessity of the travel, the reason for the travel and an estimate of the cost of the travel to qualify as approved school district business.  Travel outside the school district by employees, other than the superintendent, will be approved by the superintendent.

Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the employee must provide the school district with an itemized list of expenses incurred in the performance of their duties and a receipt for all expenses incurred, other than a credit card receipt, indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances will be maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

Failure to have a detailed receipt will make the expense a personal expense.  Personal expenses, including mileage, in excess of that required for the trip will be reimbursed by the employee to the school district no later than 10 working days following the date of the expense

Pre-approved expenses for transportation within three hundred miles of the school district administrative office will be by automobile.  If a school district vehicle is not available, the employee will be reimbursed at the district rate per mile.

 

Travel within the School District

Employees required to travel in their personal vehicle between school district buildings to carry out the duties of their position will be reimbursed at the district rate per mile.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to approve travel within the school district by employees.  It will be the responsibility of the board to review the travel within the school district by the superintendent through the board's audit and approval process.

Employees who are allowed an in-school district travel allowance will have the amount of the allowance actually received during each calendar year included on the employee's W-2 form as taxable income according to the Internal Revenue Code.

The superintendent will be responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses, in-school district travel allowances and assignment of school district vehicles.  The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for reimbursement to the employee by the school district and the procedures for obtaining approval for travel outside of and within the school district.

 

At Request of School District

In unique situations where the district desires to send select personnel to a specific event, the superintendent may preapprove payment or reimbursement of registration, overnight, travel and/or meals at cost.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31.
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 70A.9-.11 (2013).
    
                                  1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 512.

Cross Reference:  216.3    Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses
    
                                  401.6    Transporting of Students by Employees
    
                                  401.10  Credit Cards
    
                                  904.1    Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, March 19, 2012, December 19, 2017, July 20, 2018, August 20, 2018             
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2009, Oct. 11, 2010, March 19, 2012, November 7, 2017, July 20, 2018    
Revised:  Dec. 14, 2009, Nov. 8, 2010, March 19, 2012

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:15

401.7E1 - Employee Travel Compensation

401.7E1 - Employee Travel Compensation

Below are the maximum allowable:

 

 

 

 

 

Item

2018-
2019

2019-
2020

2020-
2021

2021-
2022

2022-
2023

Mileage
(if school car not available)

$0.45

$0.46

$0.47

$0.48

$0.49

Meals

$30.00

$30.00

$30.00

$30.00

$30.00

Hotel

$60.00

$60.00

$60.00

$60.00

$60.00

Registration

$115.00

$115.00

$115.00

$115.00

$115.00

Transportation
(flight, bus, other)

$300.00

$300.00

$300.00

$300.00

$300.00

Meal Tips

Limit of 15%

 

 

 

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:17

401.8 - Recognition for Service of Employees

401.8 - Recognition for Service of Employees

The board recognizes and appreciates the service of its employees.  Employees who retire or resign may be honored by the board, administration and staff in an appropriate manner.

If the form of honor thought appropriate by the administration and employees involves unusual expense to the school district, the superintendent will seek prior approval from the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Const. Art. III, § 31.
    
                                  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
    
                                  1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 102.

Cross Reference:  407 Licensed Employee Termination of Employment
    
                                  413 Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, March 19, 2012, December 19, 2017           
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, March 19, 2012, November 07, 2017    
Revised:                               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:19

401.9 - Employee Political Activity

401.9 - Employee Political Activity

Employees will not engage in political activity upon property under the jurisdiction of the board.  Activities including, but not limited to, posting of political circulars or petitions, the distribution of political circulars or petitions, the collection of or solicitation for campaign funds, solicitation for campaign workers, and the use of students for writing or addressing political materials, or the distribution of such materials to or by students are specifically prohibited.

Violation of this policy may be grounds for disciplinary action.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 55; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  409.5 Licensed Employee Political Leave
    
                                  414.5 Classified Employee Political Leave

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, March 19, 2012, December 19, 2017           
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, March 19, 2012, November 07, 2017.    
Revised:                               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:21

401.10 - Credit Cards

401.10 - Credit Cards

Employees may use school district gasoline credit cards for the actual gasoline expenses incurred while traveling in a school vehicle on school business. Actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to, fuel for school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the board and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the board in the performance of their duties.

Employees and officers using a school district gasoline credit card must submit a detailed receipt in addition to a credit card receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  Failure to provide a proper receipt will make the employee responsible for expenses incurred.  Those expenses will be reimbursed to the school district no later than ten working days following use of the school district's credit card.  In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent or board may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances will be maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

The school district may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties.  The superintendent may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of the superintendent’s duties.  The transportation director may maintain a school district credit card for fueling school district transportation vehicles in accordance with board policy.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to determine whether the school district credit card use is for appropriate school business.  It will be the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the school district credit card use by the superintendent and the board is for appropriate school business.

The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses and use of a school district credit card.  The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for obtaining a credit card.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31.
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .29, .30 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).

Cross Reference:  216.3 Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses
    
                                  401.7 Employee Travel Compensation

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, March 19, 2012, December 19, 2017           
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 13, 2009, March 19, 2012, November 7, 2017.    
Revised:  May 11, 2009

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:22

401.11 - Employee Orientation

401.11 - Employee Orientation

Employees must know their role and duties.  New employees may be required to participate in an orientation program for new employees.  The employee's immediate supervisor should provide the new employee with a review of the employee's responsibilities and duties.  Payroll procedures and employee benefit programs and accompanying forms will be explained to the employee by the business manager.  Regular employees ineligible for the school district's group health plan will be given information regarding where they can obtain health care or health care insurance.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2013).
    
                                       191 I.A.C. 74.

Cross Reference:  404  Employee Conduct and Appearance
    
                                  406  Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits
    
                                  412  Classified Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Sep 15, 2014, December 19, 2017           
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Aug 18, 2014, November 07, 2017    
Revised:    Aug 18, 2014                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:23

401.13 - Staff Technology Use/ Social Networking

401.13 - Staff Technology Use/ Social Networking

Computers are a powerful and valuable education and research tool and, as such, are an important part of the instructional program.  In addition, the school district depends upon computers as an integral part of administering and managing the schools’ resources, including the compilation of data and recordkeeping for personnel, students, finances, supplies and materials.  This policy outlines the board’s expectations in regard to these different aspects of the school district’s computer resources.  Employees must conduct themselves in a manner that does not disrupt from or disrupt the educational process and failure to do so will result in discipline, up to and including, discharge.

 

General Provisions

The Director of Technology will oversee the use of school district computer resources. The TLC Specialist and Curriculum Director in conjunction with the Director of Technology will prepare in-service programs for the training and development of school district staff in computer skills, appropriate use of computers and for the incorporation of computer use in subject areas.

The superintendent, working with appropriate staff, will establish regulations governing the use and security of the school district’s computer resources. The school district will make every reasonable effort to maintain the security of the system.  All users of the school district’s computer resources, including students, staff and volunteers, will comply with this policy and regulation, as well as others impacting the use of school equipment and facilities.  Failure to comply may result in disciplinary action, up to and including discharge, as well as suspension and/or revocation of computer access privileges.        

Usage of the school district’s computer resources is a privilege, not a right, and that use entails responsibility.  All information on the school district’s computer system may be considered a public record.  Whether there is an exception to keep some narrow, specific content within the information confidential is determined on a case by case basis. Therefore, users of the school district’s computer network must not expect, nor does the school district guarantee, privacy for e-mail or use of the school district’s computer network including web sites visited.  The school district reserves the right to access and view any material stored on school district equipment or any material used in conjunction with the school district’s computer network.

The superintendent, working with the appropriate staff, will establish procedures governing management of computer records in order to exercise appropriate control over computer records, including financial, personnel and student information.  The procedures will address: 

  • passwords,
  • system administration,
  • separation of duties,
  • remote access,
  • data back-up (including archiving of e-mail),
  • record retention, and
  • disaster recovery plans.

Social Networking or Other External Web Sites

For purposes of this policy any web site, other than the school district web site or school-school district sanctioned web sites, are considered external web sites.  Employees should not post confidential or proprietary information, including photographic images, about the school district, its employees, students, agents or others on any external web site without consent of the superintendent.  The employee will adhere to all applicable privacy and confidentiality policies adopted by the school district when on external web sites.  Employees will not use the school district logos, images, iconography, etc. on external web sites.  Employees will not use school district time or property on external sites that are not in direct-relation to the employee’s job.  Employees, students and volunteers need to realize that the Internet is not a closed system and anything posted on an external site may be viewed by others, all over the world.  Employees, students and volunteers who don’t want school administrators to know their personal information, should refrain from exposing it on the Internet.  Employees should not connect with students via external web sites without consent of the superintendent.  Employees should be aware of the risks involved in texting individual students directly. It is recommended that employees should text a group of students or include another staff member or the parent in receipt of the text. Employees who would like to start a social media site for school district sanctioned activities should contact the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
    
                                    282 I.A.C. 13.35, .26

Cross Reference:  104         Anti-Bullying/Harassment
                                        306         Administrator Code of Ethics
                                        401.11    Employee Orientation
                                        407         Licensed Employee Termination of Employment
    
                                    413         Classified Employee Termination of Employment
    
                                    605         Instructional Materials

Approved:  December 19, 2017         
Reviewed:  July 11, 2011, November 07, 2017                                                             
Revised:     September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:24

401.13R1 - Staff and Student Technology Use Regulation

401.13R1 - Staff and Student Technology Use Regulation

In making decisions regarding access to the school district computers, computer network, the Internet, and other information resources, the Fairfield Community School District considers the educational mission, goals, and objectives of the district.  Electronic and print information research skills are now fundamental to the preparation of citizens and future employees.  Access to the school district computers(including 1:1 student devices), computer network, the Internet, and other information resources allows student access to thousands of materials, libraries, databases, bulletin boards, and other resources while exchanging creative ideas and images with people around the world.  The Fairfield Community School District expects that faculty will blend thoughtful use of the school district computers, computer network, the Internet, and other information resources throughout the curriculum and will provide guidance and instruction to students in their use.

All FCSD students will receive a Google Apps account that includes access to an email account. This account should primarily be used for educational purpose.  As with all interactions on the Internet, students are expected to use these tools in a safe, legal, and ethical manner.  FCSD also provides student network wireless access in all buildings.FCSD will not be responsible for any damage or loss of any student or staff personal device.  These are the expectations for this use of the FCSD network with personal devices. 1. All students will use the district-provided method for wireless access the network. 2. Students or staff who brings their own devices onto FCSD property and use a non-FCSD network to access the Internet is still bound by this policy.  Below is a list on unacceptable and unsafe behaviors for both students and staff.  This list is not intended to be inclusive of all misuses.

  1. Users will not access, review, upload, download, store, print, post, or distribute pornographic, obscene, sexually explicit material or that use language or images that are inappropriate to the education setting or disruptive to the educational process and will not post information or materials that could cause damage or danger or disruption while on school property.
  2. Users will not access, review, upload, download, store, print, post, or distribute materials that use language or images that advocate violence or discrimination toward other people (hate literature) or that may constitute harassment or discrimination while on school property without an approved educational/instructional purpose.
  3. Users will not knowingly or recklessly post false or defamatory information about a person or organization, to harass another person, or to engage in personal attacks, including prejudicial or discriminatory attacks while on school property.
  4. Users will not engage in any illegal act or violate any local, state, or federal statute or law while on school property.
  5. Users will not vandalize, damage, or disable the property of another person or organization, will not make deliberate attempts to degrade or disrupt equipment, software, or system performance by spreading computer viruses, or by any other means will not tamper with, modify, or change the FCSD Network software, hardware, or wiring.
  6. Users will not take any action to violate the FCSD Network’s security, and will not disrupt the use of the system by other users nor gain unauthorized access to information resources or to access another person’s materials, information, or files without the implied or direct consent of that person.
  7. Users will not post private information about another person or to post personal contact information about themselves or other persons including, but not limited to, addresses, telephone numbers, school addresses, work addresses, identification numbers, account numbers, access codes, or passwords and will not repost a message that was sent to the user privately without permission of the person who sent the message.
  8. Users will not violate copyright laws, usage licensing agreements, or another person’s property without the author’s prior approval or proper citation, including, but not limited to the downloading or exchanging of pirated software or copying software to or from any school computer, and will not plagiarize works they find on the Internet or other information resources.
  9. Users will not use the FCSD Network for the conduct of a business, for unauthorized commercial purposes, or for financial gain unrelated to the mission of the school district.  Users will not use the FCSD Network to offer or provide goods, services, or product advertisement.  Users will not use the FCSD Network to purchase goods or services for personal use without authorization from the appropriate school district official.

FCSD will provide ongoing instruction for students on current safety, legal and ethical use best practices as part of our 21st Century Skills curriculum.  Being a public organization, FCSD subject to open records laws for both student and staff email and network accounts.  These accounts carry no expectation of privacy.  Parents have the right at any time to investigate or review the contents of their child’s accounts.  Parents also have the right to request the termination of their child’s individual account at any time.  The school district will cooperate fully with local, state and federal authorities in any investigation concerning or related to any illegal activities and activities not in compliance with school district policies.

The FCSD defines intellectual property rights as a general term that covers copyright, registered designs and trademarks.  Information users need to understand that authors resort to legal action when their works are infringed.

Plagiarism is the presentation of the thoughts, ideas, or words of another without crediting the sources. It is a form of academic dishonesty and may be grounds for academic sanctions.  Students are expected to cite all sources they use.  Copyright is a legal issue governed by federal law. Copyright extends to all forms of intellectual property, including print resources, web pages, database articles, images, and other works found on the Internet.  The ability to legally use another’s work depends on the following justifications: (1) the work is in the public domain; (2) the researcher has received permission from the copyright holder; or (3) the researcher asserts a right for fair use.  Under the fair use doctrine of the U.S. copyright statute, it is permissible to use limited portions of a work including quotes, for purposes such as commentary, criticism, news reporting, and scholarly reports.  Fair use is determined on a case-by-case basis.  Individuals are expected to make educated, good faith decisions in determining whether fair use applies in a given situation.

Students and staff who choose to violate one or more of the unacceptable uses will be subject to disciplinary action. For students these may include structured/non-independent use of technology while on school property, suspension, reparation for damages, expulsion, and/or referral to local law enforcement.

The Fairfield Community School District has a filtering system in place that will monitor and log Internet activity as well as block unacceptable websites as reviewed by faculty, administration. Although the Fairfield Community School District is taking reasonable measures to ensure students do not acquire objectionable material, the Fairfield Community School District cannot guarantee that a student will not be able to access objectionable material on the Internet. If a student accidentally accesses unacceptable materials or an unacceptable Internet site, the student should immediately report the accidental access to an appropriate school district official.

The proper use of the Internet and other information resources, and the educational value to be gained from proper use of the Internet and other information resources, is the combined responsibility of students, parents, and employees of the school district.

The Internet Use Agreement form must be read and signed by all users (student, employee, or other non-FCSD employed users) as well as by the parent or guardian of student users. The form must then be filed at the school office.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code. § 279.8 (2003)

Approved:  July 11, 2011
Reviewed:  July 11, 2011    
Revised:    September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:29

401.13R2 - Staff Use of Internet Social Networking and Other Forms of Electronic Communications

401.13R2 - Staff Use of Internet Social Networking and Other Forms of Electronic Communications

 

Statement of Philosophy

The District encourages all staff to use 21st Century tools to teach, communicate and bring the real world into the classroom.  It supports uses of current technology in ways that promote, support, and maintain strong, appropriate relationships between staff and students.

School-provided accounts (like Google e-mail accounts, Google docs, etc) that can be monitored are always the safest means for both student and staff to communicate electronically.  To protect all parties, it is important that staff, students and parents understand the boundaries of professional decorum in the use of ever-changing on-line, digital learning possibilities.  Staff must conduct themselves in ways that do not distract from or disrupt the educational process and in ways that protect students and staff members alike from inappropriate use or the appearance of inappropriate use.

The District’s expectation is that staff will use maturity, common sense and sound professional judgment in all interactions with students, parents, and community members.

 

Practical Guidelines

1. Staff members should not list or follow current students (except their own children) as “friends”, “followers”, or equivalent labels on personal networking accounts.

2. Staff members are encouraged to use district-provided accounts to create a classroom presence or site for legitimate educational purposes (separate from personal sites).

3. When a non-school provided tool is used for legitimate educational purposes, the building administrator and district technology director shall upon request be granted full administrative access to the site.

4. All staff electronic contacts (including phone) with students (except their own children) should be through district accounts whenever possible.

5. In the unusual circumstance when use of a personal account is necessary for interaction between staff and students, interactions should be strictly limited in scope, frequency and duration.  Prolonged interactions on personal accounts are discouraged and should be terminated or transitioned to school accounts as quickly as possible.  “Let’s continue this conversation on the school account” is an appropriate transition.

6. All electronic contacts (including phone) by teachers/coaches/sponsors/directors with the class/team or individual class/team members shall be for legitimate education purposes only;

7. Postings that contain content that disrupts the educational program and damages the relationships of trust necessary between students, staff and parents are strictly prohibited. 

Examples include but are not limited to content that:

            a. is sexually provocative or flirtatious in nature;

            b. exhibits or advocates for use of drugs and alcohol;

            c. would be defined by a reasonable person as obscene, racist, or sexist;

            d. promotes illicit, illegal or unethical activity;

            e. violates the district’s affirmative action and/or bullying and harassment policies.

8. Postings that communicate confidential information to persons not authorized to receive that information are prohibited.

9. Postings that cause significant interference with the education program via any electronic means are prohibited.

 

Legitimate Educational Purposes

As used in this policy, legitimate educational purposes include:

            1. Answering academic inquiries regarding homework, other classroom work or assignments;

            2. Scheduling appointments for school-related conferences and/or extra help;

            3. Clarifying classroom expectations and/or assignments;

            4. Notifications related to classroom, club or sports schedules, safety, attendance, events, trips, assignments and/or deadlines.

 

Consequences

Failure to exercise good judgment in on-line conduct can lead to discipline up to and including suspension and dismissal from employment.

When inappropriate use of electronic contacts is suspected, administrators will immediately investigate.  Misconduct that rises to the level of criminal activity will be reported to law enforcement.  Misconduct that violates professional ethics will be reported to the Board of Educational Examiners.

 

Implementation

This policy will be contained in the staff handbook and posted on the District web-site.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:30

401.14 - Prohibition of Texting and Talking on Hand-held Cell Phones While Driving District Vehicle

401.14 - Prohibition of Texting and Talking on Hand-held Cell Phones While Driving District Vehicle

Fairfield Community School District prohibits the texting or talking on a hand-held phone while operating a district vehicle or while using a school district issued cell phone while operating a personal vehicle.  This includes, but is not limited to:  answering or making phone calls, engaging in phone conversations, reading or responding to e-mails and text messages.

Fairfield Community School District employees are required to: 

  • Turn cell phones off or put on silent, vibrate or connect to a hands free device before beginning the trip.
  • Pull over to a safe place if a call must be made or received while on the road, unless already connected to a hands free device.
  • Consider modifying voice mail greeting to indicate that you are unavailable to answer calls or return messages while driving.
  • Inform clients, associates and business partners of this policy as an explanation of why calls may not be returned immediately.

Vehicles that are operated that require a Commercial Driver’s License (CDL) must follow the restrictions for cell phone usage as required for the CDL.  Applicable state laws which may be more restrictive must be followed where the vehicle is being operated for all operators.

Violations of this policy may lead to disciplinary action and denial of use of school vehicles and district cell phones.

 

 

Approved:  July 11, 2011, February 18, 2019, May 18, 2020   
Reviewed:  July 11, 2011, January 21, 2018, March 16, 2020
Revised:  May 18, 2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:32

401.14E - Texting and Talking on Hand-held Cell Phones While Driving Policy Excluding CDL Drivers

401.14E - Texting and Talking on Hand-held Cell Phones While Driving Policy Excluding CDL Drivers

Of increasing concern to the Fairfield Community School District are the dangers of distracted drivingRecent deadly crashes involving drivers distracted by talking and texting while driving highlight a growing danger on our roads.  Numerous studies have demonstrated how the use of hand-held cell phones while driving pose a significant safety risk to motorists, their passengers and others on the road.  In fact, according the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), in 2008, nearly 6,000 people died in crashes involving a distracted driver.

Therefore, the Fairfield Community School District will no longer tolerate texting or talking on a hand-held phone while operating a district vehicle or while using a school district issued cell phone while operating a personal vehicle. This includes, but is not limited to, answering or making phone calls, engaging in phone conversations, reading or responding to e-mails and text messages.

Fairfield Community School District employees are required to:

  • Turn cell phones off or put on silent, vibrate or connect to a hands free device before beginning the trip.
  • Pull over to a safe place if a call must be made or received while on the road, unless already connected to a hands free device.
  • Consider modifying voice mail greeting to indicate that you are unavailable to answer calls or return messages while driving.
  • Inform clients, associates and business partners of this policy as an explanation of why calls may not be returned immediately.

Fairfield Community School District is concerned about the safety of its employees.  It is our goal that if we lead by example, the practice of no texting or talking on hand-held cell phones while behind the wheel will spread throughout the community.  Violations of this policy may lead to disciplinary action and denial of use of school vehicles and district cell phones.

Below is a Statement of Acknowledgement that says you have read and fully understand this policy. Please sign it and return it to your supervisor.  If you have any questions regarding this policy please contact your supervisor.

I am aware of the policy prohibiting texting and talking on hand-held cell phones while operating a district vehicle.  I fully understand the terms of this policy and agree to abide by them.

 

___________________________________          __________________________________
Employee Signature                                                   Date

 

_____________________________________________________________________
Employee Name (printed)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:33

401.15 - 2020-2021 Voluntary Early Retirement Plan

401.15 - 2020-2021 Voluntary Early Retirement Plan

The Fairfield Community School District Board of Directors is offering a one-time, supplemental benefit of early retirement for those employees who meet the eligibility and application requirements. The program provides an incentive that will be of mutual benefit to the District and employees. The benefit to the District will be cost savings in the general fund and the benefit to employees will be cash incentive and single health insurance until age 65 to aid in the transition to retirement. Participation in this program is voluntary. This plan is for the year ending June 30, 2021 only. There is no guarantee that this program, or any early retirement program, will be offered in future years.

 

Eligibility Requirements:

The Board of Directors hereby extends an offer of early retirement benefits to all full-time, regular employees who meet all of the following requirements: at least 55 years of age on or before June 30, 2021 and currently have at least 10 years of continuous service with the district.

 

Application Requirements:

An employee who wants to receive early retirement benefits must complete and turn in an application to the A.C.T. office (See Policy 401.15R1). Approval by the Board of Directors of the employee’s application for early retirement benefits constitutes voluntary resignation from all employment with the district provided they finish out their contract and are not scheduled for layoff or have received an official notice of layoff/termination.  

 

 

Resignation Date for Year-Round Employees:

In an effort to ease the transition of certain key support personnel, a 12-month employee may request and qualify for this early retirement incentive with the understanding that his/her retirement date may be delayed to a date mutually beneficial to the District and the retiring employee. However, the final date of separation will be within a six-week period following June 30, 2021. 

 

Benefit Computation:

An employee who participates in this early retirement program will receive 20%-40% of his/her base salary in the final year of employment (See chart below).  The benefit will be calculated on regular contract, base salary only; not including any stipend, TLC contract, extra-curricular, co-curricular, or over-time pay. For purposes of calculating the years of service, employment must be continuous, regular, and based on 30 hours or more per week.  Absence due to reductions in force or due to approved leaves will not constitute a voluntary interruption in service, unless the absence or leave exceeds six (6) consecutive months in length. However, the period of time during which an employee is absent due to a reduction in force or due to an approved leave will not be counted for purposes of determining the minimum length of service required to establish eligibility.

 

Continuous years

 % of

  of internal service

 base salary

 10-14

20%

 15-19

25%

 20-24

30%

 25-29

35%

 >30

40%

 

Benefit Payment

Payment to employees of early retirement funds shall be made in two payments over a two-year period with the first payment made approximately on September 25th of the year of retirement. The second payment will be made one year later. All cash distributions will be made into the District’s Special Pay Deferral Plan. (If a 12-month employee delays the date of retirement, his/her first benefit payment will be made approximately 60 days after his/her final date of employment.)

In the event of the death of the employee prior to the full payment of the designated amount, payment shall be made to a designated beneficiary, or in the event no beneficiary is named, payment will be made to the estate of the employee. In the event of the death of the employee, the entire sum remaining to be paid to the beneficiary or estate will be paid in one lump sum.

 

Program Timeline

Completed applications for early retirement must be received in the office of the Superintendent by Noon, February 01, 2021. Applications will be accepted via email to:  christine.willmon@fairfieldsfuture.org or in person.  Any eligible employee who has not committed their participation in the program by Noon on February 01, 2021, will forever lose their opportunity to participate in this Early Retirement Program. 

 

Benefit Payments Limit

The Board will limit the total early retirement benefits paid under this program to a total of $2,000,000. If it will be necessary to limit the number of approved applications, the Board will use a process based on seniority in Fairfield and the most senior employee(s) will be granted early retirement benefits.

 

Status of Participants

An employee who elects to participate in this early retirement program and whose application for early retirement is approved will become a retired employee and will be entitled to all rights and privileges of an employee under applicable law and policies of the Fairfield Community School District. An employee who elects to participate in this early retirement program and whose application for early retirement is approved shall not be eligible to be rehired in any capacity with the Fairfield Community School District nor shall the District be required to accept an application for employment from an employee who elects to participate in this early retirement program; however, that, at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, the District may employ an employee who elects to participate in this early retirement program as a temporary substitute employee.

 

Additional Provisions and Conditions:

All eligible employees who elect early retirement will receive single health insurance.  The health insurance coverage available under this plan shall be the group coverage offered to the staff and may be altered from time to time.  All employees who elect early retirement may purchase health insurance by paying the entire premium for family coverage until the maximum age permitted by the policy. In accordance with Iowa Code 509A.13, employees are eligible to participate until age 65. Employees paying for family insurance must arrange a payment schedule with the District’s Business Office one month prior to the start of coverage. Failure to meet the arranged payment schedule shall result in the loss of family insurance coverage.

 

Right to Waive Requirements:

The Board reserves the right to waive any requirement or condition of this policy at its discretion and at any time. Any decision by the Board to waive a requirement or condition which is a part of this policy shall not establish any precedent with regard to any other request for a waiver.

 

Termination:

This plan shall terminate on June 30, 2021. Notwithstanding the termination of this plan, employees who are granted benefits pursuant to this plan will continue to receive such benefits as set forth herein.

 

No Vesting/Right to Amend or Revoke:

The adoption of this Early Retirement Plan shall not vest any right in any employee whether or not the employee is currently eligible for early retirement.  The Board shall have the complete discretion to amend or repeal this plan or any provisions thereof at any time with or without notice and shall not be obligated to provide any benefits to any employee after the date of such amendment or repeal, except to those employees whose early retirement pursuant to this plan has commenced prior to amendment or repeal.

 

Conflict/Severability:

Should any portion of this policy be in conflict with state or federal rules, regulations or laws, that portion of the policy shall be invalid, and all other portions remain in full force and effect. Any decision by the Board to waive a requirement or condition which is part of this policy shall not establish any precedent with regard to future requests for a waiver.

Plan Interpretation:

The Board is the final arbiter of all questions of interpretation under this plan, including but not limited to, questions of eligibility or benefit calculations.

An employee contemplating participation in this early retirement program should seek the advice of a financial planner and/or an attorney.

 

 

Approved: Jan 19, 2015, Dec 21, 2015, Dec. 14, 2020
Reviewed: Dec 22, 2014, Oct 26, 2015, Dec 09, 2020
Revised:  Dec 22, 2014, Dec. 09, 2020
 
 
dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:35

401.15R1 - 2020-2021 Application for Participation in the Voluntary Early Retirement Plan

401.15R1 - 2020-2021 Application for Participation in the Voluntary Early Retirement Plan

Employee Name:                                                             Phone #                                                                               

Address                                                                                                                                                          

 

I am submitting my formal application for participation in the Voluntary Early Retirement Incentive Plan. This action is taken in accordance with all requirements of the Fairfield Voluntary Early Retirement Plan.

My request for approval of release from my continuing contract(s) and/or letter of employment with the district is made with this application. It is my understanding that my application and request for approval of resignation will be acted upon simultaneously by the Board of Directors.

If my application is accepted, I hereby release and discharge the Fairfield Community School District, its representatives, agents, employees, officers, and directors from any and all liability whatsoever including all claims, demands and causes of action which the employee may have or may ever claim to have by reason of my employment with the District, or the termination thereof and specifically waive any rights or claims which I have or may ever claim to have arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (29 U.S.C. 621 et. seq.), excluding claims which may arise after the date of the signing of this Agreement.

I have been advised that I have the right to consult with an attorney prior to signing this Agreement. I acknowledge that I was given at least forty-five days to consider this Agreement. Following the date of signing of the Agreement I shall have seven days to revoke the Agreement. This Agreement will not be effective until this seven day period has expired.

 

Employee Signature                                                                                                                                  Date                                                                                                              

 

 

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

This section is to be completed by the District.

Qualification

 

  1. Birth Date                                                                                                        Age                 (as of June 30)

 

  1. Dates of Service                                                                                              to  ___                 

 

  1. Number of years of service                                                                        

 

  1. Base Salary, year ending 06/30/21 $_____________________

 

  1. Benefit Calculation (Line D x 80%) $____________________

 

  1. First benefit payment of $ _______________________on this date _______________________

 

  1. Second benefit payment of $_______________________ on this date _____________________

 

 

 

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

 

 

 

 

Date                                                  

 

Board of Directors Action

 

Approved                                        Not Approved

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        

____________________________________   ______________________________________
Business Manager Signature                                                Employee Signature

 

____________________________________   ______________________________________
Superintendent Signature                                                      Board President Signature

 

 

Beneficiary Designation for

Employee Early Retirement

 

Pursuant to the provisions of the Voluntary Early Retirement Plan for the Fairfield Community School District, I hereby designate

 

 

_____________________________________________________________
 
Name – Please Print

 

 

of ___________________________________________________          _____________________________
                                    Street Address                                                                  City

 

_____________________________________________________ , as my beneficiary.
                                         State

 

 

_________________________________________________________________________________________________    '
   Employee Signature                                                                               Date

 

 

 

_________________________________________________________________________________________________    '
   Witness Signature                                                                                  Date                                                                                                    

 

 

Approved: Jan 19, 2014, Dec 22, 2015, Nov 21, 2016, Dec. 14, 2020
Reviewed: Dec 22, 2014, Oct 26, 2015, Nov. 7, 2016, Dec. 09, 2020
Revised:  Dec 22, 2014, Nov 7, 2016, Dec. 09, 2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 13:40

402 - Outside Relations

402 - Outside Relations dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:20

402.1 - Release of Credit Information

402.1 - Release of Credit Information

The following information will be released to an entity with whom an employee has applied for credit or has obtained credit: title of position, income, and number of years employed.  This information will be released without prior written notice to the employee.  Confidential information about the employee will be released to an inquiring creditor with a written authorization from the employee.

It will be the responsibility of the board secretary or superintendent to respond to inquiries from creditors.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 22.7; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  401.5 Employee Records

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan. 15, 2018      
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017    
Revised:    Nov. 1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:20

402.2 - Child Abuse Reporting

402.2 - Child Abuse Reporting

In compliance with state law and to provide protection to victims of child abuse, the board believes incidents of alleged child abuse should be reported to the proper authorities. All licensed school employees, teachers, coaches, and para educators are mandatory reporters as provided by law and are to report alleged incidents of child abuse they become aware of within the scope of their professional duties. 

When a mandatory reporter suspects a student is the victim of child abuse, the mandatory reporter will make an oral report of the suspected child abuse to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 24 hours of becoming aware of the abusive incident and will make a written report to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 48 hours following the oral report. If the mandatory reporter believes the child is in immediate danger, the local law enforcement agency shall also be notified. 

Within six months of their initial employment, mandatory reporters will take a two-hour training course involving the identification and reporting of child abuse or submit evidence that they’ve taken the course within the previous five years.  The course will be re-taken at least every five years.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232.67-.77; 232A; 235A; 280.17 (2011).
    
                                  441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.
    
                                  1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 390, 417.
    
                                  1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Cross Reference:  402.3 Abuse of Students by School District Employees
                                      502.9 Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies
    
                                  507    Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  Oct. 11, 1993, Dec. 17, 2012, Jan. 15, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov.1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017   
Revised:     Nov. 9, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:21

402.3 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees

402.3 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees

Physical or sexual abuse of students, including inappropriate and intentional sexual behavior, by employees will not be tolerated.  The definition of employees for the purpose of this policy includes not only those who work for pay but also those who are volunteers of the school district under the direction and control of the school district.  Employees found in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.

The school district will respond promptly to allegations of abuse of students by school district employees by investigating or arranging for the investigation of an allegation.  The processing of a complaint or allegation will be handled confidentially to the maximum extent possible.  Employees are required to assist in the investigation when requested to provide information and to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting and investigation process.

The school district has appointed a Level I investigator and alternate Level I investigator.  The school district has also arranged for a trained, experienced professional to serve as the Level II investigator.  The Level I investigator and alternate will be provided training in the conducting of an investigation at the expense of the school district.  The names of the investigators are listed in the student handbook published annually in the local newspaper and posted in all school facilities.

The superintendent is responsible for drafting administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 272A; 280.17; 709; 728.12(1) (2013)
    
                                   281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 102; 103.
    
                                   441 I.A.C. 155; 175.
    
                                   1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Cross Reference:  106      Bullying/Harassment
    
                                  402.2   Child Abuse Reporting
     
                                  503.5    Corporal Punishment

Approved:  Dec. 13, 2010, Dec. 17, 2012, Jan. 15, 2018     
Reviewed:  Nov. 1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017    
Revised:     Nov. 1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:22

402.4 - Gifts To Employees

402.4 - Gifts To Employees

Employees may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Employees will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

  •   Is seeking to be, or is a party to, any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
  •   Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the employee's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or
  •   Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

  •   Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;
  •   Information material relevant to an employee's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
  •   Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
  •   An inheritance;
  •   Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the employee;
  •   Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the employee belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
  •   Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  •   Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
  •   Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
  •   Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given for the same purposes to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
  •   Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
  •   Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;
  •   Gifts which are given to an employee for the employee's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
  •   Payment of salary or expenses by the school district for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the employee whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the employee is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district for attending the meeting; or
  •   Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by an employee which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the employee.
  • Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions, which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, an employee as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

  •   Actual expenses of an employee for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  •   A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the Iowa department of general services; or
  •   A payment made to an employee for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the employee is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as an employee of the district, but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

It will be the responsibility of each employee to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code ch. 68B (2013).
    
                                   1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276.
    
                                   1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319.

Cross Reference:  217    Gifts to Board of Directors
    
                                   401.2  Employee Conflict of Interest
    
                                   704.4  Gifts-Grants-Bequests

Approved:  Oct. 9, 1989, Dec. 17, 2012, Jan. 15, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017     
Revised:  Oct. 10, 1994, Nov. 1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:23

402.5 - Public Complaints About Employees

402.5 - Public Complaints About Employees

The board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the school district, which are of concern to parents and other members of the school district community.  While constructive criticism is welcomed, the board desires to support its employees and their actions to free them from unnecessary, spiteful, or negative criticism and complaints that do not offer advice for improvement or change.

The board firmly believes concerns should be resolved at the lowest organizational level by those individuals closest to the concern.  Whenever a complaint or concern is brought to the attention of the board it will be referred to the administration to be resolved.  Prior to board action however, the following should be completed:

     (a)   Matters concerning an individual student, teacher, or other employee should first be addressed to the teacher or employee.

     (b)   Unsettled matters from (a) above or problems and questions about individual attendance centers should be addressed to the employee's building principal for licensed employees and the superintendent for classified employees.

     (c)   Unsettled matters regarding district employees from (b) above or problems and questions concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent.

     (d)   If a matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the superintendent, it may then be brought to the board.  To bring a concern regarding an employee, the individual may notify the board president in writing, who may bring it to the attention of the entire board, or the item may be placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in accordance with board policy 210.8.

It is within the discretion of the board to address complaints from the members of the school district community, and the board will only do so if they are in writing, signed, and the complainant has complied with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  210.8 Board Meeting Agenda
                                      213    Public Participation in Board Meetings
 
                                     307 Communication Channels

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Dec. 17, 2012, Jan. 15, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017          
Revised:  Nov. 1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:25

402.6 - Employee Outside Employment

402.6 - Employee Outside Employment

The board believes the primary responsibility of employees is to the duties of their position within the school district as outlined in their job description.  The board considers an employee's duties as part of a regular, full-time position as full-time employment.  The board expects such employees to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over any other employment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to counsel employees, whether full-time or part-time, if, in the judgment of the superintendent and the employee's immediate supervisor, the employee's outside employment interferes with the performance of the employee's duties required in the employee's position within the school district.

The board may request the employee to cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment with the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  401.2 Employee Conflict of Interest
    
                                  408.3 Licensed Employee Tutoring

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Dec. 17, 2012, Jan. 15, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017          
Revised:   Nov. 1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:26

403 - Employee Health and Well Being

403 - Employee Health and Well Being dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:27

403.1 - Employee Physical Examinations

403.1 - Employee Physical Examinations

Good health is important to job performance. Employment in the following positions is dependent upon a successful physical examination report. All employees identified as having reasonably anticipated contact with blood or infectious materials will receive the Hepatitis B vaccine or sign a written waiver stating that they will not take the vaccine. *Employees whose physical or mental health, in the judgment of the administration, may be in doubt will submit to additional examinations, when requested to do so, at the expense of the school district.

Teacher Associates

The school district will pay for an initial back screening using the District’s designated medical provider. The form indicating the employee is able to perform the duties for which the employee was hired must be returned prior to payment of salary.

 

Custodians and Maintenance Workers

The school district will pay for an initial back screening using the district’s designated medical provider.  The form indicating the employee is able to perform the duties for which the employee was hired must be returned prior to payment of salary.

 

Food Service Workers

The school district will pay for an initial back screening using the district’s designated medical provider.  The form indicating the employee is able to perform the duties for which the employee was hired must be returned prior to payment of salary.

Preschool Employees

Preschool employees (teachers and associates) are required to have a documented health assessment completed before starting work or having contact with children. The health assessment must be updated every two years. The documented health assessment includes: immunizations status; capacities and limitations that may affect job performance and documentation by a licensed health professional of TB skin testing using the Mantoux method and showing the employee to be free from active TB disease.

Preschool employees will have the health assessment administered at the district’s designated medical provider.

 

School Bus Drivers

School bus drivers will present evidence of good health every other year in the form of a Department of Transportation (DOT) physical examination report unless otherwise required by law or medical opinion. School bus drivers will have the DOT physical examination administered at the district’s designated medical provider.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure an exposure control plan to eliminate or minimize district occupational exposure to blood borne pathogens is in place. The plan for designated employees will include, but not be limited to, scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, Hepatitis B vaccination and post-exposure evaluation and follow-up, communication of hazards to employees, and record keeping.

*The District will designate the facility to be used for all employment-related physicals as:

Jefferson County Health Center 2000B S Main St Fairfield, IA 52556

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910.1030 (2010).
                                       
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8, 321,365 (2011).
                                       
281 I.A.C. 12.4(14); 43.15 -.20.

Cross Reference:  403 Employees’ Health and Well-Being

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Dec. 17, 2012, May 20, 2013, May 13, 2015, Sept 26, 2016, May 20, 2019
Reviewed:  Feb. 13, 2006, June 14, 2010, Nov.1, 2012, Apr. 28, 2014, Oct 27, 2014, Mar 16, 2015, Jul 25, 2016, April 15, 2019
Revised:  Oct. 9, 2000, Dec. 15, 2003, Mar. 13, 2006, July 12, 2010, Nov.1, 2012, Apr.28, 2014, Mar 16, 2015, Jul 25, 2016, May 20, 2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:27

403.2 - Employee Injury on the Job

403.2 - Employee Injury on the Job

When an employee becomes seriously injured on the job, the building principal shall notify a member of the family, or an individual of close relationship, as soon as the building principal becomes aware of the injury.

If possible, an employee may administer emergency or minor first aid.  In the case of illness, an employee shall be turned over to the care of the employee's family or qualified medical employees as soon as reasonably possible.  The school district is not responsible for medical treatment of non-work-related injury or illness.

If medical treatment is necessary, for work-related injury or illness, the employee will be directed to the District’s designated medical provider.  For a serious injury or illness (or any treatment that should not wait until the next day) seek treatment at the Jefferson County Health Center or the nearest emergency medical facility.

All employees who experience a work related injury will, along with their supervisor, call the EMC “On Call Nurse 24 hour phone line.  The nurse will give directions for further care as well as file the initial employees’ Work Injury Report.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 85; 279.40; 613.17 (2013).
    
                                  1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177.

Cross Reference:  403    Employees' Health and Well-Being
    
                                  409.2 Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave
    
                                  414.2 Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, March 19, 2012, May 13, 2015, Jan. 15, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, June 14, 2010, March 19, 2012, Apr.28, 2014, Oct 27, 2014, Mar 16, 2015, December 19, 2017    
Revised:  July 12, 2010, March 19, 2012, Apr.28, 2014, December 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:29

403.3 - Communicable Diseases - Employees

403.3 - Communicable Diseases - Employees

Employees with a communicable disease will be allowed to perform their customary employment duties provided they are able to perform the essential functions of their position and their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to students or other employees.  The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures shall include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping.  This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunodepressed employees is determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of an employee with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the employee's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

An employee who is at work and who has a communicable disease which creates a substantial risk of harm to a student, coworkers, or others at the workplace will report the condition to the superintendent any time the employee is aware that the disease actively creates such risk.

Health data of an employee is confidential and it will not be disclosed to third parties.  Employees’ medical records are kept in a file separate from their personal file.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with employees with a communicable disease.

 

NOTE:  This policy is consistent with current health practices regarding communicable diseases.  The bloodborne pathogen language in the second paragraph and accompanying regulation is in compliance with federal law on control of bloodborne pathogens.

 

 

Legal Reference:  School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).
   
                                  29 U.S.C. § 794, 1910 (2012).
    
                                  42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (Supp. 2012).|
    
                                  45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (2012).
    
                                  Iowa Code § 139; 141 (2013).
    
                                  641 I.A.C. 1.2-.7.0

Cross Reference:  401.5 Employee Records
    
                                  403.1 Employee Physical Examinations
    
                                  507.3 Communicable Diseases - Students

Approved:  June 13, 1988, Dec. 17, 2012, Jan. 15, 2018, May 18, 2020     
Reviewed:  Sep. 28, 2005, Nov.1, 2012, December 19, 2017, April 9, 2020          
Revised:  Oct. 10, 1994, Oct. 10, 2005, Nov.1, 2012, December 19, 2017, May 18, 2020 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:30

403.3E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record

403.3E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record

The Disease

Hepatitis B is a viral infection caused by the Hepatitis B virus (HBV) which causes death in 1-2% of those infected.  Most people with HBV recover completely, but approximately 5-10% become chronic carriers of the virus.  Most of these people have no symptoms, but can continue to transmit the disease to others.  Some may develop chronic active hepatitis and cirrhosis.  HBV may be a causative factor in the development of liver cancer.  Immunization against HBV can prevent acute hepatitis and its complications.

 

The Vaccine

The HBV vaccine is produced from yeast cells.  It has been extensively tested for safety and effectiveness in large scale clinical trials.

Approximately 90 percent of healthy people who receive two doses of the vaccine and a third dose as a booster achieve high levels of surface antibody (anti-HBs) and protection against the virus.  The HBV vaccine is recommended for workers with potential for contact with blood or body fluids.  Full immunization requires three doses of the vaccine over a six-month period, although some persons may not develop immunity even after three doses.

There is no evidence that the vaccine has ever caused Hepatitis B.  However, persons who have been infected with HBV prior to receiving the vaccine may go on to develop clinical hepatitis in spite of immunization.

 

Dosage and Administration

The vaccine is given in three intramuscular doses in the deltoid muscle.  Two initial doses are given one month apart and the third dose is given six months after the first.

 

Possible Vaccine Side Effects

The incidence of side effects is very low.  No serious side effects have been reported with the vaccine.  Ten to 20 percent of persons experience tenderness and redness at the site of injection and low grade fever.  Rash, nausea, joint pain, and mild fatigue have also been reported.  The possibility exists that other side effects may be identified with more extensive use.

 

CONSENT FORM OF HEPATITIS B VACCINATION

I have knowledge of Hepatitis B and the Hepatitis B vaccination.  I have had an opportunity to ask questions of a qualified nurse or physician and understand the benefits and risks of Hepatitis B vaccination.  I understand that I must have three doses of the vaccine to obtain immunity.  However, as with all medical treatment, there is no guarantee that I will become immune or that I will not experience side effects from the vaccine.  I give my consent to be vaccinated for Hepatitis B.

 

Signature of Employee (consent for Hepatitis B vaccination)

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

Date

 

 

 

REFUSAL FORM OF HEPATITIS B VACCINATION

 

I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring the Hepatitis B virus infection.  I have been given the opportunity to be vaccinated with Hepatitis B vaccine at no charge to myself.  However, I decline the Hepatitis B vaccination at this time.  I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring Hepatitis B, a serious disease.  If in the future I continue to have occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials and I want to be vaccinated with the Hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the vaccination series at no charge to me.

 

Signature of Employee (refusal for Hepatitis B vaccination)

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

Date

 

I refuse because I believe I have (check one)

                  started the series                                              completed the series

 

 

 

 

RELEASE FORM FOR HEPATITIS B MEDICAL INFORMATION

 

I hereby authorize                                           (individual or organization holding Hepatitis B records and

address) to release to the Fairfield Community School District, my Hepatitis B vaccination records for required employee records.

I hereby authorize release of my Hepatitis B status to a health care provider, in the event of an exposure incident.

 

Signature of Employee

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

Date

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL RECORD

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee Name (last, first, middle)

 

Social Security No.

 

 

 

 

 

Job Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hepatitis B Vaccination Date

Lot Number

Site

Administered by

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Hepatitis B status information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post-exposure incident: (Date, time, circumstances, route under which exposure occurred)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identification and documentation of source individual:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Source blood testing consent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description of employee's duties as related to the exposure incident:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Copy of information provided to health care professional evaluating an employee after an exposure incident:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attach a copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, follow-up procedures, and health care professional's written opinion.

 

 

 

 

 

Training Record: (date, time, instructor, location of training summary)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                         

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:32

403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

The board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program for the school district to disseminate information about hazardous chemicals in the workplace.

Each employee will annually review information about hazardous substances in the workplace.  When a new employee is hired or transferred to a new position or work site, the information and training, if necessary, is included in the employee's orientation.  When an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it will be distributed to all employees, and training will be conducted for the appropriate employees.  The superintendent or designee will maintain a file indicating when which hazardous substances are present in the workplace and training and information sessions take place.

Employees who will be instructing or otherwise working with students will disseminate information about the hazardous chemicals with which they will be working as part of the instructional program.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent or designee to develop administrative regulations regarding this program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910; 1200 et seq. (2012).
    
                                  Iowa Code chs. 88; 89B (2013).
    
                                  347 I.A.C. 120.

Cross Reference:  403 Employees' Health and Well-Being
    
                                  804 Safety Program

Approved:  Oct. 12, 1987, Dec. 17, 2012, Jan. 15, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov.1, 2012, December 19, 2017         
Revised:  June 12, 1989, Nov.1, 2012, December 19, 2017   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:34

403.5 - Substance-Free Workplace

403.5 - Substance-Free Workplace

The board expects the school district and its employees to remain substance free.  No employee will unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of, in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance alcoholic beverage, or tobacco as defined by federal or state law.  "Workplace" includes school district facilities, school district premises or school district vehicle.  "Workplace" also includes non-school property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

District employees in possession of controlled substances, alcohol, or tobacco in the workplace are subject to disciplinary actions whether or not they are convicted of a criminal act. If an employee is convicted of a violation of any criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee will notify the employee's supervisor of the conviction within five days of the conviction.

The superintendent will make the determination whether to require the employee to undergo substance abuse treatment or to discipline the employee. An employee who violates the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  If the employee fails to successfully participate in a program, the employee may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

The superintendent is responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy to each employee.  In addition, the superintendent will oversee the establishment of a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment programs.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  41 U.S.C. §§ 701-707 (2012).
    
                                  42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012).
    
                                  29 C.F.R. 1910, 1200 et seq. (2012).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 88,89B (2013).
     
                                 347 I.A.C. 120

Cross Reference:  404 Employee Conduct and Appearance

Approved:  Oct. 9, 1989, Dec. 17, 2012, Jan. 15, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017    
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:35

403.6 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

403.6 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

Employees who operate school vehicles classified as “commercial motor vehicles” by the U.S. Department of Transportation, and are required to possess a commercial driver’s license (CDL) to operate those vehicles, are subject to drug and alcohol testing.

A “commercial motor vehicle” is a vehicle that transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or has a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 26,001 pounds or more.  For purposes of the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program, the term "employees" includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a commercial motor vehicle owned by the school.

Employees or employee applicants who will operate a school vehicle as described above are subject to pre-employment drug testing prior to being allowed to perform a safety sensitive function using the school vehicle.  In addition, employees will be subject to random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing.  Employees operating school vehicles will not perform a safety-sensitive function within four hours of using alcohol.  Employees governed by this policy are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate school vehicles and continue to be subject to the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program as long as they may be required to perform a safety-sensitive function as it is defined in the administrative regulations.  Employees with questions about the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program may contact the school district superintendent/and or transportation director at 403 S. 20th Street, Fairfield, Iowa, 52556.

Employees who violate the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  Employees who violate this policy bear the personal and financial responsibility, as a condition of continued employment, to successfully participate in a substance abuse evaluation and a substance abuse treatment program recommended by the substance abuse professional.  Employees who fail to or refuse to successfully participate in a substance abuse evaluation or recommended substance abuse treatment program will no longer be allowed to operate a commercial motor vehicle owned by the school and in addition may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy in compliance with the law.  The superintendent/and or transportation director will inform applicants of the requirement for drug and alcohol testing in notices or advertisements for employment.

The superintendent/and or transportation director will also be responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy and its supporting administrative regulations and forms to employees operating school vehicles.  The superintendent/and or director of auxiliary services  will also oversee a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment resources and programs.

 

 

Legal Reference:  American Trucking Association, Inc. v. Federal Highway Administration, 51 Fed. 3rd 405 (4th Cir. 1995).
          
                                  49 U.S.C. §§ 5331 et. Seq. (2012).
    
                                  42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 (2012).
    
                                  41 U.S.C. §§ 701-707 (2012).
    
                                  49 C.F.R. Pt. 40; 382; 391.81-123 (2012).
    
                                  34 C.F.R. Pt. 85  (2012).
    
                                  Local 301, Internat'l Assoc. of Fire Fighters, AFL-CIO, and City of Burlington, PERB No. 3876 (3-26-91).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 124; 279.8; 321.375(2); 730.5  (2013).

Cross Reference:  403.6  Substance-Free Workplace
    
                                  409.2  Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave
    
                                  414.2  Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

Approved:  Nov. 13, 1995, Dec. 17, 2012, Jan. 15, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov.1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017
Revised:  Mar. 14, 2005 , Nov.1, 2012 Dec. 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:35

403.7E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice To Employees

403.7E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice To Employees

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING PROGRAM POLICY ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED they are subject to the school district’s Drug and Alcohol Testing Program for pre-employment drug testing and in addition are subject to random, reasonable suspicion, post-accident, return-to-duty, and follow-up drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Policy, its supporting documents, regulations and the law.

Employees who operate school vehicles classified as “commercial motor vehicles” by the U.S. Department of Transportation are subject to drug and alcohol testing.  A “commercial motor vehicle” is a vehicle that transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or has a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 26,001 pounds or more.  For purposes of the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program, “employees” also includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a commercial motor vehicle owned by the school.  Employees who will operate a school-owned commercial motor vehicle are subject to the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program regulations beginning the first day they are offered a position to operate a school vehicle and continue to be subject to the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program until such time employment is terminated or the employee will no longer operate, at any time, a commercial motor vehicle for the school.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent/and or transportation director to inform employees of the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program requirements.  Employees with questions regarding the drug and alcohol testing requirements will contact a school district contact person.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING PROGRAM POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or regulations will be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING PROGRAM POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment to comply with the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Policy, its supporting documents, regulations and the law.  It is a condition of continued employment for employees operating a school vehicle to notify their supervisor of any prescription medication they are using.  Drug and alcohol testing records about a driver are confidential and are released in accordance with this policy, its supporting documents, regulations or the law.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING PROGRAM POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents, regulations or the law will be subject to discipline up to and including termination.  As a condition of continued employment, employees violating this policy, its supporting documents, regulations or the law bear the personal and financial responsibility, as a condition of continued employment, to successfully participate in a substance abuse evaluation and a substance abuse treatment program recommended by the substance abuse professional.  Employees who are required to participate in and who fail to or refuse to successfully participate in a substance abuse evaluation or recommended substance abuse treatment program will be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

 

DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING PROGRAM ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM

 

 

I, (____________________), have received a copy, read and understand the Drug and Alcohol
          Name of Employee

Testing Program Policy and its supporting documents.  I consent to submit to the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program as required by the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Policy, its supporting documents, regulations and the law.

I understand that if I violate the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Policy, its supporting document, regulations or the law, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination or I may be required to successfully participate in a substance abuse evaluation and a substance abuse treatment program, if recommended by the substance abuse professional.  If I am required to and fail to or refuse to successfully participate in a substance abuse evaluation or recommended substance abuse treatment program, I understand I will be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

I further understand that drug and alcohol testing records about me are confidential and may be released in accordance with this policy, its supporting documents, regulations or the law.

 

________________________________________                    ____________________________
                     (Signature of Employee)                                                                (Date)

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:37

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

Employees are role models for the students who come in contact with them during and after school hours.  The board recognizes the positive effect employees can have on students in this capacity.  To this end, the board strongly suggests and encourages employees to dress themselves, groom themselves and conduct themselves in a manner appropriate to the educational environment.

Employees will conduct themselves in a professional manner.  Employees will dress in attire appropriate for their position.  Clothing should be neat, clean, and in good taste.  Discretion and common sense call for an avoidance of extremes which would interfere with or have an effect on the educational process.

Licensed employees of the school district will follow the code of ethics for their profession as established by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners. All employees are sovereigned by the FCSD Employee Handbook.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
                                      282 I.A.C. 13.

Cross Reference:  104      Anti-Bullying/Harassment
    
                                  305      Administrator Code Of Ethics
                                      403.5  Substance-Free Workplace
    
                                  407     Licensed Employee Termination of Employment
    
                                  413     Classified Employee Termination of Employment
                                      FCSD Employee Handbook

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Dec. 17, 2012, Jan. 15, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005 , Nov.1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017   
Revised:     Nov.1, 2012, Dec. 19, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:39

405 - Licensed Employees General

405 - Licensed Employees General dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:40

405.1 - Licensed Employee Defined

405.1 - Licensed Employee Defined

Licensed employees, including administrators, are those employees required to hold an appropriate license from the Iowa Department of Education for their position as required by the Board of Educational Examiners or others with professional licenses.  Licenses required for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by the Iowa Department of Education.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for licensed employees' positions, other than the position of the superintendent.  Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

Licensed employees must present evidence of current license to the board secretary prior to payment of salary each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Clay v. Independent School District of Cedar Falls, 187 Iowa 89, 174 N.W. 47 (1919).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 256.7(3); 272.6; 272A; 279.8; 294.1 (2013)
    
                                  282 I.A.C. 14.
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.4; 41.25.
    
                                  1940 Op. Att'y Gen. 375.

Cross Reference:  405.2  Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment and Selection
    
                                  410.1  Substitute Teachers
    
                                  411.1  Classified Employee Defined

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, 1/15/18    
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 9, 2012, 1/15/18      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:40

405.2 - Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

405.2 - Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Persons interested in a licensed position, other than administrative positions which will be employed in accordance with board policies in Series 300, "Administration," will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for licensed positions in the school district without regard to age, race, creed, color, sex, national origin, religion, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  Job applicants for licensed positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

  •            Training, experience, and skill;
  •             Nature of the occupation;
  •             Demonstrated competence; and
  •             Possession of, or ability to obtain, state license if required for the position.

 

All job openings shall be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on TeachIowa, the online state job posting system. Additional announcements of the position will be in a manner, which the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position.  The application process will be via the district’s website at http://www.fairfieldsfuture.org. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.

The board will employ licensed employees after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2010).
    
                                  42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e, 12101 et seq. (2010).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 20; 35C; 216; 294.1(2017).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.
    
                                  282 I.A.C. 14.
    
                                  1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Cross Reference:  401.1  Equal Employment Opportunity
    
                                  405     Licensed Employees - General
    
                                  410.1  Substitute Teachers

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018       
Reviewed:  July 20, 2007, Oct. 11, 2010 , Nov.9, 2012, January 15, 2018  
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Aug. 13, 2007, Nov. 8, 2010, Nov.9, 2012, January 15, 2018   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:42

405.3 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

405.3 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

The board will enter into a written contract with licensed employees, other than administrators, employed on a regular basis.  Each contract will be for a period of one year.                                          

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to complete the contracts for licensed employees and present them to the board for approval.  The contracts, after being signed by the board president, are returned to the superintendent.  The superintendent will obtain the employee's signature.  After being signed, the contract is filed with the board secretary.

         

 

Legal Reference:  Harris v. Manning Independent School District of Manning, 245 Iowa 1295, 66 N.W.2d 438 (1954).
    
                                  Shackelford v. District Township of Beaver, Polk County, 203 Iowa 243, 212 N.W. 467 (1927).
    
                                  Burkhead v. Independent School District of Independence, 107 Iowa 29, 77 N.W. 491 (1898).
    
                                  Iowa Code chs. 20; 279 (2017).

Cross Reference:  405.2  Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection
    
                                  405.4  Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
    
                                  407    Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018         
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov.9, 2012, January 15, 2018     
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov.9, 2012, January 15, 2018    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:43

405.4 - Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts

405.4 - Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts

Contracts entered into with licensed employees, other than an administrator, will continue from year to year unless the contract states otherwise, is modified by mutual agreement between the board and the employee, or the contract is terminated by the board.

The first three years of a new licensed employee's contract is a probationary period unless the employee has already successfully completed the probationary period in an Iowa school district.  New employees who have successfully completed a probationary period in a previous Iowa school district will serve a one-year probationary period. In the event of termination of the employee’s contract during this period, the board will afford the licensed employee appropriate due process.  The action of the board will be final.

Licensed employees whose contracts will be recommended for termination by the board will receive notice prior to April 30.  The superintendent shall make a recommendation to the board for the termination of the licensed employee's contract.

Licensed employees who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire must comply with board policies in those areas.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Ar-We-Va Community School District v. Long and Henkenius, 292 N.W.2d 402 (Iowa 1980).
    
                                 Bruton v. Ames Community School District, 291 N.W.2d 351 (Iowa 1980).
    
                                 Hartman v. Merged Area VI Community College, 270 N.W.2d 822 (Iowa 1978).
                                     Keith v. Community School District of Wilton in the Counties of Cedar and Muscatine, 262 N.W.2d 249 (Iowa 1978).
    
                                 Iowa Code §§ 20; 272; 279.12-.19B, .27; 294.1 (2013).

Cross Reference:  405.3  Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
    
                                  405.9  Licensed Employee Probationary Status
    
                                  407    Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018          
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov.9, 2012, January 15, 2018    
Revised:  Oct. 9, 2000, Nov.9, 2012, January 15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:44

405.5 - Licensed Employee Work Day

405.5 - Licensed Employee Work Day

The workday for licensed employees shall be eight hours as determined by Master Contract and building schedule. "Day" is defined as one workday regardless of full-time or part-time status of an employee.

Licensed employees are to be in their assigned school building during the workday.  Advance approval to be absent from the school building must be obtained from the principal whenever the licensed employees must be absent from the school building during the workday.

The building principal is authorized to make changes within the work day in order to facilitate the education program. These changes are reported to the superintendent.

The workday outlined in this policy is a minimum workday.  Nothing in this policy prohibits licensed employees from working additional hours outside the workday.

The requirements stated in the Employee Handbook regarding workday of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2011).

Cross Reference:  200.2 Powers of the Board of Directors

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018             
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov.9, 2012, January 15, 2018  
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov.9, 2012, January 15, 2018   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:46

405.6 - Licensed Employee Assignment

405.6 - Licensed Employee Assignment

Determining the assignment of each licensed employee is the responsibility of and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments the board will consider the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the assignment of licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  200.2 Powers of the Board of Directors

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov.9, 2012, January 15, 2018   
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov.9, 2012, January 15, 2018   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:47

405.7 - Licensed Employee Transfers

405.7 - Licensed Employee Transfers

Determining the location where an employee's assignment will be carried out is the responsibility and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments the board will consider the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.

A transfer may be initiated by the employee or the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the voluntary or involuntary transfer of licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 216.14; 279.8 (2011).

Cross Reference:  405.2 Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
    
                                  405.6 Licensed Employee Assignment

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018    
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:48

405.8 - Licensed Employee Evaluation

405.8 - Licensed Employee Evaluation

Evaluation of licensed employees on their skills, abilities, and competence will be an ongoing process supervised by the building principals and conducted by approved evaluators.  The goal of the formal evaluation of licensed employees, other than administrators, but including extracurricular employees, is to improve the education program, to maintain licensed employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify the licensed employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

The formal evaluation criteria is in writing and approved by the board.  The formal evaluation will provide an opportunity for the evaluator and the licensed employee to discuss the past year's performance and the future areas of growth.  The formal evaluation is completed by the evaluator, signed by the licensed employee and filed in the licensed employee's personnel file.  This policy supports, and does not preclude, the ongoing informal evaluation of the licensed employee's skills, abilities and competence.

Licensed employees will be required to:

  • Demonstrate the ability to enhance academic performance and support for and implementation of the school district’s student achievement goals.
  • Demonstrate competency in content knowledge appropriate to the teaching position.
  • Demonstrate competency in planning and preparation for instruction.
  • Use strategies to deliver instruction that meets the multiple learning needs of students.
  • Use a variety of methods to monitor student learning.
  • Demonstrate competence in classroom management.
  • Engage in professional growth.
  • Fulfill professional responsibilities established by the school district.
  • Behave in a professional manner.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure licensed employees are evaluated.  New and probationary licensed employees are evaluated at least three times each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).
                                      Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.14, .19, .27 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. Ch 83; 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  405.2  Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment and Selection
    
                                  405.9  Licensed Employee Probationary Status

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018              
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Dec. 10, 2010, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:48

405.8E1 - Tier II - Comprehensive Evaluation - Summative Evaluation Form

405.8E1 - Tier II - Comprehensive Evaluation - Summative Evaluation Form

Teacher:______________________________________           Folder #:__________________________

Evaluator:_____________________________________          Folder #:__________________________

School Name:_____________________________________________________________________

Grade Level:_____________              Subjects:_____________________________________ 

 

Directions:
In the narrative under each standard, the evaluator should incorporate and address each criterion.

1. DEMONSTRATES ABILITY TO ENHANCE ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE AND SUPPORT FOR AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE SCHOOL DISTRICT'S STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT GOALS. 
The teacher:
a. Provides evidence of student learning to students, families, and staff.
b. Implements strategies supporting student, building, and district goals.
c. Uses student performance data as a guide for decision making.
d. Accepts and demonstrates responsibility for creating a classroom culture that supports the learning of every student.
e. Creates an environment of mutual respect, rapport, and fairness.
f. Participates in and contributes to a school culture that focuses on improved student learning.
g. Communicates with students, families, colleagues, and communities effectively and accurately.

 

Evidence to support attainment of or failure to meet standard:

 

Evidence spaces are in Microsoft Word. Just insert text and box will expand to fit size of text.

Check one:

__ Meets Standard

__  Does not meet Standard

¨ Additional documentation/artifacts applicable to this standard are attached as Appendix A-1.

 

2. DEMONSTRATES COMPETENCE IN CONTENT KNOWLEDGE APPROPRIATE TO THE TEACHING POSITION.
The teacher:
a. Understands and uses key concepts, underlying themes, relationships, and different perspectives related to the content area.
b. Uses knowledge of student development to make learning experiences in the content area meaningful and accessible for every student.
c. Relates ideas and information within and across content areas.
d. Understands and uses instructional strategies that are appropriate to the content area.

 

Evidence to support attainment of or failure to meet standard:

 

Evidence spaces are in Microsoft Word. Just insert text and box will expand to fit size of text.

Check one:

__ Meets Standard

__  Does not meet Standard

¨ Additional documentation/artifacts applicable to this standard are attached as Appendix A-2.

 

3. DEMONSTRATES COMPETENCE IN PLANNING AND PREPARING FOR INSTRUCTION.
The teacher:
a. Uses student achievement data, local standards and the district curriculum in planning for instruction.
b. Sets and communicates high expectations for social, behavioral, and academic success of all students.
c. Uses student developmental needs, background, and interests in planning for instruction.
d. Selects strategies to engage all students in learning.
e. Uses available resources, including technologies, in the development and sequencing of instruction.

 

Evidence to support attainment of or failure to meet standard:

 

Evidence spaces are in Microsoft Word. Just insert text and box will expand to fit size of text.

Check one:

__ Meets Standard

__  Does not meet Standard

                                                                                                                                       Code No.  405.8E1 continued

¨ Additional documentation/artifacts applicable to this standard are attached as Appendix A-3.

 

4. USES STRATEGIES TO DELIVER INSTRUCTION THAT MEETS THE MULTIPLE LEARNING NEEDS OF STUDENTS.
The teacher:
a. Aligns classroom instruction with local standards and district curriculum.
b. Uses research-based instructional strategies that address the full range of cognitive levels.
c. Demonstrates flexibility and responsiveness in adjusting instruction to meet student needs.
d. Engages students in varied experiences that meet diverse needs and promote social, emotional, and academic growth.
e. Connects students' prior knowledge, life experiences, and interests in the instructional process.
f. Uses available resources, including technologies, in the delivery of instruction.

 

Evidence to support attainment of or failure to meet standard:

 

Evidence spaces are in Microsoft Word. Just insert text and box will expand to fit size of text.

Check one:

__ Meets Standard

__  Does not meet Standard

 

¨ Additional documentation/artifacts applicable to this standard are attached as Appendix A-4.

 

5. USES A VARIETY OF METHODS TO MONITOR STUDENT LEARNING.
The teacher:

a. Aligns classroom assessment with instruction.
b. Communicates assessment criteria and standards to all students and parents.
c. Understands and uses the results of multiple assessments to guide planning and instruction.
d. Guides students in goal setting and assessing their own learning.
e. Provides substantive, timely, and constructive feedback to students and parents.
f. Works with other staff and building and district leadership in analysis of student progress.

 

Evidence to support attainment of or failure to meet standard:

 

Evidence spaces are in Microsoft Word. Just insert text and box will expand to fit size of text.

Check one:

__ Meets Standard

__  Does not meet Standard

¨ Additional documentation/artifacts applicable to this standard are attached as Appendix A-5.

 

6. DEMONSTRATES COMPETENCE IN CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT.
The teacher:

a. Creates a learning community that encourages positive social interaction, active engagement, and self-regulation for every student.
b. Establishes, communicates, models and maintains standards of responsible student behavior.
c. Develops and implements classroom procedures and routines that support high expectations for learning.
d. Uses instructional time effectively to maximize student achievement.
e. Creates a safe and purposeful learning environment.

 

Evidence to support attainment of or failure to meet standard:

 

Evidence spaces are in Microsoft Word. Just insert text and box will expand to fit size of text.

Check one:

__ Meets Standard

__  Does not meet Standard

 

¨ Additional documentation/artifacts applicable to this standard are attached as Appendix A-6.

 

7. ENGAGES IN PROFESSIONAL GROWTH.
The teacher:

a. Demonstrates habits and skills of continuous inquiry and learning.
b. Works collaboratively to improve professional practice and student learning.
c. Applies research, knowledge, and skills from professional development opportunities to improve practice.
d. Establishes and implements professional development plans based upon the teacher needs aligned to the Iowa Teaching Standards and district/building student achievement goals.

 

Evidence to support attainment of or failure to meet standard:

 

Evidence spaces are in Microsoft Word. Just insert text and box will expand to fit size of text.

Check one:

__ Meets Standard

__  Does not meet Standard

 

¨ Additional documentation/artifacts applicable to this standard are attached as Appendix A-7.

 

8. FULFILLS PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES ESTABLISHED BY THE SCHOOL DISTRICT. The teacher:

a. Adheres to board policies, district procedures, and contractual obligations.
b. Demonstrates professional and ethical conduct as defined by state law and individual district policy.
c. Contributes to efforts to achieve district and building goals.
d. Demonstrates an understanding of and respect for all learners and staff.
e. Collaborates with students, families, colleagues, and communities to enhance student learning.

 

Evidence to support attainment of or failure to meet standard:

 

Evidence spaces are in Microsoft Word. Just insert text and box will expand to fit size of text.

Check one:

__ Meets Standard

__  Does not meet Standard

 

¨ Additional documentation/artifacts applicable to this standard are attached as Appendix A-8.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:50

405.9 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status

405.9 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status

The first three years of a new licensed employee's contract is a probationary period unless the employee has already successfully completed the probationary period in an Iowa school district.  New employees who have successfully completed a probationary period in a previous Iowa school district will serve a one-year probationary period.  For purposes of this policy, an employee will have met the requirements for successfully completing a probationary period in another Iowa school district if, at the teacher’s most recent performance evaluation, the teacher received at least a satisfactory or better evaluation and the individual has not engaged in conduct which would disqualify the teacher for a continuing contract.

Only the board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period.  The board may extend the probationary period with the consent of the licensed employee.  The board will make the decision to extend or waive a licensed employee's probationary status based upon the superintendent's recommendation.  During this probationary period the board may terminate the licensed employee's contract at year-end or discharge the employee in concert with corresponding board policies.

Licensed employees may also serve a probationary period based upon their performance.  Such probationary period is determined on a case-by-case basis in light of the circumstances surrounding the employee's performance as documented in the employee's evaluations and personnel file.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.12-.19B (2013).

Cross Reference:  405.4  Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
    
                                  405.8  Licensed Employee Evaluation

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018             
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018    
Revised:  Oct. 9, 2000, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:52

406 - Licensed Employees Compensation and Benefits

406 - Licensed Employees Compensation and Benefits dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:53

406.1 - Licensed Employee Base Wage

406.1 - Licensed Employee Base Wage

The board will establish base wage for licensed employees' positions keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the base wage.  The base wage shall be subject to review and modification through the collective bargaining process.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding base wages of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2017).

Cross Reference:  405    Licensed Employees - General
    
                                  406.2  Licensed Employee Salary Schedule Advancement

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018    
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:53

406.2 - Licensed Employee Advancement

406.2 - Licensed Employee Advancement

The board will determine which licensed employees will advance, keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other considerations as determined by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for the advancement of a licensed employee.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2011).

Cross Reference:  405  Licensed Employees - General
    
                                  406  Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018      
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:54

406.3 - Licensed Employee Continued Education Credit

406.3 - Licensed Employee Continued Education Credit

Continued education on the part of licensed employees may entitle them to advancement.  Licensed employees who have completed additional hours will be considered for advancement. 

Licensed employees who wish to obtain additional education for advancement must complete the online course approval process with the superintendent prior to taking these courses.  For an employee to advance, the employee will file official transcripts for graduate credit from an accredited college or university within their teaching field or graduate level courses related to their teaching skills within their teaching field with the superintendent no later than October 1.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for the advancement of a licensed employee.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2017).

Cross Reference:  405  Licensed Employees - General
    
                                  406  Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018              
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018          
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:55

406.4 - Licensed Employee Compensation for Extra Duty

406.4 - Licensed Employee Compensation for Extra Duty

A licensed employee may volunteer or be required to take on extra duty, with the extra duty being secondary to the major responsibility of the licensed employee.  The board will establish a base wage for extra duty licensed employee positions, keeping in mind the financial condition of the school district, the education and experience of the licensed employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, and other considerations as determined by the board.

Vacant extra duty positions will be posted to allow qualified licensed employees to apply for the extra duty. The licensed employee will receive compensation for the extra duty required to be performed.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually as to which licensed employees will have the extra duty, and the base salary schedule for extra duty, for the board's review.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8, .13-.15, .19A-B (2017).

Cross Reference:  405  Licensed Employees - General
    
                                  406  Licensed Employee Compensation and Benefits

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018              
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018               
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:55

406.5 - Licensed Employee Group Insurance Benefits

406.5 - Licensed Employee Group Insurance Benefits

Licensed employees may be eligible for group benefits as determined by the board and required by law.  The board will select group benefit program(s) and the insurance company or third party administrator which will provide or administer the program.

In accordance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA), the board will offer licensed employees who work an average of at least thirty (30) hours per week or one hundred thirty (130) hours per month, based on the measurement method adopted by the board, with minimum essential coverage that is both affordable and provides the minimum value.  The board will have the authority and right to change or eliminate group benefit programs, other than the group health plan, for its licensed employees.

Licensed employees who work an average of at least thirty (30) hours per week or one hundred thirty (130) hours per month, based on the measurement method adopted by the board, are eligible to participate in the group health plan.  Licensed employees who work 30 hours per week are eligible to participate in the health and major medical, and long-term disability group insurance plans.  Employers should maintain documents regarding eligible employees' acceptance and rejection of coverage.

Normally health insurance benefits run from September through August depending on the employee's start date.  The effective date of health insurance is the first of the month following the first day of service.  If the employee resigns from his/her position before completing a full year of service, district paid health insurance will be discontinued at the end of the month following the last day of service.  A full year of service is defined as one hundred twenty consecutive days of service.  COBRA rights will become effective following the discontinuation of district paid benefits.

Licensed employees and their spouse and dependents may be allowed to continue coverage of the school district's group health insurance program if they cease employment with the school district by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

 

If an employee is unable to perform his/her duties consider this flowchart:

 
 

 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85; 85B; 279.12, .27; 509; 509A; 509B (2017).
                                       
Internal Revenue Code § 4980H(c)(4); Treas. Reg. § 54.4980H-1(a)(21)(ii).
                                       
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 78 Fed. Reg. 217, (Jan 2, 2013).
                                       
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 79 Fed. Reg. 8543 (Feb. 12, 2014)

Cross Reference:  405.1    Licensed Employee
                                      706.2     Payroll Deductions

Approved: Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, May 20, 2013, May 13, 2015, Sep 21, 2015, February 19, 2018, May 20, 2019
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, Apr. 5, 2013, Mar 16, 2015, Jul 27, 2015, January 15, 2018, April 15, 2019
Revised: Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 9, 2012, Apr. 5, 2013, Mar 16, 2015, Jul 27, 2015, January 15, 2018, May 20, 2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 14:56

406.6 - Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs

406.6 - Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs

The board authorizes the administration to make a payroll deduction for licensed employees' tax sheltered annuity premiums purchased from a company or program affiliated with the state approved program.

Licensed employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax sheltered annuities will make a written request to the business manager.

The requirements stated in the Employee Handbook between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the tax sheltered annuities of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Section 1450(a), repealing portions of IRS REG § 1.403(b)-1(b) (3).
         
                                     Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 260C; 273; 294.16 (2017).
   
                                 1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 38.
    
                                 1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 462, 602.
    
                                 1966 Op. Att'y Gen. 211, 220.

Cross Reference:  706 Payroll Procedures

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14, 2009, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018                        
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Oct. 12, 2009, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 15:11

407 - Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

407 - Licensed Employee Termination of Employment dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 15:13

407.1 - Licensed Employee Resignation

407.1 - Licensed Employee Resignation

A licensed employee who wishes to resign must notify the superintendent in writing within the time period set by the board for return of the contract.  This applies to regular contracts for the licensed employee's regular duties and for an extracurricular contract for extra duty.  Resignations of this nature will be accepted by the board.

The board may require an individual who has resigned from an extracurricular contract to accept the resigned position for only the subsequent school year when the board has made a good faith effort to find a replacement and the licensed employee is continuing to be employed by the school district.

Employees who leave employment with the District for any reason will be eligible to return to employment following a wait period of twenty-six weeks.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.13, .19A (2017).

Cross Reference:  405.3  Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
    
                                  405.4  Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
    
                                  407     Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, Sept 26, 2016, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, Jul 25, 2016, January 15, 2018                        
Revised:  Nov. 12, 1990, Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 9, 2012, Jul 25, 2016, January 15, 2018                        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 15:14

407.2 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

407.2 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

Licensed employees who wish to be released from an executed contract must give at least twenty-one days notice to the superintendent.  Licensed employees may be released at the discretion of the board.  Only in unusual and extreme circumstances will the board release a licensed employee from a contract.  The board will have sole discretion to determine what constitutes unusual and extreme circumstances.

Release from a contract will be contingent upon finding a suitable replacement.  Licensed employees requesting release from a contract after it has been signed and before it expires may be required to pay the board actual advertising costs incurred to locate and hire a suitable replacement.  Upon written mutual agreement between the employee and the superintendent, the costs will be deducted from the employee's final paycheck.  Payment of these costs is a condition for release from the contract at the discretion of the board.  Failure of the licensed employee to pay these expenses may result in a cause of action being filed in small claims court.

The superintendent is authorized to file a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners against a licensed employee who leaves without proper release from the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216; 272; 279.13, .19A, .46 (2017).
    
                                  1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
    
                                  1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.

Cross Reference:  405.3  Licensed Employee Individual Contracts
    
                                  405.4  Licensed Employee Continuing Contracts
    
                                  407.3  Licensed Employee Retirement

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018              
Reviewed:  Sep. 28, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018                           
Revised:  Nov. 12, 1990, Feb. 10, 1997, Oct. 10, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 15:15

407.4 - Licensed Employee Suspension

407.4 - Licensed Employee Suspension

Licensed employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a licensed employee pending board action on a discharge, for investigation of charges against the employee, and for disciplinary purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a licensed employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, appropriate due process will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765 (Iowa 1987).
    
                               McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979).
    
                               Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24; 279.13, .15-.19, .27 (2013).

Cross Reference:  404  Employee Conduct and Appearance
    
                               407  Licensed Employee Termination of Employment

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018                             
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 15:17

407.5 - Licensed Employee Reduction in Force

407.5 - Licensed Employee Reduction in Force

The board has the exclusive authority to determine the appropriate number of licensed employees.  A reduction of licensed employees may occur as a result of, but not be limited to, changes in the education program, staff realignment, changes in the size or nature of the student population, financial considerations, and other reasons deemed relevant by the board.

The reduction in licensed employees, other than administrators, will be done through normal attrition if possible.  If normal attrition does not meet the necessary reduction in force required, the board may terminate licensed employees.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board.  The superintendent shall consider the following criteria in making the recommendations:

  • Endorsements and educational preparation within the grade level and subject areas in which the employee is now performing;
  • Relative skills, ability and demonstrated performance;
  • Qualifications for co-curricular programs; and
  • Number of continuous years of service to the school district.  This will be considered only when the foregoing factors are relatively equal between licensed employees.

Due process for terminations due to a reduction in force will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24; 279.13, .15-.19, .27 (2017).

Cross Reference:  407.4  Licensed Employee Suspension
    
                                  413.5  Classified Employee Reduction in Force
    
                                  703    Budget

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Dec. 17, 2012, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2012, January 15, 2018                                  
Revised:    Nov, 9, 2012, January 15, 2018   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 15:18

408 - Licensed Employees Professional Growth

408 - Licensed Employees Professional Growth dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 15:19

408.1 - Licensed Employee Professional Development

408.1 - Licensed Employee Professional Development

The board encourages licensed employees to attend and participate in professional development activities to maintain, develop, and extend their skills.  The board will maintain and support an in-service program for licensed employees.

Requests for attendance or participation in a development program, other than those development programs sponsored by the school district, will be made to the superintendent.  Approval of the superintendent must be obtained prior to attendance by a licensed employee in a professional development program when the attendance would result in the licensed employee being excused from their duties or when the school district pays the expenses for the program.

The superintendent will have sole discretion to allow or disallow licensed employees to attend or participate in the requested event.  When making this determination, the superintendent will consider the value of the program for the licensed employee and the school district, the effect of the licensed employee's absence on the education program and school district operations and the school district's financial situation as well as other factors deemed relevant in the judgment of the superintendent. Requests that involve unusual expenses must be approved by the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8; 294 (2011).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  414.9 Classified Employee Professional Purposes Leave

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Jan. 21, 2013, February 18, 2019          
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov.30, 2012, January 21, 2019    
Revised:   Nov. 30, 2012, January 21, 2019  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 15:19

408.2 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

408.2 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Materials

Materials created by licensed employees and the financial gain therefrom will be the property of the school district if school materials and time were used in their creation and/or such materials were created in the scope of the licensed employee’s employment.  The licensed employee must seek prior written approval of the superintendent concerning such activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2012).

Cross Reference:  401.2 Employee Conflict of Interest
    
                                  606.4 Student Production of Materials and Services

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan. 21, 2013, February 18, 2019   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 21, 2019    
Revised:  Nov. 30, 2012, January 21, 2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 15:20

408.3 - Licensed Employee Tutoring

408.3 - Licensed Employee Tutoring

Every effort will be made by the licensed employees to help students with learning problems before recommending that the parents engage a tutor.  Since there are exceptional cases when tutoring will help students overcome learning deficiencies, tutoring by licensed employees may be approved by the superintendent.

Licensed employees may only tutor students other than those for whom the teacher is currently exercising teaching, administrative or supervisory responsibility unless approved by the superintendent.

Tutoring for a fee may not take place within school facilities or during regular school hours unless approved by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2013)

Cross Reference:  401.2 Employee Conflict of Interest
    
                                  402.6 Employee Outside Employment

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan. 21, 2013, February 18, 2019       
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 21, 2019    
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 30, 2012, January 21, 2019         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 15:21

409 - Licensed Employees Vacation and Leaves of Absence

409 - Licensed Employees Vacation and Leaves of Absence dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:16

409.1 - Employee Vacation - Holidays - Personal Leave

409.1 - Employee Vacation - Holidays - Personal Leave

The board will determine the amount of vacation and holidays, that will be allowed for employees.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually on vacations, holidays, and personal leave for licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 1C.1-.2; 4.1(34); 20.9 (2011).

Cross Reference:  414.1 Classified Employee Vacations - Holidays - Personal Leave
    
                                  601.1 School Calendar

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan. 21, 2013, February 18, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 21, 2018, July 27, 2020    
Revised:   Nov. 30, 2012, January 21, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:58

409.2 - Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave

409.2 - Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave

Licensed employees will granted ten days of sick leave in their first year of employment.  Each year thereafter, one additional day of sick leave will be granted to the licensed employees up to a maximum of fifteen days.  "Day" is defined as one workday regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee.  A new employee will report for work at least one full workday prior to receiving sick leave benefits.  A returning employee will be granted the appropriate number of days at the beginning of each fiscal year.

Sick leave may be accumulated up to a maximum of 125 days for licensed employees.

Should the personal illness occur after or extend beyond the sick leave accumulated allowance, the employee may apply for disability benefits under the group insurance plan.  If the employee does not qualify for disability benefits, the employee may request a leave of absence without pay.

Evidence may be required regarding the mental or physical health of the employee when the administration has a concern about the employee's health.  Evidence may also be required to confirm the employee's illness, the need for the illness leave, the employee's ability to return to work, and the employee's capability to perform the duties of the employee's position.  It shall be within the discretion of the board or the superintendent to determine the type and amount of evidence necessary.  When an illness leave will be greater than three consecutive days, the employee will comply with the board policy regarding family and medical leave.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the personal illness leave of such employees will followed.

                                 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.
                                       29 C.F.R. § 825.
                                       
Iowa Code §§ 2085216279.40.
                                       
Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).

Cross Reference:  403.2 Employee Injury on the Job
                                       
409.3 Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave
                                       
409.8 Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan. 21, 2013, February 18, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2009, Nov. 2012, Jan. 21, 2019  
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Oct. 9, 2000, Dec. 14, 2009, Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:55

409.3 - Employee Family and Medical Leave

409.3 - Employee Family and Medical Leave

Unpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life.  For purposes of this policy, year is defined as the 12-month period beginning July 1.  Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the superintendent.

Employees may be allowed to substitute paid leave for unpaid family and medical leave by meeting the requirements set out in the family and medical leave administrative rules.  Employees eligible for family and medical leave must comply with the family and medical leave administrative rules prior to starting family and medical leave.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative rules to implement this policy.

 

Note: Boards

 

Links:

https://www.dol.gov/whd/regs/compliance/posters/fmlaen.pdf
WH-380-E Certification of Health Care Provider for Employee's Serious Health Condition (PDF)
WH-380-F Certification of Health Care Provider for Family Member's Serious Health Condition (PDF)
WH-381 Notice of Eligibility and Rights & Responsibilities (PDF)
WH-382 Designation Notice (PDF)
WH-384 Certification of Qualifying Exigency For Military Family Leave (PDF)
WH-385 Certification for Serious Injury or Illness of Covered Service member -- for Military Family Leave (PDF)

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq.
                                       
29 C.F.R. § 825.
                                       
Iowa Code §§ 2085216279.40.
                                       
Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).

Cross Reference:  409.2  Licensed Employee Personal Illness Leave
                                      409.8  Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave
    
                                  414.3  Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave           

Approved:  Mar. 14, 1994, February 18, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14, 2009, Apr. 5, 2013, Jan.21, 2019, July 27, 2020    
Revised:   October 12, 2009, Jan.21, 2019                              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:29

409.3E1 - Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave Notice to Employees

409.3E1 - Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave Notice to Employees

YOUR RIGHTS UNDER THE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT OF 1993

 

FMLA requires covered employers to provide up to 12 weeks of unpaid, job-protected leave to eligible employees for the following reasons:

  •   For incapacity due to pregnancy, prenatal medical care or child birth;
  •   To care for the employee’s child after birth, or placement for adoption or foster care;
  •   To care for the employee’s spouse, son or daughter, or parent, who has a serious health condition; or
  •   For a serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the employee’s job.

 

MILITARY FAMILY LEAVE ENTITLEMENTS

Eligible employees with a spouse, son, daughter, or parent on active duty or call to active duty status in the National Guard or Reserves in support of a contingency operation may use their 12-week leave entitlement to address certain qualifying exigencies.

Qualifying exigencies may include attending certain military events, arranging for alternative childcare, addressing certain financial and legal arrangements, attending certain counseling sessions, and attending post-deployment reintegration briefings.

FMLA also includes a special leave entitlement that permits eligible employees to take up to 26 weeks of leave to care for a covered service member during a single 12-month period.  A covered service member is a current member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, who has a serious injury or illness incurred in the line of duty on active duty that may render the service member medically unfit to perform his or her duties for which the service member is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy; or is in outpatient status; or is on the temporary disability retired list.

 

BENEFITS AND PROTECTION

During FMLA leave, the employer must maintain the employee’s health coverage under any “group health plan” on the same terms as if the employee had continued to work.  Upon return from FMLA leave, most employees must be restored to their original or equivalent positions with equivalent pay, benefits, and other employment terms.

Use of FMLA leave cannot result in the loss of any employment benefit that accrued prior to the start of any employee’s leave.

 

JOB ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

Employees are eligible if they have worked for a covered employer for at least one year, for 1,250 hours over the previous 12 months, and if at least 50 employees are employed by the employer within 75 miles.

 

DEFINITION OF SERIOUS HEALTH CONDITION

A serious health condition is an illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves either an overnight stay in a medical care facility, or continuing treatment by a health care provider for a condition that either prevents the employee from performing the functions of the employee’s job, or prevents the qualified family member from participating in school or other daily activities.

Subject to certain conditions, the continuing treatment requirement may be met by a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days combined with at least two visits to a health care provider or one visit and a regimen of continuing treatment, or incapacity due to pregnancy, or incapacity due to a chronic condition.  Other conditions may meet the definition of continuing treatment.

 

USE OF LEAVE

An employee does not need to use this leave entitlement in one block.  Leave can be taken intermittently or on a reduced leave schedule when medically necessary.  Employees must make reasonable efforts to schedule leave for planned medical treatment so as not to unduly disrupt the employer’s operations.  Leave due to qualifying exigencies may also be taken.

 

SUBSTITION OF PAID LEAVE FOR UNPAID LEAVE

Employees may choose or employers may require use of accrued paid leave while taking FMLA leave.  In order to use paid leave for FMLA leave, employees must comply with the employer’s normal paid leave policies.

 

EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES

Employees must provide 30 days advance notice of the need to take FMLA leave when the need is foreseeable.  When 30 days notice is not possible, the employee must provide notice as soon as practicable and generally must comply with an employer’s normal call-in procedures.

Employees must provide sufficient information for the employer to determine if the leave may qualify for FMLA protection and the anticipated timing and duration of the leave.  Sufficient information may include that the employee is unable to perform job functions, the family member is unable to perform daily activities, the need for hospitalization or continuing treatment by a health care provider, or circumstances supporting the need for military family leave.  Employees also must inform the employer if the requested leave is for a reason for which FMLA leave was previously taken or certified.  Employees also may be required to provide a certification and periodic recertification supporting the need for leave.

 

EMPLOYER REQPONSIBILITIES

Covered employers must inform employees requesting leave whether they are eligible under FMLA.  If they are, the notice must specify any additional information required as well as the employees’ rights and responsibilities.  If they are not eligible, the employer must provide a reason for the ineligibility.

Covered employers must inform employees if leave will be designated as FMLA-protected and the amount of leave counted against the employee’s leave entitlement.  If the employer determines that the leave is not FMLA-protected, the employer must notify the employee.

 

UNLAWFUL ACTS BY EMPLOYERS

FMLA makes it unlawful for any employer to:

  •   Interfere with, restrain, or deny the exercise of any right provided under FMLA;
  • Discharge or discriminate against any person for opposing any practice made unlawful by FMLA or for involvements in any proceeding under or relating to FMLA.

 

ENFORCEMENT

An employee may file a complaint with the U. S. Department of Labor or may bring a private lawsuit against an employer.

FMLA does not affect any Federal or State law prohibiting discrimination, or supersede any State or local law or collective bargaining agreement which provides greater family or medical leave rights.

 

NOTE:  FMLA section 109 (29 U.S.C. § 2619) requires FMLA covered employers to post the text of this notice.  Regulations 29 C.F.R. § 825.300(a) may require additional disclosures.

If you have access to the Internet visit FLMA’s website: http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/fmla.  

To locate your nearest Wage-Hour Office, phone our toll-free information at 1-866-487-9243 or to the website at:  http://www.wagehour.dol.gov.

For a listing of records that must be kept by employers to comply with FMLA visit the U.S. Dept. of Labor’s website: http://www.dol.gov/dol/allcfr/ESA/Title_29/Part_825/29CFR825.500.htm.

 

 

Approved:  Oct. 12, 2009, February 18,2019    
Reviewed:  Sep. 14, 2009, Apr. 5, 2013, Jan.21, 2019      
Revised:                            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:52

409.3E2 - Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave Request Form

409.3E2 - Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave Request Form

Date:  ___________________

I, _______________________, request family and medical leave for the following reason:

(check all that apply)

          _____         for the birth of my child;

          _____         for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care;

          _____         to care for my child who has a serious health condition;

          _____         to care for my parent who has a serious health condition;

          _____         to care for my spouse who has a serious health condition;

                             or

          _____         because I am seriously ill and unable to perform the essential functions of my position.

          _____         because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty or call to
                             active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

          _____         because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or
                             illness.

I acknowledge my obligation to provide medical certification of my serious health condition or that of a family member in order to be eligible for family and medical leave within 15 days of the request for certification.

I acknowledge receipt of information regarding my obligations under the family and medical leave policy of the school district.

I request that my family and medical leave begin on ___________ and I request leave as follows: (check one)

          _____         continuous

                             I anticipate that I will be able to return to work on __________.

          _____         intermittent leave for the:

                             _____         birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                             _____         serious health condition of ___ myself, ___ parent, ___ spouse, or ___ child when medically necessary;

                             _____         because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty
                                                or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                             _____         because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent;

                                                ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

                             Details of the needed intermittent leave:

                   _______________________________________________________________

                   _______________________________________________________________

                   _______________________________________________________________

 

                             I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on _________________.

 

          _____         reduced work schedule for the:

                              _____         birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                             _____         serious health condition of myself, parent, spouse, or child when medically necessary;

                              _____         because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active
                                                 duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                              _____         because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent;

                                                ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

                              Details of needed reduction in work schedule as follows:

                    _______________________________________________________________         

                   _______________________________________________________________

                     _______________________________________________________________

                            

                              I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on   _________________.

I realize I may be moved to an alternative position during the period of the family and medical intermittent or reduced work schedule leave.  I also realize that with foreseeable intermittent or reduced work schedule leave, subject to the requirements of my health care provider, I may be required to schedule the leave to minimize interruptions to school district operations.

While on family and medical leave, I agree to pay my regular contributions to employer-sponsored benefit plans.  My contributions will be deducted from monies owed me during the leave period.  If no monies are owed me, I will reimburse the school district by personal check or cash for my contributions.  I understand that I may be dropped from the employer-sponsored benefit plans for failure to pay my contribution.

I agree to reimburse the school district for any payment of my contributions with deductions from future monies owed to me or the school district may seek reimbursement of payments of my contributions in court.

 

I acknowledge that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signed _________________________________________________________________

 

Date     _________________________________________________________________

 

 

Approved:  Oct. 12, 2009, February 18, 2019          
Reviewed:  Sep. 14, 2009, Apr. 5, 2013, Jan.21, 2019      
Revised:                                               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:43

409.3E3 - Family and Medical Leave Certification

409.3E3 - Family and Medical Leave Certification dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:28

409.3E3A - Certification of Health Care Provider for Employee's Serious Health Condition

409.3E3A - Certification of Health Care Provider for Employee's Serious Health Condition

SECTION I: For Completion by the EMPLOYER

INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYER: The Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) provides that an employer may require an employee seeking FMLA protections because of a need for leave due to a serious health condition to submit a medical certification issued by the employee’s health care provider. Please complete Section I before giving this form to your employee. Your response is voluntary. While you are not required to use this form, you may not ask the employee to provide more information than allowed under the FMLA regulations, 29 C.F.R. §§ 825.306-825.308. Employers must generally maintain records and documents relating to medical certifications, recertifications, or medical histories of employees created for FMLA purposes as confidential medical records in separate files/records from the usual personnel files and in accordance with 29 C.F.R. § 1630.14(c)(1), if the Americans with Disabilities Act applies.

 

Employer name and contact: _____________________________________________________________

 

Employee’s job title: _______________________ Regular work schedule: _______________________

 

Employee’s essential job functions: ______________________________________________________

 

Check if job description is attached: _____

 

SECTION II: For Completion by the EMPLOYEE

INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYEE: Please complete Section II before giving this form to your medical provider. The FMLA permits an employer to require that you submit a timely, complete, and sufficient medical certification to support a request for FMLA leave due to your own serious health condition. If requested by your employer, your response is required to obtain or retain the benefit of FMLA protections. 29 U.S.C. §§ 2613, 2614(c)(3). Failure to provide a complete and sufficient medical certification may result in a denial of your FMLA request. 20 C.F.R. § 825.313. Your employer must give you at least 15 calendar days to return this form. 29 C.F.R. § 825.305(b).

Your name: _______________________________________________________________________________
                        First                                         Middle                                      Last

 

SECTION III: For Completion by the HEALTH CARE PROVIDER

INSTRUCTIONS to the HEALTH CARE PROVIDER: Your patient has requested leave under the FMLA. Answer, fully and completely, all applicable parts. Several questions seek a response as to the frequency or duration of a condition, treatment, etc. Your answer should be your best estimate based upon your medical knowledge, experience, and examination of the patient. Be as specific as you can; terms such as “lifetime,” “unknown,” or “indeterminate” may not be sufficient to determine FMLA coverage. Limit your responses to the condition for which the employee is seeking leave. Please be sure to sign the form on the last page.

 

Provider’s name and business address: ____________________________________________________

 

Type of practice / Medical specialty: _____________________________________________________

 

Telephone: (________)____________________________Fax:(_________)_______________________

 

 

PART A: MEDICAL FACTS                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

1. Approximate date condition commenced: ________________________

 

Probable duration of condition: __________________________________________________________

 

Mark below as applicable:

Was the patient admitted for an overnight stay in a hospital, hospice, or residential medical care facility? ___No ___Yes. If so, dates of admission:

Date(s) you treated the patient for condition:

____________________________________________________________________________________

 

Will the patient need to have treatment visits at least twice per year due to the condition? ___No ___ Yes.

 

Was medication, other than over-the-counter medication, prescribed? ___No ___Yes.

 

Was the patient referred to other health care provider(s) for evaluation or treatment (e.g., physical therapist)? ____No Yes____. If so, state the nature of such treatments and expected duration of treatment:

 

2. Is the medical condition pregnancy? ___No ___Yes. If so, expected delivery date: ________________

 

3. Use the information provided by the employer in Section I to answer this question. If the employer fails        to provide a list of the employee’s essential functions or a job description, answer these questions based upon the employee’s own description of his/her job functions.

 

Is the employee unable to perform any of his/her job functions due to the condition: ____ No ____ Yes.

 

If so, identify the job functions the employee is unable to perform:

 

4. Describe other relevant medical facts, if any, related to the condition for which the employee seeks leave (such medical facts may include symptoms, diagnosis, or any regimen of continuing treatment such as the use of specialized equipment):

____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

PART B: AMOUNT OF LEAVE NEEDED

5. Will the employee be incapacitated for a single continuous period of time due to his/her medical condition, including any time for treatment and recovery?

____ No ____ Yes.

            If so, estimate the beginning and ending dates for the period of incapacity: __________________

 

6. Will the employee need to attend follow-up treatment appointments or work part-time or on a reduced schedule because of the employee’s medical condition?

___No ___Yes.

 

            If so, are the treatments or the reduced number of hours of work medically necessary?

             ___No ___Yes.

 

            Estimate treatment schedule, if any, including the dates of any scheduled appointments and the time required for each appointment, including any recovery period:

____________________________________________________________________________

            Estimate the part-time or reduced work schedule the employee needs, if any:

            _________hour(s) per day; ________ days per week from ____________through ____________

 

7. Will the condition cause episodic flare-ups periodically preventing the employee from performing his/her job functions? ____ No ____ Yes.

 

            Is it medically necessary for the employee to be absent from work during the flare-ups?   ____ No ____ Yes. If so, explain:

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

 

            Based upon the patient’s medical history and your knowledge of the medical condition, estimate        the frequency of flare-ups and the duration of related incapacity that the patient may have over         the next 6 months (e.g., 1 episode every 3 months lasting 1-2 days):

Frequency: _____ times per       _____ week(s) month(s) _____

 

            Duration: _____ hours or ___ day(s) per episode

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: IDENTIFY QUESTION NUMBER WITH YOUR ADDITIONAL ANSWER.

_____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________

 

____________________________________________________________________________________
Signature of Health Care Provider                                                                      Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT NOTICE AND PUBLIC BURDEN STATEMENT

If submitted, it is mandatory for employers to retain a copy of this disclosure in their records for three years. 29 U.S.C. § 2616; 29 C.F.R. § 825.500.Persons are not required to respond to this collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The Department of Labor estimates that it will take an average of 20 minutes for respondents to complete this collection of information, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. If you have any comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, send them to the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S-3502, 200 Constitution Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20210. DO NOT SEND COMPLETED FORM TO THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR; RETURN TO THE PATIENT.

                                                                                                                               Form WH-380-E Revised January 2009

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:39

409.3E3B - Certification for Serious Injury or Illness Covered Servicemember - for Military Family Leave

409.3E3B - Certification for Serious Injury or Illness Covered Servicemember - for Military Family Leave

Notice to the EMPLOYER INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYER:  The Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) provides that an employer may require an employee seeking FMLA leave due to a serious injury or illness of a covered servicemember to submit a certification providing sufficient facts to support the request for leave.  Your response is voluntary.  While you are not required to use this form, you may not ask the employee to provide more information than allowed under the FMLA regulations, 29 C.F.R. § 825.310.  Employers must generally maintain records and documents relating to medical certifications, recertifications, or medical histories of employees or employees’ family members, created for FMLA purposes as confidential medical records in separate files/records from the usual personnel files and in accordance with 29 C.F.R. § 1630.14(c)(1), if the Americans with Disabilities Act applies.

 

SECTION I:  For Completion by the EMPLOYEE and/or the COVERED SERVICEMEMBER for whom the Employee Is Requesting Leave INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYEE or COVERED SERVICEMEMBER:  Please complete Section I before having Section II completed.  The FMLA permits an employer to require that an employee submit a timely, complete, and sufficient certification to support a request for FMLA leave due to a serious injury or illness of a covered servicemember.  If requested by the employer, your response is required to obtain or retain the benefit of FMLA-protected leave.  29 U.S.C. §§ 2613, 2614(c)(3).  Failure to do so may result in a denial of an employee’s FMLA request.  29 C.F.R. § 825.310(f).  The employer must give an employee at least 15 calendar days to return this form to the employer.

 

SECTION II:  For Completion by a UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (“DOD”) HEALTH CARE PROVIDER or a HEALTH CARE PROVIDER who is either:  (1) a United States Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”) health care provider; (2)  a DOD TRICARE network authorized private health care provider; or (3) a DOD non-network TRICARE authorized private health care provider INSTRUCTIONS to the HEALTH CARE PROVIDER:   The employee listed on Page 2 has requested leave under the FMLA to care for a family member who is a member of the Regular Armed Forces, the National Guard, or the Reserves who is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy, is otherwise in outpatient status, or is otherwise on the temporary disability retired list for a serious injury or illness.  For purposes of FMLA leave, a serious injury or illness is one that was incurred in the line of duty on active duty that may render the servicemember medically unfit to perform the duties of his or her office, grade, rank, or rating.

A complete and sufficient certification to support a request for FMLA leave due to a covered servicemember’s serious injury or illness includes written documentation confirming that the covered servicemember’s injury or illness was incurred in the line of duty on active duty and that the covered servicemember is undergoing treatment for such injury or illness by a health care provider listed above.  Answer, fully and completely, all applicable parts.  Several questions seek a response as to the frequency or duration of a condition, treatment, etc.  Your answer should be your best estimate based upon your medical knowledge, experience, and examination of the patient.  Be as specific as you can; terms such as “lifetime,” “unknown,” or “indeterminate” may not be sufficient to determine FMLA coverage.  Limit your responses to the condition for which the employee is seeking leave.

 

SECTION I:  For Completion by the EMPLOYEE and /or the COVERED SERVICE MEMBER for whom the Employee Is Requesting Leave:  (This section must be completed first before any of the below sections can be completed by a health care provider.)

PART A:  EMPLOYEE INFORMATION

Name and Address of Employer (this is the employer of the employee requesting leave to care for covered servicemember):

______________________________________________________________________________

 

Name of Employee Requesting Leave to Care for Covered Servicemember:

______________________________________________________________________________
                      First                                       Middle                                     Last

 

Name of Covered Servicemember (for whom employee is requesting leave to care):

______________________________________________________________________________
                      First                                       Middle                                     Last

 

Relationship of Employee to Covered Servicemember Requesting Leave to Care:

         Spouse        Parent        Son             Daughter       Next of Kin

 

PART B:  COVERED SERVICE MEMBER INFORMATION

 

1.       Is the covered service member a current member of the Regular Armed Forces, the    National Guard or Reserves?      Yes       No

          If “yes,” please provide the covered service member’s military branch, rank and unit currently assigned to:  ______________________________________________________

 

Is the covered service member assigned to a military medical treatment facility as an outpatient or to a  unit established for the purpose of providing command control of members of the Armed Forces receiving medical care as outpatients (such as a medical hold or warrior transition unit)?  _____ Yes  _____ No.  If “yes, please provide the name of the medical treatment facility or unit:  ________________________________________

 

2.       Is the covered service member on the Temporary Disability Retired List (TDRL)?          Yes     No. 

 

PART C:  CARE TO BE PROVIDED TO THE COVERED SERVICE MEMBER

 

Describe the care to be provided to the covered service member and an estimate of the leave needed to provide the care: 

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

 

SECTION II:  For Completion by a United States Department of Defense (“DOD”) Health Care Provider or Health Care Provider who is either:  (1) a United States Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”) health care provider; (2) a DOD TRICARE network authorized private health care provider; or (3) a DOD non-network TRICARE authorized private health care provider. If you are unable to make certain of the military-related determinations contained below in Part B, you are permitted to rely upon determinations from an authorized DOD representative (such as a DOD recovery care coordinator).  (Please ensure that Section I above has been completed before completing this section.)  Please be sure to sign the form on the last page.

 

PART A:  HEALTH CARE PROVIDER INFORMATION

Health Care Provider’s Name and Business Address:  

_________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Type of Practice/Medical Specialty:  ___________________________________________________________

 

Please state whether you are either:  (1) a DOD health care provider; (2) a VA health care provider; (3) a DOD TRICARE network authorized private health care provider; or (4) a DOD non-network TRICARE authorized private health care provider:  __________________________________________________________________

 

Telephone: (     ) ________________   Fax: (     ) ________________   Email: __________________________

 

PART B:  MEDICAL STATUS

 

1.       Covered servicemember’s medical condition is classified as (check one of the appropriate boxes):

 

           (VSI) Very Seriously Ill/Injured – Illness/Injury is of such a severity that life is imminently endangered.  Family members are requested at bedside immediately.  (Please note this is an internal DOD casualty assistance designation used by DOD healthcare providers.)         

           (SI) Seriously Ill/Injured – Illness/injury is of such severity that there is cause for immediate concern, but there is no imminent danger to life.  Family members are requested at bedside.  (Please note this is an internal DOD casualty assistance designation used by DOD healthcare providers.)

           OTHER Ill/Injured – A serious injury or illness that may render the service member medically unfit to perform the duties of the member’s office, grade, rank, or rating.

           NONE OF THE ABOVE (Note to Employee:  If this box is checked, you may still be eligible to take leave to care for a covered family member with a “serious health condition” under § 825.113 of the       FMLA.  If such leave is requested, you may be required to complete DOL FORM WH-380 or an employer-provided form seeking the same information.)

2.       Was the condition for which the covered service member is being treated incurred in line of duty on active duty in the Armed Forces?   Yes    No

 

3.       Approximate date condition commenced:  _______________________________________

                                                                                                                        

4.       Probably duration of condition and/or need for care:  ______________________________                                 

 

 

5.       Is the covered service member undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy?    

    Yes     No

 

                             If “yes,” please describe medical treatment, recuperation or therapy:          

_________________________________________________________________________

 

PART C:  COVERED SERVICEMEMBER’S NEED FOR CARE BY FAMILY MEMBER

 

1.       Will  the  covered  servicemember need care for a single continuous period  of  time, including any time for treatment and recovery?

    Yes     No

          If “yes,” estimate the beginning and ending dates for this period of time: _________________________

 

2.       Will the covered service member require periodic follow-up treatment appointments? 

 

    Yes     No

            If  “yes.” Estimate the treatment schedule:  _________________________________

 

 

3.       Is there a medical necessity for the covered service member to have periodic care for these follow-up treatment appointments?  

    Yes     No

 

 

 

4.       Is there a medical necessity for the covered servicemember to have periodic care for other than scheduled follow-up treatment appointments (e.g., episodic flare-ups of medical condition)? 

    Yes     No     If “yes,” please estimate the frequency and duration of the periodic care:  __________________________________________________________________________________________

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

______________________________________     _____________________________________
Signature of Health Care Provider                       Date

 

         

 

 

PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT NOTICE AND PUBLIC BURDEN STATEMENT

If  submitted,  it  is  mandatory  for  employers  to  retain  a  copy  of  this  disclosure  in  their records for 3 years in accordance with  29 U.S.C.  § 2616; 29 C.F.R. § 825.500.  Persons are not required to respond to this collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.  The Department of Labor estimates that it will take an average of 20 minutes for respondents to complete this collection of information, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information.  If you have any comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, send them to the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S-3502, 200 Constitution Ave., NW, Washington, DC   20210.  DO NOT SEND COMPLETED FORM TO THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR; RETURN TO THE PATIENT.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:29

409.3E3C - Certification of Health Care Provider for Family Member's Serious Health Condition

409.3E3C - Certification of Health Care Provider for Family Member's Serious Health Condition

SECTION I: For Completion by the EMPLOYER

INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYER: The Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) provides that an employer may require an employee seeking FMLA protections because of a need for leave to care for a covered family member with a serious health condition to submit a medical certification issued by the health care provider of the covered family member. Please complete Section I before giving this form to your employee. Your response is voluntary. While you are not required to use this form, you may not ask the employee to provide more information than allowed under the FMLA regulations, 29 C.F.R. §§ 825.306-825.308. Employers must generally maintain records and documents relating to medical certifications, recertifications, or medical histories of employees’ family members, created for FMLA purposes as confidential medical records in separate files/records from the usual personnel files and in accordance with 29 C.F.R. § 1630.14(c)(1), if the Americans with Disabilities Act applies.

 

 Employer name and contact: _______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

SECTION II: For Completion by the EMPLOYEE

INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYEE: Please complete Section II before giving this form to your family member or his/her medical provider. The FMLA permits an employer to require that you submit a timely, complete, and sufficient medical certification to support a request for FMLA leave to care for a covered family member with a serious health condition. If requested by your employer, your response is required to obtain or retain the benefit of FMLA protections. 29 U.S.C. §§ 2613, 2614(c)(3). Failure to provide a complete and sufficient medical certification may result in a denial of your FMLA request. 29 C.F.R. § 825.313. Your employer must give you at least 15 calendar days to return this form to your employer. 29 C.F.R. § 825.305.

 

 Your name: ____________________________________________________________________________________
                        First                                         Middle                                      Last

 

 Name of family member for whom you will provide care:________________________________________________
                                                                                      First                     Middle                      Last

 Relationship of family member to you: ______________________________________________________________

 

 If family member is your son or daughter, date of birth:__________________________________________________

 

 Describe care you will provide to your family member and estimate leave needed to provide care:

­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_____________________________________________                    ________________________________________
 Employee Signature                                                                       Date

 

 

SECTION III: For Completion by the HEALTH CARE PROVIDER INSTRUCTIONS to the HEALTH CARE PROVIDER: The employee listed above has requested leave under the FMLA to care for your patient. Answer, fully and completely, all applicable parts below. Several questions seek a response as to the frequency or duration of a condition, treatment, etc. Your answer should be your best estimate based upon your medical knowledge, experience, and examination of the patient. Be as specific as you can; terms such as “lifetime,” “unknown,” or “indeterminate” may not be sufficient to determine FMLA coverage. Limit your responses to the condition for which the patient needs leave. Page 3 provides space for additional information, should you need it. Please be sure to sign the form on the last page.

 

Provider’s name and business address:________________________________________________________________

 

Type of practice / Medical specialty: _________________________________________________________________

 

Telephone: (________)____________________________ Fax:(_________)__________________________________

 

PART A: MEDICAL FACTS

1. Approximate date condition commenced: ____________________________________________________________ Probable duration of condition: ____________________________________________________________________

Was the patient admitted for an overnight stay in a hospital, hospice, or residential medical care facility?

___No ___Yes. If so, dates of admission: ______________________________________________________________

 

Date(s) you treated the patient for condition: ___________________________________________________________

 

Was medication, other than over-the-counter medication, prescribed? No ______Yes.

 

Will the patient need to have treatment visits at least twice per year due to the condition? ___No ____ Yes.

 

Was the patient referred to other health care provider(s) for evaluation or treatment (e.g., physical therapist)?

____ No ____Yes. If so, state the nature of such treatments and expected duration of treatment:  

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

2. Is the medical condition pregnancy? ___No ___Yes. If so, expected delivery date: ___________________________

 

3. Describe other relevant medical facts, if any, related to the condition for which the patient needs care (such medical facts may include symptoms, diagnosis, or any regimen of continuing treatment such as the use of specialized equipment):

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

PART B: AMOUNT OF CARE NEEDED: When answering these questions, keep in mind that your patient’s need for care by the employee seeking leave may include assistance with basic medical, hygienic, nutritional, safety or transportation needs, or the provision of physical or psychological care:

 

4. Will the patient be incapacitated for a single continuous period of time, including any time for treatment and recovery? ___No ___Yes.

 

    Estimate the beginning and ending dates for the period of incapacity: ______________________________________

 

    During this time, will the patient need care? __ No __ Yes.

 

    Explain the care needed by the patient and why such care is medically necessary: _____________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

5. Will the patient require follow-up treatments, including any time for recovery? ___No ___Yes.

     Estimate treatment schedule, if any, including the dates of any scheduled appointments and the time required for each appointment, including any recovery period:

 

­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Explain the care needed by the patient, and why such care is medically necessary: _______________________________

 

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

6. Will the patient require care on an intermittent or reduced schedule basis, including any time for recovery?

     __ No __ Yes.

 

     Estimate the hours the patient needs care on an intermittent basis, if any:

 

_________ hour(s) per day; ________ days per week              from _________________ through __________________

 

Explain the care needed by the patient, and why such care is medically necessary: _______________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

7. Will the condition cause episodic flare-ups periodically preventing the patient from participating in normal daily     activities? ____No ____Yes.

    

     Based upon the patient’s medical history and your knowledge of the medical condition, estimate the frequency of flare-ups and the duration of related incapacity that the patient may have over the next 6 months (e.g., 1 episode every 3 months lasting 1-2 days):

 

     Frequency: _____ times per _____ week(s) _____ month(s)

 

     Duration: _____ hours or ___ day(s) per episode

 

     Does the patient need care during these flare-ups? ____ No ____ Yes.

 

     Explain the care needed by the patient, and why such care is medically necessary: _____________________________

  _______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: IDENTIFY QUESTION NUMBER WITH YOUR ADDITIONAL ANSWER.  

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_______________________________________________ _____________________________________________

Signature of Health Care Provider                                          Date

 

 

PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT NOTICE AND PUBLIC BURDEN STATEMENT If submitted, it is mandatory for employers to retain a copy of this disclosure in their records for three years. 29 U.S.C. § 2616; 29 C.F.R. § 825.500. Persons are not required to respond to this collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The Department of Labor estimates that it will take an average of 20 minutes for respondents to complete this collection of information, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. If you have any comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, send them to the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S-3502, 200 Constitution Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20210.

DO NOT SEND COMPLETED FORM TO THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR; RETURN TO THE PATIENT.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:25

409.3E4 - Designation Notice

409.3E4 - Designation Notice

Leave covered under the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) must be designated as FMLA-protected and the employer must inform the employee of the amount of leave that will be counted against the employee’s FMLA leave entitlement. In order to determine whether leave is covered under the FMLA, the employer may request that the leave be supported by a certification. If the certification is incomplete or insufficient, the employer must state in writing what additional information is necessary to make the certification complete and sufficient. While use of this form by employers is optional, a fully completed Form WH-382 provides an easy method of providing employees with the written information required by 29 C.F.R. §§ 825.300(c), 825.301, and 825.305(c).________

 To:  _____________________________________________

 Date: ____________________________________________

We have reviewed your request for leave under the FMLA and any supporting documentation that you have provided.

We received your most recent information on ______________________________________________ and decided:                     

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 _____ Your FMLA leave request is approved. All leave taken for this reason will be designated as FMLA leave.

 

The FMLA requires that you notify us as soon as practicable if dates of scheduled leave change or are extended, or were initially unknown. Based on the information you have provided to date, we are providing the following information about the amount of time that will be counted against your leave entitlement:

 _____   Provided there is no deviation from your anticipated leave schedule, the following number of hours, days, or weeks will be counted against your leave entitlement: _____________________________________________

 

 _____   Because the leave you will need will be unscheduled, it is not possible to provide the hours, days, or weeks that will be counted against your FMLA entitlement at this time. You have the right to request this information once in a 30-day period (if leave was taken in the 30-day period).

 

 Please be advised (check if applicable):

_____    You have requested to use paid leave during your FMLA leave. Any paid leave taken for this reason will count against your FMLA leave entitlement.

 

 _____   We are requiring you to substitute or use paid leave during your FMLA leave.

 

 ______   You will be required to present a fitness-for-duty certificate to be restored to employment. If such certification is not timely received, your return to work may be delayed until certification is provided. A list of the essential functions of your position ___ is ___is not attached. If attached, the fitness-for-duty certification must address your ability to perform these functions.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 _____ Additional information is needed to determine if your FMLA leave request can be approved:

 

_____ The certification you have provided is not complete and sufficient to determine whether the FMLA applies to your leave   request. You must provide the following information no later than ______________________________, unless it is not practicable under the particular circumstances despite your diligent good faith efforts, or your leave may be denied.
                            (Provide at least seven calendar days)

__________________________________________________________________________________________
(Specify information needed to make the certification complete and sufficient)

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_____    We are exercising our right to have you obtain a second or third opinion medical certification at our expense, and we will   provide further details at a later time.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_____    Your FMLA Leave request is Not Approved

_____    The FMLA does not apply to your leave request.

_____    You have exhausted your FMLA leave entitlement in the applicable 12-month period.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT NOTICE AND PUBLIC BURDEN STATEMENT

It is mandatory for employers to inform employees in writing whether leave requested under the FMLA has been determined to be covered under the FMLA. 29 U.S.C. § 2617; 29 C.F.R. §§ 825.300(d), (e). It is mandatory for employers to retain a copy of this disclosure in their records for three years. 29 U.S.C. § 2616; 29 C.F.R. § 825.500. Persons are not required to respond to this collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The Department of Labor estimates that it will take an average of 10 – 30 minutes for respondents to complete this collection of information, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. If you have any comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, send them to the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S-3502, 200 Constitution Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20210. DO NOT SEND THE COMPLETED FORM TO THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION.                                                                                                                                   Form WH-382 January 2009    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:17

409.3E4D - Employer Response to Employee Request for Family or Medical Leave

409.3E4D - Employer Response to Employee Request for Family or Medical Leave

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:14

409.3E5 - Certification of Qualifying Exigency For Military Family Leave

409.3E5 - Certification of Qualifying Exigency For Military Family Leave

SECTION I: For Completion by the EMPLOYER

INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYER: The Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) provides that an employer may require an employee seeking FMLA leave due to a qualifying exigency to submit a certification. Please complete Section I before giving this form to your employee. Your response is voluntary, and while you are not required to use this form, you may not ask the employee to provide more information than allowed under the FMLA regulations, 29 C.F.R. § 825.309.

 

Employer name: __________________________________________________________________________________

 

Contact Information: _______________________________________________________________________________

 

 

SECTION II: For Completion by the EMPLOYEE

INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYEE: Please complete Section II fully and completely. The FMLA permits an employer to require that you submit a timely, complete, and sufficient certification to support a request for FMLA leave due to a qualifying exigency. Several questions in this section seek a response as to the frequency or duration of the qualifying exigency. Be as specific as you can; terms such as “unknown,” or “indeterminate” may not be sufficient to determine FMLA coverage. Your response is required to obtain a benefit. 29 C.F.R. § 825.310. While you are not required to provide this information, failure to do so may result in a denial of your request for FMLA leave. Your employer must give you at least 15 calendar days to return this form to your employer.

 

 Your Name: ____________________________________________________________________________________
                        First                                         Middle                          Last

 

 Relationship of covered military member to you: ________________________________________________________

 

 Period of covered military member’s active duty: ________________________________________________________

 

A complete and sufficient certification to support a request for FMLA leave due to a qualifying exigency includes written documentation confirming a covered military member’s active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation. Please check one of the following:

 ___ A copy of the covered military member’s active duty orders is attached.

 ___ Other documentation from the military certifying that the covered military member is on active duty (or has been notified of an impending call to active duty) in support of a contingency operation is attached.

 

___  I have previously provided my employer with sufficient written documentation confirming the covered military member’s active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation.

 

 

 

PART A: QUALIFYING REASON FOR LEAVE

1.         Describe the reason you are requesting FMLA leave due to a qualifying exigency (including the specific reason you are requesting leave):

__________________________________________________________________________________________

­­__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         A complete and sufficient certification to support a request for FMLA leave due to a qualifying exigency includes any available written documentation which supports the need for leave; such documentation may include a copy of a meeting announcement for informational briefings sponsored by the military, a document confirming an appointment with a counselor or school official, or a copy of a bill for services for the handling of legal or financial affairs. Available written documentation supporting this request for leave is attached.

            ___ Yes ___ No ___ None Available

 

PART B: AMOUNT OF LEAVE NEEDED

1.         Approximate date exigency commenced: _________________________________________________________

            Probable duration of exigency: _________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Will you need to be absent from work for a single continuous period of time due to the qualifying exigency? ___No ___Yes.

            If so, estimate the beginning and ending dates for the period of absence:

__________________________________________________________________________________________

 

3.         Will you need to be absent from work periodically to address this qualifying exigency? ___No ___ Yes.

            Estimate schedule of leave, including the dates of any scheduled meetings or appointments: ________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

 

            Estimate the frequency and duration of each appointment, meeting, or leave event, including any travel

            time (i.e., 1 deployment-related meeting every month lasting 4 hours):

           

            Frequency: _____ times per _____ week(s) _____ month(s)

           

            Duration: _____ hours ___ day(s) per event.

 

PART C:

If leave is requested to meet with a third party (such as to arrange for childcare, to attend counseling, to attend meetings with school or childcare providers, to make financial or legal arrangements, to act as the covered military member’s representative before a federal, state, or local agency for purposes of obtaining, arranging or appealing military service benefits, or to attend any event sponsored by the military or military service organizations), a complete and sufficient certification includes the name, address, and appropriate contact information of the individual or entity with whom you are meeting (i.e., either the telephone or fax number or email address of the individual or entity). This information may be used by your employer to verify that the information contained on this form is accurate.

 

Name of Individual: ___________________________ Title: ___________________________________________

Organization: _________________________________________________________________________________

Address: _____________________________________________________________________________________

Telephone: (________)_________________________ Fax: (_______)____________________________________

Email: _______________________________________________________________________________________

Describe nature of meeting: ______________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

PART D:

 

I certify that the information I provided above is true and correct.

 

___________________________________________            ________________________________________
Signature of Employee                                                         Date

 

 

PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT NOTICE AND PUBLIC BURDEN STATEMENT

If submitted, it is mandatory for employers to retain a copy of this disclosure in their records for three years. 29 U.S.C. § 2616; 29 C.F.R. § 825.500. Persons are not required to respond to this collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The Department of Labor estimates that it will take an average of 20 minutes for respondents to complete this collection of information, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. If you have any comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, send them to the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S-3502, 200 Constitution AV, NW, Washington, DC 20210. DO NOT SEND THE COMPLETED FORM TO THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION; RETURN IT TO THE EMPLOYER.

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                                             Form WH-384 January 2009

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 12:07

409.3E6 - Family and Medical Leave Request Work Sheet

409.3E6 - Family and Medical Leave Request Work Sheet

Complete this work sheet upon receiving a request for family and medical leave that may qualify under the Family Medical Leave Act.  Be sure to note the requirements relating to family and medical leave in the District's policy/collective bargaining agreement prior to relying on this work sheet as the sole source of the District's obligations.  Also be sure to note the definitions in the Regulations.

 

Section I:  Eligible Employee(Please check all that apply.)

                      Covered by a policy/collective bargaining agreement.  (If checked, please move to Section II.)

                      The employee must meet all criteria below to move to Section II.

                                     50 or more employees are on the payroll of or under contract to the District.

                                     Worked 52 weeks in the District (consecutive or nonconsecutive) or

                                     Worked 12 months in the District (consecutive or nonconsecutive).

                                     Worked 1250 hours for the District in 12 months prior to the request.  Full-time professional employees who are exempt from the wage and hour law may be presumed to have worked the minimum hours required.

 

Section II:  Family and Medical Leave Purpose. (One must be checked to move to Section III.)

                      Birth and care of newborn prior to first anniversary of child's birth.

                      Care of adopted child or foster care child prior to first anniversary of placement.

                      Care for serious health condition of spouse, child, child for which employee is "in loco parentis" and for any of these if they are over eighteen and have a disability which prevents the child from caring for himself or herself.

                                     Requested medical certification for family and medical leave due to a serious health condition of the spouse, parent or child on                                (date).

                                     Received medical certification within 15 days of the request on                                (date).

                      Serious health condition of the employee.

                                     Requested medical certification for family and medical leave due to a serious health condition of the employee on                              (date).

                                     Received medical certification within 15 days of the request on                               (date).

                      Other purposes contained in a policy/collective bargaining agreement.

 

Section III:  Timing of Family and Medical Leave Request.

                      Date of family and medical leave request                                     (date).

                      Date family and medical leave to begin                                      (date).

                      Provide FMLA leave information to employee at time of request                                                         (date).

(If one is checked, please move to Section IV.)

                      Leave request for foreseeable family and medical leave is 30 days prior to date family and medical leave begins.

                      Leave request for foreseeable family and medical leave is in compliance with policy/collective bargaining agreement.

                      Leave request for foreseeable family and medical leave was made as soon as practicable, and no later than one business day, prior to date family and medical leave begins.

                      Leave request for unforeseeable family and medical leave was made in accordance with the policy/collective bargaining agreement timelines.

 

Section IV:  Calculation of Available Family and Medical Leave.

Beginning date for 12-month entitlement period:  (Check the method adopted by the District.)

        X      July 1 (fiscal year)

                 January 1 (calendar year)

                 September I (school year)

                 First day of forward 12-month entitlement period

                 First day of rolling backward 12-month entitlement period______________________

                 Collective bargaining agreement year

                 Other

 

Total family and medical leave for the 12-month entitlement period                                                             12 weeks    
Leave taken to date in the entitlement period                                                                                                              -                   
Leave available for the entitlement period                                                                                                                                        

If sufficient family and medical leave is available and the employee qualifies for family and medical leave, the family and medical leave will be granted in accordance with the policy/collective bargaining agreement.

The employee must be informed that the actual family and medical leave taken will be credited to the employee's 12-week entitlement.

If both spouses are employed by the District, they may only take a combined total of 12 weeks during the entitlement period for the birth, adoption or foster care placement prior to the first anniversary of the child's birth or placement and for the care of a parent with a serious health condition.

If insufficient family and medical leave is available, the District may award only the family and medical leave available or award the family and medical leave in accordance with  other provisions of the policy/collective bargaining agreement.

 

Section V: Types of Family and Medical Leave. (Please check all that apply.)

                      Continuous leave for purposes listed in Section II.

                      Intermittent leave for birth, adoption or foster care placement prior to first anniversary of child's birth or placement with District approval in accordance with other provisions of the policy/collective bargaining agreement.

                      Reduced work schedule leave for birth, adoption or foster care placement prior to first anniversary of child's birth or placement with District approval in accordance with other provisions of the policy/collective bargaining agreement.

                      Intermittent leave if medically necessary for serious health condition of employee or family member and arranged as much as possible to not disrupt the District's operation.

                      Reduced work schedule leave if medically necessary for serious health condition of employee or family member and arranged as much as possible to not disrupt the District's operation.

                      Others contained in a policy/collective bargaining agreement. 

(Please specify.)                                                                                                          

 

Section VI:  Instructional Employee Intermittent or Reduced Schedule Leave.

                      A policy/collective bargaining agreement extends this rule to non-instructional employees.

                      A policy/collective bargaining agreement eliminates this rule for instructional employees.

                      Instructional employees' intermittent or reduced schedule leave for greater than 20 percent of the work days in the family and medical leave period.

                      Total number of days during leave period                        

                                                                                                        x  .20

                      20 percent of leave days                                                    

                      Days of leave requested                                                    

If the number of days requested exceeds 20 percent of the family and medical leave days, the District may require the instructional employee to take family and medical leave for the entire leave period OR transfer the instructional employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits.  The employee must be informed that the actual family and medical leave taken will be credited to the employee's 12-week entitlement.

 

Section VII:  Instructional Employees Family and Medical Leave Special Rules.

                      Instructional employee.

                      A policy/collective bargaining agreement extends one or all of these rules to noninstructional employees.

                      A policy/collective bargaining agreement eliminates one or all of these rules for instructional employees.

                      The District can require the employee to remain on family and medical leave until end of the semester if each of the following apply:

                                     Leave begins prior to five weeks before end of semester;

                                     Leave is for three weeks or more; and

                                     Employee will return during last three weeks of semester.

                      Last work day of the semester                                                    

                      Date of fifth week before end of the semester                            

                      Date of third week before end of the semester                            

                      Date of requested leave                                                               

                      Length of requested leave                                                           

                      Date of return from leave                                                            

 

                      The District can require employee to remain on family and medical leave for leave other than an employee's serious health condition until end of semester if each of the following apply:

                                     Leave begins during last five weeks before end of semester;

                                     Leave is greater than two weeks; and

                                     Employee will return during last two weeks of semester.

 

                      Last work day of the semester                                                     

                      Date of fifth week before end of the semester                             

                      Date of second week before end of the semester                         

 

                      Date of requested leave                                                                

                      Length of requested leave                                                            

                      Date of return from leave                                                             

 

                      The District can require the employee to remain on family and medical leave for purpose other than an employee's serious health condition until the end of the semester if each of the following apply:

                                     Leave begins during last three weeks before end of the semester; and

                                     Leave is greater than five working days.

                     

                      Last work day of the semester                                                      

                      Date of third week before end of the semester                             

 

                      Date of requested leave                                                                

                      Length of requested leave                                                            

 

The employee must be informed that the actual family and medical leave taken under these rules will be credited to the employee's 12-week entitlement.

 

Section VIII:  Paid or Unpaid Family and Medical Leave.

                      Provide employee notice whether the family and medical leave is paid or unpaid leave after completing the work sheet in accordance with the policy/collective bargaining agreement.

                      Policy/collective bargaining agreement allows or requires substitution of paid leave for family and medical leave.                                                                                                            

                      Family and medical leave is unpaid leave.

 

Section IX:  Employee Progress Report.

                      Arrangements are made with the employee to report to the District on a regular basis during the family and medical leave (please specify).

                                                                                                                                                 

                      Requested medical recertification for family and medical leave due to a serious health condition of the spouse, parent or child on                                                    (date).

                      Received medical recertification within 15 days of the request on                           (date).

 

Section X:  Employee Benefits During Family and Medical Leave.

The employee's health insurance coverage must be continued during the period of family and medical leave (up to 12 weeks).  The District may choose to continue other employee benefits to ensure their restoration along with the health insurance upon the employee's return to work.  The employee will pay the employee's share of health insurance and other benefits during the leave period.

                      Arrangements have been made with the employee to continue the employee's share of health insurance premiums while on family and medical leave:

                                     From monies due to the employee

                                     By the first of each month from the employee

                                     Other (please specify)

                      Arrangements have been made with the employee to continue the employee's share of the employee's other benefits while on family and medical leave:

                                     From monies due to the employee

                                     By the first of each month from the employee

                                     Other (please specify)                                                              

                      The employee has chosen to discontinue all employee benefits while on family and medical leave.                  

                      Employees who fail to provide payment of the employee's share of benefits premium during the period of family and medical leave have 15 days following notice to pay the employee's share.

                      Employees who fail to pay within 15 days after receiving notice of payment due may have employee benefits discontinued.

                      The District will deduct unpaid employee portion of benefits from monies due to the employee upon return to work, and the employee has signed a written statement authorizing the deduction.

                      The District will seek recovery of unpaid employee portion of benefits through small claims court or other appropriate recovery process.

 

Even if the employee chooses to discontinue employee benefits during the period of family and medical leave, the District should exercise great care before discontinuing employee benefits.  The District is required to restore the employee to full benefits when the employee returns to work, including group health insurance, without any qualifying period, physical examination, exclusion of pre-existing conditions and other similar requirements.

                      The District may discontinue the employee's benefits upon receipt of written notice of the employee's intent not to return to work.

 

Section XI:  Key Employees.

                      Salaried employees among the highest paid ten percent of a District's employees are considered key employees of the District.

                      Year-to-date earnings for employee                                             

                      Total weeks of work and paid leave                        –                   

                      Highest pay for employee                                       =                   

                      Provide notice to key employee stating the employee is a key employee and the employee may not be reinstated at end of the family and medical leave period if substantial and grievous economic injury exists.

                      Compile data to justify substantial and grievous economic injury.  Substantial and grievous economic injury does not include minor inconvenience and costs typical to the normal operation of the District.

                      The key employee is entitled to benefits during the family and medical leave in the same manner as other employees.

              

 

Section XII:  Employee's Return to Work.

                      Employee is fully restored to the same or an equivalent position with:

                                Pay and benefits

                                Health insurance

                                Life insurance

                          _____Other benefits or requirements in a policy/collective bargaining agreement

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:54

409.3R1 - Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave Regulation

409.3R1 - Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave Regulation

A.      School district notice.

          1.       The school district will post the notice in Exhibit 409.3E1 regarding family and medical leave.

          2.       Information on the Family and Medical Leave Act and the board policy on family and medical leave, including leave provisions and employee
                    obligations will be provided annually.  The information will be in the Board Policy provided on-line.

          3.       When an employee requests family and medical leave, the school district will provide the employee with information listing the employee’s
                    obligations and requirements.  Such information will include:

                   a.       a statement clarifying whether the leave qualifies as family and medical leave and will, therefore, be credited to the employee’s annual
                            12-week entitlement or 26-week entitlement depending on the purpose of the leave;

                   b.       a reminder that employees requesting family and medical leave for their serious health condition or for that of an immediate family
                             member must furnish medical certification of the serious health condition and the consequences for failing to do so or proof of call to
                             active duty in the case of military family and medical leave;

                   c.       an explanation of the employee’s right to substitute paid leave for family and medical leave including a description of when the school
                             district requires substitution of paid leave and the conditions related to the substitution; and

                    d.       a statement notifying employees that they must pay and must make arrangement for paying any premium or other payments to maintain
                              health or 
other benefits.

 

B.      Eligible employees.

          Employees are eligible for family and medical leave if three criteria are met.

          1.       The school district has more than 50 employees on the payroll at the time leave is requested;

          2.       The employee has worked for the school district for at least 12 months or 52 weeks (the months and weeks need not be consecutive); and

          3.       The employee has worked at least 1,250 hours within the previous year.  Full-time professional employees who are exempt from the wage and
                    hour law may be presumed to have worked the minimum hour requirement.

If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave.                            

 

C.      Employee requesting leave – two types of leave.

          1.       Foreseeable family and medical leave.

                   a.       Definition – leave is foreseeable for the birth or placement of an adopted or foster child with the employee or for planned medical
                             treatment.

                   b.       Employee must give at least 30 days notice for foreseeable leave.  Failure to give the notice may result in the leave beginning 30 days
                             after notice was received.  For those taking leave due to military family and medical leave, notice should be given as soon as possible.

                   c.       Employees must consult with the school district prior to scheduling planned medical treatment leave to minimize disruption to the school
                             district.  The scheduling is subject to the approval of the health care provider.

          2.       Unforeseeable family and medical leave.

                   a.       Definition – leave is unforeseeable, in such situations as emergency medical treatment or premature birth.

                   b.       Employee must give notice as soon as possible but no later than one to two work days after learning that leave will be necessary.

                   c.       A spouse or family member may give the notice if the employee is unable to personally give notice.

 

D.      Eligible family and medical leave determination.  The school district may require the employee giving notice of the need for leave to provide reasonable documentation or a statement of family relationship.

          1.       Six purposes.

                   a.       The birth of a son or daughter of the employee and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child’s
                             birth;

                   b.       The placement of a son or daughter with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the
                             first anniversary of the child’s placement;

                   c.       To care for the spouse, son, daughter, or parent of the employee if the spouse, son, daughter or parent has a serious health condition; or

                   d.       Employee’s serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the essential functions of the employee’s position.

                   e.       Because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that an employee’s spouse; son or daughter; parent is on active duty or call to
                             active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                    f.       Because the employee is the spouse; son or daughter; parent; next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

          2.       Medical certification.

                   a.       When required:

                             (1)     Employees shall be required to present medical certification of the employee’s serious health condition and inability to perform the
                                       essential functions of the job.

                             (2)     Employees will be required to present medical certification of the family member’s serious health condition and that it is medically
                                       necessary for the employee to take leave to care for the family member.

                     (3)    Employees will be required to present certification of the call to active duty when taking military family and medical leave.

                   b.       Employee’s medical certification responsibilities:

                             (1)     The employee must obtain the certification from the health care provider who is treating the individual with the serious health
                                       condition.

                             (2)     The school district may require the employee to obtain a second certification by a health care provider chosen by and paid for by
                                       the school district if the school district has reason to doubt the validity of the certification an employee submits.  The second health
                                       care provider cannot, however, be employed by the school district on a regular basis.

                             (3)     If the second health care provider disagrees with the first health care provider, then the school district may require a third health
                                       care provider to certify the serious health condition.  This health care provider must be mutually agreed upon by the employee and
                                       the school district and paid for by the school district.  This certification or lack of certification is binding upon both the employee
                                       and the school district.

                   c.       Medical certification will be required 15 days after family and medical leave begins unless it is impracticable to do so.  The school
                             district may request recertification every 30 days.  Recertification must be submitted within 15 days of the school district’s request.

                   d.       Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member cannot be required to obtain a second
                             opinion or to provide recertification.

Family and medical leave requested for the serious health condition of the employee or to care for a family member with a serious health condition which is not supported by medical certification will be denied until such certification is provided.

 

E.      Entitlement.

          1.       Employees are entitled to 12 weeks unpaid family and medical leave per year.  Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave
                    to care for a family service member are entitled to 26 weeks of unpaid family and medical leave but only in a single 12 month period.

          2.       Year is defined as fiscal year – beginning July 1.

          3.       If insufficient leave is available, the school district may.

                   a.       Deny the leave if entitlement is exhausted.

                   b.       Award leave available.

                   c.       Award leave in accordance with other provisions of board policy or the collective bargaining agreement.

 

F.       Type of Leave Requested.

          1.       Continuous – employee

          2.       Intermittent – employee requests family and medical leave for separate periods of time.

                    a.      Intermittent leave is available for:

                             _____         birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                             _____         serious health condition of myself, parent, spouse, or child when medically necessary;

                             _____         because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my spouse; son or daughter; parent is on active duty or call to
                                                active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                             _____         because I am the spouse; son or daughter; parent; next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

                   b.       In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district
                             operation.

                   c.       During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent
                             pay and benefits.

                             (For instructional employees, see G below.)

          3.       Reduced work schedule – employee requests a reduction in the employee’s regular work schedule.

                   a.       Reduced work schedule family and medical leave is available for:

                             _____         birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                             _____         serious health condition of myself, parent, spouse, or child when medically necessary;

                             _____         because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my spouse; son or daughter; parent is on active duty or call to
                                                active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                             _____         because I am the spouse; son or daughter; parent; next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

                   b.       In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district
                             operation.

                   c.       During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent
                             pay and benefits.  (For instructional employees, see G below.)

 

G.      Special Rules for Instructional Employees.

          1.       Definition – an instructional employee is one whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group or an
                    individual setting.  This includes, but is not limited to, teachers, coaches, driver’s education instructors and special education assistants.

          2.       Instructional employees who request foreseeable medically necessary intermittent or reduced work schedule family and medical leave greater
                    than twenty percent of the work days in the leave period may be required to:

                   a.       Take leave for the entire period or periods of the planned medical treatment: or

                   b.       Move to an available alternative position, with equivalent pay and benefits, but not necessarily equivalent duties, for which the employee
                             is qualified.

          3.       Instructional employees who request continuous family and medical leave near the end of a semester may be required to extend the family and
                    medical leave through the end of the semester.  The number of weeks remaining before the end of a semester does not include scheduled
                    school breaks, such as summer, winter, or spring break.

                   a.       If an instructional employee begins family and medical leave for any purpose more than five weeks before the end of a semester, the
                             school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last at least three weeks and the
                             employee would return to work during the last three weeks of the semester if the leave was not continued.

                   b.       If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee’s own serious health condition during the last
                             five weeks of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last
                             more than two weeks and the employee would return to work during the last two weeks of the semester.

                   c.       If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee’s own serious health condition during the last
                             three weeks of the semester and the leave will last more than five working days, the school district may require the employee to continue
                             taking leave until the end of the semester.

          4.       The entire period of leave taken under the special rules is credited as family and medical leave.  The school district will continue to fulfill the
                    school district’s family and medical leave responsibilities and obligations, including the obligation to continue the employee’s health insurance
                    and other benefits, if an instructional employee’s family and medical leave entitlement ends before the involuntary leave period expires.

 

H.      Employee responsibilities while on family and medical leave.

          1.       Employee must continue to pay health care benefit contributions or other benefit contributions regularly paid by the employee unless
                    employee elects not to continue the benefits.

          2.       The employee contribution payments will be deducted from any money owed to the employee or the employee will reimburse the school
                    district at a time set by the superintendent.

          3.       An employee who fails to make the health care contribution payments within 30 days after they are due will be notified that the coverage may
                    be canceled if payment is not received within an additional 15 days.
         

          4.       An employee may be asked to re-certify the medical necessity of family and medical leave for the serious medical condition of any employee
                    or family member once every 30 days and return the certification within 15 days of the request.

          5.       The employee must notify the school district of the employee’s intent to return to work at least once each month during the leave and at least
                    two weeks prior to the conclusion for the family and medical leave.

          6.       If an employee intends not to return to work, the employee must immediately notify the school district, in writing, of the employee’s intent not
                    to return.  The school district will cease benefits upon receipt of this notification.

 

I.       Use of paid leave for family and medical leave.

An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave with appropriate paid leave available to the employee under board policy, individual contracts or the collective bargaining agreement.  Paid leave includes, but is not limited to, sick leave, family illness leave, vacation, personal leave.  When the school district determines that paid leave is being taken for an FMLA reason, the school district will notify the employee within two business days that the paid leave will be counted as FMLA leave.  Upon expiration of paid leave, the family medical leave is unpaid.

 

 

Approved: Oct. 12, 2009, February 18, 2019    
Reviewed:  Sept. 14, 2009, Apr. 5, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019
Revised: __Oct. 12, 2009, Jan. 21, 2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:34

409.3R2 - Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave Definitions

409.3R2 - Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave Definitions

Active Duty – duty under a call or order to active duty under a provision of law referring to in section 101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.

Common Law Marriage – according to Iowa law, common law marriages exist when there is a present intent by the two parties to be married, continuous cohabitation, and a public declaration that the parties are husband and wife.  There is no time factor that needs to be met in order for there to be a common law marriage.

Contingency Operation – has the same meaning given such term in section 101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.

Continuing Treatment – a serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes any one or more of the following:

  •   A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days and any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition that also involves:
    • treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician’s assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders of, or in referral by, a health care provider; or
    • treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of a health care provider.
  •   Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.
  •   Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition.  A chronic serious health condition is one which:
    • requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician’s assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;
    • continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of a single underlying condition); and
    • may cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).
  •   Any period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective.  The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider.  Examples include Alzheimer’s, a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.
  •   Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than 3 consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).

Covered Service Member – a current member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, who is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy, is otherwise in outpatient status, or is otherwise on the temporary disability retired list, for a serious injury or illness.

Eligible Employee – the district has more than 50 employees on the payroll at the time leave is requested.  The employee has worked for the district for at least 12 months and has worked at least 1,250 hours within the previous year.

Essential Functions of the Job – those functions which are fundamental to the performance of the job.  It does not include marginal functions.

Employment Benefits – all benefits provided or made available to employees by an employer, including group life insurance, health insurance, disability insurance, sick leave, annual leave, educational benefits, and pensions, regardless of whether such benefits are provided by a practice or written policy of an employer or through an “employee benefit plan.”

Family Member – individual who meets the definition of son, daughter, spouse or parent.

Group Health Plan – any plan of, or contributed to by, an employer (including a self-insured plan) to provide health care (directly or otherwise) to the employer’s employees, former employees, or the families of such employees or former employees.

Health Care Provider

  •   A doctor of medicine or osteopathy who is authorized to practice medicine or surgery by the state in which the doctor practices; or
  •   Podiatrists, dentists, clinical psychologists, optometrists, and chiropractors (limited to treatment consisting of manual manipulation of the spine to correct a subluxation as demonstrated by x-ray to exist) authorized to practice in the state and performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and
  •   Nurse practitioners and nurse-midwives, and clinical social workers who are authorized to practice under state law and who are performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and
  •   Christian Science practitioners listed with the First church of Christ Scientist in Boston, Massachusetts;
  •   Any health care provider from whom an employer or a group health plan’s benefits manager will accept certification of the existence of a serious health condition to substantiate a claim for benefits;
  •   A health care provider as defined above who practices in a country other than the United States who is licensed to practice in accordance with the laws and regulations of that country.

In Loco Parentis – individuals who had or have day-to-day responsibilities for the care and financial support of a child not their biological child or who had the responsibility for an employee when the employee was a child.

Incapable of Self-care – the individual requires active assistance or supervision to provide daily self-care in several of the “activities of daily living” or “ADLs.”  Activities of daily living include adaptive activities such as caring appropriately for one’s grooming and hygiene, bathing, dressing, eating, cooking, cleaning, shopping, taking public transportation, paying bills, maintaining a residence, using telephones and directories, using a post office, etc.

Instructional Employee – an employee employed principally in an instructional capacity by an educational agency or school whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group, or an individual setting, and includes athletic coaches, driving instructors, and special education assistants such as signers for hearing impaired.  The term does not include teacher assistants or aides who do not have as their principal function actual teaching or instructing, nor auxiliary personnel such as counselors, psychologists, curriculum specialists, cafeteria workers, maintenance workers, bus drivers, or other primarily non-instructional employees.

Intermittent Leave - leave taken in separate periods of time due to a single illness or injury, rather than for one continuous period of time, and may include leave or periods from an hour or more to several weeks.

Medically Necessary – certification for medical necessity is the same as certification for serious health condition.

"Needed to Care For" - the medical certification that an employee is "needed to care for" a family member encompasses both physical and psychological care.  For example, where, because of a serious health condition, the family member is unable to care for his or her own basic medical, hygienic or nutritional needs or safety or is unable to transport himself or herself to medical treatment.  It also includes situations where the employee may be needed to fill in for others who are caring for the family member or to make arrangements for changes in care.

Next of Kin - an individual's nearest blood relative

Outpatient Status - the status of a member of the Armed Forces assigned to –

  • either a military medical treatment facility as an outpatient; or
  • a unit established for the purpose of providing command and control of members of the Armed Forces receiving medical care as outpatients.

Parent - a biological parent or an individual who stands in loco parentis to a child or stood in loco parentis to an employee when the employee was a child.  Parent does not include parent-in-law.

Physical or Mental Disability - a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of an individual.

Reduced Leave Schedule - a leave schedule that reduces the usual number of hours per workweek, or hours per workday, of an employee.

Serious Health Condition -

·       An illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves:

  • Inpatient care (i.e. an overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice or residential medical care facility including any period of incapacity (for purposes of this section, defined to mean inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from), or any subsequent treatment in connection with such inpatient care; or
  • Continuing treatment by a health care provider.  A serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes:

--       A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days, including any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition, that also involves:

--    Treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders or, or on referral by, a health care provider; or

--    Treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of the health care provider.

--       Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.

--       Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition.  A chronic serious health condition is one which:

--    Requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;

--    Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of s single underlying condition); and

--    May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).

--    A period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective.  The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider.  Examples include Alzheimer's a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.

--    Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).

·      Treatment for purposes of this definition includes, but is not limited to, examinations to determine if a serious health condition exists and evaluation of the condition.  Treatment does not include routine physical examinations, eye examinations or dental examinations.  Under this definition, a regimen of continuing treatment includes, for example, a course of prescription medication (e.g., an antibiotic) or therapy requiring special equipment to resolve or alleviate the health condition (e.g., oxygen).  A regimen of continuing treatment that includes the taking of over-the-counter medications such as aspirin, antihistamines, or salves; or bed rest, drinking fluids, exercise and other similar activities that can be initiated without a visit to a health care provider, is not, by itself, sufficient to constitute a regimen of continuing treatment for purposes of FMLA leave.

·      Conditions for which cosmetic treatments are administered (such as most treatments for acne or plastic surgery) are not "serious health conditions" unless inpatient hospital care is required or unless complications develop.  Ordinarily, unless complications arise, the common cold, the flu, ear aches, upset stomach, ulcers, headaches other than migraine, routine dental or orthodontia problems, periodontal disease, etc., are examples of conditions that do not meet the definition of a serious health condition and do not qualify for FMLA leave.  Restorative dental or plastic surgery after an injury or removal of cancerous growths are serious health conditions provided all the other conditions of this regulation are met.  Mental illness resulting from stress or allergies may be serious health conditions, but only if all the conditions of this section are met.

·      Substance abuse may be a serious health condition if the conditions of this section are met.  However, FMLA leave may only be taken for treatment for substance abuse by a health care provider or by a provider of health care on referral by a health care provider.  On the other hand, absence because of the employee's use of the substance, rather than for treatment, does not qualify for FMLA leave.

·      Absence attributable to incapacity under this definition qualify for FMLA leave even though the employee or the immediate family member does not receive treatment from a health care provider during the absence, and even if the absence does not last more than three days.  For example, an employee with asthma may be unable to report for work due to the onset of an asthma attack or because the employee's health care provider has advised the employee to stay home when the pollen count exceeds a certain level.  An employee who is pregnant may be unable to report to work because of severe morning sickness.

Serious Injury or Illness - an injury or illness incurred by a member of the Armed forces, including the National Guard or Reserves in the line of duty on active duty in the Armed Forces that may render the member medically unfit to perform the duties of the member's office, grade, rank, or rating.

Son or daughter - a biological child, adopted child, foster child, stepchild, legal ward, or a child of a person standing in loco parentis.  The child must be under age 18 or, if over 18, incapable of self-care because of a mental or physical disability.

Spouse - a husband or wife recognized by Iowa law including common law marriages.

 

 

Approved: Oct 12, 2009, February 18, 2019      
Reviewed:  Sep. 14, 2009, Apr. 5, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019   
Revised:     Oct 12, 2009 , Jan. 21, 2019   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:32

409.4 - Licensed Employee Bereavement Leave

409.4 - Licensed Employee Bereavement Leave

In the event of a death of a member of a licensed employee's immediate family, bereavement leave may be granted.  Licensed personnel will be granted leave of absence at full pay in case of death of spouse, child, parent, brother, sister, grandparent, grandchild, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, grandparent-in-law, or a member of the immediate household at the rate of three (3) days per death and two (2) days extra may be granted by the superintendent or designee.  This does not accumulate.  In the event of the death of an employee or student in the Fairfield Community School District, the principal or immediate supervisor of said employee shall grant to an appropriate number of employees sufficient time to attend the funeral.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the bereavement leave of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8

Cross Reference:  409 Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 21, 2013, February 28, 2019  
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019   
Revised:  Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:25

409.5 - Licensed Employee Political Leave

409.5 - Licensed Employee Political Leave

The board will provide a leave of absence to licensed employees to run for elective public office.  The superintendent will grant a licensed employee a leave of absence to campaign as a candidate for an elective public office as unpaid leave.

The licensed employee will be entitled to one period of leave to run for the elective public office, and the leave may commence within thirty days of a contested primary, special, or general election and continue until the day following the election.

The request for leave must be in writing to the superintendent of schools at least thirty days prior to the starting date of the requested leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code ch. 55 2013.

Cross Reference:  401.9 Employee Political Activity
    
                                  409    Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jan 21, 2013, February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019    
Revised:   Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:19

409.6 - Licensed Employee Jury Duty Leave

409.6 - Licensed Employee Jury Duty Leave

The board will allow licensed employees to be excused for jury duty.  The superintendent has the discretion to request a waiver on behalf of the employee when extraordinary circumstances exist.

Employees who are called for jury service will notify the direct supervisor within twenty-four hours after notice of call to jury duty and suitable proof of jury service pay must be presented to the school district.  The employee will return to work on any day when the employee is excused from jury duty during regular working hours.

Licensed employees will receive their regular salary.  Any payment for jury duty will be paid to the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 607A (2013).

Cross Reference:  409 Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 21, 2013, February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019    
Revised:  Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:18

409.7 - Licensed Employee Military Service Leave

409.7 - Licensed Employee Military Service Leave

The board recognizes licensed employees may be called to participate in the armed forces, including the National Guard. If a licensed employee is called to serve in the armed forces, the employee will have a leave of absence for military service until the military service is completed.

The leave is without loss of status or efficiency rating, and without loss of pay during the first thirty calendar days of the leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bewley v. Villisca Community School District, 299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A.28 (2013).

Cross Reference:  409 Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 21, 2013, February 28, 2019      
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019          
Revised:   Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:17

409.8 - Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave

409.8 - Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave

Unpaid leave may be used to excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in this or other leave policies of the board.  Unpaid leave for licensed employees must be authorized by the superintendent. All paid leave must be exhausted before unpaid leave will be granted.

The superintendent will have complete discretion to grant or deny the requested unpaid leave.  In making this determination, the superintendent will consider the effect of the employee's absence on the education program and school district operations, length of service, previous record of absence, the financial condition of the school district, the reason for the requested absence and other factors the superintendent believes are relevant to making this determination.

If unpaid leave is granted, the duration of the leave period will be coordinated with the scheduling of the education program whenever possible to minimize the disruption of the education program and school district operations.

Whenever possible, licensed employees will make a written request for unpaid leave ten (10) days prior to the beginning date of the requested leave. 

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding the unpaid leave of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 85; 85A; 85B; 279.12; 509; 509A; 509B.

Cross Reference:  409 Licensed Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Jan 21, 2013, February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019          
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:16

410 - Other Licensed Employees

410 - Other Licensed Employees dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 10:08

410.1 - Substitute Teachers

410.1 - Substitute Teachers

The board recognizes the need for substitute teachers.  Substitute teachers will be licensed to teach in Iowa.

It will be the responsibility of the central office to maintain a list of substitute teachers who may be called upon to replace regular contract licensed employees.  Individuals whose names do not appear on this list will not be employed as a substitute without specific approval of the superintendent.  It shall be the responsibility of the building principal to fill absences with substitute teachers immediately.

Substitute teachers will be paid a daily rate.  Following ten (10) consecutive days in the same position, substitutes will be paid at the per diem rate as calculated by dividing the prevailing salary schedule placement of BA Step 1, minus the Teacher Supplementary Salary funds which have been incorporated into the published salary schedule, by 192 days.  Substitute licensed employees are expected to perform the same duties as the licensed employees.

In cooperation with the Affordable Care Act (Federal Health Care Reform legislation), substitute teachers, substitute support staff, and part-time employees falling under variable-hour employee status will be offered insurance based on the hours worked during a twelve month look back period beginning July 1st and running through June 30th. If the variable-hour employee is deemed to have worked an average of 30 or more hours per week, participation in the Fairfield Community School group plan will be offered to the variable-hour employee at that employee’s cost.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Association of School Boards v. PERB, 400 N.W.2d 571 (Iowa 1987).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4(5), .9; Ch. 272 (2011).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Cross Reference:  405.1 Licensed Employee Defined
    
                                  405.2 Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, May 20, 2013, February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, June 14, 2010, Oct. 11, 2010, Nov. 30, 2012, Apr. 5, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019.  
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Jul. 12, 2010, Nov. 8, 2010, Nov. 30, 2012, Apr. 5, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:15

410.2 - Summer School Licensed Employees

410.2 - Summer School Licensed Employees

It is within the discretion of the board to offer an education program during the summer recess.  Licensed employees who volunteer or who are appointed to deliver the summer education program are compensated in addition to their regular duties during the school academic year, unless such arrangements are made prior to determining the employee's compensation for the year.

Licensed employees will be given the opportunity to volunteer for the positions available.  If the board determines a course must be offered and no licensed employee volunteers for the position, the board will make the necessary arrangements to fill the position.  The board will consider applications from volunteers of current licensed employees in conjunction with other applications.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for and the delivery of the summer education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14 (2015).

Cross Reference:  603.2  Summer School Instruction

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                       
Revised:  Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:14

410.3 - Truancy Officer

410.3 - Truancy Officer

The board will appoint licensed employees from the district to serve as the district’s truancy officers.

The principal will notify the truancy officer when a student is truant.  The truancy officer will investigate the cause of a student’s truancy and attempt to ensure the student’s attendance.  The truancy officer may take the student into custody.  A student taken into custody will be placed in the custody of the principal.  The truancy officer will attempt to contact the student’s parents when the student is taken into custody.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 299.10-.11, .15 (2013).

Cross Reference:  501.10 Truancy - Unexcused Absences

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                            
Revised:  Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 11:13

410.4 - Education Associate

410.4 - Education Associate

The board may employ education associates or other instructional support personnel to assist licensed personnel in nonteaching duties, including, but not limited to:

  •   managing and maintaining records, materials and equipment;
  •   attending to the physical needs of children; and
  •   performing other limited services to support teaching duties when such duties are determined and directed by the teacher.

Education associates who hold a current teaching certificate are compensated at the rate of pay established for their position as an education associate.  It shall be the responsibility of the principal to supervise education associates.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.4(9); .5(9).

Cross Reference:  411.2 Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, February 19, 2018              
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                            
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 10:53

411 - Classified Employees General

411 - Classified Employees General dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 09:48

411.1 - Classified Employee Defined

411.1 - Classified Employee Defined

Classified employees are employees who are not administrators or employees in positions which require an Iowa Department of Education teaching license and who are employed to fulfill the duties listed on their job description on a monthly or hourly basis.  Classified employees will include, but not be limited to, teacher and classroom associates, custodial and maintenance employees, clerical employees, food service employees, bus drivers, and temporary help for summer or other maintenance.  The position may be full-time or part-time.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for classified employee positions.  Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

Classified employees required to hold a license for their position must present evidence of their current license to the board secretary prior to payment of wages each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  405.1   Licensed Employee Defined
    
                                  411.2   Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
    
                                  412.3   Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Sep 15, 2014, February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Aug 18, 2014, Jan. 21, 2019.      
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Aug 18, 2014, Jan. 21, 2019.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 09:55

411.2 - Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment and Selection

411.2 - Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment and Selection

Persons interested in a classified employee position will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for classified employee positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment.  Job applicants for classified employee positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

  • Training, experience, and skill;
  • Nature of the occupation;
  • Demonstrated competence; and
  • Possession of, or ability to obtain, state or other license or certificate, if required, for the position.

All job openings shall be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on TeachIowa, the online state job posting system. Additional announcements of the position may occur through means the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position. The application process will be via the district’s website at http://www.fairfieldsfuture.org. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who directly supervises and oversees the position.

The superintendent has the authority to hire and issue support personnel letters of employment without board approval, for bus drivers, custodians, education associates, maintenance staff, clerical personnel, and food service workers.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2006).
    
                                  42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2006).
    
                                  42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2006).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1 (2011).

Cross Reference:  401.1  Equal Employment Opportunity
    
                                  411    Classified Employees - General    

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, February 19, 2018          
Reviewed:  July 20, 2007, Oct. 11, 2010, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                            
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Aug. 9, 2004, Aug. 13, 2007, Nov. 8, 2010, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 09:54

411.3 - Classified Employee Contracts

411.3 - Classified Employee Contracts

The board will enter into written contracts with bus drivers as required by law.  The contract will state the terms of employment. Other classified employees will receive a letter outlining their terms of employment.

Each contract and letter of employment will include a thirty-day cancellation clause.  Either the employee or the board must give notice of the intent to cancel the contract at the end of thirty days.  This notice will not be required when the employee is terminated during a probationary period or for cause.

Classified employees will receive a job description stating the specific performance responsibilities of their position.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to draw up and process the classified employee contracts and present them to the board for approval.  The contracts, after being signed by the board president, are filed with the board secretary. The superintendent has the authority to draw up and process letters of employment, which will be included in the consent agenda of meetings.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.7A; 285.5(9) ((2011).

Cross Reference:  411    Classified Employees - General
    
                                  412.1  Classified Employee Compensation
    
                                  412.2  Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation
    
                                  413    Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                    
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Aug. 9, 2004, Nov. 30, 2012

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 09:53

411.4 - Classified Employee Licensing / Cerification

411.4 - Classified Employee Licensing / Cerification

Classified employees who require a special license or other certification will keep them current.  Licensing requirements needed for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by law and by the Iowa Department of Education for the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 272.6; 285.5(9) (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.4(10); 36; 43.12-.24.

Cross Reference:  411.2  Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, February 19, 2018              
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                                 
Revised:     Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 09:52

411.5 - Classified Employee Assignment

411.5 - Classified Employee Assignment

Determining the assignment of each classified employee is the responsibility of the superintendent and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments each year the superintendent will consider the qualifications of each classified employee and the needs of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assign classified employees and report such assignments to the board. Temporary assignments may vary day to day based on program needs.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  200.2  Powers of the Board of Directors
    
                                  411.6  Classified Employee Transfers

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                                 
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 09:52

411.6 - Classified Employee Transfers

411.6 - Classified Employee Transfers

Determining the location where a classified employee's assignment will be performed is the responsibility of the superintendent and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments each year the superintendent shall consider the qualifications of each classified employee and the needs of the school district.

A transfer may be initiated by the employee, the principal or the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to transfer classified employees and report such transfers to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (1988).
    
                                  42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (1988)
    
                                  42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (Supp. 1990).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1 (2013).

Cross Reference:  411.2  Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection
    
                                  411.5  Classified Employee Assignment

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                                 
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 09:51

411.7 - Classified Employee Evaluation

411.7 - Classified Employee Evaluation

Evaluation of classified employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the superintendent.  The goal of the formal evaluation of classified employees is to maintain classified employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify each classified employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure classified employees are formally evaluated annually. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).
    
                                  Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.14 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  411.2  Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection
    
                                  411.8  Classified Employee Probationary Status

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                                 
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 09:50

411.8 - Classified Employees Probationary Status

411.8 - Classified Employees Probationary Status

The first year of a newly employed classified employee's contract is a probationary period.  "Day" is defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee.  New employees, regardless of experience, are subject to this probationary period.

"New" employees include individuals who are being hired for the first time by the school district and those who may have been employed by the school district in the past, but have not been employed by the board during the school year prior to the one for which contracts are being issued.

Only the board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period.         

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2011).

Cross Reference:  411.3  Classified Employee Contracts
    
                                  411.7  Classified Employee Evaluation

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                                 
Revised:  Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/29/2021 - 09:48

412 - Classified Employees Compensation and Benefits

412 - Classified Employees Compensation and Benefits dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:12

412.1 - Classified Employee Compensation

412.1 - Classified Employee Compensation

The board will determine the compensation to be paid for the classified employees' positions, keeping in mind the education and experience of the classified employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, the financial condition of the school district and any other considerations as deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the compensation of classified employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  411.3 Classified Employee Contracts
    
                                  412.2 Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                                 
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:12

412.2 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

412.2 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

Each non-exempt employee compensated on an hour-by-hour basis, whether full-or part-time, permanent or temporary, will be paid no less than the prevailing minimum wage.  Whenever a non-exempt employee must work more than forty hours in a given work week, the employee is compensated at one and one-half times their regular hourly wage rate.  This compensation is in the form of overtime pay. Overtime will not be permitted without prior authorization of the superintendent. Whenever possible hours will be adjusted within the week to avoid the necessity of overtime.

The district electronic time system will be the record of hours worked for district classified employees. Any attempt to circumvent this record is grounds for disciplinary action.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain wage records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Garcia v. San Antonio Metropolitan Transit Authority, 469 U.S. 528 (1985).
    
                                  29 U.S.C. §§ 206 et seq. (2013).
    
                                  29 C.F.R. Pt. 511-800 (2013).

Cross Reference:  411.3  Classified Employee Contracts
    
                                  412.1  Classified Employee Compensation

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, February 19, 2018               
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018                                                 
Revised:     Nov. 30, 2012, January 15, 2018    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:13

412.2R1 - Classified Employee Weather Related Late Starts, Early Dismissals, and Professional Development Late Starts

412.2R1 - Classified Employee Weather Related Late Starts, Early Dismissals, and Professional Development Late Starts

Secretaries:

      Late Start Due to Weather:

  • All secretaries come to work at their regular time.

 

      Late Start Due to Weather and Then Cancellation After They Arrive:

  • All secretaries will have come to work at their regular time.
  • Elementary secretaries will leave 30 minutes after cancellation is announced and be paid for hours worked.  All other secretaries will work until 3:00 p.m. for full pay.
  • If secretaries (other than elementary) wish to leave before 3:00 p.m. they may, but will be paid for hours worked.
  • If they are late in getting to work, they may make up time after 3:00 p.m.

     

      Early Release Due to Weather (except heat related):

  • Receive full pay if they stay until 3:00 p.m.
  • If secretaries wish to leave before 3:00 p.m. they may, but will be paid for hours worked.

 

      School Cancelled Due to Weather:

  • Elementary secretaries do not come in.
  • Other secretaries work 7:30 a.m. to 3:00 p.m.  If they are unable to be here at 7:30 a.m., they may make up their time after 3:00 p.m.
  • If secretaries wish to leave before 3:00 p.m. they may, but will be paid for hours worked.

 

Associates:

      Late Start Due to Weather:

  • Start time delayed same as school delay.

 

      Late Start Due to Weather and Then Cancellation:

  • Associates should not have reported for work.
  • If they have already arrived, associates will be paid for time spent.

 

      Early Release Due to Weather (except heat related):

  • Receive full pay if they stay until 3:00 p.m.
  • If associates wish to leave before 3:00 p.m. they may, but will be paid for hours worked.

 

      School Cancelled Due to Weather:

  • Associates do not report for work.

 

      Late Start Due to Staff Development:

  • Report at 9:30 a.m. unless requested to report earlier for staff development or supervision purposes by the building principal with prior approval of the superintendent or business manager.

 

 

Approved: February 19, 2018          
Reviewed: January 15, 2018                                                 
Revised:    January 15, 2018                                            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:14

412.3 - Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

412.3 - Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

Classified employees may be eligible for group benefits as determined by the board and required by law. The board will select the group benefit program(s) and the insurance company or third party administrator which will provide or administer the program.

In accordance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA), the board will offer classified employees, who work an average of at least thirty (30) hours per week or one hundred thirty (130) hours per month, based on the measurement method adopted by the board, with minimum essential coverage that is both affordable and provides minimum value. The board will have the authority and right to change or eliminate group benefit programs, other than the group health plan, for its classified employees.

Classified employees who work an average of at least thirty (30) hours per week or one hundred thirty (130) hours per month, based on the measurement method adopted by the board, are eligible to participate in the group health plan. Classified employees who work 30 hours per week are eligible to participate in the health and major medical, and long-term disability group insurance plans. Qualified employees will be eligible for benefits beginning the first of the month following the first day of service. Employers should maintain documents regarding eligible employees’ acceptance and rejection of coverage.

Variable-hour employees are employees normally scheduled to work less than 30 hours per week but work a variable shift with variable hours. If the variable-hour employee is deemed to have worked an average of 30 or more hours per week, participation in the Fairfield Community School group plan will be offered to the variable-hour employee at that employee’s cost.

  1. When an employer/employee relationship is severed, the length of continued benefits depends on several factors.  Employees will be informed of their COBRA Rights under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act at that time.
  2. If the employee resigns from his/her position mid-way through the school year, district paid health insurance will be discontinued at the end of the month following the last day of service.  COBRA rights will become effective. (see #3 below)
  3. If the employee works the full school year, district paid health insurance will continue through August 31st of that year.  A full school year is defined as working at least one hundred twenty (120) consecutive school days or more.
  4. If an employee is hired late into the year and leaves employment prior to the end of the year, district paid health insurance will be discontinued at the end of the month following the last day of service.  COBRA rights will become effective.
  5. If the employee is unable to perform his/her duties consider the flowchart:

 

 
 

 

 

The business office will administer such retirement plans, health and accident insurance, savings and annuity programs as the Board may authorize and the law may prescribe.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85; 85B; 279.12; 509; 509A; 509B (2013).
                                           Internal Revenue Code § 4980H(c)(4); Treas. Reg. § 54.4980H-1(a)(21)(ii).
                                          Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 78 Fed. Reg. 217, (Jan 2, 2013).
                                          Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 79 Fed. Reg. 8543 (Feb. 12, 2014).

Cross Reference:  411.1 Classified Employee Defined

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, May 20, 2013, May 13, 2015, Sep 21, 2015, May 20, 2019
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, Apr. 5, 2013, Mar 16, 2015, Jul 27, 2015, Jan. 21, 2019, April 15, 2019          
Revised:  Nov. 30, 2012, Apr. 5, 2013, Mar 16, 2015, Jul 27, 2015, May 20, 2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:17

412.4 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

412.4 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

Employees may elect to have amounts withheld from their pay for items authorized by law, subject to agreement of the district. The board may authorize the administration to make a payroll deduction for classified employees' tax-sheltered annuity premiums purchased from a company or in the state approved program.

Classified employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax sheltered annuities will make a written request to the superintendent. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Section 1450(a), repealing portions of IRS REG § 1.403(b)-1(b)(3).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 260C; 273; 294.16.
    
                                    1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 38.
    
                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 462, 602.
                                        1966 Op. Att'y Gen. 211, 220.

Cross Reference:  706      Payroll Procedures

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14, 2009, Nov. 30, 2012, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019   
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Oct. 12, 2009, Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:20

413 - Classified Employee Termination of Employment

413 - Classified Employee Termination of Employment dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:07

413.1 - Classified Employee Resignation

413.1 - Classified Employee Resignation

Classified employees who wish to resign during the school year shall give the board notice of their intent to resign and final date of employment and cancel their contract thirty days prior to their last working day.

Notice of the intent to resign shall be in writing to the superintendent.

Employees who leave employment with the District for any reason will be eligible to return to employment following a wait period of twenty-six weeks.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.19A; 285.5(9) (2013).

Cross Reference:  411.3  Classified Employee Contracts
    
                                  413    Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Sept 26, 2016    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, Apr. 22, 2013, Jul 25, 2016    
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 30, 2012

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:11

413.3 - Classified Employee Suspension

413.3 - Classified Employee Suspension

Classified employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a classified employee with or without pay pending board action on a discharge or during investigation of charges against the employee or for disciplinary purposes.  It will be within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a classified employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, due process will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765 (Iowa 1987).
    
                                  McFarland v. Board of Education, of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2013).

Cross Reference:  404   Employee Conduct and Appearance
    
                                  413   Classified Employee Termination of Employment

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019        
Revised:  Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:09

413.4 - Classified Employee Dismissal

413.4 - Classified Employee Dismissal

The board believes classified employees should perform their jobs, respect board policy and obey the law.  A classified employee may be dismissed upon thirty days notice or immediately for cause.  Due process procedures will be followed.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for dismissal to the board.  A classified employee may be dismissed for any reason, including, but not limited to, incompetence, willful neglect of duty, reduction in force, willful violation of board policy or administrative regulations, or a violation of the law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2013).

Cross Reference:  404    Employee Conduct and Appearance
    
                                  413.3 Classified Employee Suspension
    
                                  413.5 Classified Employee Reduction in Force

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 30, 2012, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019            
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Nov. 30, 2012, Jan. 21, 2019       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:08

413.5 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force

413.5 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force

It is the exclusive power of the board to determine when a reduction in classified employees is necessary.  Employees who are terminated due to a reduction in force shall be given thirty days notice.  Due process will be followed for terminations due to a reduction in force.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board.  The superintendent will consider years in the district, the relative qualifications, skills, ability and demonstrated performance through evaluation procedures in making the recommendations.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2013).

Cross Reference:  407.5  Licensed Employee Reduction in Force
    
                                  413.3  Classified Employee Suspension
    
                                  413.4  Classified Employee Dismissal
    
                                  703    Budget

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Sept 26, 2016    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013    
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:07

414 - Classified Employees Vacations and Leaves of Absence

414 - Classified Employees Vacations and Leaves of Absence dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:46

414.1 - Classified Employee Vacations - Holidays - Personal Leave

414.1 - Classified Employee Vacations - Holidays - Personal Leave

The board shall determine the amount of vacation, holidays and personal leave that will be allowed on an annual basis for classified employees.

Classified twelve month employees will receive 5 days of vacation the first year and 10 days annually the second through the 10th year.  Classified twelve month employees who have worked 10 continuous years will receive 15 days of vacation each year.  Classified employees who leave prior to the end of their contract will receive their pro rata share of vacation for the year.

The vacation may be taken any time during the year when the vacation will not disrupt the school district operations.  The employee must submit a vacation request to the superintendent, who shall be responsible for determining whether the request will disrupt the school district operation.

Full-time regular classified employees will be allowed a maximum of 2 days of personal leave. The employee must submit a personal leave request, stating the reason for the leave, 5 days prior to the leave day.  This leave may be denied if it falls on the day before or the day after a holiday or vacation, it falls on a special day when services would be necessary, it would cause undue interruption to the education program or to a program demanding the employee's services to the department, or other reasons deemed relevant by the superintendent.  It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to grant personal leave.

Classified employees who work twelve months a year will be allowed ten paid holidays.  The six holidays shall be New Year's Day, Memorial Day, July 4, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.   Employees will also get one extra day at Christmas, one extra day for New Year’s Day, the Friday following Thanksgiving and the Friday of Spring Break. Classified employees who work only during the academic year will be allowed eight paid holidays: the holidays listed above, excluding July 4 and the Friday of Spring Break.

Classified employees will be paid only for the hours they would have been scheduled for the day.  Vacation shall not be accrued from year to year without a prior arrangement with the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 1C.1-.2; 4.1(34); 20.9 (2013).

Cross Reference:  414.1    Classified Employee Vacations - Holidays - Personal Leave
    
                                    601.1    School Calendar

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, June 17, 2013, Feb 20, 2017     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, Dec 7, 2016   
Revised:  August 11, 2003, Apr. 22, 2013, Dec 7, 2016

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:03

414.2 - Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

414.2 - Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

Classified employees will be granted ten days of sick leave in their first year of employment.  Each year thereafter, one additional day of sick leave will be granted to the employees up to a maximum of fifteen days.  "Day" is defined as one workday regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee.  A new employee will  report for work at least one full workday prior to receiving sick leave benefits.  A returning employee will be granted the appropriate number of days at the commencement of each letter of employment.  Sick leave may be accumulated up to a maximum of 125 days for classified employees. Should the personal illness occur after or extend beyond the accumulated sick leave, the employee may apply for FMLA or long term disability benefits requiring medical certification.

Evidence may be required regarding the mental or physical health of the employee including, but not limited to, confirmation of the following: the employee's illness, the need for the illness leave, the employee's ability to return to work, and the employee's capability to perform the duties of the employee's position. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
 
                                     26 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq. (2012).
    
                                  29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (1993).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 279.40 (1995).
    
                                  1980 Op. Att'y. Gen. 605.
    
                                  1972 Op. Att'y. Gen. 177, 353.
    
                                  1952 Op. Att'y. Gen. 91.

Cross Reference:  403.2 Employee Injury on the Job
    
                                  414.3 Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave
    
                                  414.8 Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, June 17, 2013, February 28, 2019       
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 9, 2009, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019           
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Oct. 9, 2000, Dec. 14, 2009, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:47

414.3 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave

414.3 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave

Unpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life.  For purposes of this policy, year is defined as the 12-month period beginning July 1.  Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the superintendent.

Employees may be allowed to substitute paid leave for unpaid family and medical leave by meeting the requirements set out in the family and medical leave administrative rules.  Employees eligible for family and medical leave must comply with the family and medical leave administrative rules prior to starting family and medical leave.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative rules to implement this policy.

 

Links:  WH-380-E Certification of Health Care Provider for Employee’s Serious Health Condition (PDF)
WH-380-F Certification of Health Care Provider for Family Member’s Serious Health Condition (PDF)
WH-381 Notice of Eligibility and Rights & Responsibilities (PDF)
WH-382 Designation Notice (PDF)
WH-384 Certification of Qualifying Exigency for Military Family Leave (PDF)
WH-385 Certification for Serious Injury or Illness of Covered Service member – for Military Family Leave            (PDF)

 

 

Legal Reference:  Whitney v. Rural Ind. School. District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
                                       26 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq. (Supp. 1993)
                                       29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (1993).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 216; 279.40 (2013).
                                       
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 605.
                                       1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177, 353.
                                       1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 91.

Cross Reference:  409.3   Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave
    
                                  414.2   Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave
    
                                  414.8   Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, February 28, 2019       
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 14, 2009, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019             
Revised:   Oct. 12, 2009, Jan. 21, 2019       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:55

414.3E1 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave Notice to Employees

414.3E1 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave Notice to Employees

YOUR RIGHTS UNDER THE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT OF 1993

FMLA requires covered employers to provide up to 12 weeks of unpaid, job-protected leave to eligible employees for the following reasons:

  •   For incapacity due to pregnancy, prenatal medical care or child birth;
  •   To care for the employee’s child after birth, or placement for adoption or foster care;
  •   To care for the employee’s spouse, son or daughter, or parent, who has a serious health condition; or
  •   For a serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the employee’s job.

 

MILITARY FAMILY LEAVE ENTITLEMENTS

Eligible employees with a spouse, son, daughter, or parent on active duty or call to active duty status in the National Guard or Reserves in support of a contingency operation may use their 12-week leave entitlement to address certain qualifying exigencies.

Qualifying exigencies may include attending certain military events, arranging for alternative childcare, addressing certain financial and legal arrangements, attending certain counseling sessions, and attending post-deployment reintegration briefings.

FMLA also includes a special leave entitlement that permits eligible employees to take up to 26 weeks of leave to care for a covered service member during a single 12-month period.  A covered service member is a current member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, who has a serious injury or illness incurred in the line of duty on active duty that may render the service member medically unfit to perform his or her duties for which the service member is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy; or is in outpatient status; or is on the temporary disability retired list.

 

BENEFITS AND PROTECTION

During FMLA leave, the employer must maintain the employee’s health coverage under any “group health plan” on the same terms as if the employee had continued to work.  Upon return from FMLA leave, most employees must be restored to their original or equivalent positions with equivalent pay, benefits, and other employment terms.

Use of FMLA leave cannot result in the loss of any employment benefit that accrued prior to the start of any employee’s leave.

 

JOB ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

Employees are eligible if they have worked for a covered employer for at least one year, for 1,250 hours over the previous 12 months, and if at least 50 employees are employed by the employer within 75 miles.

 

DEFINITION OF SERIOUS HEALTH CONDITION

A serious health condition is an illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves either an overnight stay in a medical care facility, or continuing treatment by a health care provider for a condition that either prevents the employee from performing the functions of the employee’s job, or prevents the qualified family member from participating in school or other daily activities.

Subject to certain conditions, the continuing treatment requirement may be met by a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days combined with at least two visits to a health care provider or one visit and a regimen of continuing treatment, or incapacity due to pregnancy, or incapacity due to a chronic condition.  Other conditions may meet the definition of continuing treatment.

 

USE OF LEAVE

An employee does not need to use this leave entitlement in one block.  Leave can be taken intermittently or on a reduced leave schedule when medically necessary.  Employees must make reasonable efforts to schedule leave for planned medical treatment so as not to unduly disrupt the employer’s operations.  Leave due to qualifying exigencies may also be taken.

 

SUBSTITION OF PAID LEAVE FOR UNPAID LEAVE

Employees may choose or employers may require use of accrued paid leave while taking FMLA leave.  In order to use paid leave for FMLA leave, employees must comply with the employer’s normal paid leave policies.

 

EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES

Employees must provide 30 days advance notice of the need to take FMLA leave when the need is foreseeable.  When 30 days notice is not possible, the employee must provide notice as soon as practicable and generally must comply with an employer’s normal call-in procedures.

Employees must provide sufficient information for the employer to determine if the leave may qualify for FMLA protection and the anticipated timing and duration of the leave.  Sufficient information may include that the employee is unable to perform job functions, the family member is unable to perform daily activities, the need for hospitalization or continuing treatment by a health care provider, or circumstances supporting the need for military family leave.  Employees also must inform the employer if the requested leave is for a reason for which FMLA leave was previously taken or certified.  Employees also may be required to provide a certification and periodic recertification supporting the need for leave.

 

EMPLOYER REQPONSIBILITIES

Covered employers must inform employees requesting leave whether they are eligible under FMLA.  If they are, the notice must specify any additional information required as well as the employees’ rights and responsibilities.  If they are not eligible, the employer must provide a reason for the ineligibility.

Covered employers must inform employees if leave will be designated as FMLA-protected and the amount of leave counted against the employee’s leave entitlement.  If the employer determines that the leave is not FMLA-protected, the employer must notify the employee.

 

UNLAWFUL ACTS BY EMPLOYERS

FMLA makes it unlawful for any employer to:

  • Interfere with, restrain, or deny the exercise of any right provided under FMLA;
  • Discharge or discriminate against any person for opposing any practice made unlawful by FMLA or for involvements in any proceeding under or relating to FMLA.

 

ENFORCEMENT

An employee may file a complaint with the U. S. Department of Labor or may bring a private lawsuit against an employer.

FMLA does not affect any Federal or State law prohibiting discrimination, or supersede any State or local law or collective bargaining agreement which provides greater family or medical leave rights.

 

NOTE:  FMLA section 109 (29 U.S.C. § 2619) requires FMLA covered employers to post the text of this notice.  Regulations 29 C.F.R. § 825.300(a) may require additional disclosures.

If you have access to the Internet visit FLMA’s website: http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/fmla.  

To locate your nearest Wage-Hour Office, phone our toll-free information at 1-866-487-9243 or to the website at:  http://www.wagehour.dol.gov.

For a listing of records that must be kept by employers to comply with FMLA visit the U.S. Dept. of Labor’s website: http://www.dol.gov/dol/allcfr/ESA/Title_29/Part_825/29CFR825.500.htm.

 

 

Approved:  Oct. 12, 2009, February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Sep. 14, 2009, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019         
Revised:                            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:00

414.3E2 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave Request Form

414.3E2 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave Request Form

Date:  ___________________

 

I, _______________________, request family and medical leave for the following reason:

(check all that apply)

          _____         for the birth of my child;

          _____         for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care;

          _____         to care for my child who has a serious health condition;

          _____         to care for my parent who has a serious health condition;

          _____         to care for my spouse who has a serious health condition;

                             or

          _____         because I am seriously ill and unable to perform the essential functions of my position.

          _____         because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my
                                ___ spouse;                                      ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a
                            contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

          _____         because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent; ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or
                             illness.

 

I acknowledge my obligation to provide medical certification of my serious health condition or that of a family member in order to be eligible for family and medical leave within 15 days of the request for certification.

I acknowledge receipt of information regarding my obligations under the family and medical leave policy of the school district.

I request that my family and medical leave begin on ___________ and I request leave as follows:  (check one)

          _____         continuous

                             I anticipate that I will be able to return to work on __________.

          _____         intermittent leave for the:

                             _____         birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                             _____         serious health condition of ___ myself, ___ parent, ___ spouse, or  ___ child when medically necessary;

                             _____         because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my  ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active
                                                duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                             _____         because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent;

                                                ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

Details of the needed intermittent leave:

                   _______________________________________________________________

                   _______________________________________________________________

                   _______________________________________________________________

 

                             I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on _________________.

          _____         reduced work schedule for the:

                              _____         birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                             _____         serious health condition of myself, parent, spouse, or child when medically necessary;

                              _____         because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent is on active
                                                 duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                              _____         because I am the ___ spouse; ___ son or daughter; ___ parent;

                                                ___ next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

 

                              Details of needed reduction in work schedule as follows:

                    _______________________________________________________________        

                   _______________________________________________________________

                     _______________________________________________________________

                            

                             I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on   _________________.

I realize I may be moved to an alternative position during the period of the family and medical intermittent or reduced work schedule leave.  I also realize that with foreseeable intermittent or reduced work schedule leave, subject to the requirements of my health care provider, I may be required to schedule the leave to minimize interruptions to school district operations.

While on family and medical leave, I agree to pay my regular contributions to employer-sponsored benefit plans.  My contributions will be deducted from monies owed me during the leave period.  If no monies are owed me, I will reimburse the school district by personal check or cash for my contributions.  I understand that I may be dropped from the employer-sponsored benefit plans for failure to pay my contribution.

I agree to reimburse the school district for any payment of my contributions with deductions from future monies owed to me or the school district may seek reimbursement of payments of my contributions in court.

 

I acknowledge that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge.

 

Signed  _________________________________________________________________

 

Date     _________________________________________________________________

 

 

Approved:  Oct. 12, 2009, February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Sep. 14, 2009, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019
Revised:  ___________________                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 20:56

414.3E3A - Certification of Health Care Provider for Employee's Serious Health Condition

414.3E3A - Certification of Health Care Provider for Employee's Serious Health Condition

SECTION I: For Completion by the EMPLOYER

INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYER: The Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) provides that an employer may require an employee seeking FMLA protections because of a need for leave due to a serious health condition to submit a medical certification issued by the employee’s health care provider. Please complete Section I before giving this form to your employee. Your response is voluntary. While you are not required to use this form, you may not ask the employee to provide more information than allowed under the FMLA regulations, 29 C.F.R. §§ 825.306-825.308. Employers must generally maintain records and documents relating to medical certifications, re-certifications, or medical histories of employees created for FMLA purposes as confidential medical records in separate files/records from the usual personnel files and in accordance with 29 C.F.R. § 1630.14(c)(1), if the Americans with Disabilities Act applies.

 

Employer name and contact: _____________________________________________________________

 

Employee’s job title: _______________________ Regular work schedule: _______________________

 

Employee’s essential job functions: ______________________________________________________

 

Check if job description is attached: _____

 

SECTION II: For Completion by the EMPLOYEE

INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYEE: Please complete Section II before giving this form to your medical provider. The FMLA permits an employer to require that you submit a timely, complete, and sufficient medical certification to support a request for FMLA leave due to your own serious health condition. If requested by your employer, your response is required to obtain or retain the benefit of FMLA protections. 29 U.S.C. §§ 2613, 2614(c)(3). Failure to provide a complete and sufficient medical certification may result in a denial of your FMLA request. 20 C.F.R. § 825.313. Your employer must give you at least 15 calendar days to return this form. 29 C.F.R. § 825.305(b).

Your name: _______________________________________________________________________________

                        First                                         Middle                                      Last

 

SECTION III: For Completion by the HEALTH CARE PROVIDER

INSTRUCTIONS to the HEALTH CARE PROVIDER: Your patient has requested leave under the FMLA. Answer, fully and completely, all applicable parts. Several questions seek a response as to the frequency or duration of a condition, treatment, etc. Your answer should be your best estimate based upon your medical knowledge, experience, and examination of the patient. Be as specific as you can; terms such as “lifetime,” “unknown,” or “indeterminate” may not be sufficient to determine FMLA coverage. Limit your responses to the condition for which the employee is seeking leave. Please be sure to sign the form on the last page.

 

Provider’s name and business address: ____________________________________________________

 

Type of practice / Medical specialty: _____________________________________________________

 

Telephone: (________)____________________________Fax:(_________)_______________________

 

PART A: MEDICAL FACTS                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

1. Approximate date condition commenced: ________________________

 

Probable duration of condition: __________________________________________________________

 

Mark below as applicable:

Was the patient admitted for an overnight stay in a hospital, hospice, or residential medical care facility? ___No ___Yes. If so, dates of admission:

Date(s) you treated the patient for condition:

____________________________________________________________________________________

 

Will the patient need to have treatment visits at least twice per year due to the condition? ___No ___ Yes.

 

Was medication, other than over-the-counter medication, prescribed? ___No ___Yes.

 

Was the patient referred to other health care provider(s) for evaluation or treatment (e.g., physical therapist)? ____No Yes____. If so, state the nature of such treatments and expected duration of treatment:

 

2. Is the medical condition pregnancy? ___No ___Yes. If so, expected delivery date: ________________

 

3. Use the information provided by the employer in Section I to answer this question. If the employer fails        to provide a list of the employee’s essential functions or a job description, answer these questions based upon the employee’s own description of his/her job functions.

 

Is the employee unable to perform any of his/her job functions due to the condition: ____ No ____ Yes.

 

If so, identify the job functions the employee is unable to perform:

 

4. Describe other relevant medical facts, if any, related to the condition for which the employee seeks leave (such medical facts may include symptoms, diagnosis, or any regimen of continuing treatment such as the use of specialized equipment):

____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

PART B: AMOUNT OF LEAVE NEEDED

5. Will the employee be incapacitated for a single continuous period of time due to his/her medical condition, including any time for treatment and recovery? ___No Yes. ___

 

            If so, estimate the beginning and ending dates for the period of incapacity: __________________

 

6. Will the employee need to attend follow-up treatment appointments or work part-time or on a reduced schedule because of the employee’s medical condition? ___No ___Yes.

 

            If so, are the treatments or the reduced number of hours of work medically necessary?

             ___No ___Yes.

 

            Estimate treatment schedule, if any, including the dates of any scheduled appointments and the time required for each appointment, including any recovery period:

____________________________________________________________________________

            Estimate the part-time or reduced work schedule the employee needs, if any:

            _________hour(s) per day; ________ days per week from ____________through ____________

 

7. Will the condition cause episodic flare-ups periodically preventing the employee from performing his/her job functions? ____No Yes____.

 

            Is it medically necessary for the employee to be absent from work during the flare-ups?     ____ No Yes____ . If so, explain:

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

 

Based upon the patient’s medical history and your knowledge of the medical condition, estimate the frequency of flare-ups and the duration of related incapacity that the patient may have over the next 6 months (e.g., 1 episode every 3 months lasting 1-2 days):

Frequency: _____ times per       _____ week(s) month(s) _____

 

            Duration: _____ hours or ___ day(s) per episode

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: IDENTIFY QUESTION NUMBER WITH YOUR ADDITIONAL ANSWER.

_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

____________________________________________________________________________________
Signature of Health Care Provider                                                                      Date

 

 

 

PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT NOTICE AND PUBLIC BURDEN STATEMENT

If submitted, it is mandatory for employers to retain a copy of this disclosure in their records for three years. 29 U.S.C. § 2616; 29 C.F.R. § 825.500.Persons are not required to respond to this collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The Department of Labor estimates that it will take an average of 20 minutes for respondents to complete this collection of information, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. If you have any comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, send them to the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S-3502, 200 Constitution Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20210. DO NOT SEND COMPLETED FORM TO THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR; RETURN TO THE PATIENT.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 20:51

414.3E3B - Certification for Serious Injury or Illness of Covered Servicemember - For Military Family Leave

414.3E3B - Certification for Serious Injury or Illness of Covered Servicemember - For Military Family Leave

Notice to the EMPLOYER INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYER:  The Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) provides that an employer may require an employee seeking FMLA leave due to a serious injury or illness of a covered servicemember to submit a certification providing sufficient facts to support the request for leave.  Your response is voluntary.  While you are not required to use this form, you may not ask the employee to provide more information than allowed under the FMLA regulations, 29 C.F.R. § 825.310.  Employers must generally maintain records and documents relating to medical certifications, recertifications, or medical histories of employees or employees’ family members, created for FMLA purposes as confidential medical records in separate files/records from the usual personnel files and in accordance with 29 C.F.R. § 1630.14(c)(1), if the Americans with Disabilities Act applies.

 

SECTION I:  For Completion by the EMPLOYEE and/or the COVERED SERVICEMEMBER for whom the Employee Is Requesting Leave INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYEE or COVERED SERVICEMEMBER:  Please complete Section I before having Section II completed.  The FMLA permits an employer to require that an employee submit a timely, complete, and sufficient certification to support a request for FMLA leave due to a serious injury or illness of a covered servicemember.  If requested by the employer, your response is required to obtain or retain the benefit of FMLA-protected leave.  29 U.S.C. §§ 2613, 2614(c)(3).  Failure to do so may result in a denial of an employee’s FMLA request.  29 C.F.R. § 825.310(f).  The employer must give an employee at least 15 calendar days to return this form to the employer.

 

SECTION II:  For Completion by a UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (“DOD”) HEALTH CARE PROVIDER or a HEALTH CARE PROVIDER who is either:  (1) a United States Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”) health care provider; (2)  a DOD TRICARE network authorized private health care provider; or (3) a DOD non-network TRICARE authorized private health care provider INSTRUCTIONS to the HEALTH CARE PROVIDER:   The employee listed on Page 2 has requested leave under the FMLA to care for a family member who is a member of the Regular Armed Forces, the National Guard, or the Reserves who is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy, is otherwise in outpatient status, or is otherwise on the temporary disability retired list for a serious injury or illness.  For purposes of FMLA leave, a serious injury or illness is one that was incurred in the line of duty on active duty that may render the servicemember medically unfit to perform the duties of his or her office, grade, rank, or rating.

 

A complete and sufficient certification to support a request for FMLA leave due to a covered servicemember’s serious injury or illness includes written documentation confirming that the covered servicemember’s injury or illness was incurred in the line of duty on active duty and that the covered servicemember is undergoing treatment for such injury or illness by a health care provider listed above.  Answer, fully and completely, all applicable parts.  Several questions seek a response as to the frequency or duration of a condition, treatment, etc.  Your answer should be your best estimate based upon your medical knowledge, experience, and examination of the patient.  Be as specific as you can; terms such as “lifetime,” “unknown,” or “indeterminate” may not be sufficient to determine FMLA coverage.  Limit your responses to the condition for which the employee is seeking leave.

 

SECTION I:  For Completion by the EMPLOYEE and /or the COVERED SERVICE MEMBER for whom the Employee Is Requesting Leave:  (This section must be completed first before any of the below sections can be completed by a health care provider.)

 

PART A:  EMPLOYEE INFORMATION

 

Name and Address of Employer (this is the employer of the employee requesting leave to care for covered servicemember):

 

______________________________________________________________________________

 

Name of Employee Requesting Leave to Care for Covered Servicemember:

 

______________________________________________________________________________
                      First                                       Middle                                     Last

 

Name of Covered Servicemember (for whom employee is requesting leave to care):

 

______________________________________________________________________________
                      First                                       Middle                                     Last

 

Relationship of Employee to Covered Servicemember Requesting Leave to Care:

  Spouse          Parent          Son               Daughter         Next of Kin

 

PART B:  COVERED SERVICE MEMBER INFORMATION

 

 

1.       Is the covered service member a current member of the Regular Armed Forces, the    National Guard or Reserves?    

   Yes         No

 

If “yes,” please provide the covered service member’s military branch, rank and unit currently assigned to:  ______________________________________________________

 

 

Is the covered service member assigned to a military medical treatment facility as an outpatient or to a  unit established for the purpose of providing command control of members of the Armed Forces receiving medical care as outpatients (such as a medical hold or warrior transition unit)?  _____ Yes  _____ No.  If “yes, please provide the name of the medical treatment facility or unit:  ________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.       Is the covered service member on the Temporary Disability Retired List (TDRL)?        _____Yes   _____No. 

 

PART C:  CARE TO BE PROVIDED TO THE COVERED SERVICE MEMBER

 

Describe the care to be provided to the covered service member and an estimate of the leave needed to provide the care: 

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

 

 

SECTION II:  For Completion by a United States Department of Defense (“DOD”) Health Care Provider or Health Care Provider who is either:  (1) a United States Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”) health care provider; (2) a DOD TRICARE network authorized private health care provider; or (3) a DOD non-network TRICARE authorized private health care provider. If you are unable to make certain of the military-related determinations contained below in Part B, you are permitted to rely upon determinations from an authorized DOD representative (such as a DOD recovery care coordinator).  (Please ensure that Section I above has been completed before completing this section.)  Please be sure to sign the form on the last page.

 

PART A:  HEALTH CARE PROVIDER INFORMATION

Health Care Provider’s Name and Business Address:  

_________________________________________________________________________________________

 

Type of Practice/Medical Specialty:  ___________________________________________________________

 

Please state whether you are either:  (1) a DOD health care provider; (2) a VA health care provider; (3) a DOD TRICARE network authorized private health care provider; or (4) a DOD non-network TRICARE authorized private health care provider:  __________________________________________________________________

 

Telephone: (     ) ________________   Fax: (     ) ________________   Email: __________________________

 

PART B:  MEDICAL STATUS

 

1.       Covered servicemember’s medical condition is classified as (check one of the appropriate boxes):

 

             (VSI) Very Seriously Ill/Injured – Illness/Injury is of such a severity that life is imminently endangered.  Family members are requested at bedside immediately.  (Please note this is an internal DOD casualty assistance designation used by DOD healthcare providers.)         

             (SI) Seriously Ill/Injured – Illness/injury is of such severity that there is cause for immediate concern, but there is no imminent danger to life.  Family members are requested at bedside.  (Please note this is an internal DOD casualty assistance designation used by DOD healthcare providers.)

             OTHER Ill/Injured – A serious injury or illness that may render the service member medically unfit to perform the duties of the member’s office, grade, rank, or rating.

             NONE OF THE ABOVE (Note to Employee:  If this box is checked, you may still be eligible to take                            leave to care for a covered family member with a “serious health condition” under § 825.113 of the       FMLA.  If such leave is requested, you may be required to complete DOL FORM WH-380 or an employer-provided form seeking the same information.)

 

2.       Was the condition for which the covered service member is being treated incurred in line of duty on active duty in the Armed Forces?   ____ Yes   ____ No

 

3.       Approximate date condition commenced:  _______________________________________

                                                                                                                       

4.       Probably duration of condition and/or need for care:  ______________________________                                 

 

 

5.       Is the covered service member undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy?

 Yes      No                               If “yes,” please describe medical treatment, recuperation or therapy:          

 

_________________________________________________________________________

 

 

PART C:  COVERED SERVICEMEMBER’S NEED FOR CARE BY FAMILY MEMBER

 

1.       Will the covered servicemember need care for a single continuous period of time, including any time for treatment and recovery?

   Yes      No. 

 

          If “yes,” estimate the beginning and ending dates for this period of time: _________________________

 

2.       Will the covered service member require periodic follow-up treatment appointments? 

 

           ___Yes   ___ No.  If  “yes.” Estimate the treatment schedule:  _________________________________

 

 

 

 

3.       Is there a medical necessity for the covered service member to have periodic care for these follow-up treatment appointments?  

___ Yes   ___ No

 

 

 

4.       Is there a medical necessity for the covered servicemember to have periodic care for other than scheduled follow-up treatment appointments (e.g., episodic flare-ups of medical condition)?  ___ Yes   ___ No.  If “yes,” please estimate the frequency and duration of the periodic care:  __________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

__________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

______________________________________     _____________________________________
Signature of Health Care Provider                       Date

 

       

 

PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT NOTICE AND PUBLIC BURDEN STATEMENT

If  submitted,  it  is  mandatory  for  employers  to  retain  a  copy  of  this  disclosure  in  their records for 3 years in accordance with  29 U.S.C.  § 2616; 29 C.F.R. § 825.500.  Persons are not required to respond to this collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.  The Department of Labor estimates that it will take an average of 20 minutes for respondents to complete this collection of information, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information.  If you have any comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, send them to the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S-3502, 200 Constitution Ave., NW, Washington, DC   20210.  DO NOT SEND COMPLETED FORM TO THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR; RETURN TO THE PATIENT.

 

 

Approved:  
Reviewed:  Apr. 22, 2013
Revised:     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 20:41

414.3E4 - Designation Notice

414.3E4 - Designation Notice

Leave covered under the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) must be designated as FMLA-protected and the employer must inform the employee of the amount of leave that will be counted against the employee’s FMLA leave entitlement. In order to determine whether leave is covered under the FMLA, the employer may request that the leave be supported by a certification. If the certification is incomplete or insufficient, the employer must state in writing what additional information is necessary to make the certification complete and sufficient. While use of this form by employers is optional, a fully completed Form WH-382 provides an easy method of providing employees with the written information required by 29 C.F.R. §§ 825.300(c), 825.301, and 825.305(c).________

 To:  _____________________________________________

 Date: ____________________________________________

We have reviewed your request for leave under the FMLA and any supporting documentation that you have provided.

We received your most recent information on ______________________________________________ and decided:                     

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 _____ Your FMLA leave request is approved. All leave taken for this reason will be designated as FMLA leave.

 

The FMLA requires that you notify us as soon as practicable if dates of scheduled leave change or are extended, or were initially unknown. Based on the information you have provided to date, we are providing the following information about the amount of time that will be counted against your leave entitlement:

 _____   Provided there is no deviation from your anticipated leave schedule, the following number of hours, days, or weeks will be counted against your leave entitlement: _____________________________________________

 

 _____   Because the leave you will need will be unscheduled, it is not possible to provide the hours, days, or weeks that will be counted against your FMLA entitlement at this time. You have the right to request this information once in a 30-day period (if leave was taken in the 30-day period).

 

 Please be advised (check if applicable):

_____    You have requested to use paid leave during your FMLA leave. Any paid leave taken for this reason will count against your FMLA leave entitlement.

 

 _____   We are requiring you to substitute or use paid leave during your FMLA leave.

 

 ______   You will be required to present a fitness-for-duty certificate to be restored to employment. If such certification is not timely received, your return to work may be delayed until certification is provided. A list of the essential functions of your position ___ is ___is not attached. If attached, the fitness-for-duty certification must address your ability to perform these functions.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 _____ Additional information is needed to determine if your FMLA leave request can be approved:

 

_____ The certification you have provided is not complete and sufficient to determine whether the FMLA applies to your leave   request. You must provide the following information no later than ______________________________, unless it is not practicable under the particular circumstances despite your diligent good faith efforts, or your leave may be denied.
                            (Provide at least seven calendar days)

__________________________________________________________________________________________
(Specify information needed to make the certification complete and sufficient)

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

_____    We are exercising our right to have you obtain a second or third opinion medical certification at our expense, and we will   provide further details at a later time.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________

_____    Your FMLA Leave request is Not Approved

_____    The FMLA does not apply to your leave request.

_____    You have exhausted your FMLA leave entitlement in the applicable 12-month period.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT NOTICE AND PUBLIC BURDEN STATEMENT

It is mandatory for employers to inform employees in writing whether leave requested under the FMLA has been determined to be covered under the FMLA. 29 U.S.C. § 2617; 29 C.F.R. §§ 825.300(d), (e). It is mandatory for employers to retain a copy of this disclosure in their records for three years. 29 U.S.C. § 2616; 29 C.F.R. § 825.500. Persons are not required to respond to this collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The Department of Labor estimates that it will take an average of 10 – 30 minutes for respondents to complete this collection of information, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. If you have any comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, send them to the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S-3502, 200 Constitution Ave., NW, Washington, DC 20210. DO NOT SEND THE COMPLETED FORM TO THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION.                                                                                                                                   Form WH-382 January 2009    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 20:39

414.3E5 - Certification of Qualifying Exigency for Military Family Leave

414.3E5 - Certification of Qualifying Exigency for Military Family Leave

SECTION I: For Completion by the EMPLOYER

INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYER: The Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) provides that an employer may require an employee seeking FMLA leave due to a qualifying exigency to submit a certification. Please complete Section I before giving this form to your employee. Your response is voluntary, and while you are not required to use this form, you may not ask the employee to provide more information than allowed under the FMLA regulations, 29 C.F.R. § 825.309.

 

Employer name: __________________________________________________________________________________

 

Contact Information: _______________________________________________________________________________

 

 

SECTION II: For Completion by the EMPLOYEE

INSTRUCTIONS to the EMPLOYEE: Please complete Section II fully and completely. The FMLA permits an employer to require that you submit a timely, complete, and sufficient certification to support a request for FMLA leave due to a qualifying exigency. Several questions in this section seek a response as to the frequency or duration of the qualifying exigency. Be as specific as you can; terms such as “unknown,” or “indeterminate” may not be sufficient to determine FMLA coverage. Your response is required to obtain a benefit. 29 C.F.R. § 825.310. While you are not required to provide this information, failure to do so may result in a denial of your request for FMLA leave. Your employer must give you at least 15 calendar days to return this form to your employer.

 

 Your Name: ____________________________________________________________________________________
                        First                                         Middle                          Last

 

 Relationship of covered military member to you: ________________________________________________________

 

 Period of covered military member’s active duty: ________________________________________________________

 

A complete and sufficient certification to support a request for FMLA leave due to a qualifying exigency includes written documentation confirming a covered military member’s active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation. Please check one of the following:

 ___ A copy of the covered military member’s active duty orders is attached.

 ___ Other documentation from the military certifying that the covered military member is on active duty (or has been notified of an impending call to active duty) in support of a contingency operation is attached.

 

 

___  I have previously provided my employer with sufficient written documentation confirming the covered military member’s active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation.

 

 

 

PART A: QUALIFYING REASON FOR LEAVE

1.         Describe the reason you are requesting FMLA leave due to a qualifying exigency (including the specific reason you are requesting leave):

__________________________________________________________________________________________

­­__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         A complete and sufficient certification to support a request for FMLA leave due to a qualifying exigency includes any available written documentation which supports the need for leave; such documentation may include a copy of a meeting announcement for informational briefings sponsored by the military, a document confirming an appointment with a counselor or school official, or a copy of a bill for services for the handling of legal or financial affairs. Available written documentation supporting this request for leave is attached.

 

            ___ Yes ___ No ___ None Available

 

PART B: AMOUNT OF LEAVE NEEDED

1.         Approximate date exigency commenced: _________________________________________________________

            Probable duration of exigency: _________________________________________________________________

 

 

2.         Will you need to be absent from work for a single continuous period of time due to the qualifying exigency? ___No ___Yes.

            If so, estimate the beginning and ending dates for the period of absence:

__________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

3.         Will you need to be absent from work periodically to address this qualifying exigency? ___No ___ Yes.

            Estimate schedule of leave, including the dates of any scheduled meetings or appointments: ________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________________

 

            Estimate the frequency and duration of each appointment, meeting, or leave event, including any travel

            time (i.e., 1 deployment-related meeting every month lasting 4 hours):

           

            Frequency: _____ times per _____ week(s) _____ month(s)

           

            Duration: _____ hours ___ day(s) per event.

 

PART C:

If leave is requested to meet with a third party (such as to arrange for childcare, to attend counseling, to attend meetings with school or childcare providers, to make financial or legal arrangements, to act as the covered military member’s representative before a federal, state, or local agency for purposes of obtaining, arranging or appealing military service benefits, or to attend any event sponsored by the military or military service organizations), a complete and sufficient certification includes the name, address, and appropriate contact information of the individual or entity with whom you are meeting (i.e., either the telephone or fax number or email address of the individual or entity). This information may be used by your employer to verify that the information contained on this form is accurate.

 

Name of Individual: ___________________________ Title: ___________________________________________

Organization: _________________________________________________________________________________

Address: _____________________________________________________________________________________

Telephone: (________)_________________________ Fax: (_______)____________________________________

Email: _______________________________________________________________________________________

Describe nature of meeting: ______________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

PART D:

 

I certify that the information I provided above is true and correct.

 

___________________________________________            ________________________________________
Signature of Employee                                                         Date

 

 

PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT NOTICE AND PUBLIC BURDEN STATEMENT

If submitted, it is mandatory for employers to retain a copy of this disclosure in their records for three years. 29 U.S.C. § 2616; 29 C.F.R. § 825.500. Persons are not required to respond to this collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The Department of Labor estimates that it will take an average of 20 minutes for respondents to complete this collection of information, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. If you have any comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, send them to the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S-3502, 200 Constitution AV, NW, Washington, DC 20210. DO NOT SEND THE COMPLETED FORM TO THE WAGE AND HOUR DIVISION; RETURN IT TO THE EMPLOYER.

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                                             Form WH-384 January 2009

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 20:16

414.3R1 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave Regulation

414.3R1 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave Regulation

A.      School district notice.

  1. The school district will post the notice in Exhibit 414.3E1 regarding family and medical leave.
     
  2. Information on the Family and Medical Leave Act and the board policy on family and medical leave, including leave provisions and employee obligations will be provided annually.  The information will be in the Board Policy provided on-line.
     
  3. When an employee requests family and medical leave, the school district will provide the employee with information listing the employee’s obligations and requirements.  Such information will include:

                   a.       a statement clarifying whether the leave qualifies as family and medical leave and will, therefore, be credited to the employee’s annual
                            12-week entitlement or 26-week entitlement depending on the purpose of the leave;

                   b.       a reminder that employees requesting family and medical leave for their serious health condition or for that of an immediate family
                             member must furnish medical certification of the serious health condition and the consequences for failing to do so or proof of call to
                             active duty in the case of military family and medical leave;

                   c.       an explanation of the employee’s right to substitute paid leave for family and medical leave including a description of when the school
                             district requires substitution of paid leave and the conditions related to the substitution; and

                   d.       a statement notifying employees that they must pay and must make arrangement for paying any premium or other payments to maintain
                             health or 
other benefits.

B.      Eligible employees.

          Employees are eligible for family and medical leave if three criteria are met.

          1.       The school district has more than 50 employees on the payroll at the time leave is requested;

          2.       The employee has worked for the school district for at least 12 months or 52 weeks (the months and weeks need not be consecutive); and

          3.       The employee has worked at least 1,250 hours within the previous year.  Full-time professional employees who are exempt from the wage and
                    hour law may be presumed to have worked the minimum hour requirement.

If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave.                            

C.      Employee requesting leave – two types of leave.

          1.       Foreseeable family and medical leave.

                   a.       Definition – leave is foreseeable for the birth or placement of an adopted or foster child with the employee or for planned medical
                             treatment.

                   b.       Employee must give at least 30 days notice for foreseeable leave.  Failure to give the notice may result in the leave beginning 30 days
                             after notice was received.  For those taking leave due to military family and medical leave, notice should be given as soon as possible.

                   c.       Employees must consult with the school district prior to scheduling planned medical treatment leave to minimize disruption to the school
                             district.  The scheduling is subject to the approval of the health care provider.

          2.       Unforeseeable family and medical leave.

                   a.       Definition – leave is unforeseeable, in such situations as emergency medical treatment or premature birth.

                   b.       Employee must give notice as soon as possible but no later than one to two work days after learning that leave will be necessary.

                   c.       A spouse or family member may give the notice if the employee is unable to personally give notice.

D.      Eligible family and medical leave determination.  The school district may require the employee giving notice of the need for leave to provide reasonable documentation or a statement of family relationship.

          1.       Six purposes.

                   a.       The birth of a son or daughter of the employee and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child’s
                             birth;

                   b.       The placement of a son or daughter with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the
                             first anniversary of the child’s placement;

                   c.       To care for the spouse, son, daughter, or parent of the employee if the spouse, son, daughter or parent has a serious health condition; or

                   d.       Employee’s serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the essential functions of the employee’s position.

                   e.       Because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that an employee’s spouse; son or daughter; parent is on active duty or call to
                             active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                   f.       Because the employee is the spouse; son or daughter; parent; next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

          2.       Medical certification.        

                   a.       When required:

                             (1)     Employees shall be required to present medical certification of the employee’s serious health condition and inability to perform the
                                       essential functions of the job.

                             (2)     Employees shall be required to present medical certification of the family member’s serious health condition and that it is
                                       medically necessary for the employee to take leave to care for the family member.

                             (3)     Employees shall be required to present certification of the call to active duty when taking military family and medical leave.

                   b.       Employee’s medical certification responsibilities:

                             (1)     The employee must obtain the certification from the health care provider who is treating the individual with the serious health
                                       condition.

                             (2)     The school district may require the employee to obtain a second certification by a health care provider chosen by and paid for by
                                       the school district if the school district has reason to doubt the validity of the certification an employee submits.  The second health
                                       care provider cannot, however, be employed by the school district on a regular basis.

                             (3)     If the second health care provider disagrees with the first health care provider, then the school district may require a third health
                                       care provider to certify the serious health condition.  This health care provider must be mutually agreed upon by the employee and
                                       the school district and paid for by the school district.  This certification or lack of certification is binding upon both the employee
                                       and the school district.

                   c.       Medical certification will be required 15 days after family and medical leave begins unless it is impracticable to do so.  The school
                             district may request recertification every 30 days.  Recertification must be submitted within 15 days of the school district’s request.

                   d.       Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member cannot be required to obtain a second
                             opinion or to provide recertification.

Family and medical leave requested for the serious health condition of the employee or to care for a family member with a serious health condition which is not supported by medical certification will be denied until such certification is provided.

E.      Entitlement.

          1.       Employees are entitled to 12 weeks unpaid family and medical leave per year.  Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave
                    to care for a family service member are entitled to 26 weeks of unpaid family and medical leave but only in a single 12 month period.

          2.       Year is defined as fiscal year – beginning July 1.

          3.       If insufficient leave is available, the school district may.

                   a.       Deny the leave if entitlement is exhausted.

                   b.       Award leave available.

                   c.       Award leave in accordance with other provisions of board policy or the collective bargaining agreement.

F.       Type of Leave Requested.

          1.       Continuous – employee

          2.       Intermittent – employee requests family and medical leave for separate periods of time.

                    a.      Intermittent leave is available for:

                             _____         birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                             _____         serious health condition of myself, parent, spouse, or child when medically necessary;

                             _____         because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my spouse; son or daughter; parent is on active duty or call to
                                                active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                             _____         because I am the spouse; son or daughter; parent; next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

                   b.       In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district
                             operation.

                   c.       During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent
                             pay and benefits.

                             (For instructional employees, see G below.)

          3.       Reduced work schedule – employee requests a reduction in the employee’s regular work schedule.

                   a.       Reduced work schedule family and medical leave is available for:

                             _____         birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;

                             _____         serious health condition of myself, parent, spouse, or child when medically necessary;

                             _____         because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that my spouse; son or daughter; parent is on active duty or call to
                                                active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves.

                             _____         because I am the spouse; son or daughter; parent; next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.

                   b.       In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district
                             operation.

                   c.       During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent
                             pay and benefits.  (For instructional employees, see G below.)

G.      Special Rules for Instructional Employees.

          1.       Definition – an instructional employee is one whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group or an
                    individual setting.  This includes, but is not limited to, teachers, coaches, driver’s education instructors and special education assistants.
        

          2.       Instructional employees who request foreseeable medically necessary intermittent or reduced work schedule family and medical leave greater
                    than twenty percent of the work days in the leave period may be required to:

                   a.       Take leave for the entire period or periods of the planned medical treatment: or

                   b.       Move to an available alternative position, with equivalent pay and benefits, but not necessarily equivalent duties, for which the employee
                             is qualified.

          3.       Instructional employees who request continuous family and medical leave near the end of a semester may be required to extend the family and
                    medical leave through the end of the semester.  The number of weeks remaining before the end of a semester does not include scheduled
                    school breaks, such as summer, winter, or spring break.

                   a.       If an instructional employee begins family and medical leave for any purpose more than five weeks before the end of a semester, the
                             school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last at least three weeks and the
                             employee would return to work during the last three weeks of the semester if the leave was not continued.

                   b.       If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee’s own serious health condition during the last
                             five weeks of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last
                             more than two weeks and the employee would return to work during the last two weeks of the semester.

                   c.       If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee’s own serious health condition during the last
                             three weeks of the semester and the leave will last more than five working days, the school district may require the employee to continue
                             taking leave until the end of the semester.

          4.       The entire period of leave taken under the special rules is credited as family and medical leave.  The school district will continue to fulfill the
                    school district’s family and medical leave responsibilities and obligations, including the obligation to continue the employee’s health insurance
                    and other benefits, if an instructional employee’s family and medical leave entitlement ends before the involuntary leave period expires.

H.      Employee responsibilities while on family and medical leave.

          1.       Employee must continue to pay health care benefit contributions or other benefit contributions regularly paid by the employee unless
                    employee elects not to continue the benefits.

          2.       The employee contribution payments will be deducted from any money owed to the employee or the employee will reimburse the school
                    district at a time set by the superintendent.

          3.       An employee who fails to make the health care contribution payments within 30 days after they are due will be notified that the coverage may
                    be canceled if payment is not received within an additional 15 days.

          4.       An employee may be asked to re-certify the medical necessity of family and medical leave for the serious medical condition of any employee
                    or family member once every 30 days and return the certification within 15 days of the request.

          5.       The employee must notify the school district of the employee’s intent to return to work at least once each month during the leave and at least
                    two weeks prior to the conclusion for the family and medical leave.

          6.       If an employee intends not to return to work, the employee must immediately notify the school district, in writing, of the employee’s intent not
                    to return.  The school district will cease benefits upon receipt of this notification.

I.       Use of paid leave for family and medical leave.

          An employee may substitute unpaid family and medical leave with appropriate paid leave available to the employee under board policy, individual
          contracts or the collective bargaining agreement.  Paid leave includes, but is not limited to, sick leave, family illness leave, vacation and personal
          leave.  When the school district determines that paid leave is being taken for an FMLA reason, the school district will notify the employee within
          two business days that the paid leave will be counted as FMLA leave.  Upon expiration of paid leave, the family medical leave is unpaid.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 20:21

414.3R2 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave Definitions

414.3R2 - Classified Employee Family and Medical Leave Definitions

Active Duty – duty under a call or order to active duty under a provision of law referring to in section 101(a) (13) of title 10, U.S. Code.

Common Law Marriage – according to Iowa law, common law marriages exist when there is a present intent by the two parties to be married, continuous cohabitation, and a public declaration that the parties are husband and wife.  There is no time factor that needs to be met in order for there to be a common law marriage.

Contingency Operation – has the same meaning given such term in section 101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.

Continuing Treatment – a serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes any one or more of the following:

  •   A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days and any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition that also involves:
    • treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician’s assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders of, or in referral by, a health care provider; or
    • treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of a health care provider.
  •   Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.
  •   Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition.  A chronic serious health condition is one which:
    • requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician’s assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;
    • continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of a single underlying condition); and
    • may cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).
  •   Any period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective.  The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider.  Examples include Alzheimer’s, a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.
  •   Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than 3 consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).

Covered Service Member – a current member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, who is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy, is otherwise in outpatient status, or is otherwise on the temporary disability retired list, for a serious injury or illness.

Eligible Employee – the district has more than 50 employees on the payroll at the time leave is requested.  The employee has worked for the district for at least 12 months and has worked at least 1,250 hours within the previous year.

Essential Functions of the Job – those functions which are fundamental to the performance of the job.  It does not include marginal functions.

Employment Benefits – all benefits provided or made available to employees by an employer, including group life insurance, health insurance, disability insurance, sick leave, annual leave, educational benefits, and pensions, regardless of whether such benefits are provided by a practice or written policy of an employer or through an “employee benefit plan.”

Family Member – individual who meets the definition of son, daughter, spouse or parent.

Group Health Plan – any plan of, or contributed to by, an employer (including a self-insured plan) to provide health care (directly or otherwise) to the employer’s employees, former employees, or the families of such employees or former employees.

Health Care Provider

  •   A doctor of medicine or osteopathy who is authorized to practice medicine or surgery by the state in which the doctor practices; or
  •   Podiatrists, dentists, clinical psychologists, optometrists, and chiropractors (limited to treatment consisting of manual manipulation of the spine to correct a subluxation as demonstrated by x-ray to exist) authorized to practice in the state and performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and
  •   Nurse practitioners and nurse-midwives, and clinical social workers who are authorized to practice under state law and who are performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and
  •   Christian Science practitioners listed with the First church of Christ Scientist in Boston, Massachusetts;
  •   Any health care provider from whom an employer or a group health plan’s benefits manager will accept certification of the existence of a serious health condition to substantiate a claim for benefits;
  •   A health care provider as defined above who practices in a country other than the United States who is licensed to practice in accordance with the laws and regulations of that country.

In Loco Parentis – individuals who had or have day-to-day responsibilities for the care and financial support of a child not their biological child or who had the responsibility for an employee when the employee was a child.

Incapable of Self-care – the individual requires active assistance or supervision to provide daily self-care in several of the “activities of daily living” or “ADLs.”  Activities of daily living include adaptive activities such as caring appropriately for one’s grooming and hygiene, bathing, dressing, eating, cooking, cleaning, shopping, taking public transportation, paying bills, maintaining a residence, using telephones and directories, using a post office, etc.

Instructional Employee – an employee employed principally in an instructional capacity by an educational agency or school whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group, or an individual setting, and includes athletic coaches, driving instructors, and special education assistants such as signers for hearing impaired.  The term does not include teacher assistants or aides who do not have as their principal function actual teaching or instructing, nor auxiliary personnel such as counselors, psychologists, curriculum specialists, cafeteria workers, maintenance workers, bus drivers, or other primarily non-instructional employees.

Intermittent Leave - leave taken in separate periods of time due to a single illness or injury, rather than for one continuous period of time, and may include leave or periods from an hour or more to several weeks.

Medically Necessary – certification for medical necessity is the same as certification for serious health condition.

“Needed to Care For” – the medical certification that an employee is “needed to care for” a family member encompasses both physical and psychological care.  For example, where, because of a serious health condition, the family member is unable to care for his or her own basic medical, hygienic or nutritional needs or safety

Next of Kin - an individual's nearest blood relative

Outpatient Status - the status of a member of the Armed Forces assigned to –

  • either a military medical treatment facility as an outpatient; or
  • a unit established for the purpose of providing command and control of members of the Armed Forces receiving medical care as outpatients.

Parent - a biological parent or an individual who stands in loco parentis to a child or stood in loco parentis to an employee when the employee was a child.  Parent does not include parent-in-law.

Physical or Mental Disability - a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of an individual.

Reduced Leave Schedule - a leave schedule that reduces the usual number of hours per workweek, or hours per workday, of an employee.

Serious Health Condition -

·       An illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves:

  • Inpatient care (i.e. an overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice or residential medical care facility including any period of incapacity (for purposes of this section, defined to mean inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from), or any subsequent treatment in connection with such inpatient care; or
  • Continuing treatment by a health care provider.  A serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes:

--      A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days, including any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition, that also involves:

--   Treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders or, or on referral by, a health care provider; or

--   Treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of the health care provider.

--      Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.

--      Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition.  A chronic serious health condition is one which:

--   Requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;

--   Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of s single underlying condition); and

--   May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).

--   A period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective.  The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider.  Examples include Alzheimer's a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.

--   Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).

·      Treatment for purposes of this definition includes, but is not limited to, examinations to determine if a serious health condition exists and evaluation of the condition.  Treatment does not include routine physical examinations, eye examinations or dental examinations.  Under this definition, a regimen of continuing treatment includes, for example, a course of prescription medication (e.g., an antibiotic) or therapy requiring special equipment to resolve or alleviate the health condition (e.g., oxygen).  A regimen of continuing treatment that includes the taking of over-the-counter medications such as aspirin, antihistamines, or salves; or bed rest, drinking fluids, exercise and other similar activities that can be initiated without a visit to a health care provider, is not, by itself, sufficient to constitute a regimen of continuing treatment for purposes of FMLA leave.

·      Conditions for which cosmetic treatments are administered (such as most treatments for acne or plastic surgery) are not "serious health conditions" unless inpatient hospital care is required or unless complications develop.  Ordinarily, unless complications arise, the common cold, the flu, ear aches, upset stomach, ulcers, headaches other than migraine, routine dental or orthodontia problems, periodontal disease, etc., are examples of conditions that do not meet the definition of a serious health condition and do not qualify for FMLA leave.  Restorative dental or plastic surgery after an injury or removal of cancerous growths are serious health conditions provided all the other conditions of this regulation are met.  Mental illness resulting from stress or allergies may be serious health conditions, but only if all the conditions of this section are met.

·      Substance abuse may be a serious health condition if the conditions of this section are met.  However, FMLA leave may only be taken for treatment for substance abuse by a health care provider or by a provider of health care on referral by a health care provider.  On the other hand, absence because of the employee's use of the substance, rather than for treatment, does not qualify for FMLA leave.

·      Absence attributable to incapacity under this definition qualify for FMLA leave even though the employee or the immediate family member does not receive treatment from a health care provider during the absence, and even if the absence does not last more than three days.  For example, an employee with asthma may be unable to report for work due to the onset of an asthma attack or because the employee's health care provider has advised the employee to stay home when the pollen count exceeds a certain level.  An employee who is pregnant may be unable to report to work because of severe morning sickness.

Serious Injury or Illness - an injury or illness incurred by a member of the Armed forces, including the National Guard or Reserves in the line of duty on active duty in the Armed Forces that may render the member medically unfit to perform the duties of the member's office, grade, rank, or rating.

Son or daughter - a biological child, adopted child, foster child, stepchild, legal ward, or a child of a person standing in loco parentis.  The child must be under age 18 or, if over 18, incapable of self-care because of a mental or physical disability.

Spouse - a husband or wife recognized by Iowa law including common law marriages.

 

 

Approved: February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Sep. 14, 2009, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019  
Revised:     Oct 12, 2009, Jan. 21, 2019  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 20:07

414.4 - Classified Employee Bereavement Leave

414.4 - Classified Employee Bereavement Leave

In the event of a death of a member of a classified employee's immediate family, classified personnel will be granted leave of absence at full pay in case of death of spouse, child, parent, brother, sister, grandparent, grandchild, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, grandparent-in-law, or a member of the immediate household at the rate of three (3) days per death and two (2) days extra may be granted by the superintendent or designee.  This does not accumulate.  In the event of the death of an employee or student in the Fairfield Community School District, the principal or immediate supervisor of said employee will grant to an appropriate number of employees sufficient time to attend the funeral.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8

Cross Reference:  414    Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, February 28, 2019       
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019    
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Oct. 9, 2000, Jan. 21, 2019 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:54

414.5 - Classified Employee Political Leave

414.5 - Classified Employee Political Leave

The board will provide a leave of absence to classified employees to run for elective public office.  The superintendent shall grant a classified employee a leave of absence to campaign as a candidate for an elective public office as unpaid leave.

The classified employee will be entitled to one period of leave to run for the elective public office to commence any time within thirty days of a contested primary, special, or general election and continue until the day following the election.

The request for leave must be in writing to the superintendent at least thirty days prior to the starting date of the requested leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code ch. 55

Cross Reference:  401.9 Employee Political Activity
    
                                  414    Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, June 17, 2013, February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019          
Revised:   Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:53

414.6 - Classified Employee Jury Duty Leave

414.6 - Classified Employee Jury Duty Leave

The board will allow classified employees to be excused for jury duty.  The superintendent has the discretion to request a waiver on behalf of the employee when extraordinary circumstances exist.

Employees who are called for jury service will notify the direct supervisor within twenty-four hours after notice of call to jury duty and suitable proof of jury service pay must be presented to the school district.  The employee will report to work within one hour on any day when the employee is excused from jury duty during regular working hours.

Classified employees will receive their regular salary.  Any payment for jury duty will be turned over to the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 607A (2013).

Cross Reference:  414    Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, June 17, 2013, February 28, 2019       
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019          
Revised: Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:52

414.7 - Classified Employee Military Service Leave

414.7 - Classified Employee Military Service Leave

The board recognizes classified employees may be called to participate in the armed forces, including the National Guard. If a classified employee is called to serve in the armed forces, the employee will have a leave of absence for military service until the military service is completed.

The leave is without loss of status or efficiency rating, and without loss of pay during the first thirty calendar days of the leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bewley v. Villisca Community School District, 299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A.28

Cross Reference:  414     Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, June 17, 2013, February 28, 2019       
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, January 21, 2019    
Revised:   Apr. 22, 2013, January 21, 2019 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:51

414.8 - Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

414.8 - Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Unpaid leave may be used to excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in this or other leave policies of the board.  Unpaid leave for classified employees must be authorized by the superintendent. All paid leave must be exhausted before unpaid leave will be granted.

The superintendent will have complete discretion to grant or deny the requested unpaid leave.  In making this determination, the superintendent will consider the effect of the employee's absence on the education program and school district operations, length of service, previous record of absence, the financial condition of the school district, the reason for the requested absence and other factors the superintendent believes are relevant to making this determination.

If unpaid leave is granted, the duration of the leave period will be coordinated with the scheduling of the education program whenever possible to minimize the disruption of the education program and school district operations.

Whenever possible, classified employees will make a written request for unpaid leave ten (10) days prior to the beginning date of the requested leave. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2013)

Cross Reference:  414   Classified Employee Vacations and Leaves of Absence

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, June 17, 2013, February 28, 2019       
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019    
Revised:  Feb. 10, 1997, Apr. 22, 2013, Jan. 21, 2019    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:49

414.9 - Classified Employee Professional Leave

414.9 - Classified Employee Professional Leave

Professional leave may be granted to classified employees for the purpose of attending meetings and conferences directly related to their assignments.  Application for the leave must be presented to the superintendent ten (10) days prior to the meeting or conference.

It will be within the discretion of the superintendent to grant professional leave.  The leave may be denied on the day before or after a vacation or holiday, on special days when services are needed, when it would cause undue interruption of the education program and school district operations, or for other reasons deemed relevant by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
                                
          281 I.A.C. 12.7.

Cross Reference:  408.1 Licensed Employee Professional Development
    
                                  411    Classified Employees - General

Approved:  Feb. 10, 1997, Sep 15, 2014, February 28, 2019        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, Aug 18, 2014, Jan. 21, 2019          
Revised:     Aug 18, 2014, Jan. 21, 2019    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 21:04

415 - Employee Request for Leave at Full Pay

415 - Employee Request for Leave at Full Pay

Employees satisfying one of the three standards noted below are eligible for two weeks of leave capped at 80 hours paid at the employee’s full regular compensation rate. For a part-time employee it is the number of hours equal to the average number of hours that the employee works over a typical two-week period. Please select the applicable reason and follow the related instructions.

I am unable to work or telework for the following reason:

___I am quarantined pursuant to Federal, State or local government order.

___I am quarantined on the advice of a health care provider due to COVID-19 concerns.

___I am experiencing COVID-19 symptoms and seeking a medical diagnosis.

Please attach the applicable government order or documentation from a medical provider corresponding to the item(s) selected. If you are experiencing symptoms and seeking a medical diagnosis, please identify your symptoms and the date of your medical appointment.

 

Reason for Leave

Employees satisfying the standards below are eligible for 12 weeks* of leave. The first two weeks of the leave are unpaid time unless the employee selects available options in the next box. The remaining 10 weeks of leave are paid at 2/3 of the employee’s regular compensation rate unless other options are selected on this form. Please select the applicable reason and follow he related instructions.

I, _________________________________, request family and medical leave because I am unable to work or telework because I need to care for my child(ren) under 18 because my child(ren)’s elementary or secondary school, childcare provider, or child’s place of care has been closed or is unavailable due to COVID-19. During this period of unavailability or closure, I represent that no other person will be providing care for my child during the period for which I am receiving expanded family medical leave benefits.

If the age of one or more of the children is between 14 and 18, the following special circumstances exist requiring me to care for the child during daylight hours:

Please attach notice or documentation related to the unavailability of the school, daycare, place of care or person providing care to the child. The District reserves the right to request confirmation regarding the nature of the closure or unavailability.

*An employee who qualifies for and utilizes the Emergency Paid Sick Leave provision is entitled to an additional 10 weeks of Emergency FMLA

 

 

Approved:
Reviewed:  July 27, 2020      
Revised:  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:41

415.1 - COVID-10 Temporary Supplemental Policy

415.1 - COVID-10 Temporary Supplemental Policy

NOTE: This Policy involves a rapidly evolving public health emergency. The District will continue to reassess this policy as the public health emergency and the law evolves. The District reserves the right to amend or revise this policy at any time.

 

  1. PURPOSE. The purpose of this temporary and supplement policy is to protect students, employees, and community members; to establish a consistent approach to an infectious disease which is potentially impactful to the quality and timeliness of services provided by the District; and to provide a way to disseminate information to employees and answer questions or concerns.

This is a working document that may be updated as information is released, or if additional legislation is passed by the federal and state government. The District will strive to follow all guidelines put in place by the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), Iowa Department of Public Health (IDPH), and the County Department of Public Health.

 

  1. COVID-19.  COVID-19, or coronavirus, is a respiratory illness for which no vaccine currently exists and people do not possess immunities from previous exposure/infection. The incubation period for COVID-19 is estimated to be approximately 14 days. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization characterized COVID-19 as a pandemic. Because of the possibility of person-to-person transmission, it is important that employees stay a minimum of six (6) feet away from persons with whom they are interacting and refrain from handshakes and other forms of human touching.  Common areas such as computers, mice, public countertops, chairs, tables, doors, knobs, light switches, restroom sinks and toilet handles, manual soap and sanitizer dispensers should be regularly wiped down with disinfectant. Employees using these items should wash their hands or use sanitizer with at least 60% alcohol following the contact.

 

  1. DISTRICT RESPONSE TO PANDEMIC. In response to the pandemic, the District has temporarily closed all buildings.  Some employees have been deemed essential employees required to report to work at their designated building site, including, but not necessarily limited to: maintenance and grounds keeping staff, food service staff, drivers aiding in food distribution, and other administrators of the district. Other employees may be directed to work remotely. In some instances, these employees may be required to work overtime or otherwise adjust their regular schedules to assist during this crisis. All employees performing work during this temporary closure will be compensated pursuant to their individual contracts or letters of assignment, applicable collective bargaining agreements, Board policy, and/or state and federal law.

The District may modify work schedules as follows: (1) work from home entirely; (2) work partially from home and work partially at their worksite; (3) work staggered shifts either on a full-time or part-time basis; or (4) adjusted or otherwise reduced hours.

Any employee working from home will be required to comply with all applicable District policies and procedures, including but not limited to the Acceptable Use of Technology Policy (Board Policy No. 401.13, Student Records/FERPA (506.1), and District policies and procedures for reporting and using available leave.

During this time, if you are reporting to work or working from home, you may be asked to perform tasks that are not normal for your job description. Changes in your job duties, including the direction to work remotely (if applicable), are temporary in nature and do not constitute permanent changes to the essential functions of your job or other District policies or procedures. These changes do not set precedent for future requests for leave, remote work, or other accommodations.

The District will periodically re-evaluate this situation and workplace attendance and leave policies.

 

  1. EMERGENCY PAID SICK LEAVE: Pursuant to the Families First Coronavirus Response Act, a federal law passed on March 18, 2020, and effective April 1, 2020, the District will provide paid sick leave for employees who meet the following criteria:
    1. A federal, state, or local quarantine or isolation order related to COVID-19.
    2. The employee has been advised by a healthcare provider to self-quarantine due to concerns related to COVID-19.
    3. The employee is experiencing symptoms of COVID-19 and seeking a medical diagnosis.
    4. The employee is caring for an individual who is subject to (1) a federal, state, or local quarantine or isolation order related to COVID-19; or (2) advice by a healthcare provider to self-quarantine due to concerns related to COVID-19.
    5. The employee is caring for a son or daughter (under age eighteen (18)) of the employee if the school or place of care of the son or daughter has closed or the child care provider of such son or daughter is unavailable due to COVID-19 precautions.
    6. The employee is experiencing any other substantially similar condition specified by the Secretary of Health and Human Services in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Department of Labor.

Employees meeting one of these criteria shall report their desire to take this leave to their direct supervisor and the Office of Human Resources [or Business Office]. At this time employees shall not be required to provide an FMLA certification for this leave but may be required to provide proof of the need for such leave, which may include through a quarantine or isolation order or proof that their child’s school/childcare has closed.

If an employee needs leave for one of these COVID-19 related reasons prior to April 1, 2020, the employee may use any source of existing, accrued leaves. If the employee does not have any accrued paid leave, they may take the leave unpaid.

Beginning April 1, 2020, employees shall be entitled to paid leave in the following amounts:

  • For full-time employees, 80 hours.
  • For part-time employees, a number of hours equal to the number of hours that such employee works on average, over a two-week period.
  • There are caps on the amount of money an employee taking this leave may be compensated.  The District will enforce these legally required caps.

This 80 hours of paid leave for full-time employees, or two-week equivalent of pay for part-time employees, is a separate source of paid leave required by the Families First Coronavirus Response Act. During this time, the District will not deduct from other categories of accrued leave, and employees will be paid in accordance with the legally required amounts and caps.

 

  • For employees absent for reasons (1), (2) or (3) above, they shall receive 100% of their pay with a daily cap of $511 per day or an aggregate of $5,110 over the two-week period.
  • For employees absent for reasons (4), (5) or (6) above, they shall receive two-thirds (2/3) of their regular pay with a daily cap of $200 per day or an aggregate of $2,000 over the two-week period.
  • If the rate of pay described above is less than the employee’s regular rate of pay, the employee may use other available leave, if any, to supplement the difference between the payments described above and their regular rate of pay.

If employees exhaust this two weeks of pay and cannot return to work and their absence is related to reasons (1), (2), (3), (4), and (6), the employee may be paid through the use of any applicable accrued leave.  If employees exhaust this two weeks of pay and cannot return to work and their absence is related to reason (5) above and they have been employed for at least thirty (30) days, the employee is entitled to additional leave as described below in the EMERGENCY EXPANDED FMLA section.

The District will allow employees who are requesting this Emergency Paid Leave Sick Leave for school or childcare closures or unavailability to use the leave on an intermittent basis. For example, for an employee requesting this leave for school or childcare closure or unavailability who is able to work part-time due to other individuals being able to care for the child(ren), that employee shall be able to use their hours intermittently for any leave experienced until the hours they are entitled to are exhausted. However, the employee shall work with the District to schedule the intermittent leave to minimize the impact on the District’s business operations as much as practicable.

Employees seeking to use this Emergency Paid Sick Leave for any other reason other than school or childcare closure or unavailability are not permitted to use this leave on an intermittent basis.

 

  1. EMERGENCY EXPANDED FMLA: Through the passage of the Families First Coronavirus Relief Act, the federal government temporarily expanded the FMLA to include a new qualifying reason for FMLA leave related to the public health emergency. A qualifying need related to a public health emergency means that the employee is unable to work (or telework) due to a need for leave to care for the son or daughter under 18 years of age of such employee if the school or place of care has been closed, or the child care provider of such son or daughter is unavailable, due to a public health emergency.

In addition to the District’s FMLA policy already in place, the following guidelines apply to this new qualifying reason:

  • The only eligibility requirement for employees to be eligible for this leave is that the employee has been employed for thirty (30) calendar days prior taking the leave.
  • The employee shall be paid for this leave as follows:
    • Employees will be paid two-thirds (2/3) of the employee’s regular rate of pay (as determined by Section 7(e) of the FLSA).
    • For employees whose schedules vary from week to week, the employee will be paid two-thirds of their regular rate of pay for those hours that the employee would have worked if the leave was not necessary. If the hours the employee would have normally worked are not apparent, the hours the employee should be compensated for will be calculated as follows:
      • A number equal to the average number of hours that the employee was scheduled per day over the 6-month period ending on the date on which the employee takes such leave, including hours for which the employee took leave of any type.
      • If the employee did not work over the 6-month period, the reasonable expectation of the employee at the time of hiring of the average number of hours per day that the employee would normally be scheduled to work.
  • Under no circumstances will an employee be compensated more than $200/day or

$10,000 in the aggregate for this leave.

  • If the rate of pay described above is less than the employee’s regular rate of pay, the employee may use other available leave, if any, to supplement the difference between the payments described above and their regular rate of pay.

Employee’s medical benefits will be maintained during an FMLA Expansion leave.

Requests for FMLA Expansion leave should be made directly to the Human Resources department as soon as reasonably possible.

During the 12 workweeks of approved FMLA Expansion leave, employees are entitled to be reinstated to their same job or to an equivalent position with the same pay, benefits and working conditions, as provided by law.

 

  1. ILLNESS REPORTING: Do Not Enter any District facility or perform any in-person job functions for the District, regardless of location, if:
  • You are experiencing any of the following flu-like/respiratory symptoms,
    • Fever – over 100 degrees Fahrenheit
    • Coughing
    • Sneezing
    • Shortness of Breath
    • Any other flu-like symptom. Uncommon symptoms of COVID-19 include diarrhea, nausea, and fatigue.
    • YOU MAY NOT RETURN TO WORK UNTIL THE LATER OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) seven (7) days from the onset symptoms; (2) fever free for seventy-two (72) hours without any fever reducing medication.
  • Have been diagnosed with COVID-19 and/or tested positive for COVID-19.
  • Been around someone who has been diagnosed with COVID-19 or tested positive for COVID-19. This includes living in the same household or spending time within six (6) feet of someone who has been diagnosed with COVID-19 or tested positive for COVID- 19.

Employees experiencing any of the above should report it immediately. Employees should call their supervisor to report these conditions.

 

  1. HIGH RISK EMPLOYEES: If you are someone who is at “higher risk” for becoming ill from the virus (pursuant to the CDC’s guidance, see: https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019- ncov/specific-groups/high-risk-complications.html), please feel free to communicate that to the Director of Human Resources [or the District administrator who handles FMLA requests]. The information you provide will be kept strictly confidential in your medical file and will be used solely for the purposes of determining your potential need for a leave of absence or for modifications to your work schedule and/or work environment during the pandemic.

The District will assess situations with high-risk employees on a case-by-case basis. In the event an employee is high risk and unable to report to work, the employee will either be allowed to work from home if practicable or be excused from reporting to work and receive two-thirds of their normal salary as described under the non-essential employees who are not required to work from home in this policy. If a doctor recommends the employee self-quarantine due to underlying health conditions, the employee will receive 100% of their normal salary for up to eighty (80) hours and then may use any applicable leave thereafter.

 

  1. TRAVEL: As of the date of this policy all employees who travel as defined by this policy will be subject to the following requirements:

For purposes of this policy, "Travel" is defined as follows:

  • Non-essential: (1) traveling to any location outside of a fifty (50) mile radius of the District or (2) attending a gathering of more than ten (10) people regardless of the location.
  • Essential: (1) necessary travel that does not meet the definition of non-essential travel.  The District will authorize essential travel on a case by case basis.

All District-related Non-Essential Travel as defined by this policy is suspended without prior approval of the Superintendent or her/his designee (i.e. conferences or non-essential meetings.) Any employee who engages in Non-essential Travel pursuant to this policy shall report their plans to travel (or if already traveling as of the date of this policy, their return plans from travel) to their direct supervisor. These reports shall be made via phone or e-mail rather than in person to minimize contacts and limit person-to-person exposure.

For anyone engaged in Non-essential Travel as defined by this policy and planning to return to work, you will be required to self-isolate away from work for fourteen (14) days.  You will only be allowed to return to work if symptom and fever free (without the use of fever-reducing medications such as Tylenol) as defined by the CDC guidelines. You are required to use vacation, personal leave and sick leave during this time and in that order to be compensated for your normal working hours. If, after April 1, 2020, you need leave relating to reasons (1) through (6) outlined above, the employee may be eligible for Emergency Paid Sick Leave and Emergency Expanded FMLA Leave.

 

  1. MEETINGS: Except for school board meetings, which may be held in person or electronically as determined by the Board, no group meetings shall be held in-person for the duration of this policy without prior approval from the Superintendent or her/his designee.  All meetings shall be held electronically or over the phone. This includes meetings required under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (“IDEA”) or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act. Employees with questions about scheduling IEP or 504 meetings should contact the District’s special education director and/or 504 coordinator. Any approved in-person meetings shall only include internal staff unless the Superintendent or her/his has approved the presence of others prior to the meeting.

 

  1. STAFF UPDATES: The Superintendent or her/his designee shall update all staff on developments throughout this time period.

 

  1. POLICY: The leave authorized by this policy shall expire on December 31, 2020 and no leave shall be carried forward to 2021.

 

 

Approved: May 18, 2020
Reviewed:  April 13, 2020      
Revised:  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Sun, 11/28/2021 - 19:42

500 - STUDENTS

500 - STUDENTS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/09/2021 - 15:42

500 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

500 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for assisting the students of the school district in obtaining an education.  Each student will have an opportunity to obtain an education in compliance with the policies in this series.

It is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district.  Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use it and its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth.  In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same opportunity.

The board supports the delivery of the education program and services to students free of discrimination on the basis of race, color, sex, marital status, national origin, creed, religion, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  This concept of equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students.

In the delivery of the education program, students will treat the employees with respect and students will receive the same in return.  Employees have the best interests of the students in mind and will assist them in school-related or personal matters if they are able to do so.  Students should feel free to discuss problems, whether school-related or personal, with the guidance counselor or other employees.

Board policies, rules and regulations affect students while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

Board policy refers to the term "parents" in many of the policies.  The term parents for purposes of this policy manual will mean the legal parents, the legal guardian or custodian of a student. Students who have reached the age of majority or are otherwise considered an adult by law.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, are directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Fairfield Community School District, Fairfield, Iowa 52556; or by telephoning 641-472-2655.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, Citigroup Center, 500 W. Madison St., Ste. 1475, Chicago, IL, (312) 730-1560, http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html or Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA. (515) 281-5294.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, April 09, 2018
Reviewed:  July 20, 2007, Oct. 11, 2010, March 19, 2018    
Revised:  March 10, 1997, Aug. 13, 2007, Nov. 8, 2010, March 19, 2018                                                                                                                                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 20:25

501 - Student Attendance

501 - Student Attendance dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:45

501.1 - Resident Students

501.1 - Resident Students

Children who are residents of the school district community will attend the school district without paying tuition.

The residence of a student means the place, abode, or dwelling of the student.  Generally, the legal dwelling of minors is the same as their parents.  However, a student may establish a dwelling with someone other than the parents and attend public school in the school district without paying tuition if the primary purpose for residing in the school district is not for the purpose of obtaining a free public education.  Further, students who have reached the age of majority and who are still eligible to attend an Iowa secondary school may declare their residence independent of the residence of the parents.

Each case involving the bona fide residence of a student will be decided upon its individual merits by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).                                                          
                                      Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
                                      Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
    
                                  33 D.P.I. Dec. Rule 80 (1984).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4 (2013).                                                                                                       
                                      1956 Op. Att'y Gen. 185.

                                      1946 Op. Att'y Gen. 197.
                                      1938 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.                                                                                                                                                     
                                      1930 Op. Att'y Gen. 147.

Cross Reference:  100 Legal Status of the School Board
    
                                  501 Student Attendance

Approved:  Dec. 16, 1985 , April 9, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, March 19, 2018,
Revised: March 19, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 20:24

501.2 - Nonresident Students

501.2 - Nonresident Students

Students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school but who are not legal residents of the school district may be admitted into the school district at the discretion of the superintendent upon application and payment of tuition.  The tuition rate shall be the current per-pupil cost of the school district as computed by the board secretary and as authorized by the Iowa Department of Education.

Resident students whose families move from the school district after the start of a semester and who wish to complete the semester in the school district may be permitted to attend without the payment of tuition at the discretion of the superintendent and approval of the board.  Students who plan to open enroll to the nonresident district may complete the school year without approval of the superintendent or board.  These students, other than students in grades eleven and twelve, must have the recommendation of the principal.

Students in grades eleven or twelve who are no longer residents of the school district, but were residents in the preceding school year, may continue to attend school until they graduate without the payment of tuition.  These students may be required to identify an adult, who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.

Nonresident students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and who have evidence they will become legal residents of the school district prior to October 1st may be allowed to attend without the payment of tuition.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).
    
                                  Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
    
                                  Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.1, .2, .6, .7, .24 (2013).

Cross Reference:  501 Student Attendance

Approved:  Oct. 12, 1987, Sep 22, 2014, April 9, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, Aug 25, 2014, March 19, 2018      
Revised: Apr. 22, 2013, Aug 25, 2014, March 19, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 20:23

501.3 - Compulsory Attendance

501.3 - Compulsory Attendance

Parents within the school district who have children over age six and under age sixteen by September 15, in proper physical and mental condition to attend school, will have the children attend the school district at the attendance center designated by the board.  Students will  attend school the number of days school is in session in accordance with the school calendar. Students not attending the minimum days must be exempted by this policy as listed below or, referred to the county attorney. Exceptions to this policy include children whom:

  • have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or have obtained a high school equivalency diploma;
  • are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
  • are attending an approved or probationally approved private college preparatory school;
  • are attending an accredited nonpublic school; or,
  • are receiving competent private instruction.

 

501.3 A

ATTENDANCE GUIDING PRINCIPLE

Regular attendance at school, just like attendance on the job, is an important ingredient to success.  Only through attendance and class participation do students achieve the maximum benefits of the educational program.  Participating in class discussion, developing an appreciation for the views and abilities of other students, and forming the habit of regular attendance are legitimate class objectives.   Learning lost due to absence can never be replaced.  Regular attendance and being prepared for class helps students in school and helps prepare them for adulthood. It is the Parent/Guardians’ responsibility to assure that their child is in attendance.

 

ATTENDANCE POLICY

Children between the age of six and sixteen, as of September 15, residing in Fairfield Community School District, are required to be enrolled in and attending an Iowa accredited public or private school, or receiving competent private instruction pursuant to state law, Iowa Code section 299.1A.  Children of compulsory attendance age who are enrolled in the Fairfield Community School District shall attend school for the number of days according to the district calendar, unless excused under the terms of the district’s attendance policy.

 

ATTENDANCE CODES

E: Excused Absence--“official slips” such as a medically documented illness, medically documented appointment, court appearances, school-sponsored activities, or other absences approved by building principals.

V: Verified Absence—parent provides written or verbal notification to the school of student’s absence.  Students are allowed six verified absences during the year.  (Unless school administration determines the absence to be truancy).

U: Unexcused—After 6 verified absences any absence is considered unexcused unless it meets the criteria of an “excused” absence (see above).

T: Truancy—an unexcused absence wherein the administration determines the student has ”skipped” school, with or without parent permission.

 

STEPS FOR ADDRESSING EXCESSIVE ABSENTEEISM

**If at any time, it is determined that a student is showing early signs of chronic absenteeism, steps can be skipped and an Administrative Attendance Hearing may be held or the County Attorney may pursue legal intervention.

STEP 1: When the absences experienced by a student are determined to be excessive, the student has reached six days of verified absences, or absences are of such frequency that school staff is concerned that the success of the student is jeopardized, a letter will be sent to the parent/guardian and attendance information forwarded to the truancy officer.

STEP 1A: If the actions taken in Step 1 do not resolve the issue of excessive absences for the student, and the student has three unexpected absences, the truancy officer will contact the parent/guardian in a further attempt to resolve the issue of excessive absences.  School progress (grades and absences) will be discussed as appropriate, and as determined by the truancy office and building administrator.

STEP 2: In the event the two previous steps fail to resolve the attendance issue, and the student has six unexcused absences, the school will refer the student to the Jefferson County Attorney for assistance in rectifying the attendance issue.

A letter will be sent requesting an “Administrative Attendance Hearing”, and it will be held with the parent/guardian, counselor, principal, teacher, and truancy officer in attendance.  The student’s academic progress and attendance history will be reviewed and procedures established to improve attendance which may include but not be limited to the following:

  1. Requiring doctor’s excuse to confirm illness
  2. Confirmation of bereavement leave/absence
  3. Referral to school counselor
  4. Referral to outside agency
  5. Assign detention
  6. Recommend retention in grade
  7. Referral to truancy officer

If the parent refuses to attend the “Administrative Attendance Hearing”, a letter will be placed in the student’s permanent school file to that effect and a copy sent to the County Attorney for their records.

STEP 3: If it is determined that the attendance problem still exists after Step 2, and the student has reached 12 days of unexcused absences, the parent/guardian will be contacted for the last time by the school and informed that a referral for mediation through the County Attorney has been recommended.

STEP 4: The Count Attorney’s office will arrange required mediation as per Iowa Code 229.5A.  Failure to appear for mediation is a misdemeanor under Iowa law.

STEP 5: The School will conduct an ongoing follow-up to determine if the mediation was successful. 

STEP  6: If it is determined that attendance continues to be a problem and in violation of the mediation agreement, and the student has 18 unexcused absences, a referral to the County Attorney’s office or other appropriate agencies will be sent with a recommendation for legal action.

(See the student handbook for the administrative regulation regarding the FCSD attendance policy).

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 259A; 279.10-.11; 299.1-.1A; 299A (2013).
    
                                  441.1A.C. 41.25(8)
    
                                  1978 Op. Att'y. Gen. 379.

Cross Reference:  501    Student Attendance
    
                                  601.1 School Calendar
    
                                  604.1 Competent Private Instruction

Approved:  Oct. 13, 1986, , April 9, 2018, June 18, 2018      
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, March 19, 2018, May 21, 2018      
Revised:  Sep. 21, 1992, Mar. 10, 1997, March 19, 2018 May 21, 2018      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 20:21

501.4 - Entrance - Admissions

501.4 - Entrance - Admissions

Children in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district's regular education program beginning at age five.  The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's kindergarten program.  The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.

The board will require evidence of age and residency in the form of a birth certificate or other evidence before the student may enroll in the school district's education program.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine what is satisfactory evidence for proof of age.

Prior to enrollment, the child must provide the administration with their health and immunization certificate.  Failure to provide this information within the time period set by the superintendent shall be reason for suspension, expulsion or denying admission to the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 282.1, .3, .6 (2013).
    
                                  1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 258.

Cross Reference:  501    Student Attendance
    
                                  507.1 Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, April 9, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, March 19, 2018     
Revised: March 19, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 20:20

501.5 - Attendance Center Assignment

501.5 - Attendance Center Assignment

The board will have complete discretion to determine the boundaries for each attendance center, to assign students to the attendance centers, and to assign students to the classrooms within the attendance center. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the assigned attendance center for each student.  In making the recommendation, the superintendent will consider the geographical layout of the school district, the condition and location of the school district facilities, the location of student population, possible transportation difficulties, financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent or the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.11; 282.7-.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  501 Student Attendance

Approved:  Dec. 16, 1985, April 9, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005; June 8, 2009, Apr. 22, 2013, March 19, 2018    
Revised:  July 13, 2009, March 19, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 20:19

501.6 - Student Transfers In

501.6 - Student Transfers In

Students who transfer into the school district must meet the immunization and age requirements set out for students who initially enroll in the school district.

The school district will request the student's cumulative records from the previous school district.  If the student cannot offer proof of grade level, the superintendent will make the grade level determination.  The superintendent may require testing or other information to determine the grade level.  Students expelled or suspended from their previous school district will only be enrolled after approval of the board.

The superintendent will  determine the amount of credits to be transferred.  If the student has not previously attended an accredited school, it is within the superintendent's discretion to accept or reject credits or grades.

The board may deny admission if the student is not willing to provide the board with the necessary information.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2012).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 282.1, .3, .4: 299A (2013)
    
                                  Iowa Code § 282.4 (Supp. 1995).

Cross Reference:  501    Student Attendance
    
                                  505.3 Student Honors and Awards                          
    
                                  507 Student Health and Well-Being
    
                                  604.1 Competent Private Instruction

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, April 9, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, March 19, 2018.    
Revised:  March 19, 2018.    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 20:18

501.7 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

501.7 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

If the student's parents wish to withdraw or transfer the student from school prior to completing and graduating from the education program, they should notify the superintendent in writing as soon as possible of the decision to withdraw or transfer the student from the education program.  The student or parent should present this written notice at the office and receive instructions regarding the return of textbooks, library books, school issued equipment, outstanding fees, etc.

The notice will state the student's final day of attendance.  If the student is not enrolling in another school district, the school district will maintain the student's records in the same manner as the records of students who have graduated from the school district.

If the parents wish to have the student's cumulative record sent to the new school district, the parents will  notify the superintendent in writing.  This notice will include the name of the school district and the person at the new school district to whom the student's cumulative records should be sent.  If the new school district requests the student's cumulative records, the school district will forward the cumulative records and notify the parents the records have been sent.  The notice shall inform the parents of their right to review the records sent.

If the student is of compulsory education age and not transferring to another public school district or an accredited nonpublic school, the parents will notify the superintendent that the student is receiving competent private instruction and file the necessary competent private instruction reports.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2012).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 299.1-.1A (2013).

Cross Reference:  501    Student Attendance
    
                                  506    Student Records
    
                                  604.1 Competent Private Instruction

Approved:  March 10, 1997, June 17, 2013, April 9, 2018.        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, March 19, 2018.           
Revised:  Apr. 22, 2013, March 19, 2018.    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 20:17

501.8 - Student Attendance Records

501.8 - Student Attendance Records

As part of the school district's records, the daily attendance of each student is recorded and maintained on file with the permanent records of the board secretary.

It is the responsibility of the principals to ensure that such reports are filed with the board secretary, the custodian of school records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299(2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  501 Student Attendance
    
                                  506 Student Records

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, , April 9, 2018.     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 22, 2013, March 19, 2018.                 
Revised:  March 19, 2018.           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 20:16

501.9 - Student Absences - Excused

501.9 - Student Absences - Excused

Regular attendance by students is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities from the education program.  Parents and students alike are encouraged to ensure an absence from school is a necessary absence.  Students will attend school unless excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Student absences approved by the principal are excused absences.  Excused absences will count as days in attendance for purposes of the truancy law.  These absences include, but are not limited to, [illness, family emergencies, recognized religious observances, appointments that cannot be scheduled outside the school day and school-sponsored or approved activities].

The district believes that traditional, in-person school attendance leads to the greatest learning opportunities for students.  However, there may be rare and unusual circumstances created by public emergencies declared by state or local officials which temporarily prevent students from attending traditional, in-person school.  In these circumstances, the superintendent will have discretion to make reasonable accommodations for students, on a case-by-case basis, to attend school through remote learning opportunities within the available resources of the district and as permitted by law.  During approved remote learning, attendance will be taken, assessments may be administered, and grades will count towards students’ cumulative grade point average as if they were attending in person.  The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.

Students whose absences are approved will make up the work missed and receive full credit for the missed school work.  It is the responsibility of the student to initiate a procedure with the student's teacher to complete the work missed.

Students who wish to participate in school-sponsored activities must attend school [the full day or one-half day] the day of the activity unless permission has been given by the principal for the student to be absent.

It is the responsibility of the parent to notify the student's attendance center as soon as the parent knows the student will not be attending school on that day.  The principal may request evidence or written verification of the student's reason for absence.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  34 C.F.R. sec. 300
    
                                    28 C.F.R. Pt. 35
    
                                    Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299.
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
    
                                    503       Student Discipline
    
                                    504       Student Activities
    
                                    506       Student Records

Approved                                              
Reviewed                                              
Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:54

501.10 - Truancy

501.10 - Truancy

Regular attendance by the students at school is essential for students to obtain the maximum opportunities from the education program.  Parents and students alike are encouraged to ensure an absence from school is a necessary absence.  Students shall attend school unless excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Truancy is the failure to attend school for the minimum number of days established in the school calendar by the board.  Truancy is the act of being absent without an excuse that is acceptable to school officials.  These absences will include, but not be limited to, [tardiness, shopping, hunting, concerts, preparation or participation in parties and other celebrations and employment].  Truancy will not be tolerated by the board.

Students are subject to disciplinary action for truancy including suspension and expulsion.  It will be within the discretion of the principal to determine, in light of the circumstances, whether a student may make up work missed because of truancy. Students receiving special education services will not be assigned to supervised study hall or in school suspension unless the goals and objectives of the student’s Individualized Education Program are capable of being met.

The building principal will investigate the cause for a student's truancy.  If the building principal is unable to secure the truant student’s attendance, the student assistance / at-risk process will be engaged. If the student continues to be truant, the building principal shall refer the matter to the county attorney.

The school will participate in mediation if requested by the county attorney.  The superintendent or designee shall represent the school district in mediation.  The school district will monitor the student's compliance with the mediation agreement and will report violations of the mediation agreement to the county attorney.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.  The administrative regulations shall indicate the disciplinary action to be taken for truancy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

Cross Reference:  206.3 Secretary
    
                                  410.3 Truancy Officer
    
                                  501    Student Attendance
    
                                  503    Student Discipline
    
                                  504    Student Activities
    
                                  506    Student Records

Approved:  Dec. 10, 1990, Dec 16, 2013, April 9, 2018.          
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, March 19, 2018           
Revised:  March 10, 1997, Oct 28, 2013, March 19, 2018            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:53

501.11 - Student Release During School Hours

501.11 - Student Release During School Hours

Students will be allowed to leave the school district facilities during school hours only with prior authorization from their parents, unless the parent appears personally at the student's attendance center to arrange for the release of the student during school hours, or with the permission of the principal.

Approved reasons for release of a student during the school day will include, but not be limited to, illness, family emergencies, medical appointments, religious instruction, classes outside the student's attendance center, employment for which the student has been issued a work permit and other reasons determined appropriate by the principal.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 294.4 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.2(4).

Cross Reference:  501 Student Attendance
    
                                  503 Student Discipline
    
                                  504 Student Activities
    
                                  506 Student Records

Approved:  Mar. 10, 1997, April 9, 2018
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, March 19, 2018                
Revised: March 19, 2018           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:52

501.12 - Pregnant Students

501.12 - Pregnant Students

The board encourages pregnant students to continue to attend the education program as long as they are physically able to do so.  The pregnant student may notify the principal or the guidance counselor as soon as she is aware of the pregnancy.  The school may require that a pregnant student provide the principal with a written note from her doctor relative to special conditions that might exist and specific suggestions as to how long the student may continue to attend classes.  If the student is unable to attend school because of her pregnancy, the student may be excused and arrangements made to continue her studies during her absence.  The student will resume classes upon the recommendation of her physician.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216; 279.8; 280.3 (2013).

Cross Reference:  501    Student Attendance
    
                                  604.2 Individualized Instruction

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, April 9, 2018      
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, March 19, 2018                 
Revised:   March 19, 2018           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:51

501.13 - Students of Legal Age

501.13 - Students of Legal Age

Students who have attained legal age may continue the education program without payment of tuition as long as they are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and are residents of the school district.

Parents will be allowed to access and view the student's records without written permission from the student if the student is still a dependent for tax purposes.  In most cases, with the discretion of the principal or the superintendent, the student will be able to make decisions and sign documents rather than requiring parental permission or signature.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 123 (2012).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 22; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4; 599.1; 622.10 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

Cross Reference:  501 Student Attendance
    
                                  506 Student Records

Approved:  Mar. 10, 1997, April 9, 2018      
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, March 19, 2018                 
Revised: March 19, 2018           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:50

501.14 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

501.14 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a sending district.  As a sending district, the board will allow resident students who meet the requirements to open enroll to another public school district.

Parents requesting open enrollment out of the school district for their student will notify the sending and receiving school districts no later than March 1 in the school year proceeding the first year desired for open enrollment.  The notice is made on forms provided by the Department of Education.  The forms are available at the central administration office.

Parents of children who will begin kindergarten in the school district are exempt from the open enrollment March 1 deadline.  Parents of children who will begin kindergarten will file in the same manner set forth above by September 1.  Parents who have good cause as defined by law for failing to meet the March 1 deadline may make an open enrollment request by September 1 unless another deadline applies.

The receiving district will approve open enrollment requests according to the timelines established by law.  The parents may withdraw the open enrollment request prior to the start of the school year.  The receiving district’s superintendent will notify the parents and sending school district by mail within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.

The board may approve a student’s request to allow the receiving district to enter the school district for the purposes of transportation.

An open enrollment request out of the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The determining factor for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the receiving school district is appropriate for the student's needs.  The area education agency director of special education serving the receiving district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the school district until the final determination is made.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain open enrollment request applications and notice forms.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1 (2013).
    
                                  House File 882, 2005 General Assembly
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 17.
    
                                  1990 Op.  Att'y Gen. 75.

Cross Reference:  501 Student Attendance
    
                                  506 Student Records

Approved:  June 12, 1989, April 9, 2018      
Reviewed: Aug. 8, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, March 19, 2018                      
Revised:  Oct. 10, 1994, Sep. 16, 1996, Jan. 12, 2004, Sep. 19, 2005, March 19, 2018                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:48

501.15 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures As a Receiving District

501.15 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures As a Receiving District

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a receiving district.  As a receiving district, the board will allow nonresident students, who meet the legal requirements, to open enroll into the school district.  The board will have complete discretion to determine the attendance center of the students attending the school district under open enrollment.

The superintendent will approve (select those appropriate) timely filed applications by June 1; incoming kindergarten applications; good cause application; or continuation of an educational program application filed by September 1.

The superintendent will notify the sending school district and parents within five days of the superintendent's action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.

Open enrollment requests into the school district will not be approved if insufficient classroom space exists.  Open enrollment requests into the school district will also not be approved for students who have been suspended or expelled by the administration or the board of the school district the student is or was attending until the student has been reinstated into the school district from which the student was suspended or expelled.  Once the student is reinstated, the student's open enrollment request will be considered in the same manner as other open enrollment requests provided the required timelines are met.

Open enrollment requests into the school district that, if denied, would result in students from the same nuclear family being enrolled in different school districts, will be given highest priority.  The superintendent, in his discretion, may waive the insufficient classroom space reason for denial for students of the same nuclear family to prevent the division of a nuclear family between two school districts.  Other open enrollment requests into the school district shall be considered in the order received by the school district with the first open enrollment request given a higher priority than the second open enrollment request and so forth.

Students in grades nine through twelve open enrolling into the school district will not be eligible for participation in interscholastic athletics, at the varsity level, during the first ninety days of open enrollment into the school district. Transfer rules of the governing state athletic association will be observed.

Parents are responsible for providing transportation to and from the receiving school district without reimbursement unless the parents qualify for transportation assistance.  Upon a parent's request, the board may approve transportation into the sending district.  The transportation is limited to within one mile of the district boundary/current bus route.  The board's approval is subject to the sending district's approval.

An open enrollment request into the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The determining factors for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the school district is appropriate for the student's needs and whether the enrollment of the special education student will cause the class size to exceed the maximum allowed.  The area education agency director of special education serving the school district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the sending district until the final determination is made.

The policies of the school district will apply to students attending the school district under open enrollment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 17.
    
                                  1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 75.

Cross Reference:  501.6   Student Transfers In
    
                                  501.7   Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals
    
                                  501.14 Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District
    
                                  506      Student Records
          
                                  507      Student Health and Well-Being
    
                                  606.6   Insufficient Classroom Space

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Dec 16, 2013, April 9, 2018   
Reviewed:  Aug. 8, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, March 19, 2018                      
Revised:  Sep. 21, 1992, Sep. 16, 1996, Jan. 12, 2004, Sep. 19, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, March 19, 2018                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:47

501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth

501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth

The Fairfield Community School District believes all students should have access to a free, appropriate public education. The district will ensure that homeless children and youth have equal access to the same free, appropriate public education as other children and youth.

The term “homeless children and youth” means individuals who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence. The term includes:

  • Children and youth who are:
    • Sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason (sometimes referred to as “doubled up”);
    • Living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due to lack of alternative adequate accommodations;
    • Living in emergency or transitional shelters; or
    • Abandoned in hospitals.
  • Children and youth who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for, or ordinarily used as, a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings;
  • Children and youth who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; and
  • Migratory children who qualify as homeless because they are living in circumstances described above.

To help ensure that homeless children and youth have a full opportunity to enroll, attend, and succeed at school, the board shall:

  • Designate the school social worker as the local homeless children and youth liaison;
  • Provide training opportunities for staff so staff may help identify and meet the needs of homeless children and youth;
  • Remove barriers, including those associated with fees, fines, and absences, to the identification, enrollment, retention, attendance and/or success in school for homeless children and youth;
  • Ensure collaboration and coordination with other service providers;
  • Ensure transportation is provided in accordance with legal requirements;
  • Provide school stability in school assignment according to the child’s best interests;
  • Ensure the privacy of student records, as provided by applicable law, including information about a homeless child or youth’s living situation;
  • Engage in the dispute resolution process for decisions relating to the educational placement of homeless children and youth as provided by applicable law; and
  • Prohibit the segregation of a homeless child or youth from other students enrolled in the district.

The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 6301.
     
                                    42 U.S.C. § 11302.
    
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 11431 et seq.        
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 33.

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
    
                                    503.3    Fines - Fees - Charges
    
                                    506       Student Records
    
                                    507.1    Student Health and Immunization Certificates
    
                                    603.3    Special Education
    
                                    711.1    Student School Transportation Eligibility

Approved:  Mar. 10, 1997, Feb 20, 2017, April 9, 2018    
Reviewed:  Sep. 28, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, Dec 7, 2016, March 19, 2018.    
Revised:  Oct. 10, 2005, Dec 7, 2016, March 19, 2018.    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:45

502 - Rights and Responsibilities

502 - Rights and Responsibilities dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:31

502.1 - Student Appearance

502.1 - Student Appearance

The board believes inappropriate student appearance causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors.

Students are expected to adhere to standards of cleanliness and dress that are compatible with the requirements of a good learning environment.  The standards will be those generally acceptable to the community as appropriate in a school setting.

The board expects students to be clean and well-groomed and wear clothes in good repair and appropriate for the time, place and occasion.  Clothing or other apparel promoting products illegal for use by minors and clothing displaying obscene material, profanity, or reference to prohibited conduct are disallowed.  While the primary responsibility for appearance lies with the students and their parents, appearance disruptive to the education program will not be tolerated.  When, in the judgment of a principal, a student's appearance or mode of dress disrupts the educational process or constitutes a threat to health or safety, the student may be required to make modifications.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
    
                                  Bethal School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
    
                                  Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
    
                                  Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
    
                                  Torvik v. Decorah Community School, 453 F.2d 779 (8th Cir. 1972).
    
                                  Turley v. Adel Community School District, 322 F. Supp. 402 (S.D. Iowa 1971).
    
                                  Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F. Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970). Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013)

Cross Reference:  500 Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students
    
                                  502 Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved:  Oct. 10, 1994, June 18, 2018
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, May 21, 2018
Revised:     May 21, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:44

502.2 - Care of School Property/Vandalism

502.2 - Care of School Property/Vandalism

Students will treat school district property with care and respect.  Students found to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be required to reimburse the school district.  They may be subject to discipline under board policy and the school district rules and regulations.  They may also be referred to local law enforcement authorities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8; 282.4, .5; 613.16 (2013).

Cross Reference:  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  802.1  Maintenance Schedule

Approved:  Mar. 10, 1997, June 18, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr.20, 2012, Jun 18, 2012, Oct 28, 2013, May 21, 2018      
Revised   May 21, 2018      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:43

502.3 - Freedom of Expression

502.3 - Freedom of Expression

Student expression, other than student expression in student-produced official school publications, made on the school district premises or under the jurisdiction of the school district or as part of a school-sponsored activity may be attributed to the school district; therefore, student expression must be responsible.  Student expression must be appropriate to assure that the students learn and meet the goals of the school activity and that the potential audience is not exposed to material that may be harmful or inappropriate for their level of maturity.

Students will be allowed to express their viewpoints and opinions as long as the expression is responsible.  The expression will  not, in the judgment of the administration, encourage the breaking of laws, cause defamation of persons, be obscene or indecent, or cause a material and substantial disruption to the educational program.  The administration, when making this judgment, will consider whether the activity in which the expression was made is school-sponsored and whether review or prohibition of the students' speech furthers an educational purpose.  Further, the expression must be done in a reasonable time, place, and manner that is not disruptive to the orderly and efficient operation of the school district. Speech or electronic speech that occurs outside of school but has a nexus to the school shall not encourage the breaking of laws, cause defamation of persons, be obscene or indecent, or cause a material and substantial disruption to the educational program.

Students who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary measures.  Employees are responsible for insuring students' expression is in keeping with this policy.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
    
                                  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
    
                                  Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
    
                                  New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
    
                                  Tinker v. Des Moines Independent Community School District, 393 U.S.
    
                                  503 (1969).
    
                                  Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.22; 282.3 (2013).

Cross Reference:  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  504    Student Activities
    
                                  603.9 Academic Freedom
    
                                  903.5 Distribution of Materials

Approved:  Mar. 10, 1997, Dec 16, 2013, June18, 2018   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 20, 2012, Jun 18, 2012, Oct 28, 2013, May 21, 2018       
Revised:  Oct 28, 2013, May 21, 2018       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:42

502.4 - Student Complaints and Grievances

502.4 - Student Complaints and Grievances

Student complaints and grievances regarding board policy or administrative regulations and other matters should be addressed to the student's teacher or another licensed employee, other than the administration, for resolution of the complaint.  It is the goal of the board to resolve student complaints at the lowest organizational level.

If the complaint cannot be resolved by a licensed employee, the student may discuss the matter with the principal within five days of the employee's decision. If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the student may discuss it with the superintendent within five days after speaking with the principal.

If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the student may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  210.8 Board Meeting Agenda
    
                                  213    Public Participation in Board Meetings
    
                                  307    Communication Channels
    
                                  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  504.3 Student Publications

Approved:  Mar. 10, 1997, June 18, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, May 21, 2018
Revised:   May 21, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:41

502.5 - Student Lockers

502.5 - Student Lockers

Student lockers are the property of the school district.  Students will use the lockers assigned to them by the school district for storing their school materials and personal belongings necessary for attendance at school.  It is the responsibility of students to keep their assigned lockers clean and undamaged.

To ensure students are properly maintaining their assigned lockers, the principal of the building may periodically inspect all or a random selection of lockers.  Either students or another individual will be present during the inspection of lockers.  Student lockers may also be searched, at any time and without advance notice, in compliance with board policy regulating search and seizure.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14; 808A (2013).
    
                                  Iowa Code Ch. 808A (Supp. 1995).

Cross Reference:  502 Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved:  March 10, 1997, June 18, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, May 21, 2018             
Revised:  Dec. 8, 1997, May 21, 2018             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:40

502.6 - Weapons

502.6 - Weapons

The board believes weapons and other dangerous objects and look-a-likes in school district facilities cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

School district facilities are not an appropriate place for weapons or dangerous objects and look-a-likes.  Weapons and other dangerous objects and look-a-likes will be taken from students and others who bring them onto the school district property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the school district or from students who are within the control of the school district.

Parents of students found to possess weapons or dangerous objects or look-a-likes on school property will be notified of the incident.  Possession or confiscation of weapons, dangerous objects or look-a-likes will be reported to the law enforcement officials, and students will be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.

Students bringing firearms to school or knowingly possessing firearms at school will be expelled for not less than one year. The superintendent has the authority to recommend this expulsion requirement be modified for students on a case-by-case basis.  For purposes of this portion of this policy, the term "firearm" includes, but is not limited to, any weapon which is designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, or any explosive, incendiary or poison gas, or otherwise defined by applicable law.

Weapons under the control of law enforcement officials or other individuals specifically authorized by the board are exempt from this policy.  The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement the policy.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  No Child Left Behind, Title IV, Sec. 4141, P.L. 107-110 (2002)
    
                                  Improving America's Schools Act of 1994, P.L. 103-382.
    
                                  18 U.S.C. § 921 (2006).
    
                                  McClain v. Lafayette County Bd. of Education, 673 F.2d 106 (5th Cir.1982).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21B; 724 (2009).
   
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

Cross Reference:  502 Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  503 Student Discipline
    
                                  507 Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  Oct. 11, 1993, June 18, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 8, 2010, Oct 28, 2013, May 21, 2018                   
Revised:  Mar. 10, 1997, May 21, 2018                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:39

502.7 - Smoking - Drinking - Drugs

502.7 - Smoking - Drinking - Drugs

The board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol, tobacco, other controlled substances, or "look alike" substances that appear to be tobacco, beer, wine, alcohol or controlled substances by students while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

The board believes such illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials generally cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors.

Violation of this policy by students will result in disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.  Use, purchase or being in possession of cigarettes, tobacco or tobacco products for those under the age of eighteen, may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.  Possession, use or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol and/or of a controlled substance may also be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

Students who violate the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily complete a substance abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school board.  If such student fails to satisfactorily complete such a program, the student may be subject to further discipline including suspension or expulsion.

The board believes the substance abuse prevention program will include:

  • Age-appropriate, developmentally-based drug and alcohol curriculum for students in grades kindergarten through twelve, which address the legal, social, and health consequences of tobacco, drug and alcohol use and which provide information about effective techniques for resisting peer pressure to use tobacco, drugs or alcohol;
  • A statement to students that the use of illicit drugs and the unlawful possession and use of alcohol is wrong and harmful;
  • Standards of conduct for students that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, being under the influence of or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol by students on school premises or as part of any of its activities;
  • A clear statement that disciplinary sanctions, up to and including suspension or expulsion and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students who violate the policy and a description of those sanctions;
  • A statement that students may be required to successfully complete an appropriate rehabilitation program;
  • Information about drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation and re-entry programs available to students;
  • A requirement that parents and students be given a copy of the standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions required; and
  • Notification to parents and students that compliance with the standards of conduct is mandatory.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  34 C.F.R. Pt. 86 (2012).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 279.8, .9; 453A (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(9); .5(3) (e), .5(4) (e), .5(5) (e), .5(21).

Cross Reference:  502 Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  503 Student Discipline
    
                                  507 Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  Oct. 13, 1986, Dec 16, 2013, Oct 27, 2014, June18, 2018
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct. 11, 2010, Oct 28, 2013, Oct 20, 2014, May 21, 2018                  
Revised:  Mar. 10, 1997, Nov. 8, 2010, Oct 28, 2013, Oct 20, 2014, May 21, 2018                  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:38

502.8 - Search and Seizure

502.8 - Search and Seizure

School district property is held in public trust by the board.  School district authorities may, without a search warrant, search students or protected student areas based on a reasonable and articulable suspicion that a school district policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated.  The search is in a manner reasonable in scope to maintain order and discipline in the schools, promote the educational environment, and protect the safety and welfare of students, employees and visitors to the school district facilities.  The furnishing of a locker, desk or other facility or space owned by the school and provided as a courtesy to a student, even if the student provides the lock for it, will not create a protected student area and will not give rise to an expectation of privacy with respect to the locker, desk, or other facility.

School authorities may seize any illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials discovered in the search.  Items of contraband may include, but are not limited to, nonprescription controlled substances, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates, apparatus used for controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, tobacco, weapons, explosives, poisons and stolen property.  Such items are not to be possessed by a student while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered buses; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Possession of such items will be grounds for disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion and may be reported to local law enforcement officials.  The board believes that illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials may cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. IV.
                                      New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
     
                                 Cason v. Cook, 810 F.2d 188 (8th Cir. 1987), cert. den., 482 U.S. 930 (1987).
    
                                  Iowa Code ch. 808A (2013).
    
                                  Iowa Code ch. 808A (Supp. 2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(8).

Cross Reference:  502 Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  503 Student Discipline

Approved:  Oct. 13, 1986, June18, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, May 21, 2018                       
Revised:  Dec. 8, 1997, May 21, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:34

502.8E1 - Search and Seizure Check List

502.8E1 - Search and Seizure Check List

I.      What factors caused you to have a reasonable and articulable suspicion that the search of this student or the student's effects or automobile would turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law, school policy, rules or regulations affecting school order?

A.

Eyewitness account.

 

 

1.

By whom:

 

 

2.

Date/Time:

 

 

3.

Place:

 

 

4.

What was seen:

 

 

 

 

 

B.

Information from a reliable source.

 

 

1.

From whom:

 

 

2.

Time received:

 

 

3.

How information was received:

 

 

4.

Who received the information:

 

 

5.

Describe information: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.

Suspicious behavior?  Explain.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D.

Student's past history?  Explain.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.

Time of search:

 

 

 

 

 

 

F.

Location of search:

 

 

 

 

 

 

G.

Student told purpose of search:

 

 

 

 

 

 

H.

Consent of student requested:

 

                           

 

 

 

 

 

 

II.

Was the search you conducted reasonable in terms of scope and intrusiveness?

 

A.

What were you searching for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

Where did you search?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.

Gender of the student:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D.

Age of the student:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.

Exigency of the situation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F.

What type of search was being conducted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G.

Who conducted the search:

 

 

 

 

 

Position:

 

 

Gender:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

H.

Witness(s):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

III.

Explanation of Search.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.

Describe the time and location of the search:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

Describe exactly what was searched:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.

What did the search yield:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D.

What was seized:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.

Were any materials turned over to law enforcement officials?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F.

Were parents notified of the search including the reason for it and the scope:

 

 

 

                                     

 

 

Approved: June18, 2018
Reviewed: May 21, 2018       
Revised:  May 21, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:36

502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

I.      Searches, in general.

        A.      Reasonable and Articulable Suspicion:  A search of a student will be justified when there are reasonable grounds for the suspicion that the search will turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law or school district policy, rules, or regulations affecting school order.

                  Reasonable suspicion may be formed by considering factors such as the following:

                   (1)     eye witness observations by employees;

                   (2)     information received from reliable sources;

                   (3)     suspicious behavior by the student; or,

                   (4)     the student's past history and school record although this factor alone is not sufficient to provide the basis for reasonable suspicion.

        B.       Reasonable Scope:  A search will be permissible in its scope or intrusiveness when the measures adopted are reasonably related to the objectives of the search.  Reasonableness of scope or intrusiveness may be determined based on factors such as the following:

                        (1)     the age of the student;

                        (2)     the gender of the student;

                        (3)     the nature of the infraction; and

                        (4)     the emergency requiring the search without delay.

 

II.     Types of Searches

        A.      Personal Searches

                  1.       A student's person and/or personal effects (e.g., purse, backpack, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable suspicion to believe the student is in possession of illegal or contraband items or has violated school district policies, rules, regulations or the law affecting school order.

                  2.       Personally intrusive searches will require more compelling circumstances to be considered reasonable.

                            (a)    Pat-Down Search:  If a pat-down search or a search of a student's garments (such as jackets, socks, pockets, etc.) is conducted, it will be conducted in private by a school official of the same gender as the student and with another adult witness of the same gender present, when feasible.

                            (b)    A more intrusive search, short of a strip search, of the student's person, handbags, book bags, etc., is permissible in emergency situations when the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors are threatened.  Such a search may only be conducted in private by a school official of the same gender as the student, with an adult of the same gender present unless the health or safety of students will be endangered by the delay which may be caused by following these procedures.

        B.       Locker and Desk Inspections 

                  Although school lockers and desks are temporarily assigned to individual students, they remain the property of the school district at all times.  The school district has a reasonable and valid interest in insuring the lockers and desks are properly maintained.  For this reason, lockers and desks are subject to unannounced inspections and students have no legitimate expectations of privacy in the locker or desk.  Periodic inspections of all or a random selection of lockers or desks may be conducted by school officials in the presence of the student or another individual.  Any contraband discovered during such searches will be confiscated by school officials and may be turned over to law enforcement officials.

                  The contents of a student's locker or desk (coat, backpack, purse, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion that the contents contains illegal or contraband items or evidence of a violation of law or school policy or rule.  Such searches should be conducted in the presence of another adult witness when feasible.

        C.       Automobile Searches

                  Students are permitted to park on school premises as a matter of privilege, not of right.  The school retains authority to conduct routine patrols of the student parking lots.  The interior of a student's automobile on the school premises may be searched if the school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion to believe that illegal, unauthorized or contraband items are contained inside.

 

 

Approved: June 18, 2018    
Reviewed: May 21, 2018       
Revised:    May 21, 2018       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:35

502.9 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

502.9 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

Generally, students may not be interviewed during the school day by persons other than parents and school district officials and employees.

Requests from law enforcement officers and from persons other than parents, school district officials, and employees to interview students shall be made through the principal's office.  Upon receiving a request, it is the responsibility of the principal to determine whether the request will be granted.  Generally, prior to granting a request, the principal will attempt to contact the parents to inform them of the request and to ask them to be present.

If a child abuse investigator wishes to interview a student, the principal will defer to the investigator's judgment as to whether the student should be interviewed independently from the student's parents, whether the school is the most appropriate setting for the interview, and who will be present during the interview.

Students will not be taken from school without the consent of the principal and without proper warrant.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 232; 280.17(2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 102.
    
                                  441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.
    
                                  1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Cross Reference:  402.2   Child Abuse Reporting
    
                                  502.8   Search and Seizure
    
                                  503     Student Discipline

Approved:  Apr. 8, 1985, June 18, 2018   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, May 21, 2018     
Revised:    May 21, 2018     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:33

502.10 - Use of Motor Vehicles

502.10 - Use of Motor Vehicles

The board recognizes the convenience to families and students of having students drive to and park at their school attendance center.  Driving a motor vehicle to and parking it at the student's attendance center is a privilege.

Students who drive to and park at their school attendance center will only drive to and park at their designated attendance center or at either their attendance center or a shared district’s attendance center for the purpose of attending extracurricular activities.  Students may not loiter around or be in their vehicle during the school day without permission from the principal.  Students will leave their attendance center when there is no longer a legitimate reason for them to be at their attendance center.  Students who drive will enter and leave the parking lot by the routes designated by the principal. 

Students who live within one mile of school, and would not otherwise be eligible for a student driving permit, may be eligible for a student driving permit, for driving to and from school and school activities and practices, if the student follows the rules and regulations as established by the principal.

Students who wish to drive to and park at their school attendance center shall comply with the rules and regulations established by the building principal.  Failure to comply with this policy or the school district rules will be reason for revocation of school driving and parking privileges as well as other disciplinary action including suspension and expulsion.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 (2013).

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved, June 18, 2018   
Reviewed May 21, 2018
Revised    May 21, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:32

503 - Student Discipline

503 - Student Discipline dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 18:56

503.1 - Student Conduct

503.1 - Student Conduct

The board believes inappropriate student conduct causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment, interferes with the rights of others, or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on school premises.  Appropriate classroom behavior allows teachers to communicate more effectively with students.

Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and developmentally appropriate in light of the circumstances.

Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be disciplined for conduct which disrupts or interferes with the education program; conduct which disrupts the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity; conduct which disrupts the rights of other students to participate in or obtain their education; conduct that is violent or destructive; or conduct which interrupts the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere.  Disciplinary measures include, but are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion.

A student who commits an assault against an employee on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school-owned or school-operated chartered vehicles; or while attending or engaged in school district activities will be suspended by the principal. Notice of the suspension is sent to the board president. The board will review the suspension and decide whether to hold a disciplinary hearing to determine whether to impose further sanctions against the student which may include expulsion. In making its decision, the board shall consider the best interests of the school district, which shall include what is best to protect and ensure the safety of the school employees and students from the student committing the assault. Assault for purposes of this section of this policy is defined as, when, without justification, a student does any of the following:

•  an act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or

•  any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or

• intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward another.

The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the peace.

Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office.  It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student. This policy is not intended to address the use of therapeutic classrooms or seclusion rooms for students.

Detention means the student's presence is required during nonschool hours for disciplinary purposes.  The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day, or on a nonschool day.  Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, shall be within the discretion of the licensed employee disciplining the student or the building principal disciplining the student.

Suspension means either an in-school suspension, an out-of-school suspension, a restriction from activities, or loss of eligibility.  A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.  An in-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision.  An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.  An out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities.  An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten days. 

Probation means a student is given a conditional suspension of a penalty for a definite period of time in addition to being reprimanded.  The conditional suspension will mean the student must meet the conditions and terms for the suspension of the penalty.  Failure of the student to meet these conditions and terms shall result in immediate reinstatement of the penalty.

Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.

Discipline of special education students, including suspensions and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
                             
          Brands v. Sheldon Community School District, 671 F. Supp. 627 (N.D. Iowa 1987).
                                       Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F. Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).                     
                            
          Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).            
                                      
Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).                              
                            
          Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.3, 282.4, 282.5; 708.1.
                             
          281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

Cross Reference:  501 Student Attendance                                          
                
                      502 Student Rights and Responsibilities                 
                
                      504 Student Activities                                             
                
                      603.3 Special Education                                          
                 
                      903.5 Distribution of Materials                               

Approved:  Oct. 11, 1993, Dec 16, 2013, Feb 20, 2017, June 18, 2018, February 15, 2021        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, Dec 7, 2016, May 21, 2018, January 25, 2021  

Revised:  Oct. 10, 1994, Dec. 13, 2010, Oct 28, 2013, Dec 7, 2016, May 21, 2018, January 25, 2021  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:26

503.1R1 - Student Suspension

503.1R1 - Student Suspension

Administrative Action

A.    Probation

       1.    Probation is conditional suspension of a penalty for a set period of time.  Probation may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.

       2.    The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of probation.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  Written notice and reasons for the probation will be sent to the parents.

 

B.    In-School Suspension

       1.    In-school suspension is the temporary isolation of a student from one or more classes while under administrative supervision.  In-school suspensions may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which are serious but which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.

       2.    The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of an in-school suspension.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  In-school suspension will not be imposed for more than ten school days.  Written notice and reasons for the in-school suspension will be sent to the student's parents.

 

C.    Out-of-School Suspension

1.     Out-of-school suspension is the removal of a student from the school environment for periods of short duration.  Out-of-school suspension is to be used when other available school resources are unable to constructively remedy student misconduct.

2.    A student may be suspended out of school for up to ten school days by a principal for a commission of gross or repeated infractions of school rules, regulations, policy or the law, or when the presence of the student will cause interference with the maintenance of the educational environment or the operation of the school.  The principal may suspend students after conducting an investigation of the charges against the student, giving the student:

               a.   Oral or written notice of the allegations against the student and

               b.   The opportunity to respond to those charges.

               At the principal's discretion, the student may be allowed to confront witnesses against the student or present witnesses on behalf of the student.

        3.    Notice of the out-of-school suspension will be mailed no later than the end of the school day following the suspension to the student's parents and the superintendent.  A reasonable effort is made to personally notify the student's parents and such effort is documented by the person making or attempting to make the contact.  Written notice to the parents will include the circumstances which led to the suspension and a copy of the board policy and rules pertaining to the suspension.

 

D.    Suspensions and Special Education Students

  1.    Students who have been identified as special education students may be referred for a review of the student's Individual Education Program (IEP).  The IEP may be revised to include a continuum of intervention strategies and programming to change the behavior.

        2.    Students who have not been identified as special education students may be referred for evaluation after the student's suspension to determine whether the student has a disability and is in need of special education.

 

 

Approved June 18, 2018 
Reviewed May 21, 2018
Revised    May 21, 2018 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:29

503.2 - Expulsion

503.2 - Expulsion

Only the board may remove a student from the school environment.  The removal of a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, is an expulsion from school.

Students may be expelled for violations of board policy, school rules or the law.  It is within the discretion of the board to discipline a student by using an expulsion for a single offense or for a series of offenses depending on the nature of the offense and the circumstances surrounding the offense.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to recommend to the board the expulsion of a student for disciplinary purposes.  Only the board may take action to expel a student and to readmit the student.  The principal will keep records of expulsions in addition to the board's records.

When a student is recommended for expulsion by the board, the student shall be provided with:

            1.         Notice of the reasons for the proposed expulsion;

           2.         The names of the witnesses and an oral or written report on the facts to which each witness testifies unless the witnesses are students whose names may be    released at the discretion of the superintendent;

            3.         An opportunity to present a defense against the charges and provide either oral testimony or written affidavits of witnesses on the student's       behalf;

            4.         The right to be represented by counsel; and,

            5.         The results and finding of the board in writing open to the student's inspection.

In addition to these procedures, a special education student must be provided with additional procedures.  A determination should be made of whether the student is actually guilty of the misconduct.  A staffing team should determine whether the student's behavior is caused by the student's disability and whether the conduct is the result of inappropriate placement.  Discussions and conclusions of this meeting should be recorded.

If the special education student's conduct is not caused by the disability, the student may be expelled or suspended for a long-term period following written notice to the parent and pursuant to the school district's expulsion hearing procedures.  If the misconduct is caused by the disability and a change in placement is recommended, the change must be made pursuant to the placement procedures used by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
    
                                  Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
    
                                  Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 21.5; 282.3, .4, .5 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3 (6).

Cross Reference:  502 Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  503 Student Discipline

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Sept. 26, 2016, June 18, 2018       
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, Jul 25, 2016, May 21, 2018
Revised:  March 10, 1997, Dec. 13, 2010, Sept.19, 2016, May 21, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:15

503.2R1 - Expulsion Procedure

503.2R1 - Expulsion Procedure
  1.  Suspension of a student

The superintendent, principal, or associate principal, after hearing, may temporarily suspend any student for violation of the regulations, rules and discipline policy of the Fairfield Community School District and will give notice of such temporary dismissal will not exceed ten (10) days out of school or recommend to the board that the student be expelled.  Some acts, on campus or at any school function, for which suspension or expulsion should be considered are:

  1. Persistent absence or tardiness;
  2. Open or persistent defiance of authority and/or rules and regulations;
  3. Threatening, striking or assaulting any school employee;
  4. Threat or use of physical force upon another student which is not used in the defense of one’s safety;
  5. Threat of physical assault on another pupil to obtain money or materials of value;
  6. Damaging school property;
  7. Habitual profanity;
  8. Theft;
  9. Failure to abide by corrective discipline measures such as detention, etc.;
  10. Possession of a weapon;
  11. Use, possession or sale of liquors, narcotics;
  12. Smoking;
  13. Any act committed by a student which is detrimental to the health or physical wellbeing of another.

2.           Procedure for hearing of expulsion recommendation

    1. The administration will prepare a statement/notice in writing in duplicate, duly describing the alleged misconduct, and the reason the administration is recommending that the student be expelled from school, and advising the student of the time and place of hearing, at which the student, the student’s parents, or anyone the student chooses as a representative may appear and present such facts and statements which seem to be pertinent.  At which time and place, the Board of Directors will hear all facts presented and will take such action which it deems necessary and proper, pursuant to the rules and regulations and the discipline policy of the Fairfield Community School District and the laws of the State of Iowa.  Evidence must be given to student's family 3 business days prior to hearing.
    1. One copy of the notice will be filed with the president of the Board of Directors and another served upon the student.  The administration will endeavor to obtain service upon the student by serving the student personally, in which case the person serving the notice will make proper acknowledgment of service himself or herself, or by obtaining the student’s acknowledgment of service.  If the administration is unable to obtain such an acknowledgment, it may mail the complaint by registered mail to the student’s last local address, according to the records of the school district. Once there is a decision to recommend expulsion, the parent and student will be notified of such in writing. The hearing will be held on a date not later than ten (10) school days subsequent to the date of temporary suspension.
    2. Promptly following the receipt of a copy of the notice and of the acknowledgment or certification of service, the school board will schedule an expulsion hearing. Discussion of student discipline matters is in closed session, in accordance with Iowa Code, unless the parent and student request open session.
    3. At the hearing, the student may be accompanied by the student’s parents, by legal counsel, or by any other advisor of the student’s choice.  The school district may also  be advised by its legal advisor.  The hearing panel, in its discretion, may postpone the  hearing upon request when it deems such postponement necessary or appropriate; but a request for postponement for the convenience of legal counsel will ordinarily be refused.
    4. If the student should desire a more expeditious and informal procedure, the student may so indicate.  The hearing panel will make every effort to work out such a procedure with the student.
    5. At the hearing, the student may respond to the complaint orally or in writing. The response may admit or deny the allegations of the notice in whole or in part. The student may also offer any explanation or comment that the student believes relevant or appropriate.   
    6. The parties to the hearing, directly or through their legal advisors, may introduce evidence, witnesses to testify, or statements in writing; and they may testify in their own behalf.  To the extent that either party may rely on written statements as evidence, the party will clearly indicate how and from what source the evidence has been obtained.  Each party will have an opportunity to question   any witnesses, either directly or through legal counsel, or other advisor.  If the hearing panel should find it necessary to limit the number of witnesses in order to protect the hearing against disruption, confusion or unwarranted dilatory tactics, it will have the authority to do so.  The proceeding will be administrative and will not be conducted as an adversary proceeding.
    7. If the student will fail to appear at the hearing or if, having appeared, make no response to the complaint, the hearing panel will nevertheless invite the school administration to submit evidence in support of the complaint.
    8. If a party to the hearing should deliberately conduct itself in a manner disruptive of the hearing, the hearing panel will be authorized to exclude the party and    to proceed with the hearing as if the party had not personally appeared.
    9. Provisions will be made either for a transcript or for a verbatim record in the form of a tape recording of the hearing.  The complaint, the student’s response, the transcript or record, and all other papers in the proceeding except the final disposition of the case, will be for use only in the proceeding and in the internal processes of the school district related thereto; and that no such transcript, record or papers will  be voluntarily disclosed to any person outside the school district, except with the student’s consent.
    10. The hearing panel will consider all relevant evidence introduced at the hearing and make its findings of facts.  No matter not introduced as evidence at the hearing will be considered in making such findings.  Improperly acquired evidence will be excluded.
    11. Within five (5) days after the hearing, the school board will consider the relevant evidence and determine such disciplinary action as it deems to be appropriate, based upon the relevant evidence and the findings of facts of the hearing panel, together with the student’s prior record, as submitted by the school administration, and consistent with the rules and regulations and the discipline  policy of the school district and the laws of the State of Iowa.  The entire record, as submitted, will be open to the student for inspection.  The school board will properly notify the student, as well as the superintendent, or the person designated  by him, concerning the board’s findings of facts and determination.
    12. Within three (3) days after receiving notice of expulsion or other disciplinary action,   the student may request reconsideration by the school board stating the reasons.  The school board, in its discretion, may deny such request and proceed to give effect to the expulsion or other disciplinary action; or it may grant the request and, after reconsideration, either amend or confirm its determination.  It will then proceed to give effect to its final determination.

 

 

Approved: Sept 26, 2016, June 18, 2018          
Reviewed:  Jul 25, 2016, May 21, 2018
Revised:  Jul 25, 2016, May 21, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:17

503.3 - Fines - Fees - Charges

503.3 - Fines - Fees - Charges

The board believes students should respect school district property and assist in its preservation for future use by others.  Students may be assessed fines, charges, or fees for the materials needed in a course, for overdue school materials, for participating in activities, or for misuse of school property.

The superintendent will inform the board of the dollar amount to be charged to students or others for fines, charges, or fees annually.  Parents of students meeting specific financial eligibility standards will be eligible for a waiver of student fees or a reduction of student fees based upon the request of the parent.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.7(20); 279.8; 280.10, .11; 282.6; 285.1; 301.1 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 18.
    
                                  1994 Op. Att'y Gen. 23.
    
                                  1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 79.
    
                                  1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 227.
    
                                  1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 532.

Cross Reference:  501.16 Homeless Children & Youth
    
                                  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  503      Student Discipline

Approved:  Sept. 16, 1996, Feb 20, 2017, June 18, 2018        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, Dec 7, 2016, May 21, 2018      
Revised:  Dec 7, 2016, May 21, 2018      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:14

503.4 - Good Conduct Rule

503.4 - Good Conduct Rule

Participation in school activities is a privilege.  School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and for their lifetimes.

Students who participate in extracurricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school district throughout the calendar year, whether away from school or at school.  Students who wish to have the privilege of participating in extracurricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities which are illegal, immoral or unhealthy.

Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.  The principal will keep records of violations of the good conduct rule.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop rules and regulations for school activities.  Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
 
                                      In re Jason Clark, 1 D.P.I. App. Dec. 167 (1978).
    
                                        Iowa Code §§ 280.13, .13A (2013).
 
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 36.15(1).

Cross Reference:  502  Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  503  Student Discipline
    
                                  504  Student Activities

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, May 20, 2013, Dec 15, 2014, June 18, 2018        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep. 17, 2012, Apr. 5, 2013, Oct 27, 2014, May 21, 2018          
Revised:  Mar. 10, 1996, Aug. 9, 1999, Jan.10, 2000, Sep. 17, 2012, Apr. 5, 2013, Oct 27, 2014, May 21, 2018    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:07

503.4R - Good Conduct Rule Regulation

503.4R - Good Conduct Rule Regulation

ACADEMIC/ATTENDANCE ELIGIBILITY

To be eligible for an activity, students participating must

  • be enrolled or dual-enrolled in FHS;
  • have good school attendance and attend classes at least one half of a day on the day of the contest/game/performance, unless prior arrangements are made with the administration;
  • have earned passing grades in all courses: eligibility will be determined at the end of each grading periods
  • be under twenty years of age to participate in athletics, music or speech activities;
  • be enrolled in high school for four consecutive years or less to participate in athletics, music or speech activities;
  • have not been a member of or trained with or participated in college athletic contests or professional sports;
  • have met all transfer requirements, or be eligible under state law and regulations if the student is an open enrollment student.

 

ACADEMIC ELIGIBILITY

  • Academic Eligibility will be determined at the end of each grading period. Per state rule, “if at the end of any grading period a contestant is given a failing grade in any course for which credit is awarded, the contestant is ineligible to dress for and compete in the next occurring interscholastic athletic contests and competitions in which the contestant is a contestant for 30 consecutive calendar days.”      

 

LETTERS AND AWARDS

All lettering and end-of-season awards will be determined by the coaches/sponsors of each activity.   

 

GOOD CONDUCT RULE

Students who participate in extra curricular activities are representing their school through school sponsored events and therefore are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that represents the ideals, principals and standards of the Fairfield Community School District.  Students who choose not to follow the Extracurricular Activities Policy regulations will be subject to disciplinary procedures as set forth in the guidelines below. 

A student may lose eligibility under the Extracurricular Activities Policy for any of the following behaviors:

  • possession, use, or purchase of tobacco or tobacco look-alike products, regardless of the student’s age, if the offense results in a suspension;
  • possession, use, or purchase of alcoholic beverages, including beer and wine; 
  • being in a car or in attendance at a function/gathering/party where alcohol or other drugs are being consumed illegally by minors (joint possession);
  • possession, use, or purchase of illegal drugs or the unauthorized possession, use, or purchase of otherwise lawful drugs, including look-alike drugs;
  • engaging in any act that would be grounds for arrest or citation in the criminal or juvenile court system, excluding minor traffic offenses, regardless of whether the student was cited, arrested, convicted, or adjudicated for the act (stealing, damage to school property or that of school personnel, etc.);
  • inappropriate or offensive conduct such as fighting, insubordination, hazing or harassment of others if the offense results in  criminal charges.
  • Fairfield High School administration may determine that there has been a violation of its good conduct policy whether or not criminal charges have been filed, whether a student’s trial is pending, or whether or not the student is found guilty by a court of law as long as there is reasonable evidence to support the finding of a good conduct policy violation.

**      Involvement in acts of a more serious nature will be dealt with more severely.

During his/her high school career, a student who, after a hearing, is found to be in violation of the Extracurricular Activities Policy will be deemed ineligible for extracurricular contests / performances for a period of time as described below.         

1st offense – ¼ of contests/performance dates, and if available and appropriate then the student and the parent/guardian/head of household will be required
         to complete school approved treatment programs

2nd offense – ½ contest/performance dates of the season, and if available and appropriate then the student and the parent/guardian/head of household will be required to complete school approved treatment programs

3rd offense – 1 calendar year of ineligibility. A student who has a third violation of the Good Conduct Policy may elect to complete a more extensive school approved treatment program at the student’s / parent / guardian / head of household’s expense. If the student completes treatment and agrees to waive confidentiality (allowing information to be available to school officials); the student’s discipline for the third violation may be reduced by up to 50%.

4th offense – No longer able to participate in high school activities

**     These regulations are "minimum" and a coach/sponsor may impose a stronger form of discipline depending on the situation.

**     Multiple offenses cannot be served concurrently.

**     ¼ and ½ contests/performance dates will be calculated using the total number of regular season contest / performance dates scheduled for the activity. The calculation will be rounded down to a whole number. For example, if the football team has 9 regular season games scheduled then ¼ of the football season would be calculated as 2 games.

**     If a contest is cancelled during a student’s period of ineligibility for a good conduct violation and this contest is not rescheduled then the cancelled contest will count as a part of the student’s ineligibility period. If during a student’s period of ineligibility, however, a contest is cancelled and rescheduled then the student’s ineligibility period can either be extended to the next scheduled event or served on the rescheduled date of the cancelled event.

                

INELIGIBILITY

The period of ineligibility begins immediately upon a finding of a violation if the student is currently engaged in an extracurricular activity.  If the student is not currently in an activity, or if the discipline cannot be completed during the current activity, the discipline will be carried over and completed when the student decides to go out for the next activity or contest. A student ineligible for contests / performances will attend and participate in all practices or rehearsals at the direction of the coach/sponsor.

**       A student with an academic or good conduct violation will not be allowed to join an extracurricular activity in process unless the coach/sponsor of the activity in process provides written permission for them to do so. If the coach/sponsor provides written permission for them to do so then the student will begin serving their ineligibility period in this activity.

**       A student who is serving an academic or good conduct ineligibility period in an     extracurricular activity must complete the entire season in order for the ineligibility period    to count as served. If the student does not remain out for the entire season after serving an   ineligibility period then the same ineligibility period will carry over to the next   extracurricular activity in which the student participates.

**       If a student with an academic or good conduct violation is participating in multiple extracurricular activities during the same season then the ineligibility period will be applied to all activities. For example, a student with a 1st offense of the good conduct policy who is currently participating in track and soccer at the same time will be ineligible for ¼  of the track contests and ¼ of the soccer contests.

**       If a student with an academic or good conduct violation is participating in activities where seasons overlap, then the student will be ineligible for all overlapping activities until the ineligibility period is completely served. If the ineligibility period cannot be totally served in the 1st activity, then the remainder of the ineligibility period will be applied to and served in the next activity(ies). 

**      A student who is ineligible for a contest/performance for academic or good conduct reasons may travel with the team to away contests/performances
          as long as the travel does
not involve an early dismissal from school. If the travel involves an early dismissal then the ineligible student will remain
          in class and not travel with the team to the contest/performance.

**       A student with an academic or good conduct violation who does not participate in extracurricular activities for a calendar year from their violation will not be required to serve the ineligibility period if they choose to participate in an activity after a calendar year from the violation. Their violation, however, will still count towards their cumulative number of violations. For example, a sophomore who has their 1st good conduct violation but does not go out for an extracurricular activity until their senior year will not have to sit out ¼ of their contest. If this same student has another good conduct violation during their senior year then this violation would be considered a 2nd offense and result in 2nd offense consequences.

**       A student cannot serve an academic or good conduct ineligibility period as a team manager. School Administration and/or Coaches may choose to ban manager duties for students with academic or good conduct violations.

 

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

1.   Admission Prior to Determination: If a violation occurs prior to the official beginning of a season and law enforcement or school officials are not aware, or not involved with this violation, then students may self-report (turn themselves in) to the school officials without losing any eligibility.  The discipline for this student would be 15 hours of activity service that would be administered by the coach/sponsor of the sport/activity in which the student would next be involved.  These hours must be completed prior to the first contest/performance in order for the student to be eligible.  When completed, the coach/sponsor will file a copy with the administration.  This situation can only happen one time during any given school year and only prior to the official beginning of the season for that sport/activity.

**   It should be noted, however, that if students turn themselves in for a violation of this policy, and the school official already has this information, or this student has already been charged or contacted by the police, then the discipline will be handled as if it were after the official beginning of the season.  This activity service is counted as the student’s first violation.

               2.  If a student finds himself/herself in a situation (vehicle, room, function, gathering, party, etc.) where alcohol or other drugs are being consumed illegally by minors, the student’s options are

                     a.       leave immediately or

                     b.        stay and risk the loss of eligibility as determined by the Good Conduct Policy.

 

STUDENT TRANSFER

If a student transfers in from another Iowa school district and the student had not yet completed a period of ineligibility for a violation of the Extracurricular Activities Policy in the previous district, the student shall be ineligible if the administration determines that there is general knowledge in our district of this violation.  In all cases the school administration, activities director and coach/sponsor or the activity/sport will discuss each situation before a decision is made.

 

DUE PROCESS PROCEDURE

In carrying out these regulations, all students will be afforded due process, which includes procedures for a committee to discuss with a student their involvement in a possible violation of the Extracurricular Activities Policy.  The following procedure is set up to ensure that all students are afforded due process:

               1.   The high school administration will meet with the student and listen to his/her possible involvement. 

2.   If the student admits to being involved, the high school administration/activities director will notify the student and parent of the appropriate discipline.

3.   If the student denies the involvement, a hearing committee consisting of, at a minimum, the activities director and the high school administration will meet with the student and student's parents to further explore the violation.  If the committee determines that the student was involved, then the administration will notify the student and parents of the decision and resulting discipline.

4.  Parent notification related to paragraphs 2 and 3 above.

  • Administration will call parent/guardian/head of household and send home a notification letter via U.S. Mail. When the parent/guardian/head of household cannot be reached by phone, then the school will consider the notification process complete by the notification letter sent home.

 

APPEAL PROCESS

Step I       Any student who is found by the hearing committee to have violated the

                 Extracurricular Activities Policy may appeal by contacting the superintendent.  The discipline will be in effect pending the superintendent’s decision.

 

Step II      If the student is still dissatisfied, he or she may appeal to the school board by filing a written appeal with the board secretary at least 24 hours prior to the next board meeting.   The review by the board will be in closed session unless the student’s parent (or the student, if the student is 18) requests an open session.  The grounds for appeal to the school board are limited to the following: the student did not violate the Extracurricular Activities Policy; the student was given inadequate due process in the investigation and determination; or the discipline is in violation of the Handbook Rule or Board Policy.  The discipline will remain in effect pending the outcome of the meeting with the board. 

                

If the school board reverses the decision of the hearing committee, the student shall be immediately eligible and shall have any record of the ineligibility period and violation deleted from the student’s record.

 

 

PARENT AND STUDENT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

We have read these Extracurricular Activities Policy Regulations and agree that when our son/daughter participates in the Fairfield High School activity/athletic program he/she will be expected to abide by these regulations.

 

 

______________________                                  __________________________
Parent                                                                                 Student

 

 

_________________                                                ____________________
Date                                                                                     Date

 

 

 

 

** THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED TO COACH/SPONSOR PRIOR TO PARTICIPATION OF ACTIVITIES.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Oct. 15, 2012, May 20, 2013, June 16, 2014, Dec 15, 2014, April 12, 2021
Reviewed:  Aug. 8, 2005, Sep. 17, 2012, Apr. 5, 2013, Apr.28,2014, Oct 27, 2014, May 21, 2018, March 15, 2021
Revised:  Mar. 10, 1996, Aug. 9, 1999, Jan. 10, 2000, Sep. 19, Sep. 17,2012, Apr. 5, 2013, Apr.28,2014, Oct 27, 2014, May 21, 2018, March 15, 2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:09

503.5 - Corporal Punishment, Mechanical Restraint and Prone Restraint

503.5 - Corporal Punishment, Mechanical Restraint and Prone Restraint

The use of corporal punishment, mechanical restraint and/or prone restraint is prohibited in all schools. Corporal punishment is defined as the intentional physical punishment of a student and is prohibited.  It includes the use of unreasonable or unnecessary physical force or physical contact made with the intent to harm or cause pain.  No employee is prohibited from:

  • Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain, in order to accomplish any of the following:

  --   To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.

  --   To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object within a pupil’s control.

  --   For the purposes of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.3.

  --   For the protection of property as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.4 or 704.5.

  --   To remove a disruptive pupil from class or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.

  --   To protect a student from the self-infliction of harm.

  --   To protect the safety of others.

  •   Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.

Mechanical restraint means the use of a device as a means of restricting a student’s freedom of movement. Mechanical restraint does not mean a device used by a trained individual for specific approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the device was designed and, if applicable, prescribed, including restraints for medical immobilization, adaptive devices or mechanical supports used to allow greater freedom of mobility than would be possible without use of such devices or mechanical supports; and vehicle safety restraints when used as intended during the transport of a student in a moving vehicle.

Prone restraint means any restraint in which the student is held face down on the floor.

Reasonable physical force should be commensurate with the circumstances of the situation.  The following factors should be considered in using reasonable physical force for the reasons stated in this policy:

          1.         The size and physical, mental, and psychological condition of the student;

          2.         The nature of the student's behavior or misconduct provoking the use of physical force;

          3.         The instrumentality used in applying the physical force;

          4.         The extent and nature of resulting injury to the student, if any;

          5.         The motivation of the school employee using physical force.

Upon request, the student's parents shall be given an explanation of the reasons for physical force.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Ingraham v. Wright, 430 U.S. 651 (1977).
    
                                  Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
    
                                  Tinkham v. Kole, 252 Iowa 1303, 110 N.W.2d 258 (1961).
    
                                  Lai v. Erickson, PTPC Admin. Doc. 83-12 (1983).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(8); 103.
    
                                  1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Cross Reference:  402.3 Abuse of Students by School District Employees
    
                                  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  503    Student Discipline

Approved:  June 12, 1989, June 18, 2018, February 15, 2021         
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 8, 2010, Oct 28, 2013, May 21, 2018, 
January 25, 2021          
Revised:     Oct. 11, 1993, May 21, 2018, January 25, 2021          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:05

503.6 - Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

503.6 - Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

It is the goal of the district that all students can learn and grow in a safe and peaceful environment that nurtures the student and models respect for oneself and others.  On occasion, trained district employees and others may have to use behavior management interventions, physical restraint and/or seclusion of students.  The goal of these interventions is to promote the dignity, care, safety, welfare and security of each child and the school community.  With this objective in mind, the district will prioritize the use of the least restrictive behavioral interventions appropriate for the situation.

Physical restraint means a personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of a student to move the student’s arms, legs, body, or head freely.  Physical restraint does not mean a technique used by trained school personnel, or used by a student, for the specific and approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the technique was designed and, if applicable, prescribed.  Physical restraint does not include instructional strategies, such as physically guiding a student during an educational task, hand-shaking, hugging, or other non-disciplinary physical contact. 

Seclusion means the involuntary confinement of a child in a seclusion room or area from which the child is prevented or prohibited from leaving; however, preventing a child from leaving a classroom or school building are not considered seclusion.  Seclusion does not include instances when a school employee is present within the room and providing services to the child, such as crisis intervention or instruction. 

Physical restraint or seclusion is reasonable or necessary only:

  • To prevent or terminate an imminent threat of bodily injury to the student or others; or
  • To prevent serious damage to property of significant monetary value or significant nonmonetary value or importance; or
  • When the student’s actions seriously disrupt the learning environment or when physical restraint or seclusion is necessary to ensure the safety of the student or others; and
  • When less restrictive alternatives to seclusion or physical restraint would not be effective, would not be feasible under the circumstances, or have failed in preventing or terminating the imminent threat or behavior; and
  • When the physical restraint or seclusion complies with all applicable laws.

Prior to using physical restraint or seclusion, employees must receive training in accordance with the law.  Any individual who is not employed by the district but whose duties could require the individual to use or be present during the use of physical restraint or seclusion on a student will be invited to participate in the same training offered to employees on this topic.  

When required by law, the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee will ensure a post-occurrence debriefing meeting is held, maintain documentation and fulfill all reporting requirements for each occurrence of physical restraint or seclusion as required by law. 

 

NOTE:  There are specific requirements for school districts to fulfill before and after using physical restraint and seclusion with students.  Administrators should thoroughly read and understand the requirements listed in Chapter 103 of the Iowa Administrative Code.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21.
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 103.

Cross Reference:  402.3    Abuse of Students by School District Employees
    
                                     502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
     
                                    503       Student Discipline
    
                                     503.5    Corporal Punishment
Approved    February 15, 2021        
Reviewed   January 25, 2021 

Revised                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 18:57

503.6E1 - Physical Restraint or Physical Confinement Documentation

503.6E1 - Physical Restraint or Physical Confinement Documentation

Student Name:  _______________________      Date of Occurrence: _______________________

 

Building of Attendance: ___________________________________

Beginning of Occurrence: __________________ 

End of Occurrence: _______________________           

                                                                                           

IEP?  (check one)     Yes____             No___         

 

 

Name of staff members involved:

 

Describe the actions of the student and employees involved before the occurrence:

 

Describe the actions of the student and the employees involved during the occurrence:

 

Describe the actions of the student and the employees involved after the occurrence:

 

Describe student and staff debriefing:

 

Describe alternatives to physical restraint or physical confinement attempted before the occurrence: 

 

Describe future approaches to the student’s behavior, including any consequences or disciplinary actions:

 

Describe any injuries to the student, employees or others, and any property damage:  

 

Describe future approaches to the student’s behavior:

 

If the occurrence involved a period of physical confinement that exceeds 15 minutes, the name of the administrator or designee who authorized any additional period of physical confinement.

 

Date and time of the debriefing meeting if needed (held within 5 days of letter):

 

Student’s Parent or Guardian Contacted by:

 

Date: 

Time:     

Method:

 

If the parent or guardian is not contacted on the same day of occurrence, describe attempts to notify the parent or guardian that day:                                                                      __________________________

                                                                                                                                                           

 

Date that a copy of this documentation was provided to the parent or guardian (must be within 3 school days of the occurrence):

Documentation provided (check one):

Sent home with student:  ___

By mail (postmarked within 3 school days of occurrence): ___

By electronic mail: _____

By facsimile transmission upon written request of parent/guardian: ____

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:03

503.6E2 - Debriefing Letter to Guardian of Student Involved in an Occurrence Where Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion was Used

503.6E2 - Debriefing Letter to Guardian of Student Involved in an Occurrence Where Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion was Used

[This letter and the enclosed report may be transmitted electronically via email or fax, picked up in person, or mailed.  If the district and the guardian do not agree on how to transmit this letter, it must be mailed via postage prepaid, first class mail to the guardian within 3 school days of the occurrence.]

 

Dear [Guardian],

Recently, your student [name] was involved in an occurrence at school that required the physical restraint and/or seclusion of your student as defined by 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103.  A report related to this occurrence is enclosed with this letter. 

The law requires debriefing meetings be held for such occurrences in the following circumstances:

  • following the first instance of seclusion or physical restraint during a school year;
  • When any personal injury occurs as a part of the use of seclusion or physical restraint;
  • When a reasonable educator would determine a debriefing session is necessary;
  • When suggested by a student’s IEP team;
  • When agreed to by the guardian and school officials; and
  • After seven instances of seclusion or physical restraint of the student.

This letter is intended to inform you that a debriefing meeting will be held on [date within 5 days of transmission of letter, time, place] because of [reason from bulleted list above].  The following employees will be in attendance at this meeting: [list names and titles of employees].  We are inviting you to attend this debriefing meeting to engage with us on topics related to this occurrence. 

If you would like to reschedule the debriefing meeting, please contact me as soon as possible via email [email address] or telephone [telephone number], and at least one school day prior to the date and time listed for this debriefing meeting.  Your student is allowed to attend this meeting with your consent, and you are welcome to bring a representative of your choosing if you wish.  If you plan to bring a representative to this meeting, please let us know at least one school day prior to the meeting so that we have an opportunity to make arrangements.

We look forward to working with you to foster the continued health, safety and educational growth of your student.

 

___________________________________                                ___________________________
[Administrator name], title                                                                        Date

 

Enclosure:  Report related to student occurrence

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:02

503.6E3 - Debriefing Meeting Document

503.6E3 - Debriefing Meeting Document

[The following individuals must attend the debriefing meeting: employees who administered physical restraint or seclusion; an administrator or employee not involved in the occurrence; the administrator or employee who approved continuation of the physical restraint or seclusion; other relevant personnel designated by the school; if indicated by student’s behavior in occurrence, an expert in behavioral/mental health or other discipline.  The following individuals must be invited to attend the debriefing meeting:  the parent or guardian of the student, the student with guardian’s consent.]

           

Student name:

Date of occurrence:

 

Date of debriefing meeting:

 

Time of debriefing meeting:

Location of debriefing meeting:

 

 

Names of individuals attending the debriefing meeting (must include the employees involved and at least one employee who was not involved):

Job title of employee and/or relation to student:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Documentation reviewed during meeting (must include at least the occurrence report; and BIP, IHP, IEP and/or safety plan if applicable):

 

 

 

 

 

Identification of patterns of behavior and proportionate response, if any, in the student and employees involved:

 

 

 

 

 

Possible alternative responses, if any, to the incident/less restrictive means, if any:

 

 

 

 

     

Additional resources, if any, that could facilitate those alternative responses in the future:

 

 

 

 

 

Plans for additional follow up actions, if any:

 

 

 

 

 

 

This form has been reviewed and completed by the undersigned employee.  A written copy of this form has been sent to the student’s guardian within three school days of the debriefing meeting

 

____________________________________                  ______________________________
Employee                                                                                              Date of delivered to Parent/Guardian

 

                                                                                    ______________________________
                                                                                        Method of Transmittal

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 19:00

503.6R1 - Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion with Students

503.6R1 - Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion with Students

The District will comply with 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103 for the use of physical restraint and seclusion with students, including, but not limited to:

  • Physical restraint and seclusion will be used only by employees who have been trained in accordance with applicable law unless a trained employee is not immediately available due to the unforeseeable nature of the occurrence.
  • As soon as practical after the situation is under control, but within one hour after either the occurrence or the end of the school day, whichever occurs first, the school will attempt to contact the student’s parent or guardian using the school’s emergency contact system.
  • The seclusion or physical restraint is used only for as long as necessary based on research and evidence to allow the student to regain control of their behavior to the point that the threat or behavior necessitating the use of the seclusion or physical restraint has ended, or when a medical condition occurs that puts the student at risk of harm.  Unless otherwise provided for in the student’s written approved IEP, BIP, IHP or safety plan, if the seclusion or physical restraint continues for more than 15 minutes:
    • The student will be provided with any necessary breaks to attend to personal and bodily needs, unless doing so would endanger the child or others.
    • An employee will obtain approval from an administrator or administrator’s designee to continue seclusion or physical restraint beyond 15 minutes.  After the initial approval, an employee must obtain additional approval every 30 minutes thereafter for the continuation of the seclusion or physical restraint.
    • The student’s parent or guardian and the school may agree to more frequent notifications than is required by law.
    • Schools and district employees must document and explain in writing the reasons why it was not possible for the employees to obtain approval, notify parents, or take action within prescribed time limits.
    • Schools and district employees who begin and then end use of nonapproved restraints will document and explain in writing the reasons why they had no other option but to use this type of behavioral intervention.
  • The area of seclusion will be a designated seclusion room that complies with the seclusion room requirements in accordance with law, unless the nature of the occurrence makes the use of the designated seclusion room impossible, clearly impractical, or clearly contrary to the safety of the student, others, or both; in that event, the school must document and explain in writing the reasons why a designated seclusion room was not used.
  • An employee must continually visually monitor the student for the duration of the seclusion or physical restraint.
  • If an employee restrains a student who uses sign language or an augmentive mode of communication as the student’s primary mode of communication, the student shall be permitted to have the student’s hands free of physical restraint, unless doing so is not feasible in view of the threat posed.
  • Seclusion or physical restraint shall not be used:  as punishment or discipline; to force compliance or to retaliate; as a substitute for appropriate educational or behavioral support; to prevent property damage except as provided in law; as a routine school safety measure; or as a convenience to staff.
  • The Superintendent or the Superintendent’s designee will investigate any complaint or allegation that one or more employees violated any provisions of 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103.  If the District determines a violation has occurred, corrective action will be taken up to and including termination of the employees involved.  If the allegation or complaint involves a specific student the District will notify the parents or guardian of the involved student about the results of the investigation.  If any allegation or complaint is also defined as abuse in 281 Iowa Administrative Code 102.2, the procedures listed in chapter 102 will apply.
  • The District must comply with and implement Chapter 103 whether or not a parent consents to the use of physical restraint or seclusion.

 

 

Approved:  February 15, 2021        
Reviewed:  January 25, 2020
Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 18:59

504 - Student Activities

504 - Student Activities dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 18:43

504.1 - Student Government

504.1 - Student Government

The student council provides for student activities, serves as a training experience for student leaders, promotes the common good, gives students a share in the management of the school, develops high ideals of personal conduct, acts as a clearinghouse for student activities, seeks to interest students in school district affairs and helps solve problems that may arise. Members of the council are student representatives who have direct access to the administration.

The principal, in conjunction with the students and licensed employees, will set forth the guidelines for the student government's elections, operations, and other elements of the government.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 2013.

Cross Reference:  502 Student Rights and Responsibilities
                                     
 504 Student Activities

Approved: Feb. 11, 1985, Aug. 20, 2018
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018
Revised: March 10, 1997, July 16, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 18:55

504.2 - Student Organizations

504.2 - Student Organizations

Secondary school student-initiated, non-curriculum-related groups and student curriculum-related groups, upon receiving permission from the principal, may use school facilities for group meetings during non-instructional time.

Non-instructional time will mean any time before the first period of the day and after the last period of the day in which any student attends class.  Meetings will not interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  It is within the discretion of the principal to determine whether the meetings will interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  Activities relating to and part of the education program will have priority over the activities of another organization.

 

Curriculum-Related Organizations

It will also be the responsibility of the principal to determine whether a student group is curriculum-related.  One or more of the following questions will be answered affirmatively if the group is curriculum-related:

  • Is the subject matter of the group actually taught in a regularly offered course?
  • Will the subject matter of the group soon be taught in a regularly offered course?
  • Does the subject matter of the group concern the body of courses as a whole?
  • Is participation in the group required for a particular course?
  • Does participation in the group result in academic credit?

Secondary school curriculum-related student organizations may use the school district facilities for meetings and other purposes before and after the instructional school day.  Employees are assigned to monitor approved meetings and may interact with curriculum-related organizations.

 

Non-curriculum Related Organizations

Student-initiated, non-curriculum related organizations are provided access to meeting space and school district facilities.

Only students may attend and participate in meetings of non-curriculum related groups.  Such attendance is strictly voluntary and student-initiated.  As a means of determining whether a student's attendance is voluntary, the principal may require parental consent for the student to attend the meetings.

Employees will be assigned to monitor approved meetings.  Employees will not participate in the meeting or assist in planning, criticizing, or encouraging attendance.  Only students may be involved in and attend the non-curriculum group's meetings.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Westside Community Board of Education v Mergens, 496 U.S. 226 (1990).
   
                                   Bender v. Williamsport Area Community School District, 741 F.2d 538 (3d Cir. 1984), vacated and remanded on other grounds,
                                      475 U.S. 534 (1986).
   
                                   20 U.S.C. §§ 4071-4074 (2012).
   
                                   Iowa Code §§ 287.1-.3; 297.9 (2013).

Cross Reference:  502  Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                   504  Student Activities

Approved:  Oct. 13, 1986, Aug. 20, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018      
Revised:  Sept. 21, 1992, July 16, 2018      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 18:52

504.3 - Student Publications

504.3 - Student Publications

Students may produce official school publications as part of the curriculum under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the principal.  Official school publications include material produced in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.       

Any expression made by students, including student expression in official school publications, is not an expression of official school policy.  The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student speech or expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of the interference or alteration of the speech or expression.       

Official school publications are free from prior restraint by employees or officials except as provided by law.  A faculty advisor will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.  The production of official school publications is guided by the law and by the ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism.  

Persons, other than students, who believe they have been aggrieved by student expression in a student-produced official school publication will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 214.1.  Students who believe their freedom of expression in a student-produced official school publication has been restricted will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 502.4.    

The superintendent is responsible for developing a student publications code.  This code will include, but not be limited to, reasonable rules including time, place, and manner of restrictions.  The superintendent will also be responsible for distributing this policy and the student publications code to the students and their parents.

 

         

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).         
                                       
Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).         
                                       
Iowa Code § 280.22 (2013).

Cross Reference:  307 Communication Channels                                            
                                      
502 Student Rights and Responsibilities                            
                                       
504 Student Activities      
                                      
903.5 Distribution of Material                                            

Approved:  Oct. 13, 1986, Aug. 20, 2018   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018      
Revised:  Sept. 21, 1992, July 16, 2018     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 18:49

504.3R1 - Student Publications Code

504.3R1 - Student Publications Code

A.    Official school publications defined.

An "official school publication" is material produced by students in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to students either free or for a fee.

B.     Expression in an official school publication.

        1.    No student will express, publish or distribute in an official school publication material which is:

                  a.   obscene;

                  b.   libelous;

                  c.   slanderous; or

                  d.   encourages students to:

                        1)     commit unlawful acts;

                        2)     violate school rules;

                        3)     cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity;

                        4)     disrupt or interfere with the education program;

                        5)     interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or

                        6)     infringe on the rights of others.

        2.    The official school publication is produced under the supervision of a faculty advisor.

C.     Responsibilities of students.

        1.    Students writing or editing official school publications will assign and edit the news, editorial and feature contents of the official school publications subject to the limitations of the student publications code and the law.

        2.    Students will strive to achieve professional standards of accuracy, fairness, objectivity and thoroughness in each and every aspect of official school publications.

        3.    Students will strive to achieve professional standards of grammar, usage, punctuation and spelling for clarity and accuracy of official school publications.

D.    Responsibilities of faculty advisors.

        Faculty advisors will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.

E.     Liability.

Student expression in an official school publication will not be deemed to be an expression of the school district.  The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

F.     Appeal procedure.

        1.    Students who believe they have been unreasonably restricted in their exercise of expression in an official student publication will seek review of the decision through the student grievance procedure, under board policy 502.4.

        2.    Persons who believe they have been aggrieved by a student-produced official student publication will file their complaint through the citizen grievance procedure, under board policy 213.

G.    Time, place and manner of restrictions on official school publications.

        1.    Official student publications may be distributed in a reasonable manner on or off school premises.

        2.    Distribution in a reasonable manner will not encourage students to:

            a.   commit unlawful acts;

            b.   violate school rules;

            c.    cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity;

            d.   disrupt or interfere with the education program;

            e.   interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or

           f.    infringe on the rights of others.                         

 

 

Approved:  
Reviewed:  July 16, 2018      
Revised: July 16, 2018                                        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 18:50

504.4 - Student Performances

504.4 - Student Performances

Students, as part of the education program, may participate in contests or other public and private events approved by the superintendent that will be of benefit to the student and the education program.  Performance at such events is a privilege.

Students, who perform at such events, serve as ambassadors of the school district and must conduct themselves in the same manner as required in the regular school day.  Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.

Students will be allowed to perform in these events only with proper permission and supervision and when the events do not disrupt the education program or other school district operations.  The events must be approved by the superintendent, unless it involves unusual travel and expense, in which case the board must approve of the performance.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. In developing the administrative regulations, these guidelines should be followed:

  • Performances by student groups below the high school level should be allowed on a very limited basis;
  • All groups of students should have an opportunity to participate; and,
  • Extensive travel by one group of students should be discouraged.

It will be within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the event will benefit the education program and the participating students.  Contests or other performances by students unapproved by the superintendent will be the responsibility of the parent and the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 280.13-.14 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.6.

Cross Reference:  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  503.4 Good Conduct Rule
    
                                  504    Student Activities
    
                                  904    Community Activities Involving Students

Approved:  Oct. 9, 1989, Sep 22, 2014, Aug. 20, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Aug. 25, 2014, Jul. 16, 2018      
Revised:  March 10, 1997, Aug. 28, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 18:48

504.5 - Student Fund Raising

504.5 - Student Fund Raising

Students may raise funds for school-sponsored events with the permission of the principal.  Fund raising by students for events other than school-sponsored events is not allowed.  Collection boxes for school fund raising must have prior approval from the principal before being placed on school property.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy

 

 

Legal Reference:  Senior Class of Pekin High School v. Tharp, 154 N.W.2d 874 (Iowa 1967).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 279.8 (1995).

Cross Reference:  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  503    Student Discipline
    
                                  504    Student Activities
    
                                  704.5 Student Activities Fund
    
                                  904.2 Advertising and Promotion 

Approved:  March 10, 1997, Aug. 20, 2018    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, June 14, 2010, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018   
Revised:  July 12, 2010, Aug. 20, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 18:45

504.5E - Fundraising Questionnaire and Approval Form

504.5E - Fundraising Questionnaire and Approval Form

Numerous issues have been encountered over the years with fundraising activities and some of the challenges may be eliminated with more communication. Please review the following list:

  • Fundraisers need PRIOR approval of the Building Principal and Activities Director.
  • Purchase orders and numbers are required prior to purchase of materials.
  • Fundraisers, such as school carnivals, should be placed on the school calendar.
  • When money is collected, receipts are mandatory.
  • Once money is collected, it should be immediately returned to supervisors and deposited.
  • Door to door sales is the least preferred type of fundraiser.
  • Clarify with the salesman such things as:
  • The duration of the fundraiser
  • Your profit percentage
  • Who handles shipping costs
  • Who pays for prizes/incentives

 

Please complete the information below (prior to fundraiser beginning):

 

Name of group / organization:                                _________________________________

Type of Fundraiser:                                                  _________________________________

Name of Sponsor:                                                      _________________________________

Start and End Dates:                                                Start: ___________ End: ____________

Company Name & Address:                                    _________________________________

                                                                                    _________________________________

                                                                                    _________________________________

Number of students involved:                                 _________________________________

Anticipated revenue:                                                _________________________________

Percentage of gross profit:                                       _________________________________

Profits will be used for?                                           _________________________________

Date submitted to calendar (if applicable):            _________________________________

Date reconciliation form completed:                      _________________________________

Principal’s/Activity Director’s Approval:              _________________________________

(Copy sent to AD’s Office)                                       _________________________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 18:46

504.6 - Student Activity Program

504.6 - Student Activity Program

Participation in school activities is a privilege.  School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and ability in the students during their school years and for their lifetime.

Students will have an opportunity to participate in a school activity unless the activity is not offered or the student cannot participate for disciplinary reasons.  If the activity is an intramural or interscholastic athletic activity, students of the opposite sex will have a comparable opportunity for participation.  Comparable opportunity does not guarantee boys and girls will be allowed to play on each other's teams when there are athletic activities available that will allow both boys and girls to reap the benefits of school activities, which are the promotion of additional interests and abilities in the students.

Student activity events must be approved by the superintendent unless it involves unusual travel expense, in which case the board will take action.  The events must not disrupt the education program or other school district operations.

A student (7-12) who participates in a school sponsored sport may participate in a non-school sponsored sport during the same season.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for each school activity.  These regulations will include, but not be limited to, when physical examinations will be required, how and when parents will be informed about the risk of the activity, academic requirements, and proof of insurance on the student participating in certain activities.  Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1681-1683; 1685-1686 (1988).
    
                                  34 C.F.R. Pt. 106.41 (1993).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.13-.14 (1995).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.6.

Cross Reference:  501 Student Attendance
    
                                  502 Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  503 Student Discipline
    
                                  504 Student Activities
    
                                  507 Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  Oct. 12, 1987, Aug. 20, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018   
Revised:  June 12, 1989 & Jan. 12, 1998, July 16, 2018   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 18:43

505 - Student Achievement

505 - Student Achievement dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 13:00

505.1 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences

505.1 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences

Students will receive a progress report at the middle and end of each grading period. Students who are doing poorly, and their parents, shall be notified. The board encourages the notification of students who have made marked improvement prior to the end of the semester.

Parent-teacher conferences will be held twice a year at the elementary, middle school, and high school to keep the parents informed. An individual parent-teacher conference will be scheduled biannually for families with students in grades K-4.

Parents, teachers, or principals may request a conference for students in grades kindergarten through twelve in addition to the scheduled conference time.  Parents and students are encouraged to discuss the student's progress or other matters with the student's teacher.

Individual Student’s Progress

In addition to classroom work samples and alternative assessments, teachers may use the results of district-wide standardized tests as progress indicators.  The following assessments may be shared as indicators of progress at each of the indicated grade levels:

KG                          Marie Clay Observation Survey

                                  FAST assessment

1-4 8                       FAST

                                  Jerry L. Johns Basic Reading Inventory (BRI)

2                               Otis Lennon Scholastic Ability Test (OLSAT)

3-11                        ISASP

Pre-K                     IGDI Assessment

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 284.12 (2013).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), .3(7); .5(16).

Cross Reference:  505 Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                  506 Student Records

Approved:  March. 10, 1997, Dec 16, 2013, Aug. 20, 2018, April 12, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov 1, 2013, July 16, 2018, March 15, 2021        
Revised:   Nov 1, 2013, July 16, 2018, March 15, 2021            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 13:16

505.2 - Student Promotion - Retention - Acceleration

505.2 - Student Promotion - Retention - Acceleration

Students will be promoted to the next grade level at the end of each school year based on the student's achievement, age, maturity, emotional stability, and social adjustment.

The district shall adhere to the following:

  • Retention/Promotion in kindergarten – eighth grade: The retention of a student will be determined based upon the judgment of the district’s professional staff. When it becomes evident a student in grades kindergarten through eight may be retained in a grade level for an additional year, the parents will be informed prior to making the retention decision.  It is within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
  • Retention/Promotion in ninth – twelfth grade: Students in grades nine through twelve will be informed of the required course work necessary to be promoted each year. When it becomes evident a student in these grades will be unable to meet the minimum credit requirements for the year, the student and parents will be informed. It is within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
  • Acceleration in kindergarten – twelfth grade: Students in grades kindergarten through twelve with exceptional talents may, with the permission of the principal and parents, take classes beyond their current grade level. Enrichment opportunities outside the school district may be allowed when they do not conflict with the school district's graduation requirements.
  • Retention or Acceleration in kindergarten – twelfth grade may also occur in additional instances as provided by law.

Any student or parent who is not satisfied with the decision of the district’s professional staff my seek recourse through policy 502.4 – Student Complaints and Grievances.

 

NOTE: School districts that use specific steps or processes for determining retention or acceleration should reference the applicable criteria or where to locate the criteria in the bulleted information above.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, 279.8.
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.5(16).

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
    
                                    505       Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                    603.2    Summer School Instruction

Approved:  March. 10, 1997, March 19, 2018, August 20, 2018       
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, February 19, 2018, July 16, 2018         
Revised:  February 19, 2018, March 19, 2018, July 16, 2018              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 13:15

505.3 - Student Honors and Awards

505.3 - Student Honors and Awards

The school district will provide a program that establishes honors and awards including, but not limited to, academic letters, scholarships and good citizenship awards for students to assist students in setting goals.  Students will made aware of honors and awards and the action necessary on the part of the student to achieve them. Students who have not attended an accredited public or private school for their entire high school education, will not be eligible for honors and awards.  To be eligible for honors and awards at Fairfield High School, students must meet the Fairfield High School standards for that award/honor.

Students who transfer to Fairfield High School their senior year must be enrolled long enough to establish their G.P.A. and class rank for at least one school year in order to be able to receive honors recognition at the time of graduation.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (1993).

Cross Reference:  504 Student Activities
    
                                  505 Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Aug. 20, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018      
Revised:  March 10, 1997, July 16, 2018      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 13:14

505.4 - Testing Program

505.4 - Testing Program

A comprehensive testing program is established and maintained to evaluate the education program of the school district and to assist in providing guidance or counseling services to students and their families.

No student is required, as part of an applicable program funded by the United States Department of Education, to submit to a survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals information concerning:

  • political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent;
  • mental or psychological problems of the student or the student's family;
  • sex behavior and attitudes;
  • illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating and demeaning behavior;
  • critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;
  • legally recognized, privileged and analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians and ministers;
  • religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent; or
  • income, but not including income required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

It is the responsibility of the board to review and approve the evaluation and testing program.

 

 

 

Code No. 505.4a      

ACCOUNTABILITY TEST INTEGRITY/TEST PREPARATION

 

The Fairfield Community School District is committed to ensuring the integrity of the information obtained from the use of educational assessments.  This policy is intended to apply to two assessments in particular; the assessment used to meet the reporting requirement under the ESSA (Every Student Succeeds Act) and the assessment used to meet the reporting requirements for the Annual Progress Report to the Iowa Department of Education.

The purpose of this policy is to identify procedures that can ensure assessment results are truly representative of the achievement of students in our district.  It is also our intent to create awareness of the potential negative impact that inappropriate assessment practices might produce, to outline processes to be followed, and to identify the potential consequences of violating the policy.  If test scores become questionable because of inappropriate practices in either preparing student or in administering tests, the meaning of the scores will be distorted and their value for their original purpose will be diminished or lost.

 

APPOINTMENT OF DISTRICT TEST COORDINATOR

The district shall appoint a District Test Coordinator, who may in turn delegate responsibility for testing-related functions to one or more Building Test Coordinators.  The District Test Coordina-tor is the curriculum director.  The District Test Coordinator is responsible for storing materials from Iowa Testing Programs in a secure area with restricted access both prior to and after the testing period.

 

TEST PREPARATION

As a function of educating students, staff may prepare students for assessments by providing instruction in the content areas to be assessed.  Staff may also prepare students for assessments by teaching general test-taking skills that are applicable to any test or test format.

Staff will not conduct reviews or drills that use actual test items or identical format items of the accountability assessments, use copies of tests from previous years, or review test-specific curriculum content with students at any time.

 

ADMINISTRATION OF TESTS

In the administration of standardized tests, it is a violation of test security to do any of the following:

  1. Provide inappropriate test preparation such as any of the following;
    1. Copy, reproduce, or use in any manner any portion of any secure test booklet, for any reason.
    2. Share an actual test instrument in any form.
    3. Use test preparation materials or strategies developed specifically for Annual Progress Reporting or the Annual Yearly Progress Report.
  2. Deviate from the test administration procedures specified in the test examiner’s manual.
  3. Provide inappropriate assistance to students during the test administration.
  4. Make test answers available to students.
  5. Change or fill in answers on student answer documents.
  6. Provide inaccurate data on student answer documents.
  7. Engage in any practice to artificially raise student scores without actually improving underlying student achievement.
  8. Participate in, direct, aid, counsel, assist, encourage, or fail to report any of the acts prohibited in this policy.

After testing is completed, test booklets are to be returned according to procedures established by the District Test Coordinator.

 

CONSEQUENCES OF POLICY VIOLATIONS

If a violation of this policy occurs, as determined by the superintendent following an investigation of allegations of irregularities, the superintendent will determine whether the integrity of the testing program has been jeopardized, whether some or all of the test results are invalidated, and whether a teacher or administrator has violated the Code of Ethics of the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners as found at 282-Iowa Administrative Code chapter 25.

Reports of students cheating on assessments will be submitted to the building principal for investigation and disciplinary procedures.

A staff member found to have committed testing irregularities will be subject to discipline in accordance with law and board policy.  If the staff member is a licensee of the Board of Educational Examiners, the superintendent will make a timely report to that board.

If the superintendent believes that assessment results are invalid, the superintendent will make a timely report to the Iowa Department of Education.

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h
                                      Iowa Code §§ 280.3
                                      281 I.A.C. 12.5(13), .5(21).

Cross Reference:  505    Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                  506    Student Records
    
                                  607.2 Student Health Services

Approved:  Mar. 10, 1997, Aug. 20, 2018     
Reviewed:  Sep. 28, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018            
Revised:   Oct. 10, 2005, July 16, 2018      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 13:10

505.5 - Graduation Requirements

505.5 - Graduation Requirements

Students must successfully complete the courses required by the board and Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure that students complete grades one through twelve and that high school students complete 52 credits prior to graduation. The following credits will be required for graduation:

  1. A minimum number of credits must be earned within certain disciplines as follows:

                  English/Language Arts              8 credits

                  Science                                               6 credits

                  Mathematics                                    6 credits

                  Social Studies                                 6 credits

                  Physical Education                      4 credits

                  Financial Literacy                        1 credits

 

  1. Band, Choir and Physical Education are to receive 1 credit per term.

Graduation requirements for special education students will be in accordance with the prescribed course of study as described in their Individualized Education Program (IEP). Each student’s IEP will include a statement of the projected date of graduation at least 18 months in advance of the projected date and the criteria to be used in determining whether graduation will occur. Prior to the special education student’s graduation, the IEP team will determine whether the graduation criteria have been met.

Beginning with the class of 2022, requirements for students in special education to earn a regular high school diploma will include successful completion of four years of English, three years of math, three years of social studies, three years of science and the completion of the district’s physical education requirements.

In addition, students are required to complete 10 hours of community service.

The remaining credits come from electives or additional credits within the core areas.

In order to graduate early, students must have the approval of the Counselor, Principal and Superintendent. Code No. 505.6

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, 279.8; 280.3, .14. (2013)
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.2.5

Cross Reference:  505       Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                    603.3    Special Education

Approved:  March. 10, 1997, Aug. 9, 2010, Jun 18, 2012, Aug. 20, 2018, April 12, 2021
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, June 14, 2010, Oct. 11, 2010, Jun 18, 2012, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018, March 15, 2021    
Revised:  Apr. 14, 1997, July 12, 2010, Nov. 8, 2010, July 16, 2018, March 15, 2021       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 13:07

505.6 - Early Graduation

505.6 - Early Graduation

Generally, students will be required to complete the necessary course work and graduate from high school at the end of grade twelve.  Students may graduate prior to this time if they meet the minimum graduation requirements stated in board policy.

A student who graduates early will no longer be considered a student and will become an alumnus of the school district.  However, the student who graduates early may participate in commencement exercises.

Students who decide to graduate early must notify school officials of their decision to do so by no later than the end of the 1st grading period of their early graduation year.

In order to graduate early, students must have the approval of the counselor, principal, Superintendent and the School Board prior to the end of the first grading period.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.2; .5, 12.3(5)

Cross Reference:  505 Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved: April 14, 1997, Aug. 20, 2018, April 12, 2021     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018, March 15, 2021              
Revised:  July 16, 2018, March 15, 2021              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 13:04

505.7 - Commencement

505.7 - Commencement

Students who have met the requirements for graduation will be allowed to participate in the commencement proceedings provided they abide by the proceedings organized by the school district.  The Board of Directors may exclude students from participation for violation of rules established for the orderly governance of the school.   Attendance at commencement exercises is optional.   It is the responsibility of the principal to solicit input from each graduating class regarding the proceedings for their commencement.

Failure of a student to participate in commencement will not be a reason for withholding the student's final progress report or diploma certifying the student's completion of high school.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C.12.5.

Cross Reference:  505 Student Scholastic Achievement

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Aug. 20, 2018     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018.      
Revised:  March 10, 1997, July 16, 2018.      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 13:03

505.8 - Parent and Family Engagement

505.8 - Parent and Family Engagement

Parent and family engagement is an important component in a student's success in school. The board encourages parents and families to become involved in their child's education to ensure the child's academic success. In order to facilitate parent and family involvement, it is the goal of the district to conduct outreach and implement programs, activities and procedures to further involve parents and families with the academic success of their students. The board will:

  1. Involve parents and families in the development of the Title I plan, the process for school review of the plan and the process for improvement by:
    1. The Title I coordinator will hold an annual meeting inviting parents and teachers. The meeting will involve the current program goals, curriculum, and suggestions of modifications. Data of growth will be shared at the meeting.
    2. An annual evaluation of the parental involvement policy shall be conducted to determine its effectiveness and its effect on parent involvement. The evaluation may be conducted through parent surveys and Title I Advisory Committee feedback. The evaluation findings will be used in designing strategies for school improvement and reported to the public through building newsletters, Board reports, and other District annual reports.
    3. The program provides opportunities for parents to become partners with the school in promoting the education of their children.
  2. Provide the coordination, technical assistance and other support necessary to assist and build the capacity of all participating schools in planning and implementing effective parent and family involvement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance by:

A school/parent compact outlines how parents, the entire school staff, and students share responsibility for improved student achievement and the means by which the school and parents continue to build and develop partnerships to help children achieve local high standards. This agreement is developed by the Title I advisory committee and described in the Title l informational Brochure. The school provides support for parental involvement activities and assistance to parents on how they can participate in decisions related to their student's education.

  1. To the extent feasible, coordinate and integrate parent and family engagement strategies under Title I with parent and family engagement strategies outlined in other relevant Federal, State, and local laws and programs by:
    1. An annual meeting is held for all parents of participating children within the school year. Notice of this meeting will be made through the district curriculum office through mailings and building newsletters. A Title I Parent Advisory Committee meets annually to plan and develop policies and activities. The meetings are facilitated through the district curriculum office.  All parents are invited to join the committee.
    2. The Parent meeting will be held at the same time as the Literacy Night affiliated with the Title IVB grant.
    3. Information will be distributed about the Title program, the requirements of the Title I law, content standards, performance standards and assessments at the LEP Family Night that is written in the District's Lau Plan.
       
  2. Conduct with the involvement of parents and family members, an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness of the parent and family engagement policy in improving the academic quality of the school served including identifying: barriers to greater participation by parents in Title I activities (with particular attention to low-income parents, Limited English Proficient (LEP) parents, parents of any racial or ethnic minority, parents with disabilities and parents with limited literacy); needs of parents and family to assist their children's learning; and strategies to support successful school and family interactions by:
    1. Parents are given assistance in understanding the requirements of the Title I law, content standards, performance standards and assessments. This information is provided through the school improvement advisory committee/vertical team, annual meetings, publications, the district's Title Informational  Brochure, parent/teacher conferences,  and open houses.
    1. An annual meeting is held for all parents of participating children within the school   year. Notice of this meeting will be made through the district curriculum office through mailings and building newsletters.
  1. Use the findings of the annual evaluation to design strategies for more effective parent and family involvement  and to revise, as necessary,  the  parent and family involvement  policies  by:
    1.    A school/parent compact outlines how parents, the entire school staff, and students share responsibility for improved student achievement and the means by which the school and parents continue to build and develop partnerships to help children    achieve local high standards. This agreement is developed by the Title I advisory committee and described in the Title I Informational Brochure. The school provides support for parental involvement activities and assistance to parents on how they can participate in decisions related to their student's education.
    2.    Parents are given assistance in understanding the requirements of the Title I law, content standards, performance standards and assessments. This information is provided through the school improvement advisory committee/vertical team, annual meetings, publications, the district's Title I Informational Brochure, parent/teacher conferences, and open houses.
  1. Involve parents and families in Title I activities by:© IASB POLICY REFERENCE MANUAL

An annual evaluation of the parental involvement policy shall be conducted to determine its effectiveness and its effect on parent involvement. The evaluation may be conducted through parent surveys and Title I Advisory Committee feedback. The evaluation findings will be used in designing strategies for school improvement and reported to the public through building newsletters, Board reports, and other District annual reports.

The district shall involve parents in determining how to allocate reserved Title I funds in accordance with applicable laws.

The board will review this policy annually. The superintendent is responsible for notifying parents and families of this policy annually or within a reasonable time after it has been amended during the school year. The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy.

 

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. §6318

Cross References:  903.2 Community Resource Persons and Volunteers Approved

Approved: August 20, 2018, May 18, 2020  
Reviewed: July 16, 2018, April 13, 2020
Revised: July 16, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 13:01

505.9 - Registration - Scheduling Changes - Dropping Courses

505.9 - Registration - Scheduling Changes - Dropping Courses

Each student must select at least 5 credits per grading period, including physical education for a minimum of one grading period each year for one credit. Seniors who are on track to graduate will be considered full-time students at four credits per grading period. Make sure to check the Curriculum Guide for course prerequisites.

Scheduling changes will be completed within the first 3 days of the start of the grading period. The deadline for dropping sixth subject is the end of the sixth week of each grading period. A student cannot drop a class with enrollment of 10 or less students.

Dropping a year long class will not be allowed unless the teacher and administration feel the student has demonstrated the appropriate effort during the semester and is still struggling (earning a "D" grade or below). Student and teacher must agree the course work will be too difficult for the student to continue. Parent permission needed for these schedule changes.

Teacher preference requests will not be granted.

Students will sign a statement that they have read the information and understand the procedures to be followed.

 

 

Approved:  March 11, 2002, Sept 26, 2016, Aug. 20, 2018, April 12, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct. 11, 2010, Jul 25, 2016, July 16, 2018, March 15, 2021
Revised:  Nov. 8, 2010, Jul 25, 2016, July 16, 2018 March 15, 2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 13:00

506 - Student Records

506 - Student Records dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:29

506.1 - Student Records Access

506.1 - Student Records Access

The board recognizes the importance of maintaining education records and preserving their confidentiality as provided by law.  Education records are kept confidential at collection, storage, disclosure and destruction stages.  The board secretary is the custodian of education records.  Education records may be maintained in the central administration office or administrative office of the student's attendance center. 

Definitions

For the purposes of this policy, the defined words have the following meaning:

  • “Education Record” means those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution.
  • “Eligible Student” means a student who has reached eighteen years or attends a postsecondary institution. Parents of an eligible student are provided access to education records only with the written permission of the eligible student unless the eligible student is defined as a dependent by the Internal Revenue Code. In that case, the parents may be provided access without the written permission of the student. 

An education record may contain information on more than one student.  Parents will have the right to access the information relating to their student or to be informed of the information.  Eligible students will also have the right to access the information relating to themselves, or be informed of the information.

Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made.  Parents, other than parents of an eligible student, may be denied access to a student's records if the school district has a court order stating such or when the district has been advised under the appropriate laws that the parents may not access the student records.  Parents, an eligible student or an authorized representative of the parents will have the right to access the student's education records prior to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) meeting or hearing.

Copies of education records will be provided if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parents or student from exercising the right to access the education records.  Fees for copies of the records are waived if it would prevent the parents or student from accessing the records.  A fee may not be charged to search or retrieve information from education records. 

Upon the request of parents or an eligible student, the school district will provide an explanation and interpretation of the education records and a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained or used by the school district.

If the parents or an eligible student believes the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education records. 

Education records may be disclosed in limited circumstances without parental or eligible student's written permission.  This disclosure is made on the condition that the education record will not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of the parents or the eligible student.  This disclosure may be:

  • To school officials within the school district and AEA personnel whom the superintendent has determined to have a legitimate educational interest, including, but not limited to, board members, employees, school attorney, auditor, health professionals, and individuals serving on official school committees;
  • To officials of another school district in which the student wishes to enroll, provided the other school district notifies the parents the education records are being sent and the parents have an opportunity to receive a copy of the records and challenge the contents of the records unless the annual notification includes a provision that records will automatically be transferred to new school districts;
  • To the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education or state and local educational authorities;
  • In connection with a student’s application for, or receipt of, financial aid;
  • To organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, and improving instruction, if such studies are conducted in such a manner as will not permit the personal identification of students and their parents by persons other than representatives of such organizations and such information will be destroyed when no longer needed for the purpose for which it was conducted;
  • To accrediting organizations;
  • To parents of a dependent student as defined in the Internal Revenue Code;
  • To comply with a court order or judicially issued subpoena;
  • [Consistent with an interagency agreement between the school district and juvenile justice agencies]
  • In connection with a health or safety emergency;
  • As directory information; or
  • In additional instances as provided by law.

The superintendent will keep a list of the individuals and their positions who are authorized to view a special education student's education records without the permission of the parents or the eligible student.  Individuals not listed are not allowed access without parental or an eligible student's written permission.  This list must be current and available for public inspection and updated as changes occur.

The superintendent will also keep a list of individuals, agencies and organizations which have requested or obtained access to a student's education records, the date access was given and their legitimate educational interest or purpose for which they were authorized to view the records.  The superintendent, however, does not need to keep a list of the parents, authorized educational employees, officers and agencies of the school district who have accessed the student’s education records.  This list for an education record may be accessed by the parents, the eligible student and the custodian of education records. 

Permanent education records, including a student's name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed and year completed may be maintained without time limitation.  Permanent education records will be kept in a fire-safe vault or they may be maintained electronically with a secure backup file.

When personally identifiable information, other than permanent education records, is no longer needed to provide educational services to a special education student, the parents or eligible student are notified.  This notice is normally given after a student graduates or otherwise leaves the school district.  If the parents or eligible student request that the personally identifiable information be destroyed, the school district will destroy the records, except for permanent records.  Prior to the destruction of the records, the school district must inform the parents or eligible student the records may be needed by the parents or eligible student for social security benefits or other purposes.  For purposes of policy, “no longer needed to provide educational services” means that a record is no longer relevant to the provision of instruction, support, or related services and it is no longer needed for accountability and audit purposes. At a minimum, a record needed for accountability and audit purposes must be retained for five years after completion of the activity for which funds were used.

The school district will provide training or instruction to employees about parents' and eligible students' rights under this policy.  Employees will also be informed about the procedures for carrying out this policy. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to annually notify parents and eligible students that they have the right to:

  1. Inspect and review the student's education records;
  2. Seek amendment of the student’s education records that the parent or eligible student believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights;
  3. Consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that the law authorizes disclosure without consent; and
  4. File a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the law.

The notice is given in a parents' or eligible student's native language.  Should the school district collect personal information from students for the purposes of marketing or selling that information, the school district will annually notify parents of such activity.

The notice will include a statement that the parents have a right to file a complaint alleging the school district failed to comply with this policy.  Complaints are forwarded to Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, Washington, DC. 20202-8520.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g, 1415.
    
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 99, 300, .610 et seq.
    
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22; 279.9B, 280.24, .25, 622.10.
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41
    
                                    1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.

Cross Reference:  501       Student Attendance
    
                                    505       Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                    506       Student Records
    
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being
    
                                    603.3    Special Education
    
                                    708       Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
    
                                    901       Public Examination of School District Records

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Aug. 20, 2018, May 20, 2019        
Reviewed:  Sep. 28, 2005, Oct. 11, 2010, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018, April 15, 2019    
Revised:  Sept. 21, 1992, Oct. 10, 2005, Nov. 8, 2010, July 16, 2018, May 20, 2019    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:40

506.1E1 - Request of Nonparent for Examination or Copies of Student Records

506.1E1 - Request of Nonparent for Examination or Copies of Student Records

The undersigned hereby requests permission to examine the                                        

Community School District's official student records of:

 

,

 

 

 

 

(Legal Name of Student)

 

 

(Date of Birth)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned requests copies of the following official student records of the above student:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned certifies that they are (check one):

 

 

(a)

An official of another school system in which the student intends to enroll.

(  )

 

(b)

An authorized representative of the Comptroller General of the United States.

(  )

 

(c)

An authorized representative of the Secretary of
the U.S. Department of Education or U.S. Attorney General

(  )

 

(d)

An administrative head of an education agency as defined in Section 408 of the Education Amendments of 1974.

(  )

 

(e)

An official of the Iowa Department of Education.

(  )

 

(f)

A person connected with the student's application for, or receipt of, financial aid (SPECIFY DETAILS ABOVE.)

(  )

 

[(g)

A representative of a juvenile justice agency with which the school district has an interagency agreement. ]

(  )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned agrees that the information obtained will only be re-disclosed consistent with state or federal law without the written permission of the parents of the student, or the student if the student is of majority age.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Title)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Agency)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APPROVED:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

City:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

State:

 

Zip:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

Phone Number:

 

 

                                     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:57

506.1E2 - Authorization for Release of Student Records

506.1E2 - Authorization for Release of Student Records

The undersigned hereby authorizes

 

School District to release copies of the following official student records:

 

 

concerning

 

 

 

 

(Full Legal Name of Student)

 

(Date of Birth)

 

 

from 20       to 20      

(Name of Last School Attended)

 

(Year(s) of Attend.)

The reason for this request is:

 

 

My relationship to the child is:

 

Copies of the records to be released are to be furnished to:

 

 

 

 

(  )  the undersigned

 

 

 

 

 

(  )  the student

 

 

 

 

 

(  )  other (please specify)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

City:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State:

 

ZIP

 

 

 

 

 

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:55

506.1E3 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Student Records

506.1E3 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Student Records

To:

 

Address:

 

 

 

Board Secretary (Custodian)

 

 

I believe certain official student records of my child,                                               , (full legal name of

student),                                      (school name), are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of privacy rights

of my child.

The official education records which I believe are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child are:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The reason I believe such records are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

My relationship to the child is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I understand that I will be notified in writing of the time and place of the hearing; that I will be notified in writing of the decision; and I have the right to appeal the decision by so notifying the hearing officer in writing within ten days after my receipt of the decision or a right to place a statement in my child's record stating I disagree with the decision and why.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

City:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State:

 

 

Zip

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 

                                         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:53

506.1E4 - Request for Examination of Student Records

506.1E4 - Request for Examination of Student Records

To:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

Board Secretary (Custodian)

 

 

The undersigned desires to examine the following official education records.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of

 

,

 

 

 

(Full Legal Name of Student)

 

(Date of Birth)

(Grade)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Name of School)

 

 

My relationship to the student is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(check one)

 

 

 

 

 

I do

 

 

 

 

 

 

I do not

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

desire a copy of such records.  I understand that a reasonable charge may be made for the copies.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Parent's Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

APPROVED:

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

City:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

State:

 

 

Zip

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Phone Number:

 

 

                                           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:52

506.1E5 - Notification of Transfer of Student Records

506.1E5 - Notification of Transfer of Student Records

 

To:

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Parent/or Guardian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Street Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

City/State

 

 

 

Zip:

 

                   

 

Please be notified that copies of the                                           Community School District's official

student records concerning                                        , (full legal name of student) have been transferred

to:

 

 

 

 

School District Name

 

 

Address

upon the written statement that the student intends to enroll in said school system.

If you desire a copy of such records furnished, please check here            and return this form to the undersigned.  A reasonable charge will be made for the copies.

If you believe such records transferred are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, you have the right to a hearing to challenge the contents of such records.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Title)

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:51

506.1E6 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena

506.1E6 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena

 

_________
Date

 

 

Dear ________________:
                  (Parent)

 

This letter is to notify you that the                      Community School District has received a

________________________requesting copies of your child's permanent records. 
    (subpoena or court order)

 

The specific records requested are                                                     .
                                                                      (list record(s))

The school district has until ____________________________to deliver the documents to
                                                (date on subpoena or court order)

____________________________________. 
(requesting party on subpoena or court order)

 

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at ____________.
                                                                                                                (phone #)

 

Sincerely,

 

 

__________________________
(Principal or Superintendent)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:49

506.1E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

506.1E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

Statement of Purpose:  The purpose of this Agreement is to allow for the sharing of information among the School District and the Agencies prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.

Identification of Agencies:  This agreement is between Fairfield Community School District (hereinafter "School District") and [insert agency] (hereinafter "Agencies")   .

Statutory Authority:  This agreement implements Iowa Code § 280.25 and is consistent with 34 C.F.R. 99.38 (2012).

Parameters of Information Exchange:

        1.       The School District may share any information with the Agencies contained in a student's permanent record which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student.

        2.       Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the Agencies without parental consent or court order.

        3.       Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order.

        4.       Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family.

        5.       Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.

6.        Information obtained by the school from other juvenile justice agencies may not be used as the basis for disciplinary action of the student.

        7.       This agreement only governs a school district's ability to share information and the purposes for which that information can be used.  Other agencies are bound by their own respective confidentiality policies.

Records' Transmission:  The individual requesting the information should contact the principal of the building in which the student is currently enrolled or was enrolled.  The principal will forward the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.

Confidentiality:  Confidential information shared between the Agencies and the school district will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law.  Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent.  Agencies or individuals violating the terms of this agreement subject their entity represented and themselves personally to legal action pursuant to federal and state law. 

Amendments:  This agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the agencies with respect to information sharing.  Agencies may be added to this agreement at the discretion of the school district.

Term:  This agreement is effective from [insert date].

Termination:  The School District may discontinue information sharing with an Agency if the School District determines that the Agency has violated the intent or letter of this Agreement.

 

APPROVED:

Signature:

 

Address:

 

 

Title:

 

City:

 

 

Agency:

 

State:

 

ZIP

 

Dated:

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Address:

 

 

Title:

 

City:

 

 

Agency:

 

State:

 

ZIP

 

Dated:

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Address:

 

 

Title:

 

City:

 

 

Agency:

 

State:

 

ZIP

 

Dated:

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Address:

 

 

Title:

 

City:

 

 

Agency:

 

State:

 

ZIP

 

Dated:

 

Phone Number:

 

 

                         
dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:47

506.1E8 - Annual Notice

506.1E8 - Annual Notice

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parents and students over 18 years of age ("eligible students") certain rights with respect to the student's education records.  They are:

(1)     The right to inspect and review the student's education records within 45 days of the day the district receives a request for access.

Parents or eligible students should submit to the school principal (or appropriate school official) a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect.  The principal (or appropriate school official) will make arrangements for access and notify the parent or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.

(2)     The right to request the amendment of the student's education records that the parent or eligible student believes are inaccurate or misleading or in violation of the student's privacy rights under FERPA.

Parents or eligible students who wish to ask school district to amend a record should write the school principal, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it should be changed.

If the district decides not to amend the record as requested by the parent or eligible student, the district will notify the parent or eligible student of the decision and advise them of their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment.  Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the parent or eligible student when notified of the right to a hearing.

(3)     The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student's education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.

One exception, which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests.  A school official is a person employed by the district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board.  A school official also may include a volunteer or contractor outside of the school who performs an institutional service of function for which the school would otherwise use its own employees and who is under the direct control of the school with respect to the use and maintenance of PII from education records, such as an attorney, auditor, medical consultant, or therapist, a or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.

A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.

 (4)    The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the requirements of FERPA.  The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is:

Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education,
400 Maryland Ave., SW, Washington, DC, 20202-4605.

 

 

Approved: Aug. 20, 2018     
Reviewed: July 16, 2018, April 15, 2019  
Revised:  July 16, 2018, May 20, 2019   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:47

506.1E9 - Student Records Checklist

506.1E9 - Student Records Checklist

 

 

 

Copy to Parent Upon Request

Parent Signature Required**

User Must Submit Written Request*

No Parent Signature

Required

Parent Notify in Advance

Parent Notify of Release

Request Made Partial of

Student Records

Scheduled Hearing Following and between decision with Parents

 

Subpoena or Judicial
Order

 

 

 

·

·

 

 

 

Lawfully Issued

Student Financial Aid

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

Written Request

School or Staff in Same School System

 

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

No Written Request
Necessary

Other School System
Where Student Plans
to Enroll

·

 

·

·

 

·

·

 

506.1E2

United States
Comptroller General

 

 

·

·

 

 

·

 

506.1E2

Dept. of Health,
Education and Welfare
Secretary

 

 

·

·

 

 

·

 

506.1E2

National Institute
of Education

 

 

·

·

 

 

·

 

506.1E2

Iowa Dept. of
Education Official

 

 

·

·

 

 

·

 

506.1E2

Parent Inspection of
Student Educational
Records

·

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

506.1E5

Parent Request for
Hearing to Challenge
Record

 

·

 

 

 

 

 

·

506.1E4

Parent Authorization
for School to Release
Information

·

·

 

 

 

 

 

 

5061.E3

Notification of Transfer
of Student Records

·

 

 

·

 

 

 

 

506.1E6

*Such written request is available for inspection by the parent or student and the school official responsible for record maintenance.

**When a student has attained the age of 18 years or is attending an institution of post-secondary education, the permission or consent required of the rights accorded the parent of the student will thereafter be required of and accorded only to the student.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:44

506.1R1 - Use of Education Records Regulation

506.1R1 - Use of Education Records Regulation

Parents and eligible students will have a right to access a student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. The intent of this regulation is to establish procedures for granting requests from eligible students and parents to access a student’s education records. 

Education records mean those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. These may include, but are not necessarily limited to: dates of attendance; academic work completed; level of achievement (grades, standardized test scores); attendance data; scores on standardized intelligence, aptitude, and psychological tests; interest inventory results; health data; family background information; teacher or counselor ratings and observations; and verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns.

  1. Access to Records
  1. Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have access to the student's education records during the regular business hours of the school district. Parents and eligible students will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. An eligible student or parent, upon written request to the board secretary, shall receive an explanation and interpretation of the education records. A student, eighteen years or older, has the right to determine who, outside the school system, has access to the records.  Parents of students who are 18 years or older but still dependents for income tax purposes may access the student's records without prior permission of the student.
  2. School officials having access to student records are defined as having a legitimate educational interest. A school official is a person employed by the school district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the school district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employee, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks. 

B.   Release of Information Outside the School – Information from education records may be disclosed to outside parties as outlined in board policy and otherwise provided by law.

C.  Procedures for Requesting a Record Amendment

  1. If the eligible student, parent, or legal guardian believe the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading, or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education student records. 
  2. The school district will decide whether to amend the education student records within a reasonable time after receipt of the request.
  3. If the school district determines an amendment is made to the education student record, the school district will make the amendment and inform the parents or the eligible student of the decision in writing.
  4. If the school district determines that amendment of the student's education record is not appropriate, it will inform the parents or the eligible student of their right to a hearing before the hearing officer provided by the school district. The hearing officer may be an employee of the school district, so long as the employee does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
  5. Upon parental request, the school district will hold a hearing regarding the content of a student’s education records which the parent believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of students.
  6. The hearing will be held within a reasonable time after receipt of the parent or eligible student’s request. The parent or eligible student will receive reasonable advance notice of date, time and place of the hearing.
  7. The parents or eligible student will be given a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues. The parent or eligible student may be represented by an individual at their choice at their own expense.
  8. The hearing officer will render a written decision within a reasonable period after the hearing.  The decision will be based upon evidence presented at the hearing and must include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.
  9. The parents may appeal the hearing officer’s decision to the superintendent within [insert number] days if the superintendent does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
  10. The parents may appeal the superintendent’s decision or the hearing officer’s decision if the superintendent was unable to hear the appeal, to the board within [insert number] days.  It is within the discretion of the board to hear the appeal.
  11. If the parents' and the eligible student's request to amend the education student record is further denied following the hearing, the parents or the eligible student are informed that they have a right to place an explanatory letter in the education student record commenting on the school district's decision or setting forth the reasoning for disagreeing with the school district. Additions to the student's education records will become a part of the education student record and be maintained like other education student records. If the school district discloses the education student records, the explanation by the parents will also be disclosed or the eligible student of the decision in writing.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Aug. 20, 2018          
Reviewed:  Sep. 28, 2005, Nov. 8, 2010, Oct 28, 2013, July 18, 2018     
Revised:  June 12, 1989, Oct. 10, 2005, July 18, 2018     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:42

506.2 - Student Directory Information

506.2 - Student Directory Information

Directory information is information contained in the education records of a student that would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. The district may disclose "directory information" to third parties without consent if it has given public notice of the types of information which it has designated as "directory information," the parent's or eligible student's right to restrict the disclosure of such information, and the period of time within which a parent or eligible student has to notify the school in writing that he or she does not want any or all of those types of information designated as "directory information."  The district has designated the following as “directory information”: [Note: a district may, but does not have to, include all the information listed below, which is included in the United States Department of Education’s sample policy. This information should match the information contained in 506.1E8, 506.2R1, and 506.2E1].

  • Student’s name
  • Address
  • Telephone listing
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance
  • Grade level
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)  

Student is defined as an enrolled individual, PK-12 including children in school district sponsored child-care programs

Prior to developing a student directory or to giving general information to the public, parents (including parents of students open enrolled out of the school district and parents of children home schooled in the school district) will be given notice annually of the intent to develop a directory or to give out general information and have the opportunity to deny the inclusion of their child's information in the directory or in the general information about the students.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide notice and to determine the method of notice that will inform parents.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy.  A school district may limit what it considers to be directory information.  If the school district limits the information, it must also make those changes in the school district's annual notice. 

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g.
    
                                        34 C.F.R. § 99.
   
                                    Iowa Code § 22; 622.10.
       
                                     281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41.
    
                                   1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720.

Cross Reference:  504       Student Activities
    
                                    506       Student Records
    
                                    901       Public Examination of School District Records
    
                                    902.4    Live Broadcast or videotaping

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, August 20, 2018       
Reviewed:  Sep. 28, 2005, Apr.20, 2012, Jun 18, 2012, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018      
Revised:  June 12, 1989, Oct. 10, 2005, July 16, 2018      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:33

506.2E1 - Authorization for Releasing Student Directory Information

506.2E1 - Authorization for Releasing Student Directory Information

The Fairfield Community School District has adopted a policy designed to assure parents and students the full implementation, protection and enjoyment of their rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974.  A copy of the school district's policy is available for review.

This law requires the school district to designate as "directory information" any personally identifiable information taken from a student's educational records prior to making such information available to the public.

The school district has designated the following information as directory information:  student's name; address and telephone number; date and place of birth; e-mail address; grade level; enrollment status; major field of study; participation in officially recognized activities and sports; weight and height of members of athletic teams; dates of attendance; degrees and awards received; and the most recent previous educational institution attended by the student; photograph and other likeness and other similar information.  You have the right to refuse the designation of any or all of the categories of personally identifiable information as directory information with respect to your student provided that you notify the school district in writing not later than               , 20    of this school year.  If you desire to make such a refusal, please complete and return the slip attached to this notice.

If you have no objection to the use of student information, you do not need to take any action.

 

 

 

 

RETURN THIS FORM

 

 

 

Community School District

Parental Directions to Withhold Student/Directory Information for Education Purposes, for 20   - 20   school year.

Student Name:

 

 

Date of Birth

 

School:

 

 

Grade:

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian/Custodian of Child)

 

(Date)

 

 

 

 

This form must be returned to your child's school no later than                             , 20        .

Additional forms are available at your child's school.

                 

 

Approved: August 20, 2018  
Reviewed: July 16, 2018
Revised: July 16, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:38

506.2R1 - Use of Directory Information

506.2R1 - Use of Directory Information

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), a Federal law, requires that Fairfield Community School District, with certain exceptions, obtain your written consent prior to the disclosure of personally identifiable information from your child’s education records.  However, Fairfield Community School District may disclose appropriately designated “directory information” without written consent, unless you have advised the District to the contrary in accordance with District procedures.  The primary purpose of directory information is to allow the Fairfield Community School District to include this type of information from your child’s education records in certain school publications.  Examples include:

  • A playbill, showing your student’s role in a drama production;
  • The annual yearbook;
  • Honor roll or other recognition lists;
  • Graduation programs; and,
  • Sports activity sheets, such as for wrestling, showing weight and height of team members.

Directory information, which is information that is generally not considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if released, can also be disclosed to outside organizations without a parent’s prior written consent.  Outside organizations include, but are not limited to, companies that manufacture class rings or publish yearbooks.  In addition, two federal laws require local educational agencies (LEAs) receiving assistance under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA) to provide military recruiters, upon request, with the following information – names, addresses and telephone listings – unless parents have advised the LEA that they do not want their
student’s information disclosed without their prior written consent. 

If you do not want the Fairfield Community School District to disclose directory information from your child’s education records without your prior written consent, you must notify the District in writing by September 1st of the school year.  Fairfield Community School District has designated the following information as directory information: [Note: a district may, but does not have to, include all the information listed below, which is included in the United States Department of Education’s sample policy. This information should match the information contained in 506.1E8, 506.2, and 506.2E1].

  • Student’s name
  • Address
  • Telephone listing
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance
  • Grade level
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)  

 

 

Approved:  August 20, 2018  
Reviewed: July 16, 2018
Revised: July 16, 2018

[1]  These laws are: Section 9528 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (20 U.S.C. § 7908) and 10 U.S.C. § 503(c)

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:36

506.3 - Student Photographs

506.3 - Student Photographs

The board will permit student "portrait" photographs to be taken on school premises by a commercial photographer as a service to the students and their families.

Parents will be notified prior to the taking of pictures by a commercial photographer for student "portraits."  In no case will students be required to have their picture taken or be pressured to purchase pictures.

Students or commercial photographers may take pictures of students upon consent for such things as the yearbook or student newspaper.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding student photographs.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
    
                                   1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 114.

Cross Reference:  506 Student Records

Approved:  March. 10, 1997, August 20, 2018       
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 20, 2012, Jun 18, 2012, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018    
Revised: July 16, 2018                    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:31

506.4 - Student Library Circulation Records

506.4 - Student Library Circulation Records

Student library circulation records are designed to be used internally to assist in the orderly administration of the school district libraries.  As a general rule, student library circulation records are considered confidential records and will not be released without parental consent.  Individuals who may access such records include a student's parents, the student, authorized licensed employees, authorized government officials from the U.S. Comptroller General, the Secretary of Education, the Commissioner and Director of the National Institute of Education, and the Assistant Secretary for Education and State Education Department.  Appropriate authorities in a health or safety emergency may access the student's library circulation records without the approval or the notification of the student's parents.  Parents may not access records, without the student's permission, of a student who has reached the age of majority or who is attending a post-secondary educational institution unless the student is considered a dependent for tax purposes.

It is the teacher-librarian’s responsibility, as the person maintaining the student library circulation records, to approve requests for access to student library circulation records.  Students' library circulation records may be accessed during the regular business hours of the school district.  If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying may be charged.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the teacher or teacher-librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2012).
    
                                  34 C.F.R. Pt. 99 (2006) (2012).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 22; 622.10 (2009) (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).
    
                                  1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.

Cross Reference:  506 Student Records

Approved:  March.10, 1997, August 20, 2018       
Reviewed:  Sep. 17, 2007, Oct. 11, 2010, Oct 28, 2013, July 16, 2018      
Revised:   Oct. 8, 2007, Nov. 8, 2010, July 16, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 12:30

507 - Student Health

507 - Student Health dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 08:51

507.1 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

507.1 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Students desiring to participate in athletic activities or enrolling in kindergarten or first grade in the school district will have a physical examination by a licensed physician and provide proof of such an examination to the school district.  A physical examination and proof of such an examination may be required by the administration for students in other grades enrolling for the first time in the school district.

A certificate of health stating the results of a physical examination and signed by the physician will be on file at the attendance center.  Each student will submit an up-to-date certificate of health upon the request of the superintendent.  Failure to provide this information may be grounds for disciplinary action.

Students enrolling for the first time in the school district will also submit a certificate of immunization against diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus, poliomyelitis, rubeola, rubella, and other immunizations required by law.  The student may be admitted conditionally to the attendance center if the student has not yet completed the immunization process but is in the process of doing so.  Failure to meet the immunization requirement will be grounds for suspension, expulsion or denial of admission.  Upon recommendation of the Iowa Department of Education and Iowa Department of Public Health, students entering the district for the first time may be required to pass a TB test prior to admission.  The district may conduct TB tests of current students.

Exemptions from the immunization requirement in this policy will be allowed only for medical or religious reasons recognized under the law.  The student must provide a valid Iowa State Department of Health Certificate of Immunization Exemption to be exempt from this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 139.9; 280.13(2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 33.5.
    
                                  641 I.A.C. 7.

Cross Reference:  402.2 Child Abuse Reporting
    
                                  501    Student Attendance
    
                                  507    Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, November 26, 2018      
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, Oct. 15, 2018            
Revised:  Oct. 10, 1994, Oct. 15, 2018            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 09:30

507.2 - Administration of Medication to Students

507.2 - Administration of Medication to Students

The board is committed to the inclusion of all students in the education program and recognizes that some students may need prescription and nonprescription medication to participate in their educational program.

Medication will administered when the student's parent or guardian (hereafter "parent") provides a signed and dated written statement requesting medication administration and the medication is in the original, labeled container, either as dispensed or in the manufacturer's container.

When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan will developed by an authorized practitioner with the student and the student's parent.  Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medications may self-administer their medication. A written statement by the student's parent will on file requesting co-administration of medication, when competence has been demonstrated.   By law, students with asthma or other airway constricting diseases or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency.   

Persons administering medication will include authorized practitioners, such as licensed registered nurses and physician, and persons to whom authorized practitioners have delegated the administration of medication (who have successfully completed a medication administration course).  A medication administration course and periodic update will be conducted by a registered nurse or licensed pharmacist, and a record of course completion will maintained by the school.

A written medication administration record will on file including:

•     date;

•     student’s name;

•     prescriber or person authorizing administration;

•     medication;

•     medication dosage;

•     administration time;

•     administration method;

•     signature and title of the person administering medication; and

•     any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions.

Medication will be stored in a secured area unless an alternate provision is documented.  Emergency protocols for medication-related reactions shall be posted.  Medication information will be confidential information as provided by law.

Disposal of unused, discontinued/recalled, or expired medication will in compliance with federal and state law. Prior to disposal school personnel will make a reasonable attempt to return medication by providing written notification that expired, discontinued, or unused medications needs to be picked up. If medication is not picked up by the date specified, disposal will be in accordance with the disposal procedures for the specific category of medication.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Disposing on Behalf of Ultimate Users, 79 Fed. Reg. 53520, 53546 (Sept. 9, 2014).
                                        
Iowa Code §§124.101(1); 147.107; 152.1; 155A.4 (2); 280.16; 280.23.
                                        
281 IAC §41.404(1)(f), (3)(f)
    
                                    657 IAC §8.32(124); §8.32(155A).
    
                                    655 IAC §6.2(152).

Cross Reference:  506     Student Records
    
                                    507     Student Health and Well-Being
    
                                    603.3  Special Education
 
                                             607.2  Student Health Services

Approved:  Aug. 9, 2004, Sept. 22, 2014, November 26, 2018      
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 28, 2013, Oct. 15, 2018            
Revised:  Dec.13, 2010, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 09:18

507.2E1 - Authorization - Asthma or Airway Constricting Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

507.2E1 - Authorization - Asthma or Airway Constricting Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

__________________________________   ____/___/___   __________________   ___/___/___
Student’s Name (Last),   (First)   (Middle)       Birthday                   School                              Date

In order for a student to self-administer medication for asthma or any airway constricting disease:

  • Parent/guardian provides signed, dated authorization for student medication self-administration.
  • Physician (person licensed under chapter 148, 150, or 150A, physician, physician’s assistant, advanced registered nurse practitioner, or other person licensed or registered to distribute or dispense a prescription drug or device in the course of professional practice in Iowa in accordance with section 147.107, or a person licensed by another state in a health field in which, under Iowa law, licensees in this state may legally prescribe drugs) provides written authorization containing:

           -purpose of the medication,

           -prescribed dosage,

           -times, or

           -special circumstances under which the medication is to be administered.

  • The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer’s labeled container containing the student name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
  • Authorization is renewed annually.  If any changes occur in the medication, dosage or time of administration, the parent is to notify school officials immediately.  The authorization will be reviewed as soon as practical.

Provided the above requirements are fulfilled, a student with asthma or other airway constricting disease may possess and use the student’s medication while in school, at school-sponsored activities, under the supervision of school personnel, and before or after normal school activities, such as while in before-school or after-school care on school-operated property.  If the student abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed.

Pursuant  to  state law, the school district or accredited nonpublic school and its employees are to incur  no  liability,  except  for  gross  negligence,  as  a  result  of  any  injury  arising  from  self-administration  of  medication  by  the student.  The parent or guardian of the student shall sign a statement  acknowledging  that  the  school  district  or  nonpublic  school  is to incur no liability, except  for  gross  negligence,  as  a  result  of  self-administration of medication by the student as established by Iowa Code § 280.16.

 

_______________             ___________       _______________________            ____________
Medication                              Dosage                   Route                                                              Time

 

 

_____________________________________________________________________________
Purpose of Medication & Administration / Instructions

 

 

_________________________________________         _______/_______/_______
Special Circumstances                                                                      Discontinue/Re-evaluate/Follow-up Date

 

_________________________________________         _______/_______/_______
Prescriber’s Signature                                                                       Date

 

_________________________________________         ______________________
Prescriber’s Address                                                                         Emergency Phone

 

  • I  request  the  above  named  student  possess and self-administer asthma or other airway constricting  disease  medication(s)  at  school  and  in  school  activities  according to the authorization and instructions.
  • I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability for any improper use of medication or for supervising, monitoring, or interfering with a student’s self-administration of medication.         
  • I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and notify them when questions arise or relevant conditions change.
  • I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.
  • I agree the information is shared with school personnel in accordance with the Family Educations Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).
  • I agree to provide the school with back-up medication approved in this form.
  • (Student maintains self-administration record.)  (Note:  This bullet is recommended but not required.)

 

_________________________________________         _______/_______/_______
Parent/Guardian Signature                                                                Date             

(Agreed to above statement)

 

_________________________________________         ______________________
Parent/Guardian Address                                                                  Home Phone

 

                                                                                            ______________________
                                                                                           Business Phone

 

 

_____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________

Self-Administration Authorization Additional Information

 

 

Approved: November 26, 2018                        
Reviewed: Aug.25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018                
Revised: Oct. 15, 2018                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 09:24

507.2E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students

507.2E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students

___________________________________        ___/___/___            _________________     ___/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First) (Middle)         Birthday                    School                               Date

School medications and health services are administered following these guidelines:

  • Parent has provided a signed, dated authorization to administer medication and/or provide the health service.
  • The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container.
  • The medication label contains the student’s name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
  • Authorization is renewed annually and immediately when the parent notifies the school that changes are necessary.

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                            
Medication/Health Care                     Dosage                                    Route                          Time at School

                                                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                                                           

Administration instructions

                                                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                                                           

Special Directives Signs to observe and Side Effects

                   /                    /                              
Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date

 

                                                                                                /           /           
Prescriber’s Signature                                      Date

 

                                                                                                                                     
Prescriber's Address                                               Emergency Phone

 

I request the above named student carry medication at school and school activities, according to the prescription, instructions, and a written record kept. Special considerations are noted above. The information is confidential except as provided to the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).  I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and prescriber when questions arise. I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.

 

                                                                                                            /            /          
Parent's Signature                                                                   Date

 

                                                                                                                                                         
Parent's Address                                                                      Home Phone

 

                                                                                                                                                     
Additional Information                                                           Business Phone

 

 

                                                                                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                                                           

                                                                                                                                                           

Authorization Form

 

 

Approved: November 26, 2018                           
Reviewed: Aug.25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018                
Revised: Oct. 15, 2018                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 09:20

507.3 - Communicable Diseases - Students

507.3 - Communicable Diseases - Students

Students with a communicable disease are allowed to attend school provided their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to other students or employees.  The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping.  This plan will be reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunosuppressed students is determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of a student with a communicable disease will be determined on a case-by-case basis by the student's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with students with a communicable disease.

 For more information on communicable disease charts, and reporting forms, go to the Iowa Department of Public Health Web site:  http://www.idph.state.ia.us/CADE/Default.aspx

 

NOTE:  This policy is consistent with current health practices regarding communicable diseases.  The bloodborne pathogen language in the second paragraph and accompanying regulation is in compliance with federal law on control of bloodborne pathogens.

 

 

Legal Reference:  School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).
    
                                  29 U.S.C. §§ 701 et seq. (2012).
    
                                  45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (1993).
    
                                  Iowa Code ch. 139A.8 (2013).
    
                                  641 I.A.C. 1.2-.5, 7.

Cross Reference:  403.3 Communicable Diseases - Employees
    
                                  506    Student Records
    
                                  507    Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  June 13, 1988, Sep 22, 2014, November 26, 2018, May 18, 2020           
Reviewed:  Sep. 28, 2005, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018, April 9, 2020      
Revised:   Oct. 10, 2005, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 09:16

507.4 - Student Illness or Injury at School

507.4 - Student Illness or Injury at School

When a student becomes ill or is injured at school, the school district will attempt to notify the student's parents as soon as possible.

The school district, while not responsible for medical treatment of an ill or injured student, will have employees present administer emergency or minor first aid if possible.  An ill or injured child will be turned over to the care of the parents or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible.

It will be the responsibility of the principal to file an accident report with the superintendent within twenty-four hours after the student is injured.

Annually, parents will be required to complete a medical emergency authorization form indicating the procedures to be followed, if possible, in an emergency involving their child.  The authorization form will also include the phone numbers of the parents and alternative numbers to call in case of an injury or illness.

The superintendent is responsible, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop rules and regulations governing the procedure in the event a student should become ill or be injured at school.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 613.17 (2013).

Cross Reference:  507 Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  Oct. 12, 1987, Sep 22, 2014, November 26, 2018           
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018      
Revised:  Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 09:15

507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills

507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills

Students will be informed of the appropriate action to take in an emergency.  Emergency drills for fire, weather, and other disasters will be conducted each school year.  Fire and tornado drills are each conducted regularly during the academic school year with a minimum of two before December 31 and two after January 1.

Each attendance center will develop and maintain a written plan containing emergency and disaster procedures.  The plan will be communicated to and reviewed with employees

Employees will participate in emergency drills.  Licensed employees will be responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed in the drill.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 100.31 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 41.25(3).

Cross Reference:  507    Student Health and Well-Being
    
                                  711.7 School Bus Safety Instruction
    
                                  804    Safety Program

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Sep 22, 2014 , November 26, 2018          
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018      
Revised:  March 10, 1997. Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018                

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 09:15

507.6 - Student Insurance

507.6 - Student Insurance

Students will have the opportunity to participate in the health and accident insurance plan selected by the school district. The cost of the health and accident insurance program will be borne by the student. Participation in the insurance health and accident plan is not a contract with the school district, but rather, a contract between the insurance company and the student.

Students participating in intramural or extracurricular athletics are required to have health and accident insurance. The student will bring written proof of insurance or participate in the health and accident insurance program selected by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  504 Student Activities
    
                                  507 Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  Feb. 11, 198, Sep 22, 2014, November 26, 2018 May 18, 2020          
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018, April 13, 2020            
Revised:  Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 09:14

507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights

507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights

Disagreements between family members are not the responsibility of the school district.  The school district will not take the "side" of one family member over another in a disagreement about custody or parental rights.  Court orders that have been issued will be followed by the school district.  It is the responsibility of the person requesting an action by the school district to inform and provide the school district the court order allowing such action.

This policy does not prohibit an employee from listening to a student's problems and concerns.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure employees remain neutral in a disagreement about custody and parental rights.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 279.8; 710.6 (2013).
   
                                   441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.

Cross Reference:  506 Student Records
   
                                   507 Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  March 10, 1997, Sep 22, 2014, November 26, 2018   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018            
Revised:   Aug 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 09:13

507.8 - Student Special Health Services

507.8 - Student Special Health Services

The board recognizes that some special education students need special health services during the school day.  These students will receive special health services in conjunction with their individualized education program. 

The superintendent, in conjunction with licensed health personnel, will establish administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).
   
                                   Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
                         
                 Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
   
                                   20 U.S.C. §§ 1400 et seq. (2012).
   
                                   34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2012).
   
                                   Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (2013).
         
                                     281 I.A.C. 41.405

Cross Reference:  502      Student Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                   506      Student Records
   
                                   603.3   Special Education

Approved:  Oct. 10, 1994, Sep 22, 2014, November 26, 2018         
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct. 11, 2010, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018            
Revised:  Nov. 8, 2010, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 08:59

507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

Some students who require special education need special health services in order to participate in the educational program.  These students shall receive special health services in accordance with their individualized educational program.

A.        Definitions

"Assignment and delegation" - occurs when licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the health services.  Primary consideration is given to the recommendation of the licensed health personnel.  Each designation considers the student's special health service.  The rationale for the designation is documented.  If the designation decision of the team differs from the licensed health professional, team members may file a dissenting opinion.

"Co-administration" - the eligible student's participation in the planning, management and implementation of the student's special health service and demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel.

"Educational program" - includes all school curricular programs and activities both on and off school grounds.

"Education team" - may include the eligible student, the student's parent, administrator, teacher, licensed health personnel, and others involved in the student's educational program.

"Health assessment" - health data collection, observation, analysis, and interpretation relating to the eligible student's educational program.

"Health instruction" - education by licensed health personnel to prepare qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible student's health plan.  Documentation of education and periodic updates shall be on file at school.

"Individual health plan" - the confidential, written, preplanned and ongoing special health service in the educational program.  It includes assessment, planning, implementation, documentation, evaluation and a plan for emergencies.  The plan is updated as needed and at least annually.  Licensed health personnel develop this written plan with the education team.

"Licensed health personnel" - includes licensed registered nurse, licensed physician, and other licensed health personnel legally authorized to provide special health services and medications.

"Prescriber" - licensed health personnel legally authorized to prescribe special health services and medications.

"Qualified designated personnel" - persons instructed, supervised and competent in implementing the eligible student's health plan.

"Special health services" - includes, but is not limited to, services for eligible students whose health status (stable or unstable) requires:

  • Interpretation or intervention,
  • Administration of health procedures and health care, or
  • Use of a health device to compensate for the reduction or loss of a body function.

"Supervision" - the assessment, delegation, evaluation and documentation of special health services by licensed health personnel.  Levels of supervision include situations in which licensed health personnel are:

  • Physically present.
  • Available at the same site.
  • Available on call.

 

B.        Licensed health personnel will provide special health services under the auspices of the school.  Duties of the licensed personnel include the duty to:

  • Participate as a member of the education team.
  • Provide the health assessment.
  • Plan, implement and evaluate the written individual health plan.
  • Plan, implement and evaluate special emergency health services.
  • Serve as liaison and encourage participation and communication with health service agencies and individuals providing health care.
  • Provide health consultation, counseling and instruction with the eligible student, the student's parent and the staff in cooperation and conjunction with the prescriber.
  • Maintain a record of special health services.  The documentation includes the eligible student's name, special health service, prescriber or person authorizing, date and time, signature and title of the person providing the special health service and any unusual circumstances in the provision of such services.
  • Report unusual circumstances to the parent, school, administration, and prescriber.          
  • Assign and delegate to, instruct, provide technical assistance and supervise qualified designated personnel.
  • Update knowledge and skills to meet special health service needs.

 

C.        Prior to the provision of special health services the following will be on file:

  • Written statement by the prescriber detailing the specific method and schedule of the special health service, when indicated.
  • Written statement by the student's parent requesting the provision of the special health service.
  • Written report of the preplanning staffing or meeting of the education team.
  • Written individual health plan available in the health record and integrated into the IEP or IFSP.

 

D.        Licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, shall determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the special health services.  The documented rationale shall include the following:  

  • Analysis and interpretation of the special health service needs, health status stability, and complexity of the service, predictability of the service outcome and risk of improperly performed service.
  • Determination that the special health service, task, procedure or function is part of the person's job description.
  • Determination of the assignment and delegation based on the student's needs.
  • Review of the designated person's competency.
  • Determination of initial and ongoing level of supervision required to ensure quality services.

 

E.         Licensed health personnel will supervise the special health services, define the level of supervision and document the supervision.

 

F.         Licensed health personnel will instruct qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible individual health plan.  Documentation of instruction and periodic updates shall be on file at school.

 

G.        Parents will provide the usual equipment, supplies and necessary maintenance for such.  The equipment shall be stored in a secure area.  The personnel responsible for the equipment shall be designated in the individual health plan.  The individual health plan shall designate the role of the school, parents, and others in the provision, supply, storage and maintenance of necessary equipment.

 

 

Approved: Sep 22, 2014, November 26, 2018          
Reviewed: Aug.25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018                   
Revised: Aug.25, 2014, Oct. 15, 2018      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 09:01

507.9 - Wellness Policy

507.9 - Wellness Policy

The Fairfield Community School District Board of Education is committed to the optimal development of every student. The board believes for students to have the opportunity to achieve personal, academic, developmental, and social success, there needs to be a positive, safe, and health-promoting learning environment at every level, in every setting.   

The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors. The entire school environment, not just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student's understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity. In accordance with law and this belief, the board commits to the following:

The school district will identify at least one goal in each of the following areas:

  • Nutrition Education and Promotion:  Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors.
  • Physical Activity: Schools will provide students with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet the Iowa Healthy Kids Act.
  • Other School Based Activities that Promote Wellness: As appropriate, schools will support students, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle. 

The following nutritional guidelines for food available on school campuses will be adhered to:

  • Meals served through the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Program will be appealing and meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law;
  • Schools providing access to healthy foods outside the reimbursable meal programs before school, during school and thirty minutes after school shall meet the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) Smart Snacks in Schools nutrition standards, at a minimum.  This includes such items as those sold through a la carte lines, vending machines, student run stores, and fundraising activities;
  • Snacks provided to students during the school day without charge (e.g., class parties) will meet standards set by the district in accordance law. The district will provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations; and
  • Schools will only allow marketing and advertising of foods and beverages that meet the Smart Snacks in school nutritional standards on campus during the school day.

The superintendent or superintendent’s designee shall implement and ensure compliance with the policy by:

  • Reviewing the policy at least every three years and recommending updates as appropriate for board approval;
  • Implementing a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy;
  • Making the policy and updated assessment of the implementation available to the public (e.g., posting on the website, newsletters, etc). This information shall include the extent to which the schools are in compliance with policy and a description of the progress being made in attaining the goals of the policy; and
  • Developing administrative regulations, which shall include specific wellness goals and indicators for measurement of progress consistent with law and district policy.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.
   
                                    42 U.S.C. §§ 1771 et seq
                                        
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(29); 256.11(6).
                                       
281 I.A.C. 12.5; 58.11.

Cross Reference:  504.5    Student Fund Raising
   
                                    504.6    Student Activity Program
   
                                    710       School Food Services

Approved:    Aug. 20, 2018                    
Reviewed:  July 16, 2018                       
Revised:  July 16, 2018                 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 08:56

507.9R1 - Wellness Regulation

507.9R1 - Wellness Regulation

To implement the Wellness Policy, the following district specific goals have been established:

Goal 1 – Nutrition Education and Promotion:  Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that help students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors. The goal(s) for addressing nutrition education and nutrition promotion include the following Select goal(s) from the list below:

  • Promote fruits, vegetables, whole-grain products, low-fat and fat-free dairy products, and healthy foods; Ensure nutrition education and promotion are not only part of health education classes, but also integrated into other classroom instruction through subjects such as math, science, language arts, social sciences, and elective subjects.
  • Include enjoyable, developmentally-appropriate, culturally-relevant, and participatory activities, such as cooking demonstrations or lessons, promotions, taste-testing, farm visits, and school gardens; Started Farm to School 2019-2020 school year.
  • Promote fruits, vegetables, whole-grain products, low-fat and fat-free dairy products, and healthy foods.

Goal 2 – Physical Activity: Schools will provide students and staff with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet federal and state guidelines, including the Iowa Healthy Kids Act. The goal(s) for addressing physical activity include the following Select goal(s) from the list below:

  • Promote the benefits of a physically active lifestyle and help students develop skills to engage in lifelong healthy habits; 
  • Ensure physical activity is not used for or withheld as a punishment;
  • Afford elementary students with recess according to the following:
    • At least 20 minutes a day;
    • Outdoors as weather and time permits;
    • Encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity

Goal 3 – Other School-Based Activities that Promote Student Wellness: Schools will support student, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle, as appropriate. The goal(s) for addressing other school-based activities that promote student wellness include the following Select goal(s) from the list below:

  • Share information about the nutritional content of meals with parents and students;
  • Support the consumption of breakfast at school by implementing alternative breakfast options to the extent possible (e.g., grab n’ go, breakfast in the classroom, breakfast after 1st period, etc.);
  • Permit students to bring and carry water bottles filled with water throughout the day;
  • Make drinking water available where school meals are served during mealtimes;
  • Provide school staff a list of alternative ways to reward children. Foods and beverages will not be used as a reward, or withheld as punishment.
  • Develop a plan to promote staff health and wellness; start to develop weekly communication reach out to PE, nurses, i.e. walking club.
  • Through taste-tests of new school meal items and surveys to identify new, healthful, and appealing food choices.

Public Involvement: There is a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy select a process from the list below.

  • The district will implement a local wellness policy committee to advise the district on the development, implementation, and improvement of the school wellness policy

 

 

Approved: Aug. 20, 2018, May 18, 2020
Reviewed: July 16, 2018, April 13, 2020
Revised: July 16, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 08:58

507.11 - Use of Motor Vehicles

507.11 - Use of Motor Vehicles

The board recognizes the convenience to families and students of having students drive to and park at their school attendance center.  Driving a motor vehicle to and parking it at the students’ attendance center is a privilege, not a right.

The students must possess a valid Iowa driver’s license or show necessity for a minor school license (MSL).  Application for the MSL must be made to and have been approved by the superintendent, principal or designee.  For purposes of clarification, the principal will be the primary source for approval for the Fairfield Community School District..

Students who drive to and park at their school attendance center shall be governed by the specific rules designated by the attendance center.  Those rules include but are not limited to the following:

  • Students may not loiter around or be in their vehicle during the school day without permission from the principal.
  • Students will leave their attendance center when there is no longer a legitimate reason for them to be at their attendance center.
  • Students who drive will enter and leave the parking lot by the routes designated by the principal.
  • Students must abide by all speeding limits.  Squealing of tires, loud music and other noises that may be considered dangerous and a disruption are not permitted.
  • Violations may result in revocation of driving privileges.

Students who apply for the MSL are governed by the following guidelines as set forth by the Iowa Department of Transportation (IDOT), Iowa Code Section 321.194, and the Fairfield Community School District.  All guidelines are created to ensure students have access to academic and extracurricular programs within the school district where district transportation is not provided and to ensure the safety and security of all students.  The student must:

  • Be minimum age requirement of 14 years and 6 months.
  • Have completed a valid Iowa-approved course in driver education.
  • Have held a valid instruction permit for a six month period prior to application.
  • Have a driving history that is conviction free.
  • Live one mile or more from the attendance center.
  • Only drive between the hours of 6:00 AM and 10:00 PM.
  • Use the most direct route to and from the official residence and the attendance center.  A map must be provided to the principal upon application.
  • Show necessity through the listing and proof of enrollment in extracurricular activities.  Applications must be made using the form entitled “Application for Home to School Driver’s License” which can be obtained in the main office of the high school.
  • Only use transportation for self and those who enter the vehicle at official residence and exit at same destination as the driver.
  • Be allowed to stop for fuel when necessary and within the most direct route.

Occasionally,  there  are  instances  of  hardship  that  will  supersede  the  above  guidelines.  Please refer to Iowa Administrative Code 761-602.26 (3) for exceptions.

Further restrictions for MSL as outlined by Iowa Code 282.18 and Iowa Code Section 321.194 may apply to open enrollment, dual enrollment and home school students.  Please consult the above listed codes for a more specific and detailed explanation of all rules governing the minor school license.

Violation of the above guidelines may result in revocation or suspension of the MSL.  A school official may advise the Department of Transportation (DOT) in writing that a violation of the MSL has occurred and suspension may result.  Conviction of a single traffic violation may result in a 30-day suspension.  Further, more severe restrictions, could apply upon future violations.

The parents, legal guardians or custodian of the student who is applying for the MSL are required to meet with the principal to discuss the guidelines and to fill out the proper paperwork as required by the school and the DOT.  At said meeting, the parents and student must show proof of age, certificate of completion from an Iowa-approved course of driver education and Form 430021, Statement of Necessity/Affidavit for School License, which can be obtained from the DOT driver’s license station.

Students who wish to drive to and park at their school attendance center will comply with the rules and regulations established by the building principal.  Failure to comply with this policy or the school district rules will be reason for revocation of school driving and parking privileges as well as other disciplinary action including suspension and expulsion.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 (2013).

Cross Reference:  502 Student Rights and Responsibilities

Approved:  June 13, 2005, Sep 22, 2014Dec. 2, 2019                   
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 21, 2019        
Revised:  Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 21, 2019        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 08:54

507.12 - Emergency School Closings

507.12 - Emergency School Closings

The superintendent has the authority to close schools, dismiss them early, or keep them open beyond the regular school day in case of extreme weather or other emergency conditions.  As soon as possible after the decision has been made, the superintendent will arrange to announce the closing via the news media and methods of electronic communication.

Makeup days will be scheduled so that students will attend school to meet the minimum attendance requirements prescribed by statute, Iowa Department of Education rules, and board policy. 

Transportation in Poor Weather Conditions

Buses will not operate when weather conditions -- fog, rain, snow, and storm -- make it unsafe to do so.  Because weather conditions may vary around the district and may change quickly, the best judgment will be used that is possible with the information available.

The final decision in declaring conditions “unsafe” will be made by the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee.  He/she will be assisted by the director of transportation services and by the actual “on-location” reports of the bus drivers.

Drivers and students will be notified by campus messenger, website, commercial radio or television when school is canceled, temporarily delayed, or dismissed early.  It may be possible that, at times, the entire district is not affected by poor weather conditions.  However, when school is closed (canceled) because of weather anywhere in the district, all schools will be closed.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Sep 22, 2014, Dec. 2, 2019                   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 21, 2019      
Revised:  Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 21, 2019        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 08:53

507.13 - School Safety Patrol

507.13 - School Safety Patrol

Recognizing the responsibility of the District to promote and insure the safest possible environment for all children, the board authorizes and supports the utilization of School Safety Patrols.

Each building principal, working with the staff and students, will be responsible for the supervision and conduct of the School Safety Patrol.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985 , Dec. 2, 2019                  
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 21, 2019           
Revised:   ______________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 08:52

508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters

508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 08:49

508.1 - Class or Student Group Gifts

508.1 - Class or Student Group Gifts

The board welcomes gifts to the school district from a class or student group.  While class gifts to the school district do not require the approval of the superintendent, the board encourages students to consult with the superintendent or other licensed employees prior to selecting a gift for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 68B; 722.1, .2 (2013).

Cross Reference:  704.4 Gifts - Grants - Bequests

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Sep 22, 2014, Dec. 2, 2019                   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 21, 2019            
Revised:  March 10, 1997, Aug. 25, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 08:50

508.2 - Open Night

508.2 - Open Night

In keeping with good community relations, student school activities will not be scheduled on Wednesday night beyond 5:15 for middle school and 7:00 p.m. for high school whenever possible.  It will be the responsibility of the building principal to oversee the scheduling of school activities for compliance with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  900 Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Approved:  March 10, 1997, Sep 22, 2014, Dec. 2, 2019                  
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Aug. 25, 2014, Oct. 21, 2019             
Revised:  Nov. 13, 2000, Aug. 25, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Thu, 11/18/2021 - 08:49

600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS

600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/09/2021 - 15:43

600 - Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

600 - Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the goals and objectives for the delivery of the education program.  The board’s objective in the design, contents and the delivery of the education program is to provide an equal opportunity for students to pursue an education free of discrimination on the basis of race, creed, color, sex, national origin, marital status, religion, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.

In providing the education program of the school district, the board will strive to meet its overall goal of providing the students an opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance and encourages critical thinking in students.

In striving to meet this overall goal, the objectives of the education program are to provide students with an opportunity to:

  • Acquire basic skills in obtaining information, solving problems, thinking critically and communicating effectively;
  • Become effective and responsible contributors to the decision-making processes of the social and political institutions of the community, state and nation;
  • Acquire entry-level job skills and knowledge necessary for further education;
  • Acquire the capacities for satisfying and responsible roles as family members;
  • Acquire knowledge, habits and attitudes that promote personal and public health, both physical and mental;
  • Acquire an understanding of ethical principles and values and the ability to apply them to their own lives;
  • Develop an understanding of their own worth, abilities, potential and limitations; and,
  • Learn and enjoy the process of learning and acquire the skills necessary for a lifetime of continuous learning and adaptation to change.

An advisory committee of representatives of the school district community and the school district is appointed to make recommendations for the goals and objectives of the education program.  Annually, the board will report to the committee regarding progress toward achievement of the goals and objectives of the education program.

 

 

Approved: Aug. 13, 2007, Jan. 20, 2020
Reviewed: July 20, 2007; Jan. 12, 2009, Aug 18, 2014, December 02, 2019
Revised:  Feb. 9, 2009

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:45

601 - General Organization

601 - General Organization dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:44

601.1 - School Calendar

601.1 - School Calendar

The school calendar will accommodate the education program of the school district.  The school calendar will be for a minimum of 1080 hours and include, but not be limited to, the days for student instruction, staff development, in-service days and teacher conferences.

The academic school year for students shall begin no sooner than August 23. Employees may be required to report to work at the school district prior to this date.

Special education students may attend school on a school calendar different from that of the regular education program consistent with their Individualized Education Program.

The board, in its discretion, may excuse graduating seniors from up to 30 hours of instruction after the school district requirements for graduation have been met.  The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up days missed due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district's graduation requirements.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school calendar for recommendation, approval, and adoption by the board annually.

The board may amend the official school calendar when the board considers the change to be in the best interests of the school district's education program. The board shall hold a public hearing on any proposed school calendar prior to adopting the school calendar.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.10; 280.3 (2013).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.1(7).

Cross Reference:  501.3  Compulsory Attendance
     
                                  601.2  School Day
     
                                  603.3  Special Education

Approved:  Oct. 12, 1987, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, December 02, 2019      
Revised:  Oct. 10, 1994, Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:44

602 - Curriculum Development

602 - Curriculum Development dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:31

602.1 - Curriculum Development

602.1 - Curriculum Development

Curriculum development is an ongoing process in the school district and consists of both research and design.  Research is the studious inquiry and critical investigation of the various content areas for the purpose of revising and improving curriculum and instruction based on relevant information pertaining to the discipline.  This study is conducted both internally (what and how we are currently doing at the local level) and externally (what national standards, professional organizations, recognized experts, current research, etc. tell us relative to the content area).  Design is the deliberate process of planning and selecting the standards and instructional strategies that will improve the learning experience for all students.

A systematic approve to curriculum development (careful research, design, and articulation of the curriculum) serves several purposes:

  • Focuses attention on the content standards of each discipline and ensures the identified learnings are rigorous, challenging, and represent the most important learnings for our students.
  • Increases the probability that students will acquire the desired knowledge, skills and dispositions and that our schools will be successful in providing appropriate learning experiences.
  • Facilitates communication and coordination.
  • Improves classroom instruction.

The superintendent is responsible for curriculum development and for determining the most effective way of conducting research and design activities.   A curriculum framework will describe the processes and procedures that will be followed in researching, designing, and articulating each curriculum area.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes for the following curriculum development activities to: 

  • Study the latest thinking, trends, research, and expert advice regarding the content/discipline;
  • Study the current status of the content/discipline (what and how well students are currently learning);
  • Identify content standards, benchmarks, and grade level expectations for the content/discipline;
  • Verify integration of local, state, and/or federal mandates;
  • Verify how the standards and benchmarks of the content/discipline support each of the broader student learning goals and provide a K-12 continuum that builds on the prior learning of each level.
  • Describe the desired learning behaviors, teaching and learning environment related to the content/discipline;
  • Identify differences in the desired and present program and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
  • Communicate with internal and external publics regarding the content area;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum development decisions

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of necessary curriculum changes and revisions and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum development and recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2010).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.7, 279.8; 280.3 (2013).
                                       281 I.A.C. 12.5.8.

Cross Reference:  101  Educational Philosophy of the School District
                                       103   Long Range Needs Assessment
     
                                  602  Curriculum Development
     
                                  603  Instructional Curriculum
     
                                  605  Instructional Materials

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, December 02 2019      
Revised:  Oct. 11, 1993, Oct. 9, 2000, Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:37

602.2 - Curriculum Implementation

602.2 - Curriculum Implementation

Without careful and continuing attention to implementation, planned changes in curriculum and instruction rarely succeed as intended.  How change is put into practice, to a large extent, determines how well it fares.

Implementation refers to what actually happens in practice as compared to what was supposed to happen.  Curriculum implementation includes the provision of organized assistance to staff in order to ensure that the newly developed curriculum and the most powerful instructional strategies are actually delivered at the classroom level.  There are two components of any implementation effort that must be present to guarantee the planned changes in curriculum and instruction succeed as intended:

  • Understanding the conceptual framework of the content/discipline being implemented; and,
  • Organized assistance to understand the theory, observe exemplary demonstrations, have opportunities to practice, and receive coaching and feedback focused on the most powerful instructional strategies to deliver the content at the classroom level.

The superintendent is responsible for curriculum implementation and for determining the most effective way of providing organized assistance and monitoring the level of implementation.  A curriculum framework will describe the processes and procedures that will be followed to assist all staff in developing the knowledge and skills necessary to successfully implement the developed curriculum in each content area.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum implementation activities to:

  • Study and identify the best instructional practices and materials to deliver the content;
  • Describe procedures for the purchase of instructional materials and resources (See Policy 603);
  • Identify/develop exemplars that demonstrate the learning behaviors, teaching, land learning environment to deliver the content;
  • Study the current status of instruction in the content area (how teachers are teaching);
  • Compare the desired and present delivery system, identify differences (gap analysis), and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
  • Organize staff into collaborative study teams to support their learning and implementation efforts (address the gaps);
  • Provide ongoing professional development related to instructional strategies and materials that focuses on theory, demonstration, practice and feedback;
  • Regularly monitor and assess the level of implementation;
  • Communicate with internal and external publics regarding curriculum implementation;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum implementation decisions.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of curriculum implementation activities, progress of each content area related to curriculum implementation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum implementation including recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2010).
                                       
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 279.8; 280.3-.14 (2013).
      
                                 281 I.A.C. 12.8.

Cross Reference:  101  Educational Philosophy of the School
      
                                103  Long-Range Needs Assessment
      
                                 505  Student Scholastic Achievement
      
                                 602  Curriculum Development
      
                                 603  Instructional Curriculum

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, December 02, 2019
Revised:  Oct. 9, 2000, Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:34

602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation

602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation

Regular evaluation of the total curriculum is necessary to ensure that the written and delivered curriculum is having the desired effect for students.

Curriculum evaluation refers to an ongoing process of collecting, analyzing, synthesizing, and interpreting information of aid in understanding what students know and can do.  It refers to the full range of information gathered in the school district to evaluate (make judgments about) student learning and program effectiveness in each content area.

Curriculum evaluation must be based on information gathered from a comprehensive assessment system that is designed for accountability and committed to the concept that all students will achieve at high levels, is standards-based, and informs decisions which impact significant and sustainable improvements in teaching and student learning.

The superintendent is responsible for curriculum evaluation and for determining the most effective way of ensuring that assessment activities are integrated into instructional practices as part of school improvement with a particular focus on improving teaching and learning.  A curriculum framework will describe the procedures that will be followed to establish an evaluation process that can efficiently and effectively evaluate the total curriculum.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the procedures for the following curriculum evaluation activities:

  • Identify specific purposes for assessing student learning;
  • Develop a comprehensive assessment plan;
  • Select/develop assessment tools and scoring procedures that are valid and reliable;
  • Identify procedures for collecting assessment data;
  • Identify procedures for analyzing and interpreting information and drawing conclusions based on the data (including analysis of the performance of various sub-groups of students);
  • Identify procedures for establishing at least three levels of performance (specific to the content standard and the assessment tool when appropriate) to assist in determining whether students have achieved at a satisfactory level (at least two levels describe performance that is proficient or advanced and at least one level describes students who are not yet performing at the proficient level);
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information to determine long-range and annual improvement goals;
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information in making decisions focused on improving teaching and learning (data based decision making);
  • Provide support to staff in using data to make instructional decisions;
  • Define procedures for regular and clear communication about assessment results to the various internal and external publics (mandatory for communication about students receiving special education services);
  • Define data reporting procedures;
  • Verify that assessment tools are fair for all students and are consistent with all state and federal mandates;
  • Verify that assessment tools measure the curriculum that is written and delivered;
  • Identify procedures for deciding when multiple assessment measures are necessary for    making good decisions and drawing appropriate conclusions about student learning;
  • Identify roles and responsibilities of key groups;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum evaluation;
  • Ensure participation of eligible students receiving special education services in district-wide assessments.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of curriculum evaluation activities, the progress of each content area related to curriculum evaluation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum evaluation including recommendations to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).
    
                                  34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2010).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 279.8; 280.3-.14 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.8.

Cross Reference:  101  Educational Philosophy of the School District
                                      103  Long-Range Needs Assessment
    
                                  505  Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                  602  Curriculum Development
          
                                  603  Instructional Curriculum

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, December 02, 2019      
Revised:  Oct. 9, 2000, Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:33

602.4 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects

602.4 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects

The board welcomes new ideas in curriculum.  Proposals for pilot or experimental projects will first be reviewed and analyzed by the superintendent.  Projects recommended by the superintendent will be considered by the board.  Pilot and experimental projects approved by the board, the Iowa Department of Education, or the U. S. Department of Education may be utilized in the education program.

Students, who may be or are asked to participate in a research or experimental project or program, must have their parents' written consent on file prior to participating in the project or program.  A research or experimental program or project requiring parents' prior written consent is a program or project designed to explore or develop new or unproven teaching methods or techniques.  These programs or projects will be designated as research or experimental projects or programs.  The educational materials of a program or project designated as a research or experimental program or project may be inspected and reviewed by the parents of the students participating or being considered for participation in the program or project.  The inspection and review by the parents will be in accordance with board policy 605.2, "Instructional Materials Inspection."

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).
    
                                  34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2010).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .10; 280.3 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.5,.8.

Cross Reference:  602  Curriculum Development
    
                                  603  Instructional Curriculum

Approved:  Nov. 10, 1997, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, December 02, 2019      
Revised:    Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:32

603 - Instructional Curriculum

603 - Instructional Curriculum dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:14

603.1 - Basic Instruction Program

603.1 - Basic Instruction Program

The basic instruction program will include the courses required for each grade level by the State Department of Education.  The instructional approach will be gender fair and multicultural.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in kindergarten is designed to develop healthy emotional and social habits, language arts and communication skills, the capacity to complete individual tasks, character education and the ability to protect and increase physical well-being with attention given to experiences relating to the development of life skills and human growth and development.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades one through six will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, physical education, traffic safety, music, and visual art.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades seven and eight will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, family and consumer, career, technology education, physical education, music, and visual art.

The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades nine through twelve will include English-language arts (6 units), social studies (5 units), mathematics (6 units), science (5 units), health (1 unit), physical education (1 unit), fine arts (3 units), foreign language (4 units), and vocational education (12 units).

The board may, in its discretion, offer additional courses in the instruction program for any grade level.

Each instruction program is carefully planned for optimal benefit taking into consideration the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or superintendent.  Each instruction program's plan should describe the program, its goals, the effective materials, the activities and the method for student evaluation.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations stating the required courses and optional courses for kindergarten, grades one through five, grades six, seven and eight, and grades nine through twelve.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).
                                       34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2010).
                                       Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11; 279.8; 280.3-.14 (2013).
      
                                 281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  102 Equal Educational Opportunity
      
                                 103  Long-Range Needs Assessment
     
                                 505  Student Scholastic Achievement
      
                                 602  Curriculum Development                                            
     
                                 603  Instructional Curriculum

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, December 02, 2019      
Revised:   Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:29

603.2 - Summer School

603.2 - Summer School

The Fairfield Community School District recognizes the importance of ongoing learning opportunities for students. As such, the district shall offer summer school instruction in accordance with the following:

  • The board, in its discretion, may offer summer school for one or more courses and student activities for students who need additional help and instruction or for enrichment in those areas.  Upon receiving a request for summer school, the board will weigh the benefit to the students and the school district as well as the school district's budget and availability of licensed employees to conduct summer school.
  • If a child who is eligible for special education has been determined to need extended school year services as necessary to receive a free appropriate public education, as determined according to state and federal law, such services shall be provided as described in the child’s individualized education program.
  • In additional instances as provided by law.

The superintendent may develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3; 282.6.
    
                                    Iowa Admin. Code. 41.106.

Cross Reference:  410.2    Summer School Licensed Employees
    
                                    505.2    Student Promotion – Retention – Acceleration
   
                                    603       Instructional Curriculum
    
                                    711.4    Summer School Transportation

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, December 02, 2019      
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:28

603.3 - Special Education

603.3 - Special Education

The board recognizes some students have different educational needs than other students.  The board will provide a free appropriate public education program and related services to students identified in need of special education.  The special education services will be provided from birth until the appropriate education is completed, age twenty-one or to maximum age allowable in accordance with the law.  Students requiring special education will attend general education classes, participate in nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities and receive services in a general education setting to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of each individual student.  The appropriate education for each student is written in the student's Individualized Education Program (IEP).

Special education students are required to meet the requirements stated in board policy for graduation.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent and the area education agency director of special education to provide or make provisions for appropriate special education and related services.

Beginning with the class of 2022, requirements for students in special education to earn a regular high school diploma will include successful completion of four years of English, three years of math, three years of science, three years of social studies, and the completion of the district’s physical education requirements.

Children from birth through age 2 and children age 3 through age 5 are provided comprehensive special education services within the public education system.  The school district will work in conjunction with the area education agency to provide services, at the earliest appropriate time, to children with disabilities from birth through age 2.  This will be done to ensure a smooth transition of children entitled to early childhood special education services.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).
    
                                  Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
    
                                  Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction
    
                                  285N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
    
                                  20 U.S.C. §§1400 et seq. (2010).
   
                                  34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2010).
   
                                  Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.1, .2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (2013).
                                      281 I.A.C. 41.109.

Cross Reference:  503     Student Discipline
    
                                  505.5  Graduation Requirements
    
                                  506     Student Records
    
                                  507.2  Administration of Medication to Students
    
                                  507.8  Student Special Health Services
    
                                  601.1  School Calendar                                                                                                                             
                                      603     Instructional Curriculum

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020, April 12, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 8, 2010, Sep 22, 2014, Dec. 02, 2019, Mar. 15, 2021    
Revised:  Nov. 10, 1997, Oct. 9, 2000, Sep 22, 2014, March 15, 2021    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:27

603.4 - Multicultural/Gender Fair Education

603.4 - Multicultural/Gender Fair Education

Students will have an equal opportunity for a quality education without discrimination, regardless of their race, religion, creed, socioeconomic status, color, sex, marital status, national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.

The education program is free of discrimination and provides equal opportunity for the students.  The education program will foster knowledge of and respect and appreciation for the historical and contemporary contributions of diverse cultural groups, as well as men and women, to society.  Special emphasis will be placed on Asian-Americans, African-Americans, Hispanic-Americans, American Indians, European-Americans and persons with disabilities.  It will also reflect the wide variety of roles open to both men and women and provide equal opportunity to both sexes.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.5(8).

Cross Reference:  102  Equal Educational Opportunity
    
                                  600  Goals and Objectives of the Education Program

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020     
Reviewed:  July 20, 2007, Oct. 11, 2010, Sept 22, 2014, December 18, 2019      
Revised:  Mar. 13, 2006, Aug. 13, 2007, Nov. 8, 2010, Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:26

603.5 - Health Education

603.5 - Health Education

Students in grade levels one through twelve shall receive, as part of their health education, instruction about personal health; food and nutrition; environmental health; safety and survival skills; consumer health; family life; human growth and development; substance abuse and non-use, including the effects of alcohol, tobacco, drugs and poisons on the human body; human sexuality; self-esteem; stress management; interpersonal relationships; emotional and social health; health resources; prevention and control of disease; communicable diseases, including sexually transmitted diseases and acquired immune deficiency syndrome; and current crucial health issues.  The purpose of the health education program is to help each student protect, improve and maintain physical, emotional and social well-being.

The areas stated above are included in health education and the instruction are adapted at each grade level to aid understanding by the students.

Parents who object to health education instruction in human growth and development may file a written request that the student be excused from the instruction.  The written request will include a proposed alternate activity or study acceptable to the superintendent.  The superintendent will have the final authority to determine the alternate activity or study.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8; 280.3-.14 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  502  Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  603  Instructional Curriculum
    
                                  607  Instructional Services

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, December 02, 2019            
Revised:  Sep. 21, 1992, Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:24

603.5E1 - Human Growth and Development Student Excuse Form

603.5E1 - Human Growth and Development Student Excuse Form

Student Name:__________________________________      Grade: ______________________________________________      

Parent/Guardian:________________________________      Phone #: ____________________________________________      

Please list the Human Growth and Development topic(s) from which you wish to have your child excused and the class or grade in which each is taught.  An example is provided for you to follow.

         Objective         Class/Grade                                                                           

Ex. To understand the consequences of                                    Life Skills/Health Education/6
      responsible and irresponsible sexual
      behavior.

 

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

4.

 

5.

 

6.

 

7.

 

8.

 

I have reviewed the Human Growth and Development program goals, objectives, and materials and wish my child to be excused from class when these objectives are taught.  I understand my child will incur no penalty but may be required to complete an alternative assignment that relates to the class and is consistent with assignments required of all students in the class.

 

 

Signed: _______________________________________  Date: ______________________________________________
                              (Parent or Guardian)

 

Signed: _______________________________________  Date: ______________________________________________
                              (School Administrator)

 

 

Approved:   Jan. 20, 2020
Reviewed: Sep 22, 2014, December 02, 2019
Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:25

603.6 - Physical Education

603.6 - Physical Education

Students in grades one through twelve are required to participate in physical education courses unless they are excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Students may be excused from physical education courses if the student presents a written statement from a doctor stating that such activities could be injurious to the health of the student or the student has been exempted because of a conflict with the student's religious beliefs.

Students in grades 9-12 may also be excused from physical education courses if:

  • the student is enrolled in academic courses not otherwise available

Twelfth grade students may also be excused from physical education courses if the student is enrolled in a cooperative, work study or other educational program authorized by the school which requires the student’s absence from school.

Students who will not participate in physical education must have a written request or statement from their parents.

 

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 256.11 (2003).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Cross Reference:  504 Student Activities
    
                                  603 Instructional Curriculum

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Jun 18, 2012, Feb 15, 2016, Jan. 20, 2020, April 12, 2021          
Reviewed:  Sep. 28, 2005, Jun 18, 2012, Jan 11, 2016, Jan. 20, 2020, March 15, 2021      
Revised:  Nov. 10, 1997, Oct. 10, 2005, Jan 11, 2016, March 15, 2021      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:22

603.7 - Career Education

603.7 - Career Education

Preparing students for careers is one goal of the education program.  Career education will be written into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve.  This education will include, but not be limited to, awareness of self in relation to others and the needs of society, exploration of employment opportunities, experiences in personal decision-making, and experiences of integrating work values and work skills into their lives.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist licensed employees in finding ways to provide career education in the education program.  Special attention will be given to courses of vocational education nature.  The board, in its review of the curriculum, will review the means in which career education is combined with other instructional programs.

 

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280.9 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.5(7).

Cross Reference:  603 Instructional Curriculum

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020         
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020    
Revised:  Nov. 10, 1997, Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:21

603.8 - Teaching About Religion

603.8 - Teaching About Religion

The school district is required to keep the practice of religion out of the school curriculum.  The board recognizes the key role religion has played in the history of the world and authorizes the study of religious history and traditions as part of the curriculum.  Preferential or derogatory treatment of a single religion shall not take place.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the study of religion in the schools in keeping with the following guidelines:

  • the proposed activity must have a secular purpose;
  • the primary objective of the activity must not be one that advances or inhibits religion; and
  • the activity must not foster excessive governmental entanglement with religion.

 

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
    
                                  Lee v. Weisman. 112 S. Ct. 2649 (1992).
    
                                  Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
    
                                  Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County,
   
                                   608 F. Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
    
                                  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.6 (2013).

Cross Reference:  603    Instructional Curriculum
    
                                  604.5  Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program
    
                                  606.2  School Ceremonies and Observances

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020         
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020      
Revised:  Nov. 10, 1997, Sep 22, 2014       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:19

603.8R1 - Teaching About Religion Regulation - Religious Holidays

603.8R1 - Teaching About Religion Regulation - Religious Holidays

The historical and contemporary significance of religious holidays may be included in the education program provided that the instruction is presented in an unbiased and objective manner.  The selection of holidays to be studied will take into account major celebrations of several world religions, not just those of a single religion.  Holiday-related activities will be educationally sound and sensitive to religious differences and shall be selected carefully to avoid the excessive or unproductive use of school time.  Teachers will be especially careful in planning activities that are to take place immediately preceding or on a religious holiday.

Music, art, literature and drama having religious themes (including traditional carols, seasonal songs and classical music) will be permitted if presented in an objective manner without sectarian indoctrination.  The emphasis on religious themes will be only as extensive as necessary for a balanced and comprehensive study or presentation.  Religious content included in student performances will be selected on the basis of its independent educational merit and will seek to give exposure to a variety of religious customs, beliefs and forms of expression.  Holiday programs, parties or performances will not become religious celebrations or be used as a forum for religious worship, such as the devotional reading of sacred writings or the recitations of prayers.

The use of religious symbols (e.g. a cross, menorah, crescent, Star of David, lotus blossom, nativity scene or other symbol that is part of a religious ceremony) are permitted as a teaching aid, but only when such symbols are used temporarily and objectively to give information about a heritage associated with a particular religion.  The Christmas tree, Santa Claus, Easter eggs, Easter bunnies and Halloween decorations are secular, seasonal symbols and as such can be displayed in a seasonal context.

Expressions of belief or nonbelief initiated by individual students is permitted in composition, art forms, music, speech and debate.  However, teachers may not require projects or activities which indoctrinate or force students to contradict their personal religious beliefs or non-beliefs.

 

 

Approved: Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020      
Reviewed: Sep 22, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020
Revised: Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:20

603.9 - Academic Freedom

603.9 - Academic Freedom

The board believes students should have an opportunity to reach their own decisions and beliefs about conflicting points of view.  Academic freedom is the opportunity of licensed employees and students to study, investigate, present, interpret, and discuss facts and ideas relevant to the subject matter of the classroom and appropriate to and in good taste with the maturity and intellectual and emotional capacities of the students.

It shall be the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or biased positions in the classroom or through teaching methods.  Teachers are not discouraged from expressing personal opinions as long as students are aware it is a personal opinion and students are allowed to reach their own conclusions independently.

It shall be the responsibility of the principal to ensure academic freedom is allowed but not abused in the classroom.

 

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .6 (2013).

Cross Reference:  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  603    Instructional Curriculum
    
                                  903.5 Distribution of Materials

Approved:  Nov. 10, 1997, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020           
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020     
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:17

603.9R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues

603.9R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues

A "controversial issue" is a topic of significant academic inquiry about which substantial groups of citizens of this community, this state or this nation hold sincere, conflicting points of view.

It is the belief of the board that controversial issues should be fairly presented in a spirit of honest academic freedom so that students may recognize the validity of other points of view but can also learn to formulate their own opinions based upon dispassionate, objective, unbiased study and discussion of the facts related to the controversy.

It is the responsibility of the instructor to present full and fair opportunity and means for students to study, consider and discuss all sides of controversial issues including, but not limited to, political philosophies.

It is the responsibility of the instructor to protect the right of the student to study pertinent controversial issues within the limits of good taste and to allow the student to express personal opinions without jeopardizing the student's relationship with the teacher.

It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or selfish propaganda of any kind through any classroom or school device; however, an instructor will not be prohibited from expressing a personal opinion as long as students are encouraged to reach their own decisions independently.

The board encourages full discussion of controversial issues in a spirit of academic freedom that shows students that they have the right to disagree with the opinions of others but that they also have the responsibility to base the disagreement on facts and to respect the right of others to hold conflicting opinions.

 

 

Approved: Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020      
Reviewed: Sep 22, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020
Revised: Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:18

603.10 - Global Education

603.10 - Global Education

Because of our growing interdependence with other nations in the world, global education is incorporated into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve so that students have the opportunity to acquire a perspective on world issues, problems, and prospects for an awareness of the relationship between an individual's self-interest and the concerns of people elsewhere in the world.  Global education, in the education program, is the lifelong growth in understanding, through study and participation, of the world community and the interdependency of its people and systems--social, cultural, racial, economic, linguistic, technological, and ecological.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.5(11).

Cross Reference:  602 Curriculum Development
    
                                  603 Instructional Curriculum

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Nov 17, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, Jan. 20, 2020      
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:16

603.11 - Citizenship

603.11 - Citizenship

Being a citizen of the United States, of Iowa and of the school district community entitles students to special privileges and protections as well as requiring the students to assume civic, economic and social responsibilities and to participate in their country, state and school district community in a manner that entitles them to keep these rights and privileges.

As part of the education program, students will have an opportunity to learn about their rights, privileges, and responsibilities as citizens of this country, state and school district community.  As part of this learning opportunity students are instructed in the elements of good citizenship and the role quality citizens play in their country, state and school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 12.5(3)(b)-(5)(b).

Cross Reference:  101  Educational Philosophy of the School District
    
                                  502  Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  503  Student Discipline

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Nov 17, 2014    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014      
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:14

604 - Alternative Programs

604 - Alternative Programs dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 11:54

604.1 - Private Instruction

604.1 - Private Instruction

The Fairfield Community School District recognizes that families with students of compulsory attendance age may select alternative forms of education outside the traditional school setting, including private instruction. The applicable legal requirements for private instruction, including, but not limited to those relating to reporting and evaluations for progress, shall be followed.

Except as otherwise exempted, in the event a child of compulsory attendance age as defined by law does not attend public school or an accredited nonpublic school, the child must receive private instruction. Private instruction means instruction using a plan and a course of study in a setting other than a public or organized accredited nonpublic school. 

Private instruction can take the form of competent private instruction and independent private instruction. The Iowa Department of Education recognizes three options for delivery of this form of instruction: two options for delivery of competent private instruction and one option for independent private instruction.

Competent private instruction means private instruction provided on a daily basis for at least one hundred forty-eight days during a school year, to be met by attendance for at least thirty-seven days each school quarter, which results in the student making adequate progress.  Competent private instruction is provided by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner or by other individuals identified in law. 

Independent private instruction means instruction that meets the following criteria: (i) is not accredited, (ii) enrolls not more than four unrelated students, (iii) does not charge tuition, fees, or other remuneration for instruction, (iv) provides private or religious-based instruction as its primary purpose, (v) provides enrolled students with instruction in mathematics, reading and language arts, science, and social studies, (vi) provides, upon written request from the superintendent of the school district in which the independent private instruction is provided, or from the director of the department of education, a report identifying the primary instructor, location, name of the authority responsible for the independent private instruction, and the names of the students enrolled, (vii) is not a nonpublic school and does not provide competent private instruction as defined herein, and (viii) is exempt from all state statutes and administrative rules applicable to a school, a school board, or a school district, except as otherwise provided by law.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

NOTE: This policy reflects Iowa law on competent private instruction and independent private instruction. For additional information, including applicable forms, please visit the “Options for Educational Choice” section of the Iowa Department of Education’s website, located at https://www.educateiowa.gov/pk-12/options-educational-choice.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 299, 299A.
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 31.

Cross Reference:  501    Student Attendance
    
                                  502    Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  504    Student Activities
    
                                  507.1 Student Health and Immunization Certificates                                                                                                  
                                      604.7  Dual Enrollment
    
                                  604.9  Home School Assistance Program

Approved:  Sep. 21, 1992, Nov 17, 2014, Sep 21, 2015, May 18, 2020     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, Jul 27, 2015, April 13, 2020      
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014, Jul 27, 2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:07

604.2 - Individualized Instruction

604.2 - Individualized Instruction

The board's primary responsibility in the management of the school district is the operation and delivery of the regular education program.  Generally, students attending the school district will receive the regular education program offered by the district.  Only in exceptional circumstances will the board approve students receiving individualized instruction at the expense of the school district.

Recommendations from the superintendent for individualized instruction will state the need for the instruction, the objectives and goals sought for the instruction, the employee requirements for the instruction, the implementation procedures for the instruction and the evaluation procedures and processes that will be used to assess the value of the instruction.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for individualized instruction.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8, .10, .11; 280.3, .14; 299.1-.6, .11, .15
    
                                  .24;299A (2013).

Cross Reference:  501.12 Pregnant Students
    
                                  604.1   Competent Private Instruction

Approved:  Nov. 10, 1997, Nov 17, 2014, August 17, 2020    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, July 20, 2020     
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014                          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:07

604.3 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students

604.3 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students

The board recognizes some students require programming beyond the regular education program.  The board will identify students with special abilities and provide education programming.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a talented and gifted program which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for training of employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.42-.49 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.5(12); 59.

Cross Reference:  505    Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                  604.6 Instruction at a Post-Secondary Education Institution

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Nov 17, 2014, August 17, 2020     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, July 20, 2020      
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014                           

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:05

604.4 - Program for At-Risk Students

604.4 - Program for At-Risk Students

The board recognizes some students require additional assistance in order to graduate from the regular education program.  The board will provide a plan to encourage and provide an opportunity for at-risk students to achieve their potential and obtain their high school diploma.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for students at-risk which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for the training of employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.38-.41; 280.19, .19A (2013).?
    
                                  281  I.A.C. 12.5(13); 33; 65.

Cross Reference:  505    Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                  607.1  Student Guidance and Counseling Program

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Nov 17, 2014, January 25, 2021     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, Nov. 16, 2020     
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014                       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:04

604.5 - Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program

604.5 - Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program

Parents who wish to have their child excluded from a school program because of religious beliefs must inform the superintendent.  The board authorizes the administration to allow the exclusion if it is not disruptive to the education program and it does not infringe on a compelling state or educational interest.  Further, the exclusion must not interfere with other school district operations. Students who are allowed to be excluded from a program or activity which violates their religious beliefs are required to do an alternate supervised activity or study.

In notifying the superintendent, the parents shall abide by the following:

  • The notice will be in writing;
  • The objection will be based on religious beliefs;
  • The objection will state which activities or studies violate their religious beliefs;
  • The objection will state why these activities or studies violate their religious beliefs; and
  • The objection will state a proposed alternate activity or study.

The superintendent will have discretion to make this determination.  The factors the superintendent will consider when a student requests to be excluded from a program or activity because of religious beliefs include, but are not limited to, staff available to supervise a student who wishes to be excluded, space to house the student while the student is excluded, available superintendent-approved alternative course of study or activity while the student is excluded, number of students who wish to be excluded, whether allowing the exclusion places the school in a position of supporting a particular religion, and whether the program or activity is required for promotion to the next grade level or for graduation.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
     
                                  Lee v. Weisman, 112 S. Ct. 2649 (1992).
     
                                  Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
     
                                  Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County,
     
                                  608 F. Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
     
                                  Iowa Code §§ 256.11(6); 279.8. (2013).

Cross Reference:  603    Instructional Curriculum
     
                                 606.2 School Ceremonies and Observances

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Nov 17, 2014, January 25, 2021     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jun 18, 2012, Sep 22, 2014; Nov. 16, 2020     
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014, Nov. 16, 2020     

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 12:02

604.6 - Instruction at a Post Secondary Educational Institution

604.6 - Instruction at a Post Secondary Educational Institution

In accordance with this policy, students in grades nine through twelve may receive academic or career and technical education credits that count toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for courses successfully completed in post-secondary educational institutions.  Students and parents or guardians shall be made aware of the post-secondary instructional opportunities as part of the development of each student’s individual career and academic plan as required by law.  The Superintendent or designee is responsible for developing the appropriate forms and procedures for implementing this policy and the following post-secondary educational opportunities:   

 

Concurrent Enrollment

The board may, in its discretion, enter into a contractual agreement with a community college to provide courses for eligible students in grades nine through twelve when comparable courses are not offered by the school district.  Notice of the availability of the concurrent enrollment program shall be included in the school district’s registration handbook, and the handbook shall identify which courses, if successfully completed, generate post-secondary credit.  Students shall not be charged tuition for concurrent enrollment courses and shall not be required to reimburse the school district for tuition if they do not successfully complete a course. Students or their parents or guardians may be required to pay a fee consistent with the school district’s established textbook policy and other materials for the concurrent enrollment course to the extent permitted by law.  Students or their parents or guardians may also be required to provide their own transportation to and from concurrent enrollment courses to the extent permitted by law.  However, transportation shall be the responsibility of the school district for any contracted course that is used to meet school district accreditation requirements.

Students who successfully complete a concurrent enrollment course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit in accordance with the institution’s policies and high school credit that will be reflected on their high school transcript.  The Superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a concurrent enrollment course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.  

 

Post-Secondary Enrollment Option

Ninth and tenth grade students who have been identified by the school district as gifted and talented, and eligible eleventh and twelfth grade students, may utilize the Post-Secondary Enrollment Option (“PSEO”) program.  To qualify, a course must be a nonsectarian, credit-bearing course that leads to a degree, and in the areas of:  mathematics, science, social sciences, humanities, career and technical education.  A course is not eligible for PSEO if a comparable course is offered by the school district.  In addition, courses at a community college with which the district has a concurrent enrollment agreement are not eligible for PSEO.  Students shall not be charged for tuition, textbooks, materials, or fees related to a PSEO course with the exception of equipment that becomes the property of the student. 

The school district shall reimburse the post-secondary institution for tuition and other expenses for each PSEO course up to $250.  Students who successfully complete a PSEO course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit and high school credit.  The Superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a PSEO course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.

Transportation to and from the postsecondary institution is the responsibility of the student or parent or legal guardian of the student enrolled in a PSEO course.  Eligible students may take up to seven hours of post-secondary credit during the summer months and receive high school credit upon successful completion of a post-secondary course.  However, the student or student’s parent or legal guardian are responsible for all costs associated with courses taken during the summer.   

Students who fail a PSEO course and fail to receive credit are required to reimburse the school district for all costs directly related to the course up to the $250.00 reimbursement maximum.  Prior to registering, students under the age of eighteen are required to have a parent or guardian sign a form indicating that the parent is responsible for the costs of the course should the student fail the course and fail to receive credit.  Reimbursement waivers may be granted by the board if sufficient verification is provided to show that the student was unable to complete the course for reasons outside the student’s control, including but not limited to physical incapacity, a death in the student’s immediate family, or a move out of the school district.   

If a student is unable to demonstrate proficiency or the school district or accredited nonpublic school determines that the course unit completed by the student does not meet the school district’s standards, the superintendent shall provide in writing to the student’s parent or guardian the reason for the denial of credit.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 261E.6, E.7; 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2013).
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12, 22.

Cross Reference:  505         Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                    604.3      Program for Talented and Gifted Students

Approved: Jan. 15, 2018, February 28, 2019, January 25, 2021                                                                         
Reviewed: Dec. 19, 2017, Jan. 21, 2019, Nov. 16, 2020                          
Revised:    Dec. 19, 2017, Jan. 21, 2019  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 11:58

604.6E1 - Post-Secondary Class Agreement Policy

604.6E1 - Post-Secondary Class Agreement Policy

As a student, I wish to take an online class or enroll in the Career Academy. This might be an AP class, a Post-Secondary Enrollment class, or at the Career Academy class. This does not include concurrent enrollment classes taught by FHS instructors. I understand that there are certain risks that go along with taking an online class or college level classes.

  1. The grading curve will be set by the online or academy teacher and may not align with the grading curve of FHS. When taking the class, you are subject to that grading scale. The grade given is what will be shown on your report card and transcript.
  2. The institution from which you enroll will be setting the time frame of the class. It may or may not be aligned to the FHS schedule. By selecting this class, you are agreeing to their time frame. This could mean you start the class before the school year starts or complete it when FHS is not in session.
  3. Technology is not always available and may fail at times. This could mean that class work will need to be done outside the normal school day.
  4. The instructor of the online class is not always readily available. It is the student's responsibility to learn the material and complete the assignments. FHS teachers are not assigned to assist with online course completion. This is an individual choice and students are choosing to take on the challenging course work.
  5. Students are expected to finish the online class in the intended time frame. All rules and regulations about students dropping the class will follow the same policies as for a Fairfield High School class.
  6. Students who fail (or drop after the deadline) a Post-Secondary Enrollment Option class will reimburse the school district by June 30, at a rate of $250 per class.
  7. FHS or IHCC will provide the books for these classes for student use. At the completion of the class, the books need to be returned to FHS or IHCC.

 

 

I agree to these terms and conditions.

 

____________________________________________          _________________
Student Signature                                                                                               Date

 

_____________________________________________         _________________
Parent Signature                                                                                                 Date

 

 

Approved: February 28, 2019, January 25, 2021        
Reviewed: Jan. 21, 2019, Nov. 16, 2020  
Revised:  Nov. 16, 2020  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 11:59

604.7 - Dual Enrollment

604.7 - Dual Enrollment

The parent, guardian, or custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may also enroll the student in the school district in accordance with state law and policy.  The student is considered under dual enrollment.  The parent, guardian, or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should notify the board secretary no later than September 15 of the school year in which dual enrollment is sought on forms provided by the school district.  On the form, they will indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating.  The forms are available at the central administration office.

A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the school district's extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the school district.  The policies and administrative rules of the school district will apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other students enrolled the school district.  These policies and administrative rules will include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, the good conduct rule, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of applicable fees.

A dual enrollment student whose parent, guardian, or custodian has chosen standardized testing as the form of the student's annual assessment will not be responsible for the cost of the test or the administration of the test.

After the student notifies the school district which activities in which they wish to participate, the school district will provide information regarding the specific programs.

The applicable legal requirements for dual enrollment including, but not limited to those related to reporting and eligibility, shall be followed. It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

NOTE: This policy reflects Iowa’s dual enrollment law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 299A
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 31.

Cross Reference:  502     Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                  503     Student Discipline
    
                                  504     Student Activities
    
                                  507     Student Health and Well-Being
    
                                  604.1  Private Instruction
    
                                  604.9  Home School Assistance Program

Approved:  Sep. 21, 1992, Nov 17, 2014, Sep 21, 2015, January 25, 2021         
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, Jul 27, 2015, Nov. 16, 2020      
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014, Jul 27, 2015, Nov. 16, 2020      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 11:57

604.8 - Foreign Students

604.8 - Foreign Students

Foreign students must meet all district entrance requirements including age, place of residence and immunization.  Foreign students must be approved by the board.  The board reserves the right to limit the number of foreign students accepted.  Students who are citizens of a foreign country will be considered residents if they meet one of the following requirements:

  •   The student resides with his/her parents(s) or legal guardian;
  •   The student is in the United States with appropriate documentation (Form I-20) from the United States Department of Justice-Immigration and Naturalization Services; or
  •   The student is a participant in a recognized foreign exchange program; and the student is physically able to attend school and has provided the school district with such proof, including a current TB test.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  501     Student Attendance
                                      507.1  Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Approved:  Oct. 13, 1997, Nov 17, 2014    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014      
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 11:56

604.9 - Home School Assistance Program

604.9 - Home School Assistance Program

The board, recognizing alternatives to education outside the formal public school system, authorizes the establishment of a home school assistance program. This program will assist students receiving competent private instruction by providing licensed employees of the school district to assist the parent, guardian or legal custodian in the education of the student.

The parent, guardian or legal custodian registering for the home school assistance program will agree to comply with the requirements established by the faculty of the program.

Students registered for the home school assistance program will be counted in the basic enrollment.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 299A (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 31.

Cross Reference:  504     Student Activities
    
                                  507     Student Health and Well-Being
    
                                  604.1  Competent Private Instruction
    
                                  604.7  Dual Enrollment

Approved:  Sep. 12, 1992, Nov 17, 2014, January 25, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sep 22, 2014, Nov. 16, 2020      
Revised:  Sep 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 11:55

605 - Instructional Materials

605 - Instructional Materials dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:35

605.1 - Instructional Materials Selection

605.1 - Instructional Materials Selection

The board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district.  This authority is delegated to licensed employees to determine which instructional materials, other than textbooks, will be utilized by and purchased by the school district.

In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, licensed employees will consider the current and future needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken by licensed employees.

In the case of textbooks, the board will make the final decision after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  The criteria stated above for selection of other instructional materials shall apply to the selection of textbooks.  The superintendent may develop another means for the selection of textbooks.  Textbooks will be reviewed as needed and at least every six years.

Education materials given to the school district must meet the criteria established above.  The gift must be received in compliance with board policy.

 

Note; This is a mandatory policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3 (12).

Cross Reference:  208  Ad Hoc Committees
    
                                  505  Student Scholastic Achievement
    
                                  602  Curriculum Development
    
                                  605  Instructional Materials

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Feb 16, 2015, January 25, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Dec. 13, 2010, Dec 22, 2014, Nov. 16, 2020  
Revised:  June 12, 1989, Nov. 10, 1997, Dec 22, 2014, Nov. 16, 2020                        

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 11:07

605.1R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials

605.1R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials

The board of directors of the Fairfield Community School District hereby declares it the policy of the district to provide a wide range of instructional materials on all levels of difficulty, with diversity of appeal, and the presentation of different points of view and to allow review of allegedly inappropriate instructional materials.

I.       Responsibility for Selection of Materials

          a.        The board is responsible for all matters relating to the operation of the Fairfield Community School District.

          b.        The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained and licensed employees of the school system.  For the purpose of this rule the term “instructional materials” includes printed and multimedia materials (not equipment), whether considered text materials or library materials. The board retains the final authority for the approval of textbooks.

          c.         While selection of materials may involve many people including principals, teacher-librarian, students, parents and community members, the responsibility for coordinating the selection of most instructional materials and making the recommendation of the purchase resets with licensed employees.

          d.        Responsibility for coordinating the selection of text materials for distribution to classes will rest with the licensed employees, principal and superintendent.  For the purpose of this rule the term ’text materials‘ includes textbooks and other printed and non-printed material provided in multiple copies for use of a total class or a major segment of such a class.

 

II.      Criteria for Selection of Materials

          a.         The following criteria will be used as they apply:

  1. Materials will support and be consistent with the general educational goals of the district and the objectives of specific courses.
  1. Materials will be factually accurate and objective in content and presentation.
  1. Materials will be appropriate for the subject area and for the age, emotional development, ability level, and social development of the students for whom the materials are selected.
  1. Materials will have aesthetic, literary, or social value.
  1. Materials chosen will be by competent and qualified authors and producers.
  1. Materials will be chosen that are designed to motivate students and staff to gain an awareness and understanding of the many important contributions of women, minorities, and ethnic groups.  These materials will help them examine and comprehend their own attitudes, duties, rights, responsibilities, and privileges as participating citizens in a pluralistic, democracy.
  1. Biased slanted materials may be provided to meet specific curriculum objectives.
  1. Physical format and appearance of materials will be suitable for their intended use.
  1. Price may be a consideration when viewing overall use of materials.
  1. Recommendations from faculty and students are given consideration.
     
  2. Materials and information will be selected for its strengths rather than rejected for its weaknesses.
  1. Materials and information will be included to make clear the important role religion has had in shaping every age and culture.

          b.         The selection of materials and information on controversial issues will be directed toward maintaining a balanced collection representing various views.

 

III.     Procedure for Selection

          a.         Library Media Center Materials

  1. In selecting materials for purchase for the media center, the media specialist will evaluate the existing collection and the curriculum needs and will consult reputable, professionally prepared selection aids and other appropriate sources.  (i.e.  School Library Journal, Booklist, etc.)  For the purpose of this rule the term “media’ includes all materials considered part of the library collection.
     
  2. Gift materials will be judged by the criteria in Section II and will be accepted or rejected by those criteria.  Such materials will not be accepted if subject to restrictions on use or disposal or if they would produce an imbalance the library media center cannot afford to redress.
  1. Selection is an ongoing process which will include the removal of materials no longer appropriate and the replacement of lost and worn materials still of educational value.

          b.        Text Materials

Study committees are appointed and study various educational programs on a scheduled basis.  Toward the end of the study of a particular program, the study committee reviews various educational materials that would appear to facilitate the teaching and learning of the skills and knowledge of that program.  Usually a selected group of materials, including textbooks, are submitted to most teachers who teach a given program.  These teachers provide the study committee their opinions and suggestions about materials.  The committee then selects the materials they consider to be of greatest help to the teachers and students in meeting the objectives that have been established for that program.  In turn these materials are recommended to the administration for adoption.

          c.         Interlibrary Loan, Networks, Telecommunications, etc.

The content of materials received from other sources such as interlibrary loan, telecommunications, networks, electronic bulletin boards, etc. cannot be viewed beforehand or controlled.  These sources are made available to meet educational goals and objectives, for teaching research skills, and for providing materials of interest that are not available locally.  These sources of information help acquaint students with information from the world at large.

          d.         Confidentiality of School Library Media Centers

The employees of Fairfield Community School District recognize that circulation records of the School Library Media Centers are confidential in nature and that these records will not be made available to anyone including any agency of state, federal, and local government except pursuant to federal, state, or local law relating to civil, criminal, or administrative investigatory power.  This is done to protect the freedom of users to read and peruse information without fear of intimidation or harassment.  The purpose of these records is for the retrieval of overdue materials and for statistical analysis of library use.

          e.         Copyright Law

The Fairfield Community School District will obey the Copyright Act of 1976 and the guidelines of fair use established by the Copyright Office.

Section 107 of the Act provides that:

the fair use of a copyrighted work…for purposes such as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching (including multiple copies for classroom use), scholarship, or research, is not an infringement of copyright.  In determining whether the use made of a work in any particular case is a fair use the factors to be considered will include

(1)       the purpose and character of the use, including whether such use is of commercial nature or is for non-profit educational purposes;

(2)       the nature of the copyrighted work;

(3)       the amount and substantiality of the portion used in relation to the copyrighted work as a whole; and

                      (4)       the effect of the use upon the potential market for or value of the copyrighted work.

 

IV.     Weeding

         a.          The library media specialist(s) will remove from the library media center materials, equipment and furniture no longer of value to the library
                      media program following general selection, replacement, and weeding guidelines.  (See, e.g., “Weeding the School Library Media Center
                      Collections, Iowa Department of Education, 1995.)

          b.         Text materials committees or other designated teachers or teacher committees may remove text materials no longer of value to the instructional program following general selection, replacement, and weeding guidelines.  The materials will be reviewed by the committee or person designated to determine their possible intrinsic worth to other groups or individuals in the following priority order:

  1.   To another unit of the school.
  1.   To other school in the district.
  1. To the general public.  If deemed of sufficient value, the district will offer  items for sale at a stated time.
  1. If items are determined to be of no value, or if no group or individual under points 1-3 above claims them, items will be discarded in a manner consistent with the district’s procedures for discard.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2009).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3 (12).

Cross Reference:  215    Public Participation in Board Meetings
          ​​​​​​​                            402.5 Public Complaints About Employees
                                        602    Curriculum Development
                                        605    Instructional Materials

Approved: Feb 16, 2015
Reviewed: Dec 22, 2014
Revised: Dec 22, 2014

​​​​​​​

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 11:08

605.2 - Instructional Materials Inspection

605.2 - Instructional Materials Inspection

Parents and other members of the school district community may view the instructional materials used by the students.  All instructional materials, including teacher's manuals, films, tapes, electronic media, or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any survey, analysis, or evaluation as part of any federally funded programs must be available for inspection by parents.

The instructional materials must be viewed on school district premises.  Copies may be obtained according to board policy.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding the inspection of instructional materials.

 

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and reflects federal law on the subject of parental rights to inspect instructional materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227,
    
                                  108 Stat. 125 (1994).
     
                                  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2013).
     
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Cross Reference:  602  Curriculum Development
    
                                  605  Instructional Materials
    
                                  901  Public Examination of School District Records

Approved:  Oct 10, 1994, Feb 16, 2015, January 25, 2021   
Reviewed:  Aug 24, 2005, Dec 22, 2014, Nov 16, 2020      
Revised:   Dec 22, 2014, Nov 16, 2020      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 11:06

605.3 - Objection to Instructional Materials

605.3 - Objection to Instructional Materials

Members of the school district community may object to the instructional materials utilized in the school district and ask for their use to be reconsidered.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations for reconsideration of instructional materials.

 

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Cross Reference:  213    Public Participation in Board Meetings
                                      402.5 Public Complaints About Employees
                                      602    Curriculum Development
                                      605    Instructional Materials

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Feb 16, 2015, January 25, 2021     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Dec 22, 2014, Nov. 16, 2020
Revised:  June 8, 1998, Nov. 8, 1999, Sept. 20, 2004, Dec. 13, 2010, Dec 22, 2014, Nov. 16, 2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:47

605.3E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

605.3E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

The policy of this school district related to selection of learning materials states that any member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional materials used in the district's education program.  This policy allows those persons in the school and the community who are not directly involved in the selection of materials to make their own opinions known.  The task of the reconsideration committee is to provide an open forum for discussion of challenged materials and to make an informed recommendation on the challenge.  The meetings of the committee may be subject to the open meetings law.

The most critical component of the reconsideration process is the establishment and maintenance of the committee's credibility in the community.  For this purpose, the committee is composed of community members.  The community should not, therefore, infer that the committee is biased or is obligated to uphold prior professional decisions.  For this same reason, a community member will be selected to chair the committee.

The reconsideration process, the task of this committee, is just one part of the selection continuum.  Material is purchased to meet a need.  It is reviewed and examined, if possible, prior to purchase.  It is periodically re-evaluated through updating, discarding, or re-examination.  The committee must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process.  Librarians and school employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.

In reconsidering challenged materials, the role of the committee, and particularly the chairperson, is to produce a climate for agreement.  The committee should begin by finding items of agreement, keeping in mind that the larger the group participating, the greater the amount of information available and, therefore, the greater the number of possible approaches to the problem.

If the complainant chooses, the complainant may make an oral presentation to the committee to expand and elaborate on the complaint.  The committee will listen to the complainant, to those with special knowledge, and any other interested persons.  In these discussions, the committee should be aware of relevant social pressures which are affecting the situation.  Individuals who may try to dominate or impose a decision must not be allowed to do so.  Minority viewpoints expressed by groups or individuals must be heard, and observers must be made to feel welcome.  It is important that the committee create a calm, nonvolatile environment in which to deal with a potentially volatile situation.  To this end, the complainant will be kept informed of the progress of the complaint.

The committee will listen to the views of all interested persons before making recommendations.  In deliberating its recommendation, the committee should remember that the school system must be responsive to the needs, tastes, and opinions of the community it serves.  Therefore, the committee must distinguish between broad community sentiment and attempts to impose personal standards.  The deliberations should concentrate on the appropriateness of the material.  The question to be answered by the committee is, "Is the material appropriate for its designated audience at this time?"

The committee's final recommendation will be (1) to remove the challenged material from the total school environment, (2) to take no removal action, or (3) to agree on a limitation of the educational use of the materials.

The committee chairperson will instruct the secretary to convey the committee's recommendation to the office of the superintendent.  The recommendation should detail the rationale on which it was based.  A letter will be sent to the complainant outlining the outcome.

 

 

Approved: Feb 16, 2015, January 25, 2021
Reviewed: Dec 22, 2014, Nov. 16, 2020
Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 11:05

605.3E2 - Reconsideration Request Form

605.3E2 - Reconsideration Request Form

Request for re-evaluation of printed or multimedia material to be submitted to the superintendent.

REVIEW INITIATED BY:

 

DATE:

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

Address

 

 

 

 

 

City/State

 

Zip Code

 

Telephone

 

School(s) in which item is used

 

 

 

Relationship to school (parent, student, citizen, etc.)

 

 

BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

Author

 

Hardcover

 

Paperback

 

Other

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

Publisher (if known)

 

 

 

 

 

Date of Publication

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MULTIMEDIA MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:

Title

 

 

 

 

 

Producer (if known)

 

 

 

 

 

Type of material (filmstrip, motion picture, etc.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PERSON MAKING THE REQUEST REPRESENTS: (circle one)

 

Self

 

Group or Organization

 

 

Name of group

 

 

 

 

 

Address of Group

 

 

 

 

                                                     

1.

What brought this item to your attention?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

To what in the item do you object?  (please be specific; cite pages, or frames, etc.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

In your opinion, what harmful effects upon students might result from use of this item?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Do you perceive any instructional value in the use of this item?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Did you review the entire item?  If not, what sections did you review?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

Should the opinion of any additional experts in the field be considered?

 

 

 

yes

 

no

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If yes, please list specific suggestions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.

To replace this item, do you recommend other material which you consider to be of equal or superior quality for the purpose intended?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                   

8.

Do you wish to make an oral presentation to the Review Committee?

 

 

Yes

(a) Please contact the Superintendent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Please be prepared at this time to indicate the approximate length of time your presentation will require.  Although this is no guarantee that you'll be allowed to present to the committee, or that you will get your requested amount of time.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minutes.

 

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated

 

Signature

 

               

 

Approved: Feb 16, 2015, January 25, 2021
Revised: Dec 22, 2014, Nov. 16, 2020
Reviewed: Dec 22, 2014

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 11:00

605.3E3 - Sample Letter to Individual Challenging Instructional Materials

605.3E3 - Sample Letter to Individual Challenging Instructional Materials

Dear:

 

We recognize your concern about the use of ______________________________ in our school district.  The school district has developed procedures for selection of instructional materials but realizes that not everyone will agree with every selection made.

To help you understand the selection process, we are sending copies of the school district’s:

          1.         Instruction Goals and Objectives;

          2.         Instructional Materials Selection Policy Statement, and

          3.         Procedure for Reconsideration of Instructional Materials.

If you are still concerned after you review this material, please complete the Reconsideration Request Form and return it to me.  You may be assured of prompt attention to your request.

If I have not heard from you within one week, we will assume you no longer wish to file a formal complaint.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

Approved: Feb 16, 2015, January 25, 2021
Revised: _____________
Reviewed: Dec 22, 2014, Nov. 16, 2020

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:58

605.3R1 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation

605.3R1 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation

I.       Review or Reevaluation

  1. Any resident or employee of the school district may ask that a specific title or titles in the instructional materials used in the district’s educational program be reviewed or reexamined.  (The term “review” used in this section will refer to reexamination or reevaluation of material based on a “request for review.”  It should not be confused with the normal reviewing process as a part of selection.)  This will not be considered to reflect adversely on the qualifications of the person or persons who made the selection.

                     1.         The school official or staff member receiving a request for review or reexamination regarding instructional materials will try to resolve
                                 the issue informally.  The materials will remain in use unless removed through the formal procedure herein provided.

                     2.         The school official or staff member initially receiving a request for review will explain to the requester the school district’s selection
                                 procedure, criteria, and qualifications of those persons selecting the material.  These people will also explain the place this material
                                 occupies in the educational program, its intended educational usefulness, and additional information regarding its usefulness.

                      3.          In the event that the person asking for the review is not satisfied with the initial explanation, the person raising the question should be referred to the library media specialist and/or principal.  If, after this discussion, the person wishes to file a formal request for review, the school official should assist in filling out a “Request for Review” form.

4.          The school official or staff member receiving the “Request for Review” form should notify the principal of the appropriate attendance center about the inquiry in writing by the end of the following school day.  The written notification should indicate name, material and resolution if any.  The principal or other designated person will file a report for the Review Committee’s records.

          b.         Request for Review

                     1.           Each attendance center and the school district’s central office will keep on hand and make available “Request for Review” forms.  All
                                   formal requests for review must be made on this form.                                                  

                     2.           Within five days after receiving the form, the superintendent of designee will file the request with the standing Review
                                   Committee.           

c.          Review committee

                      1.         The Review Committee will be made up of thirteen members.

                                  a.         Three teachers – one middle school, one senior high and one elementary, designated annually by the superintendent.

                                  b.        School media specialists will be named to the committee.  The media specialist responsible for the attendance center where the item being reexamined originated will not serve on the committee for that review.

                                  c.         One member of the central administrative staff designated annually by the superintendent.

                                  d.        Four members from the community appointed annually by Fairfield Community School Board action.

                                  e.         One high school student and one middle school student selected annually.  The middle school student will be selected by the principal.  Recommendations for the senior high student will come from the principal with selection by the student council.

                                  f.         One school board member appointed annually by school board action.

                      2.         The chairperson and secretary will be selected by the members of the committee.  The chairperson will not be an employee or officer of the district.  The secretary will be an employee or officer of the district.

                      3.         The committee will receive the Materials Selection Policy and all “Request for Review” forms from the superintendent or person designated by the superintendent.

          d.         Review Process

                      1.         The first meeting will consist of the Review Committee.  The procedure following receipt of the “Request for Review” is as follows:

                                  a.         Distribute copies of the written “Request for Review” form.

                                  b.         Distribute reputable, professionally prepared reviews of the material when available.

                                  c.         Distribute copies of the material if available.

                      2.          Before the next meeting committee members will read and examine completely the materials being reviewed.  Opinions will be based on the material as a whole and not on passages pulled out of context.  The secretary will inform the press of the date of the next meeting.            

                      3.          At a subsequent meeting, interested persons, including the person requesting the review, may have the opportunity to share their views.  The committee may request individuals with special knowledge to present information to the committee.

4.           The person requesting the review will be kept informed by the secretary concerning the status of the review through the committee process.  All known interested parties will be given appropriate notice of committee meetings.

5.          At the second or subsequent meeting, as desired, the committee will make its recommendation in open session.  The committee’s final recommendation will be by majority vote
 a.         to take no action;
 b.         to remove all or part of the material from the total school environment;
 c.         to allow student to use alternate titles, approved by school 
personnel involved; or
 d.         to limit the educational use of the material.

The sole criteria for the final recommendation is the appropriateness of the material for its intended educational use.

                      6.        The written recommendation and its justification will be forwarded to the superintendent for appropriate action and to the person initiating the request and to the appropriate attendance centers.

                     7.        A recommendation of the committee to remove or limit use of the material will not be interpreted as a judgment of irresponsibility on the part of the professionals involved in the original selection or use of the material.

                      8.       Committee members directly associated with the selection, use, or request for review of materials will be excused from the committee during the deliberation on such materials.  The superintendent may appoint a temporary replacement for the excused committee member, but such replacement will be of the same general qualifications of a member excused.

                     9.        Requests for Review which have previously been before the committee must receive approval of a majority of the committee
                                 members before the materials will again be reviewed.  Requests with less than a two-year lapse will not be considered.  Every Request
                                 for Review form will be acted upon by the committee.

                      10.      If not satisfied with the recommendation of the committee, any person may appeal the decision to the Board of Education, in which
                                 case the matter will be placed on the agenda of the next regular scheduled meeting of the board.

                       11.      Any person dissatisfied with the decision of the board may appeal to the State Board of Education pursuant to Iowa Code Chapter
                                  290.

 

 

Revised: Dec 7, 2016, January 25, 2021
Reviewed: Dec 7, 2016, Nov. 16, 2020
Approved: Feb 20, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:50

605.4 - Technology and Instructional Materials

605.4 - Technology and Instructional Materials

The board supports the use of innovative methods and the use of technology in the delivery of the education program.  The board encourages employees to investigate economical ways to utilize multi-media, computers, and other technologies as a part of the curriculum.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for the use of technology in the curriculum and to evaluate it annually.  The superintendent will report the results of the evaluation and make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the use of technology in the curriculum.

 

Note: This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 12.3(12), 12.5(4), .5(10).

Cross Reference:  602      Curriculum Development
    
                                  605      Instructional Materials

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Sep 21, 2015, Feb 20, 2017, January 25, 2021   
Reviewed:  Sep. 17, 2007Jul 27, 2015, Dec 7, 2016, Dec 21, 2020       
Revised:   Oct. 8, 2007, Jul 27, 2015, Dec 7, 2016, Dec 21, 2020       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:46

605.5 - School Library

605.5 - School Library

The school district will maintain a school library in each building for use by employees and by students during the school day.

Materials for the centers will be acquired according to board policy, "Instructional Materials Selection."

It is the responsibility of the principal of the building in which the school library is located to oversee the use of materials in the library.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for the selection and replacement of both library and instructional materials, for the acceptance of gifts, for the weeding of library and instructional materials, and for the handling of challenges to either library or classroom materials.

 

Note: This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256.7(24); 279.8; 280.14; 301 (2013).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(11), (12).

Cross Reference:  602  Curriculum Development
   
                                    605  Instructional Materials

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Sep 21, 2015, January 25, 2021
Reviewed:  Sep. 17, 2007, April 20, 2012, Jun 18, 2012, Jul 27, 2015, Dec 21, 2020

Revised:   Oct. 8, 2007, Jul 27, 2015, Dec 21, 2020      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:44

605.6 - Internet Acceptable Use

605.6 - Internet Acceptable Use

Because technology is a vital part of the school district curriculum, the Internet will be made available to employees and students.  Appropriate and equitable use of the Internet will allow employees and students to access resources unavailable through traditional means.

Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses may be issued to students. The school district may provide all individual students with electronic mail addresses. These addresses, and all resources created at the time the account is created, is owned by the school district. The student or guardian acknowledges the fact that the district owns this and associated resources created in conjunction with the creation of the address. The district owns the right to delete, suspend, reinstate, monitor and login at any time as needed.

The Internet can provide a vast collection of educational resources for students and employees.

It is a global network which makes it impossible to control all available information.  Because information appears, disappears and changes constantly, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate.  The school district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet.  Although students will be under teacher supervision while on the network, it is not possible to constantly monitor individual students and what they are accessing on the network.  Some students might encounter information that may not be of educational value.  Student Internet records and access records are confidential records treated like other student records.   Students’ Internet activities will be monitored by the school district to ensure students are not accessing inappropriate sites that have visual depictions that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors.  The school district will use technology protection measures to protect students from inappropriate access, including sites that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors.

The school district will monitor the online activities of students and will educate students about appropriate online behavior, including interacting on social networking sites and chat rooms. Students will also be educated on cyberbullying, including awareness and response. Employees will provide age appropriate training for students who use the Internet. The training provided will be designed to promote the school district’s commitment to:

  • The standards and acceptable use of Internet services as set forth in the Internet Safety Policy; Student safety with regard to:
    • Safety on the Internet;
    • Appropriate behavior while on online, on social networking Web sites, and
    • In chat rooms; and
    • Cyberbullying awareness and response;
  • Compliance with the E-rate requirements of the Children’s Internet Protection Act

Employees and students will be instructed on the appropriate use of the Internet. Parents will be required to sign a permission form to allow their students to access the Internet. Students will sign a form acknowledging they have read and understand the Internet Acceptable Use policy and regulations, that they will comply with the policy and regulations, and that they understand the consequences for violation of the policy or regulations.

In compliance with federal law, this policy will be maintained at least five years beyond the termination of funding under the Children’s Internet Protection Act (CIPA) or E-rate.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross References:  104   Anti-Bullying/Harassment
    
                                      502   Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                      506   Student Records

Approved:  Dec. 16, 1996, Jun 18, 2012, Sep 21, 2015, January 25, 2021   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, April 20, 2012, Jun 18, 2012, Jul 27, 2015, Dec 21, 2020      
Revised:  April 20, 2012, Jul 27, 2015, September 18, 2017, Dec 21, 2020       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:42

605.7 - Use of Information Resources

605.7 - Use of Information Resources

In order for students to experience a diverse curriculum, the board encourages employees to supplement their regular curricular materials with other resources.  In so doing, the board recognizes that federal law makes it illegal to duplicate copyrighted materials without authorization of the holder of the copyright, except for certain exempt purposes.  Severe penalties may be imposed for plagiarism, unauthorized copying or using of media, including, but not limited to, print, electronic and web-based materials, unless the copying or using conforms to the "fair use" doctrine.  Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research providing that all fair use guidelines are met. 

While the school district encourages employees to enrich the learning programs by making proper use of supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of employees to abide by the school district's copying procedures and obey the requirements of the law.  In no circumstances shall it be necessary for school district staff to violate copyright requirements in order to perform their duties properly.  The school district will not be responsible for any violations of the copyright law by employees or students.  Violation of the copyright law by employees may result in discipline up to, and including, termination.  Violation of the copyright law by students may result in discipline, up to and including, suspension or expulsion.

Parents or others who wish to record, by any means, school programs or other activities need to realize that even though the school district received permission to perform a copyrighted work does not mean outsiders can copy it and re-play it.  Those who wish to do so should contact the employee in charge of the activity to determine what the process is to ensure the copyright law is followed.  The school district is not responsible for outsiders violating the copyright law or this policy.

Any employee or student who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material complies with the school district's procedures or is permissible under the law should contact the principal, teacher or teacher-librarian who will also assist employees and students in obtaining proper authorization to copy or use protected material when such authorization is required.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, teacher or teacher-librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

Note: This is a mandatory policy. The policy is based upon federal law.

 

 

Legal References:  17 U.S.C. § 101 et al. (2012)
    
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Cross References:  605.6    Internet Acceptable Use

Approved:  Feb. 10, 2003, Sep 21, 2015, January 25, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jul 27, 2015, Dec 21, 2020
Revised:  Jul 27, 2015, September 18, 2017, Dec 21, 2020      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:37

605.7R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation

605.7R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation

Employees and students may make copies of copyrighted materials that fall within the following guidelines.  Where there is reason to believe the material to be copied does not fall within these guidelines, prior permission will be obtained from the publisher or producer with the assistance of the teacher-librarian, principal, or curriculum director.  Employees and students who fail to follow this procedure may be held personally liable for copyright infringement and may be subject to discipline by the board.

Under the “fair use” doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research.  Under the fair used doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the copyrighted document:

  • Purpose and Character of the Use – The use must be for such purposes as teaching or scholarship.
  • Nature of the Copyrighted Work – The type of work to be copied.
  • Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used – Copying the whole of a work cannot be considered fair use; copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are followed.
  • Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work – If resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater penalties.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material Reminders:

  • Materials on the Internet should be used with caution since they may, and likely are, copyrighted.
  • Proper attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.
  • Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only be made for specific instructional objectives.
  • Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures.  While materials copied pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing technological protections against unauthorized copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be circumvented.

In preparing for instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of:

  • A chapter from a book;
  • An article from a newspaper or periodical;
  • A short story, short essay or short poem; or,
  • A chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book, periodical or newspaper.

A teacher may make multiple copies not exceeding more than one per pupil, for classroom use or discussion, if the copying meets the tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect” set by the following guidelines.  Each copy must include a notice of copyright.

  • Brevity
    • A complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied; excerpts from longer poems cannot exceed 250 words;
    • Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2,500 words or excerpts from prose works less than 1,000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less, may be copied; in any event, the minimum is 500 words;
    • Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph;
    • One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture per book or periodical issue may be copied.  “Special” works cannot be reproduced in full; this includes children’s books combining poetry, prose or poetic prose.  Short special works may be copied up to two published pages containing not more than 10% of the work.
  • Spontaneity – Should be at the “instance and inspiration” of the individual teacher when there is not a reasonable length of time to request and receive permission to copy.
  • Cumulative Effect – Teachers are limited to using copied material for only one course for which copies are made.  No more than one short poem, article, story or two excerpts from the same author may be copied, and no more than three works can be copied from a collective work or periodical column during one class term.  Teachers are limited to nine instances of multiple copying for one course during one class term.  Limitations do not apply to current news periodicals, newspapers and current news sections of other periodicals.

 

Copying Limitations

Circumstances will arise when employees are uncertain whether or not copying is prohibited.  In those circumstances, the teacher-librarian, principal, or curriculum director should be contacted.  The following prohibitions have been expressly stated in federal guidelines:

  • Reproduction of copyrighted material will not be used to create or substitute for anthologies, compilations or collective works.
  • Unless expressly permitted by agreement with the publisher and authorized by school district action, there will be no copying from copyrighted consumable materials such as workbooks, exercises, test booklets, answer sheets and the like.
  • Employees will not:
    • Use copies to substitute for the purchase of books, periodicals, music recordings, consumable works such as workbooks, computer software or other copyrighted material.  Copy or use the same item from term to term without the copyright owner’s permission;
    • Copy or use more than nine instances of multiple copying of protected material in any one term;
    • Copy or use more than one short work or two excerpts from works of the same author in any one term;
    • Copy or use protected material without including a notice of copyright.  The following is a satisfactory notice:  NOTICE:  THIS MATERIAL MAY BE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAW.
    • Reproduce or use copyrighted material at the direction of someone in higher authority or copy or use such material in emulation of some other teacher’s use of copyrighted material without permission of the copyright owner.
    • Require other employees or students to violate the copyright law or fair use guidelines.

                            

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the Library

A library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:

  • An unpublished work in its collection;
  • A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen, provided that an unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.
  • A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision.  Technological protection measures may be circumvented for purposes of copying materials in order to make an acquisition decision.

A library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or employee at no more than the actual cost of photocopying.  The copy must be limited to one article of a periodical issue or a small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained elsewhere at a fair price.  In the latter circumstance, the entire work may be copied.  In any case, the copy will contain the notice of copyright and the student or staff member will be notified that the copy is to be used only for private study, scholarship or research.  Any other use may subject the person to liability for copyright infringement.

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic Works

Teachers may:

  • Make a single copy of a song, movement, or short section from a printed musical or dramatic work that is unavailable except in a larger work for purposes of preparing for instruction;
  • Make multiple copies for classroom use of an excerpt of not more than 10% of a printed musical work if it is to be used for academic purposes other than performance, provided that the excerpt does not comprise a part of the whole musical work which would constitute a performable unit such as a complete section, movement, or song;
  • In an emergency, a teacher may make and use replacement copies of printed music for an imminent musical performance when the purchased copies have been lost, destroyed or are otherwise not available.
  • Make and retain a single recording of student performances of copyrighted material when it is made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;
  • Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use as aural exercises or examination questions; and,
  • Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of the work is not distorted.  Lyrics will not be altered or added if none exist.

Performance by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting.  The purpose will be instructional rather than for entertainment.

Performances of nondramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner, provided that:

  • The performance is not for a commercial purpose;
  • None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and,
  • Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.

All other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner.  Parents or others wishing to record a performance should check with the sponsor to ensure compliance with copyright.

 

Recording of Copyrighted Programs

Television programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and non-commercial television stations for reception by the general public without charge may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained by a school for a period not to exceed the first 45 consecutive calendar days after date of recording.  Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off-air recordings must be erased or destroyed immediately.  Certain programming such as that provided on public television may be exempt from this provision; check with the teacher-librarian, principal, or curriculum director or the subscription database, e.g. united streaming.

Off-air recording may be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and repeated once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a building, during the first 10 consecutive school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45 calendar day retention period.  Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers, and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests.  No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast.  A limited number of copies may be reproduced from each off-air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers.  Each additional copy will be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.

After the first 10 consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to determine whether or not to

include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum.  Permission must be secured from the publisher before the recording can be used for instructional purposes after the 10 day period.

Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content.  Off-air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations.  All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast program as recorded.

 

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer Software

Schools have a valid need for high-quality software at reasonable prices.  To assure a fair return to the authors of software programs, the school district will support the legal and ethical issues involved in copyright laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs.  To this end, the following guidelines will be in effect:

  • All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the school district will be observed;
  • Staff members will take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of unauthorized copies on school equipment;
  • A copy of the software license agreement will be retained by the technology department; and,
  • A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language.  The adapted program may not be distributed.

 

Fair Use Guidelines for Educational Multimedia

Students may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects such as videos, Power Points, podcasts and websites for a specific course, and may perform, display or retain the projects.

Educators may perform or display their own multimedia projects to students in support of curriculum-based instructional activities.  These projects may be used:

  • In face-to-face instruction;
  • In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;
  • In assignments to students;
  • For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;
  • Over a network than cannot prevent duplication for 15 days, after 15 days a copy may be saved on-site only; or,
  • In their personal portfolios.

Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must be requested and received.

The following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant of fair use in an educational multimedia project:

  • Motion media:  10 % or three minutes, whichever is less;
  • Text materials: 10% or 1,000 words, whichever is less;
  • Poetry:  an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author or five poems from an anthology.  For poems of greater than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250 words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an anthology;
  • Music, lyrics and music video:  Up to 10%, but no more than 30 seconds.  No alterations that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work;
  • Illustrations, cartoons and photographs:  No more than five images by an artist, and no more than 10% or 15 images whichever is less from a collective work;
  • Numerical data sets; Up to 10% or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less.

Fair use does not include posting a student or teacher’s work on the Internet if it includes portions of copyrighted materials.  Permission to copy will be obtained from the original copyright holder(s) before such projects are placed online.  The opening screen of such presentations will include notice that permission was granted and materials are restricted from further use.

Notices – Before including this section, make sure employees are ready to comply with it and notices are posted.

The teacher-librarian and principal are responsible for ensuring that appropriate warning devices are posted.  The warnings are to educate and warn individuals using school district equipment of the copyright law.  Warning notices must be posted:

  • On or near copiers and printers
  • On forms used to request copying services;
  • On video recorders;
  • On computers; and,
  • At the library and other places where interlibrary loan orders for copies of materials are accepted.

 

 

Approved Oct. 8, 2007, Sep 21, 2015, Sep 21, 2015, January 25, 2021      
Reviewed   Sep. 17, 2007, Jul 27, 2015, Dec 21, 2020    
Revised   Oct. 8, 2007, Jul 27, 2015, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:39

605.8 - School District Web Page

605.8 - School District Web Page

The Internet provides a valuable learning tool for students and staff and offers another communications vehicle for informing the public about school programs and activities. The board authorizes the establishment of (a school district web page, individual attendance center web pages, special program web pages). Only those web pages approved by the IT Director and Superintendent and maintained in accordance with board policy and administrative procedures will be recognized as official representations of the school district.

The superintendent is responsible for assigning an individual responsible for maintaining the web pages. The superintendent, in conjunction with the responsible individual, will develop administrative procedures regarding the web site.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2001).

Cross References:  502       Student Rights and Responsibilities
    
                                     605       Student Records
   
                                      605.5    Media Centers

Approved: Feb 10, 2003, January 25, 2021
Reviewed: Aug 24, 2005, Dec 21, 2020
Revised: September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:36

605.9 - Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

605.9 - Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

The district will carefully safeguard the right of students and employees to learn and teach in a respectful environment regardless of the method. All instruction and communication through online learning platforms should be appropriate to the age and ability of the participants. Students and employees should be aware that online platforms may be monitored by the district. Verbal and written communication occurring on these platforms may be recorded and stored by the district in accordance with applicable laws.

 

 

Approved:
Reviewed: July 27, 2020
Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:35

606 - Instructional Arrangements

606 - Instructional Arrangements dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:24

606.1 - Class Size - Class Grouping

606.1 - Class Size - Class Grouping

The scope and size of the staff will be adequate to provide the best possible education according to class size.  The size of each class will depend upon the type of instruction needed to assist each student to develop academic and occupational capacities to the utmost. Effective staff utilization will also be considered in organizing and scheduling classroom instruction.

The recommended class size for each level of instruction should be:

  1. Primary grades (K-3) should strive to maintain a range of 20-24 students to every one teacher for instruction.
  1. All other grades (4-12) should not exceed 30 students per class with class range from 25-30 for conventional academic classes.
  1. In Middle and High School the average total number of students per teacher per day should not exceed 30 per class. (Exception may occur in classes such as physical education, band, choir, etc.)
  1. In cases where a heavy concentration of pupils occurs, an occasional class size may be above the suggested recommendation for a temporary time.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3 (2013).

Cross Reference:  606.6 Insufficient Classroom Space

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, March 16, 2020    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jul 27, 2015, October 21, 2019
Revised:  Oct. 9, 2000, Jan. 20, 2020      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:33

606.2 - School Ceremonies and Observances

606.2 - School Ceremonies and Observances

The school district will continue school ceremonies and observances that have become a tradition and a custom of the education program.  These include, but are not limited to, reciting the Pledge of Allegiance and observance of holidays, such as Christmas, Halloween and Easter, by programs and performances.  Such ceremonies or observances will have a secular purpose and will not advocate or sponsor a particular religion.

Students who do not wish to participate in these activities may be silent during the ceremony or observance or receive permission from the principal to be excused from the ceremony for religious reasons in compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
    
                                  Lee v. Weisman, 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).
    
                                  Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602, (1971).
    
                                  Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County,
   
                                   608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
    
                                  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  603    Instructional Curriculum
    
                                  604.5 Religious-Based Exclusion From A School Program

Approved:  Nov. 10, 1997, March 15, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jul 27, 2015, February 15, 2021    
Revised: 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:32

606.3 - Animals in the Classroom

606.3 - Animals in the Classroom

Live animals will not be allowed in school district facilities except under special circumstances and only for an educational purpose.  Permission from the principal will be required of anyone wishing to bring an animal into school district facilities.  Appropriate supervision of animals is required when animals are brought into the school district facilities.

The person bringing the animal must furnish transportation for the animal brought to school.  Animals will not be allowed to travel to and from the student's attendance center on the school bus without prior approval from the principal.

It will be the responsibility of the principal to determine appropriate supervision of animals in the classroom. This policy is not intended to address the use of service animals, assistive animals, therapy animals or emotional support animals on district property.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross Reference:  105 Assistance Animals
   
                                  507 Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  Nov. 10, 1997, Sep 21, 2015, Aug. 20, 2018, March 15, 2021     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jul 27, 2015, July 9, 2018, February 15, 2021      
Revised:  Jul 27, 2015, July 9, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:31

606.4 - Student Production of Materials and Services

606.4 - Student Production of Materials and Services

Materials and services produced by students at the expense of the school district are the property of the school district.  Materials and services produced by students at the student's expense, except for incidental expense to the school district, are the property of the student.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine incidental expense.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  408.2 Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of  Materials

Approved:  Nov. 10, 1997, Sep 21, 2015     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jul 27, 2015      
Revised:  Jul 27, 2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:30

606.5 - Student Field Trips and Excursions

606.5 - Student Field Trips and Excursions

The principal may authorize field trips and excursions when such events contribute to the achievement of education goals of the school district.  The school district will provide transportation for field trips and excursions within the state.  Field trips and excursions outside of the state that do not meet the four criteria will be made on alternate transportation.  The four criteria are:

  1. The operation or trip must be directly connected with and contribute to the educational development of the students;
  1. The operation must be sponsored by the school and supervised by the school authorities;
  1. The trip must be considered an official school function; and
  1. The school district transportation vehicle must be transporting students, teachers and a reasonable number of parents as chaperones.

In authorizing field trips and excursions, the principal will consider the financial condition of the school district, the educational benefit of the activity, the inherent risks or dangers of the activity, and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent.  Written parental permission will be required prior to the student's participation in field trips and excursions.  The superintendent's approval will be required for field trips and excursions outside the state.  Board approval will be required for field trips and excursions which involve unusual length or expense.

Field trips and excursions are to be arranged with the principal well in advance.  A detailed schedule and budget must be submitted by the employee.  The school district will be responsible for obtaining a substitute teacher if one is needed.  Following field trips and excursions, the teacher may be required to submit a written summary of the event.

 

 

Legal Reference:  390 C.F.R. Pt. 390.3(f) (2012).
    
                                  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
    
                                  281 I.A.C. 43.9.

Cross Reference:  503.1 Student Conduct
    
                                  503.4 Good Conduct Rule
    
                                  603    Instructional Curriculum
    
                                  711    Transportation

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, March 15, 2021   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jul 27, 2015, February 15, 2021      
Revised:  Sep. 21, 1992            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:29

606.6 - Insufficient Classroom Space

606.6 - Insufficient Classroom Space

Insufficient classroom space will be determined on a case-by-case basis.  In making its determination whether insufficient classroom space exists, the board may consider several factors, including but not limited to, the nature of the education program, the grade level, the available licensed employees, the instructional method, the physical space, student-teacher ratios, equipment and materials, facilities either being planned or under construction, facilities planned to be closed, financial condition of the school district and projected to be available, a sharing agreement in force or planned, a bargaining agreement in force, laws or rules governing special education class size, board-adopted school district goals and objectives, and other factors considered relevant by the board.

This policy is reviewed by the board annually.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring this policy to the attention of the board each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 282.18(13) (2013).
   
                                   281 I.A.C. 17.6(3).

Cross Reference:  103      Educational and Operational Planning
                                      501.15 Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District
                                      606.1   Class Size - Class Grouping

Approved:  June 12, 1989, Sep 21, 2015, March 15, 2021   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jul 27, 2015, February 15, 2021      
Revised:  Jul 27, 2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:28

606.8 - Outside Resource People

606.8 - Outside Resource People

The Board of Directors recognizes that one of the greatest resources of the school system is to be found in the people of the community who have special knowledge and particular talents to contribute to the school program.  The Board of Directors, therefore, encourages the use of community resources and citizens to assist in furthering the educational program.  Use of outside personnel and resources is under regulations as approved by the superintendent.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Sep 21, 2015, May 17, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jul 27, 2015, April 12, 2021      
Revised:  Jul 27, 2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:27

606.9 - Credit Recovery for Students in Grades 9-12

606.9 - Credit Recovery for Students in Grades 9-12

In meeting the needs of the students, the board may grant credit to a student that meets the following requirements in this policy.  These requirements will take the place of the standards and curriculum.  Students wishing to receive credit for grade acceleration in the High School will need to start with the approval of the Superintendent and the Curriculum Director. Students may not be required to meet the same High School credits or standards based on criteria that includes:

  • Completion of an Associate of Arts Degree
  • Acceleration of an entire / whole grade
  • Meets the qualifications for Fairfield TAG program

 

 

Approved:  June 12, 1989, November 26, 2018        
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jul 27, 2015, Oct. 15, 2018      
Revised:   Oct. 15, 2018      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:26

606.10 - Accountability Test Integrity/Test Preparation

606.10 - Accountability Test Integrity/Test Preparation

Purpose:  The Fairfield Community School District is committed to ensuring the integrity of the information obtained from the use of educational assessments, ensuring security of test content and upholding professional ethics. This policy is intended to apply to all Federal and State mandated assessments, including but not limited to:  Dynamic Learning Maps Alternate Assessment Systems (DLM), English Language Proficiency for the 21st Century (ELPA21), Iowa Statewide Assessments of Student Progress (ISASP), National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP), all District designated Early Literacy Assessments (e.g., FAST), and GOLD

This policy is to identify test security practices and administration procedures that align to ESSA and Iowa Code that can ensure assessment results are truly representative of the achievement of students in our district. Everyone who is involved in student testing is responsible for test security.  This includes, but is not limited to district administrators, school administrators, school assessment coordinators, teachers, test administrators (TA), proctors, students, and parents.  It is also our intent to create awareness of the potential negative impact that inappropriate assessment practices might produce, to outline processes to be followed, and to identify the potential consequences of violating the policy. If test scores become questionable because of inappropriate practices in either preparing students or in administering tests, the meaning of the scores will be distorted and their value for their original purpose will be diminished or lost.

Appointment of District Test Coordinators

The district will appoint the Curriculum Director as the District Test Coordinator for each Federal and State assessment, who may in turn delegate responsibility for testing-related functions to one or more Building Test Coordinators. The District Test Coordinator is responsible for developing; rules for storage and/or access of secure materials; rules for administration; rules for monitoring; rules for reporting; and the requirements for protecting student personal information (FERPA).

Materials Handling

Each Federal and State assessment has materials handling procedures specific to the defined assessment.  It is the responsibility of the District Test Coordinator to develop procedures congruent to test type based on the test developer’s or vendor’s test administration manual.  Only personnel identified and authorized in District procedures will have access to the tests or testing system before, during and after the identified testing window. 

Test Preparation

As a function of educating students, staff may prepare students for assessments by providing instruction in the content areas to be assessed. Staff may also prepare students for assessments by teaching general test-taking skills that are applicable to any test or test format.

Staff will only conduct reviews or drills that use the supplied online practice test supplied by testing company or vendor.  Staff will not develop their own “practice” test items to mimic those supplied by the testing company or vendor.

Security Violations:

In the administration of standardized tests, it is a violation of test security to do any of the following:

1. Provide inappropriate test preparation such as any of the following:

a. Copy, screenshot, reproduce, or use in any manner any portion of any secure test, for any reason.

b. Share an actual test instrument in any form.

c. Use test preparation materials or strategies developed specifically for Annual Assessment

D. Scheduling that doesn’t comply with State and/or District guidelines

2. Deviate from the test administration procedures specified in the test examiner’s manual.

3. Provide inappropriate assistance to students during the test administration.

4. Make test answers available to students.

5. Change or fill in answers on student answer documents.

6. Provide inaccurate data on student answer documents.

7. Engage in any practice to artificially raise student scores without actually improving underlying student achievement.

8. Participate in, direct, aid, counsel, assist, encourage, or fail to report any of the acts prohibited in this policy.

 

Consequences of Policy Violations

If a violation of this policy occurs, as determined by the superintendent following an investigation of allegations of irregularities, the superintendent will determine whether the integrity of the testing program has been jeopardized, whether some or all of the test results are invalidated, and whether a teacher or administrator has violated the Code of Ethics of the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners as found at 282-Iowa Administrative Code chapter 25.

Reports of students cheating on assessments will be submitted to the building principal for investigation and disciplinary procedures.

A staff member found to have committed testing irregularities will be subject to discipline in accordance with law and board policy. If the staff member is a licensee of the Board of Educational Examiners, the superintendent shall make a timely report to that board.

If the superintendent believes that assessment results are invalid, the superintendent will make a timely report to the Iowa Department of Education.

 

 

Approved: May 20, 2019      
Reviewed: April 15, 2019
Revised: May 20, 2019      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:24

607 - Instructional Services

607 - Instructional Services dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:19

607.1 - Student Guidance and Counseling Program

607.1 - Student Guidance and Counseling Program

The board will provide a student guidance and counseling program.  The guidance counselor will be certified with the Iowa Department of Education and hold the qualifications required by the board.  The guidance and counseling program will serve grades kindergarten through twelve.  The program will assist students with their personal, educational, and career development.  The program will be coordinated with the education program and involve licensed employees.

 

NOTE:  This is a mandated policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 280.14; 622.10 (2013).
   
                                   281 I.A.C. 12.3(11).

Cross Reference:  506    Student Records
   
                                   603    Instructional Curriculum
   
                                   604.4 Program for At-Risk Students

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, May 17, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jul 27, 2015, April 12, 2021      
Revised:   June 12, 1989            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:23

607.2 - Student Health Services

607.2 - Student Health Services

Health services is coordinated with the health education and physical education curriculum.  The program is designed to help each student protect, improve and maintain physical, emotional and social well-being.  Areas to be considered include, but are not limited to:

  •       Environmental health and safety;
  •       Emergency health procedures and responsibilities;
  •       Health promotion;
  •       Communicable disease prevention and control;
  •       Staffing for the school health program;
  •       Administering of prescription medication;
  •       Acute or chronic health problems;
  •       Health assessment and screening;
  •       Record keeping; and
  •       Program evaluation.

Nurses and other medical employees employed by or requested to conduct services for the board will hold and maintain a current Iowa license and meet the requirements of the Iowa Department of Education if required by the school district.  In addition to the health services provided in the curriculum, the school district will provide the following district-wide health services:

  •       Annual vision screening tests;
  •       Annual audiometer screening tests;
  •       Annual spinal screening;
  •       Annual height and weight measurement; and
  •       Furnish evidence of immunization for students to the State Board of Health within the first thirty days of the school year.

The services listed above will be provided in conjunction with state public health officials and local hospitals.

 

 

Legal Reference:  No Child Left Behind, Title II, Sec. 1061, P.L. 107-110 (2002).
            
                               42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012).
            
                               34 C.F.R. pt. 99, 104, 200, 300 et seq. (2012)
                                           
29 U.S.C. § 794(a) (2012)
                                           
28 C.F.R. 35
            
                               20 U.S.C. 1232g § 1400 6301 et seq. (2012).
               
                                Iowa Code §§ 22.7, 139A.3. .8, .21; 143.1, 152, 256.7(24), .11, 280.23 (2013).
                                           
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), (7), (11); 12.4(12); 12.8; 41.405.
                                           
282 I.A.C. 15.3(14); 22.
                                           
641 I.A.C. 7.
           
                                655 I.A.C. 6, 6.3(1), 6.3(6), 6.6(1), 7.

Cross Reference:  501.4 Entrance - Admissions
   
                                   507    Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Sep 21, 2015, May 18, 2020, May 17, 2021          
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jul 27, 2015, April 13, 2020, April 12, 2021      
Revised:  June 12, 1989, Jul 27, 2015, April 13, 2020      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:20

607.4 - Supervision of After School Events

607.4 - Supervision of After School Events

To supervise the school facility, there will be a district employee or a person designated by the District available while students wait at the school building after a school activity.

It is the responsibility of the supervisor to ensure that the students and other individuals in the school building have valid and clear purpose for being in the facility at that time.  If there is no valid and clear purpose for the student or other individual to be in the building, the supervisor will require them to leave the school building at once.

The superintendent will develop rules and regulations to implement and enforce this policy.

 

 

Approved:  Oct. 12, 1987, Sep 21, 2015, May 17, 2021          
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jul 27, 2015, April 12, 2021      
Revised:  Jul 27, 2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:20

608 - District Operating During Public Emergencies

608 - District Operating During Public Emergencies

The district believes that student learning is the heart of its core mission.  While traditional in-person teaching continues to provide the greatest learning opportunity to all students, there may be rare and unusual circumstances that prevent the school community from convening in traditional in-person settings. At times of a public emergency declared by federal, state or local officials, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies to assist in determining the safety of convening traditional in-person learning.

 

 

Approved: May 17, 2021    
Reviewed: July 27, 2020, April 12, 2021
Revised: 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Mon, 11/15/2021 - 10:15

700 - AUXILIARY SERVICES

700 - AUXILIARY SERVICES Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/09/2021 - 15:43

700 - Purpose of Noninstructional and Business Services

700 - Purpose of Noninstructional and Business Services

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the goals and objectives for the school district's noninstructional services and business operations that assist in the delivery of the education program.  These noninstructional services include, but are not limited to, transportation, the school lunch program and child care.  The board, as it deems necessary, will provide additional noninstructional services to support the education program. 

It is the goal of the board to provide noninstructional services and to conduct its business operations in an efficient manner.

 

 

Approved:  Jun. 11, 1985, Dec. 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct. 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Oct. 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:31

701 - Financial Accounting System

701 - Financial Accounting System dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:42

701.1 - Depository of Funds

701.1 - Depository of Funds

Each year at its annual meeting, the board will designate by resolution the name and location of the Iowa located financial depository institution or institutions to serve as the official school district depository or depositories.  The maximum deposit amount to be kept in the depository will be stated in the resolution.  The amount stated in the resolution must be for all depositories and include all of the school district's funds.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to include the resolution in the minutes of the meeting.

 

Note:  While this policy is not mandatory, the content of it is.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 12C; 279.33

Cross-Reference:  210.1  Annual Meeting
   
                                  206.4  Treasurer
   
                                  704.1  Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct. 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Oct. 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:42

701.2 - Transfer of Funds

701.2 - Transfer of Funds

When the necessity for a fund has ceased to exist, the balance may be transferred to another fund or account by board resolution.  School district monies received without a designated purpose may be transferred in this manner.  School district monies received for a specific purpose or upon vote of the people may only be transferred, by board resolution when the purpose for which the monies were received has been completed.  Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund and debt service fund.

If all requirements for district use of funds calculated under the teacher leadership supplement are met and funds remain unexpended and unobligated at the end of the fiscal year, the district may transfer all or a portion of remaining funds into the district’s flexibility account in accordance with law.

The district may choose to request approval from the School Budget Review Committee to transfer funds to make a program whole, prior to its elimination.

Temporary transfers (loans) of funds are permitted between funds but must be repaid to the originating fund, with interest, by Oct. 1 following the end of the fiscal year.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to make recommendations to the board regarding transfers and to provide the documentation justifying the transfer.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 24.21-.22; 279.8; 298A

Cross-Reference:  701.3   Financial Records
   
                                    703      Budget
   
                                    704.2   Sale of Bonds

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec. 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct. 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Oct. 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:29

701.3 - Financial Records

701.3 - Financial Records

Financial records of the school district are maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law.  School district monies are received and expended from the appropriate fund and/or account.  The funds and accounts of the school district will include, but not be limited to:

 

Governmental fund type:

      ·    General fund

      ·    Special revenue fund

                  --Management Levy fund

                  --Public Education and Recreation Levy fund (PERL)

                  --Student activity fund

      ·    Capital projects fund

--Physical Plant and Equipment Levy fund (PPEL)

--Secure and Advanced Vision for Education (SAVE)

      ·    Debt service fund

 

Proprietary fund type:

      ·    Enterprise fund

                  --School nutrition fund

                  --Child care fund

      ·    Internal service fund

 

Fiduciary funds:

      ·    Trust

                  --Expendable trust funds

                  --Nonexpendable trust funds

                  --Pension trust funds

  •    Custodial Funds

 

Account groups:

      ·    General capital assets account group

      ·    General long-term debt account group

The general fund is used primarily for the education program.  Special revenue funds are used to account for monies restricted to a specific use by law.  Capital projects funds are used to account for financial resources to acquire or construct major capital facilities (other than those of proprietary funds and trust funds) and to account for revenues from SAVE. A debt service fund is used to account for the accumulation of resources for, and the payment of, general long-term debt principal and interest.  Proprietary funds account for operations of the school district operated similar to private business, or they account for the costs of providing goods and services provided by one department to other departments on a cost reimbursement basis.  Fiduciary funds are used to account for monies or assets held by the school district on behalf of, or in trust for, another entity.  The account groups are the accounting records for capital assets and long-term debt.

The board may establish other funds in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and may certify other taxes to be levied for the funds as provided by state law.  The status of each fund must be included in the annual report.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent in conjunction with the school business official to implement this policy and bring necessary changes in the maintenance of the school district's financial records to the attention of the board.                                                                                                                                                   

NOTE: For additional information about school district fund structure, please see Chapter 9 of the “Uniform Administrative Procedures for Iowa School District and AEA Officials,” located on the “Uniform Administrative Procedures Manual” section of the Iowa Department of Education’s website.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§291; 298; 298A.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 98

Cross Reference:  704       Revenue
   
                                    705       Expenditures

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998, Dec. 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct. 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021    
Revised:  Oct. 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:43

701.4 - Governmental Accounting Practices and Regulations

701.4 - Governmental Accounting Practices and Regulations

School district accounting practices will follow state and federal laws and regulations, generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the uniform financial accounting system provided by the Iowa Department of Education.  As advised by the school district’s auditor, determination of liabilities and assets, prioritization of expenditures of governmental funds and provisions for accounting disclosures shall be made in accordance with governmental accounting standards.

In Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 54, the board identifies the order of spending unrestricted resources applying the highest level of classification of fund balance - restricted, committed, assigned, and unassigned - while honoring constraints on the specific purposes for which amounts in those fund balances can be spent.  A formal board action is required to establish, modify and or rescind a committed fund balance.  The resolution will state the exact dollar amount.  In the event, the board chooses to make changes or rescind the committed fund balance, formal board action is required.

The Board authorizes the Board Secretary to assign amounts to a specific purpose in compliance with GASB 54.  An ‘assigned fund balance’ should also be reported in the order of spending unrestricted resources, but is not restricted or committed. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It is also the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding fund balance designations.  

 

Note: This policy is an optional policy. Should the board not adopt a policy implementing GASB54, the default is to reduce - committed, assigned and unassigned fund balances - in that order. Adoption of a policy gives boards the ability to have greater control over their fund balances.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A

Cross Reference:  701.3    Financial Records
   
                                    703       Budget
   
                                    704       Revenue

Approved:  Nov. 21, 2016, Nov. 15, 2021                                  
Reviewed: Sept. 26, 2016, Oct. 18, 2021                        
Revised: Sept. 26, 2016, Oct. 18, 2021  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:30

702 - Cash In School Buildings

702 - Cash In School Buildings

The amount of cash that may be kept in the school building for any one day shall be sufficient for that day's operations.  Funds will be kept in the principal’s office and deposited on a timely basis the next business day.

A minimal amount of cash will be kept in the central administration office at the close of the day.  Excess cash will be deposited in the authorized depository of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent or the superintendent's designee to develop administrative regulations to determine the amount of cash necessary for each day's operations, to establish any necessary petty cash accounts, to determine how often deposits must be made and to comply with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8

Cross-Reference:  701.1  Depository of Funds
   
                                    704     Revenue

Approved:  Dec. 8, 1997, Dec. 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct. 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      
Revised:  Oct. 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:28

703 - Budget

703 - Budget dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:26

703.1 - Budget Planning

703.1 - Budget Planning

Prior to certification of the budget, the board will review the projected revenues and expenditures for the school district and make adjustments where necessary to carry out the education program within the revenues projected.

A budget for the school district will be prepared annually for the board's review.  The budget will include the following:

  • the amount of revenues from sources other than taxation;
  • the amount of revenues to be raised by taxation;
  • an itemization of the amount to be spent in each fund; and,
  • a comparison of the amount spent and revenue received in each fund for like purposes in the two prior fiscal years.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and business manager to prepare the budget for review by the board prior to the April 15 deadline each year.

Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, the public will be apprised of the proposed budget for the school district.  Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, members of the school district community will have an opportunity to review and comment on the proposed budget.  A public hearing for the proposed budget of the board will be held each year in sufficient time to file the adopted budget no later than April 15.

The proposed budget filed by the board with the board secretary and the time and place for the public hearing on the proposed budget will be published in a newspaper designated for official publication in the school district.  It will be the responsibility of the board secretary to publish the proposed budget and public hearing information at least 10 days prior but no more than 20 days prior to the public hearing.

The board will adopt and certify a budget for the operation of the school district to the county auditor by April 15.  It will be the responsibility of the board secretary to file the adopted and certified budget with the county auditor and the Iowa Department of Management.

The board may amend the budget for the fiscal year in the event of unforeseen circumstances.  The amendment procedures will follow the procedures for public review and adoption of the original budget by the board outlined in these policies.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the board secretary to bring any budget amendments necessary to the attention of the board to allow sufficient time to file the amendment with the county auditor no later than May 31 of each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 24; 257; 279.8; 297; 298; 618

Cross-Reference:  214  Public Hearings
   
                                     703  Budget
   
                                     704  Revenue
   
                                     705  Expenditures

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021     
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:26

703.2 - Spending Plan

703.2 - Spending Plan

The budget of the school district is the authority for the expenditures of the school district for the fiscal year for which the budget was adopted and certified.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to operate the school district within the budget.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 24.9

Cross-Reference:  703  Budget
   
                                    704  Revenue

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021      
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:26

704 - Revenue

704 - Revenue dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:30

704.1 - Local – State – Federal – Miscellaneous Revenue

704.1 - Local – State – Federal – Miscellaneous Revenue

Revenues of the school district are received by the board treasurer.  Other persons receiving revenues on behalf of the school district will promptly turn them over to the board treasurer.

Revenue, from whatever source, are accounted for and classified under the official accounting system of the school district.  It will be the responsibility of the board treasurer to deposit the revenues received by the school district in a timely manner.  School district funds from all sources will not be used for private gain or political purposes.

Student fees received by the school district are deposited in the general fund.  The fees for kindergarten through twelfth grade during the regular academic school year are set by the board based upon the superintendent's recommendation in compliance with current law. Tuition fees for summer school, driver's education and adult education are set by the board prior to the offering of the programs.

The board may charge materials fees for the use or purchase of educational materials.  Materials fees received by the school district will be deposited in the general fund.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend to the board when materials fees will be charged and the amount of the materials fees.

Rental fees received by the school district for the rental of school district equipment or facilities will be deposited in the general fund.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend to the board a fee schedule for renting school district property.

Proceeds from the sale of real property are placed in the physical plant and equipment levy (PPEL) fund.  However, following a properly noticed public hearing, the board of directors may elect to deposit proceeds from the sale of real property or buildings into any fund under the control of the school corporation.  Notice for the public hearing must be published in a newspaper of general circulation within the district not less than ten and no more than twenty days prior to the proposed public hearing.  Notice of the public hearing must include the date, time and location of the public hearing, and a description of the proposed action. The proceeds from the sale of other school district property are placed in the general fund.

The board may claim exemption from the law prohibiting competition with private enterprise for the following activities:

  • Goods and services directly and reasonably related to the educational mission;
  • Goods and services offered only to students, employees or guests which cannot be provided by private enterprise at the same or lower cost;
  • Use of vehicles for charter trips offered to the public, full- or part-time, or    temporary students;
  • Goods and services which are not otherwise available in the quantity or quality required by the school district;
  • Telecommunications other than radio or television stations;
  • Sponsoring or providing facilities for fitness and recreation;
  • Food service and sales; and,
  • Sale of books, records, tapes, software, educational equipment, and supplies.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring to the board's attention additional sources of revenue for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 12C; 23A; 257.2; 279.8; 282.2, .6, .24; 291.12, .13; 297.9; .12, .22; 3.01.1

Cross-Reference:  701.1  Depository of Funds
   
                                     703    Budget
   
                                     803    Selling and Leasing
   
                                     905    Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:39

704.2 - Debt Management Policy

704.2 - Debt Management Policy

DEBT LIMITS

Credit Ratings

The school district seeks to maintain the highest possible credit ratings for all categories of short- and long-term debt that can be achieved without compromising the delivery of services and the achievement of adopted objectives.  The school district recognizes that external economic, natural, or other events may from time to time affect the creditworthiness of its debt. Nevertheless, the school district is committed to ensuring that actions within their control are prudent.

 

Debt Limits

For general obligation debt, the school district’s outstanding debt limit shall be no more than five percent (5%) of the actual value of property within the school district’s boundaries, as prescribed the Iowa constitution and statutory restrictions.

For revenue debt, the school districts goal is to provide adequate debt service coverage of at least 1.20 times the annual debt service costs.

In accordance with Iowa law, the school district may not act as a conduit issuer or issue municipal securities to raise capital for revenue-generating projects where the funds generated are used by a third party (conduit borrower) to make payments to investors.

 

PURPOSES AND USES OF DEBT

Capital Planning

To enhance creditworthiness and prudent financial management, the school district is committed to systematic capital planning, intergovernmental cooperation and coordination and long-term financial planning.

 

Capital Financing

The school district may issue long-term debt for capital projects as authorized by Iowa law, which include, but are not limited to, the costs of planning, design, land acquisition, buildings, permanent structures, attached fixtures or equipment, and movable pieces of equipment. Capitalized interest may be included in sizing any capital project debt issue.  The types of debt instruments to be used by the school district include:

  • General Obligation Bonds
  • General Obligation Capital Loan Notes
  • Bond Anticipation Notes
  • Revenue Anticipation Notes
  • School Infrastructure Sales, Services and Use Tax Revenue Bonds
  • Lease Purchase Agreements, including Certificates of Participation

 

Working Capital Financing

The school district may issue debt for working capital for operations after cash flow analysis has determined that there is a mismatch between available cash and cash outflows.  The school district shall strive to repay working capital debt by the end of the fiscal year in which the debt was incurred.  A Working Capital Reserve may be included in sizing any working capital debt issue.

 

Refundings

Periodic reviews of all outstanding debt will be undertaken to determine if refunding opportunities exist. Refunding will be considered (within federal tax law restraints) if and when there is a net economic benefit of the refunding or if the refunding is otherwise in the best interests of the school district, such as to release restrictive bond covenants which affect the operations and management of the school district.

In general, advance refundings for economic savings will be undertaken when a net present value savings exceeds three percent of the refunded debt can be achieved.  Current refundings, which produce a new present value savings of less than three percent will be considered on a case by case basis taking into consideration bond covenants and general conditions. Refundings with negative savings will not be considered unless there is a compelling public policy objective for doing so.

 

DEBT STANDARDS AND STRUCTURE

Length of Debt

Debt will be structured for the shortest period consistent with a fair allocation of costs to current and future beneficiaries or users.  Long-term debt will not be issued for periods exceeding the useful life or average useful lives of the project or projects to be financed. All debt issued will adhere to state and federal law regarding the length of time the debt may be outstanding.

 

Debt Structure

Debt will be structured to achieve the lowest possible net cost to the school district given market conditions, the urgency of the capital project, the type of debt being issued, and the nature and type of repayment source.  To the extent possible, the school district will design the repayment of its overall debt to rapidly recapture its credit capacity for future use.

Generally, the school district will only issue fixed-rate debt.  In very limited circumstances, the school district may issue variable rate debt, consistent with the limitations of Iowa law and upon a finding of the board that the use of fixed rate debt is not in the best interest of the school district and a statement of the reasons for the use of variable rate debt.

All debt may be structured using discount, par or premium coupons, and as serial or term bonds or notes, or any combination thereof, consistent with Iowa law.  The school district should utilize the coupon structure that produces the lowest True Interest Cost (TIC) taking into consideration the call option value of any callable maturities.

The school district will strive to structure their debt in sinking fund installments for each debt issue that achieves, as nearly as practicable, level debt service within an issue or overall debt service within a particular classification of debt.

Derivatives (including, but not limited to, interest rate swaps, caps, collars, corridors, ceiling and floor agreements, forward agreements, float agreements, or other similar financing arrangements), zero-coupon or capital appreciation bonds are not allowed to be issued consistent with State law.

 

Decision Analysis to Issue Debt

Whenever the school district is contemplating the issuance of debt, information will be developed concerning the following four categories commonly used by rating agencies assessing the school district’s credit worthiness, listed below.

Debt Analysis – Debt capacity analysis; purpose for which debt is proposed to be issued; debt structure; debt burden; debt history and trends; and adequacy of debt and capital planning.

Financial Analysis Stability, diversity, and growth rates of tax or other revenue sources; trend in assessed valuation and collections; current budget trends; appraisal of past revenue and expenditure trends; history and long-term trends of revenues and expenditures; evidences of financial planning; adherence to GAAP; audit results; fund balance status and trends in operating and debt funds; financial monitoring systems and capabilities; and cash flow projections.

Governmental and Administrative Analysis – Government organization structure; location of financial responsibilities and degree of control; adequacy of basic service provision; intergovernmental cooperation/conflict and extent of duplication; and overall planning efforts.

Economic Analysis – Geographic and location advantages; population and demographic characteristics; wealth indicators; types of employment, industry and occupation; housing characteristics; new construction; evidences of industrial decline; and trend of the economy.

 

DEBT ISSUANCE

Credit Enhancement

Credit enhancements (i.e., bond insurance, etc.) may be used but only when the net debt service on the debt is reduced by more than the costs of the credit enhancement.

 

Costs and Fees

All costs and fees related to issuing the debt will be paid out of debt proceeds and allocated across all projects receiving proceeds of the debt issue.

 

Method of Sale

Generally, all school district debt will be sold through a competitive bidding process.  Bids will be awarded on a TIC basis providing other bidding requirements are satisfied.

The school district may sell debt using a negotiated process in extraordinary circumstances when the complexity of the issue requires specialized expertise, when the negotiated sale would result in substantial savings in time or money, or when market conditions of school district credit are unusually volatile or uncertain.

 

Professional Service Providers

The school district will retain external bond counsel for all debt issues.  All debt issued by the school district will include a written opinion by bond counsel affirming that the school district is authorized to issue the debt, stating that the school district has met all Iowa constitutional and statutory requirements necessary for issuance and determining the debt’s federal income tax status.  The bond counsel retained must have comprehensive municipal debt experience and a thorough understanding of Iowa law as it relates to the issuance of the particular debt.

The school district will retain an independent financial advisor.  The financial advisor will be responsible for structuring and preparing all offering documents for each debt issue.  The financial advisor retained will have comprehensive municipal debt experience, experience with diverse financial structuring and pricing of municipal securities.

The treasurer shall have the authority to periodically select other service providers (e.g., escrow agents, verification agents, trustees, arbitrage consultants, rebate specialist, etc.) as necessary to meet legal requirements and minimize net debt costs.  These services can include debt restructuring services and security or escrow purchases.

Compensation for bond counsel, financial advisor and other service providers will be as economical as possible and consistent with industry standards for the desired qualification levels.

 

DEBT MANAGEMENT

 Investment of Debt Proceeds

The school district shall invest all proceeds received from the issuance of debt separate from the school districts consolidated cash pool unless otherwise specified by the authorizing bond resolution or trust indenture.  Investments will be consistent with those authorized by Iowa law and the school district’s Investment Policy to maintain safety of principal and liquidity of the funds.

 

Arbitrage and Record Keeping Compliance

The treasurer shall maintain a system of record-keeping, reporting and compliance procedures with respect to all federal tax requirements which are currently, or may become applicable through the lifetime of all tax-exempt or tax credit bonds.

Federal tax compliance, record-keeping, reporting and compliance procedures shall include not be limited to:

1)     post-issuance compliance procedures (including proper use of proceeds, timely expenditure of proceeds, proper use of bond financed property, yield restriction and rebate, and timely return filing);

2)     proper maintenance of records to support federal tax compliance;

3)     investments and arbitrage compliance;

4)     expenditures and assets;

5)     private business use; and

6)     designation of primary responsibilities for federal tax compliance of all bond financings.

 

Financial Disclosure

The school district is committed to full and complete financial disclosure, and to cooperating fully with rating agencies, institutional and individual investors, other levels of government, and the general public to share comprehensible and accurate financial information.  The school district is dedicated to meeting secondary disclosure requirements on a timely and comprehensive basis, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Official Statements accompanying debt issues, Annual Audits, and Continuing Disclosure statements will meet the standards articulated by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB), the Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).  The treasurer shall be responsible for ongoing debt disclosure as required by any Continuing Disclosure Certificate for any debt issue and for maintain compliance with disclosure standards promulgated by state and federal regulatory bodies.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 74-76; 278.1; 298; 298A

Cross-Reference:  701 Financial Accounting System
   
                                  704 Revenue

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, March 19, 2012, Dec 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, March 19, 2012, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:35

704.2R1 - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation for Tax-Exempt Obligations

704.2R1 - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation for Tax-Exempt Obligations

1.    Role of Compliance Coordinator/Board Treasurer

       The board treasurer shall: 

a)        Be responsible for monitoring post-issuance compliance;

b)       Maintain a copy of the transcript of proceedings or minutes in connection with the issuance of any tax-exempt obligations and obtain records that are necessary to meet the requirements of this regulation;

c)        Consult with bond counsel, a rebate consultant, financial advisor, IRS publications and such other resources as are necessary to understand and meet the requirements of this regulation;

d)       Seek out training and education to be implemented upon the occurrence of new developments in the area and upon the hiring of new personnel to implement this regulation.

2.  Financing Transcripts’ Filing and Retention

       The board treasurer shall confirm the proper filing of an IRS 8038 Series return and maintain a transcript of proceedings and minutes for all tax-exempt obligations issued by the school district including, but not limited to, all tax-exempt bonds, notes and lease-purchase contracts. Each transcript shall be maintained until 11 years after the tax-exempt obligation documents have been retired. The transcript shall include, at a minimum:

a)        Form 8038;

b)       Minutes, resolutions and certificates;

c)        Certifications of issue price from the underwriter;

d)       Formal elections required by the IRS;

e)        Trustee statements;

f)        Records of refunded bonds, if applicable;

g)       Correspondence relating to bond financings; and

h)       Reports of any IRS examinations for bond financings.

3.  Proper Use of Proceeds

     The board treasurer shall review the resolution authorizing issuance for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the school district shall:

a)        Obtain a computation of the yield on such issue from the school district's financial advisor;

b)       Create a separate Project Fund (with as many sub-funds as shall be necessary to allocate proceeds among the projects being funded by the issue) into which the proceeds of issue shall be deposited;

c)        Review all requisitions, draw schedules, draw requests, invoices and bills requesting payment from the Project Fund;

d)       Determine whether payment from the Project Fund is appropriate and, if so, make payment from the Project Fund (and appropriate sub-fund, if applicable);

              e)        Maintain records of the payment requests and corresponding records showing payment;

f)        Maintain records showing the earnings on, and investment of, the Project Fund;

g)       Ensure that all investments acquired with proceeds are purchased at fair market value;

h)       Identify bond proceeds or applicable debt service allocations that must be invested with a yield-restriction and monitor the investments of any yield-restricted funds to ensure that the yield on such investments do not exceed the yield to which such investments are restricted;

              i)        Maintain records related to any investment contracts, credit enhancement transactions and the bidding of financial products related to the proceeds.

4.    Timely Expenditure and Arbitrage/Rebate Compliance

       The board treasurer shall review the Tax-Exemption Certificate (or equivalent) for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the expenditure records provided in Section 2 of this regulation, above and shall:

a)        Monitor and ensure that proceeds of each such issue are spent within the temporary period set forth in such certificate;

b)       Monitor and ensure that the proceeds are spent in accordance with one or more of the applicable exceptions to rebate as set forth in such certificate if the school district does not meet the "small  issuer" exception for said obligation;

c)        Not less than 60 days prior to a required expenditure date, confer with bond counsel and a rebate consultant, if the school district will fail to meet the applicable temporary period or rebate exception expenditure requirements of the Tax-Exemption Certificate.  In the event the school district fails to meet a temporary period or rebate exception:

1.    Procure a timely computation of any rebate liability and, if rebate is due, file a Form 8038-T and arrange for payment of such rebate liability;

2.    Arrange for timely computation and payment of yield reduction payments (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), if applicable.

5.    Proper Use of Bond Financed Assets

       The board treasurer shall:

a)        Maintain appropriate records and a list of all bond financed assets.  Such records shall include the actual amount of proceeds (including investment earnings) spent on each of the bond financed assets;

b)       Monitor and confer with bond counsel with respect to all proposed bond financed assets;

1.    management contracts;

2.   service agreements;

3.    research contracts;

4.    naming rights contracts;

5.    leases or sub-leases;

6.    joint venture, limited liability or partnership arrangements;

7.    sale of property; or

8.    any other change in use of such asset.

c)        Maintain a copy of the proposed agreement, contract, lease or arrangement, together with the response by bond counsel with respect to said proposal for at least three years after retirement of all tax-exempt obligations issued to fund all or any portion of bond financed assets; and

d)       Contact bond counsel and ensure timely remedial action under IRS Regulation Sections 1.141-12 in the event the school district takes an action with respect to a bond financed asset, which causes the private business tests or private loan financing test to be met.

6.    General Project Records

       For each project financed with tax-exempt obligations, the board treasurer shall maintain, until three years after retirement of the tax-exempt obligations or obligations issued to refund those obligations, the following:

a)        Appraisals, demand surveys or feasibility studies;

b)       Applications, approvals and other documentation of grants;

c)        Depreciation schedules;

d)       Contracts respecting the project.

7.    Advance Refundings

       The board treasurer shall be responsible for the following current, post issuance and record retention procedures with respect to advance refunding bonds.  The board treasurer shall:

a)        Identify and select bonds to be advance refunded with advice from internal financial personnel and a financial advisor;

b)       Identify, with advice from the financial advisor and bond counsel, any possible federal tax compliance issues prior to structuring any advance refunding;

c)        Review the structure with the input of the financial advisor and bond counsel, of advance refunding issues prior to the issuance to ensure;

           (1)      that the proposed refunding is permitted pursuant to applicable federal tax requirements if there has been a prior refunding of the original bond issue;

           (2)      that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which might impose restrictions on the redemption date of the refunded bonds;

           (3)      that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which allow for the proceeds and replacement proceeds of an issue to be invested temporarily in higher yielding investments without causing the advance refunding bonds to become "arbitrage bonds"; and

           (4)      that the proposed issuance will not result in the issuer's exploitation of the difference between tax exempt and taxable interest rates to obtain an financial advantage nor overburden the tax-exempt market in a way that might be considered an abusive transaction for federal tax purposes;

d)       Collect and review data related to arbitrage yield restriction and rebate requirements for advance refunding bonds. To ensure such compliance, the board treasurer shall engage a rebate consultant to prepare a verification report in connection with the advance refunding issuance. Said report shall ensure said requirements are satisfied;

e)        Whenever possible, purchase State and Local Government Series (SLGS) to size each advance refunding escrow. The financial advisor shall be included in the process of subscribing SLGS. To the extent SLGS are not available for purchase, the Board treasurer shall, in consultation with bond counsel and the financial advisor, comply with IRS regulations;

f)        Ensure, after input from bond counsel, compliance with any bidding requirements set forth by the IRS regulations to the extent as issuer elects to the purchase of a guaranteed investment contract;

g)       In determining the issue price for any advance refunding issuance, obtain and retain issue price certification by the purchasing underwriter at closing;

h)       After the issuance of an advance refunding issue, ensure timely identification of violations of any federal tax requirements and engage bond counsel in attempt to remediate same in accordance with IRS regulations.

8.    Continuing Disclosure

       The board treasurer shall assure compliance with each continuing disclosure certificate and annually, per continuing disclosure agreements, file audited annual financial statements and other information required by each continuing disclosure agreement. The board treasurer will monitor material events as described in each continuing disclosure agreement and assure compliance with material event disclosure. Events to be reported shall be reported promptly, but in no event not later than 10 business days after the day of the occurrence of the event.  Currently, such notice shall be given in the event of:

a)        Principal and interest payment delinquencies;

b)       Non-payment related defaults, if material;

c)        Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties;

d)       Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements relating to the bonds reflecting financial difficulties;

e)        Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform;

f)        Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS Form 5701-TEB), or other material notices, or determinations with respect to the tax-exempt status of the bonds, or material events affecting the tax-exempt status of the bonds;

g)       Modifications to rights of Holders of the Bonds, if material;

h)       Bond calls (excluding sinking fund mandatory redemptions), if material and tender offers;

i)        Defeasances of the bonds;

j)        Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment of the bonds, if material;

k)       Rating changes on the bonds;

1)       Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the Issuer;

m)      The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition involving the Issuer or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material; and

n)       Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change of name of a trustee, if material.

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A                                  
                                        http://www.irs.gov/taxexemptbond/article/0,,id=243503,00.html

Cross Reference:  704       Revenue
                                       707       Fiscal Reports

Approved July 15, 2013, Dec 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021                                                           
Reviewed Jun 4, 2013, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021                                                           
Revised    Jun 4, 2013, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:22

704.3 - Investments

704.3 - Investments

School district funds in excess of current needs are invested in compliance with this policy.  The goals of the school district's investment portfolio in order of priority are:

  •       To provide safety of the principal;
  •       To maintain the necessary liquidity to match expected liabilities; and
  •       To obtain a reasonable rate of return.

In making investments, the school district will exercise the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use to meet the goals of the investment program.

School district funds are monies of the school district, including operating funds.  "Operating funds" of the school district are funds which are reasonably expected to be used during a current budget year or within fifteen months of receipt.  When investing operating funds, the investments must mature within three hundred and ninety-seven days or less.  When investing funds other than operating funds, the investments must mature according to the need for the funds.

The board authorizes the treasurer to invest funds in excess of current needs in the following investments.

  • Interest bearing savings, money market, and checking accounts at the school district's authorized depositories;
  • Iowa Schools Joint Investment Trust Program (ISJIT); and,
  • Certificates of deposit and other evidences of deposit at federally insured Iowa depository institutions.

It will be the responsibility of the treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio in compliance with this policy and the law.

The treasurer is responsible for reporting to and reviewing with the board at its regular meetings the investment portfolio's performance, transaction activity and current investments.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to deliver a copy of this policy to the school district's depositories, auditor and outside persons doing investment business with the school district.

It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the treasurer, to develop a system of investment practices and internal controls over the investment practices.  The investment practices are designed to prevent losses, to document the officers' and employees' responsibility for elements of the investment process and address the capability of the management.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 11.2, .6; 12.62; 12B.10; 12C; 22.1, .14; 28E.2; 257; 279.29; 283A; 285; 502.701; 633.123

Cross-Reference:  206.4 Treasurer
   
                                     704    Revenue

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 1, 2012, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021    
Revised:  Sep. 21, 1992, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:21

704.4 - Gifts - Grants - Bequests

704.4 - Gifts - Grants - Bequests

The board believes gifts, grants, and bequests to the school district may be accepted when they will further the interests of the school district.  The board will have sole authority to determine whether the gift furthers the interests of the school district.

Gifts, grants, and bequests will be approved by the board.  Once it has been approved by the board, a board member or the superintendent may accept the gift on behalf of the school district.

Gifts, grants, and bequests once accepted on behalf of the school district will become the property of the school district.  Gifts, grants, and bequests are administered in accordance with terms, if any, agreed to by the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.42; 565.6

Cross-Reference:  217     Gifts to Board of Directors
   
                                    402.4  Gifts to Employees
   
                                    508.1  Class or Student Group Gifts

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:20

704.5 - Student Activities Fund

704.5 - Student Activities Fund

Revenue raised by students or from student activities are deposited and accounted for in the student activity fund.  This revenue is the property of and will be under the financial control of the board.  Students may use this revenue for purposes approved by the superintendent.

Whether such revenue is collected from student contributions, club dues, and special activities or result from admissions to special events or from other fund-raising activities, all funds will be under the jurisdiction of the board and under the specific control of the building principal.  They will be deposited in a designated depository and will be disbursed and accounted for in accordance with instructions issued by the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to keep student activity accounts up-to-date and complete.

Any unencumbered class or activity account balances will automatically revert to the activity fund of the school when a class graduates or an activity is discontinued.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code ; 279.8

Cross-Reference:  504  Student Activities
   
                                              701  Financial Accounting System

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998, Dec. 21, 2015, Nov.15, 2021   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct. 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      
Revised:  Oct. 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:33

704.6 - Online Fundraising

704.6 - Online Fundraising

The Fairfield Community School District Board of Education believes online fundraising campaigns, including crowdfunding campaigns, may further the interests of the district. Any person or entity acting on behalf of the district and wishing to conduct an online fundraising campaign for the benefit of the district will begin the process by seeking prior approval from the Superintendent. Money or items raised by an online fundraising campaign will be the property of the district only upon acceptance by the board, and will be used only in accordance with the terms for which they were given, as agreed to by the board.

Approval of requests will depend on factors including, but not limited to:

  • Compatibility with the district’s educational program, mission, vision, core values, and beliefs;
  • Congruence with the district and school goals that positively impact student performance;
  • The district’s instructional priorities;
  • The manner in which donations are collected and distributed by the crowdfunding platform;
  • Equity in funding; and
  • Other factors deemed relevant or appropriate by the district.

If approved, the requestor will be responsible for preparing all materials and information related to the online fundraising campaign and keeping district administration apprised of the status of the campaign.

The requestor is responsible for compliance with all state and federal laws and other relevant district policies and procedures. All items and money generated are subject to the same controls and regulations as other district property and will be deposited or inventoried accordingly. No money raised or items purchased will be distributed to individual employees.

NOTE: Online fundraising campaigns have become an increasingly popular mechanism for individual educators to raise money. “Crowdfunding” can be defined as, the use of small amounts of capital from a large number of individuals to finance a project, business venture, or to fundraise for a specific cause or charity. For examples of organizations dedicated to crowdfunding for education please visit:

• DonorsChoose.org, an organization with a mission to empower “public school teachers from across the country to request much-needed materials and experiences for their students."

• AdoptAClassroom.org, an organization with a mission to give “teachers a hand by providing needed classroom materials so that students can succeed.”

NOTE: As districts determine the appropriate approval process, consider other issues that may need to be approved in addition to the project itself. For example, does the administrator approve the text of the entry that will appear online or photographs of the classroom and students?

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 279.42; 565.6.

Cross Reference:  508.1 Class or Student Group Gifts
                                       504.5 Student Fundraising
                                       
704.4 Gifts – Grants – Bequests
                                       904.2 Advertising and Promotion

Approved: Sept. 18, 2017, Nov. 15, 2021 
Reviewed: Sept. 18, 2017, Oct. 18, 2021
Revised: Oct. 18, 2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:31

705 - Expenditures

705 - Expenditures dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:29

705.1 - Purchasing - Bidding

705.1 - Purchasing - Bidding

The board supports economic development in Iowa, particularly in the school district community. As permitted by law, purchasing preference will be given to Iowa goods and services from locally-owned businesses located within the school district or Iowa based companies if the cost and other considerations are relatively equal and meet the required specifications. However, when spending federal Child Nutrition Funds, geographical preference is allowed only for unprocessed agricultural food items as a part of response evaluation. Other statutory purchasing preferences will be applied as provided by law, including goals with regard to procurement from certified targeted small businesses, minority-owned businesses, and female owned businesses.

Prior to August 15 of each year and after analyzing the school district's anticipated procurement level for the current fiscal year, the school board will set a goal of ten percent of the anticipated procurement level to be purchased from certified targeted small businesses. In determining the procurement level, the cost of utilities (heat, electricity, telephone and natural gas) and employees' costs will not be included.  After the goal has been established, the superintendent will file the required Targeted Small Business Procurement form with the Department of Education by August 15.

By July 31 of each year, the superintendent will file a report with the Department of Education outlining purchases of goods and services from targeted small businesses for the previous fiscal year.

The school board and superintendent will encourage targeted small businesses which are not certified with the Department of Inspections and Appeals to become certified targeted small businesses.

 

Goods and Services

The board shall enter into goods and services contract(s) as the board deems to be in the best interest of the school district. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to approve purchases, except those requiring board approval or as provided by in law. The superintendent may coordinate and combine purchases with other governmental bodies to take advantage of volume price breaks. Joint purchases with other political subdivisions will be considered in the purchase of equipment, accessories, or attachments with an estimated cost of $50,000 or more.

Purchases for goods and services shall conform to the following:

•      The superintendent shall have the authority to authorize purchases without prior board approval and without competitive request for proposals, quotations, or bids for goods and services up to $10,000.

•      For goods and services costing at least $10,000 and up to $25,000, the superintendent shall receive proposals, quotations, or bids for the goods and services to be purchased prior to board approval. The quotation process may be informal, and include written or unwritten quotations.

•      For goods and services exceeding, $25,000, the competitive request for proposal (RFP) or competitive bid process shall be used and received prior to board approval. RFPs and bids are formal, written submissions via sealed process.

In the event that only one quotation or bid is submitted, the board may proceed if the quotation or bid meets the contract award specifications.

The contract award shall be based on the total cost considerations including, but not limited to the following:

•      The cost of the goods and services being purchased;

•      Availability of service and/or repair;

•      The targeted small business procurement goal and other statutory purchasing preferences; and

•      Other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The thresholds and procedures related to purchases of goods and services do not apply to public improvement projects.

 

Public Improvements

The board shall enter into public improvement contract(s) as the board deems to be in the best interest of the school district. ‘Public improvement’ means “a building or construction work which is constructed under the control of a governmental entity and is paid for in whole or in part with funds of the governmental entity, including a building or improvement constructed or operated jointly with any public or private agency.”

The district shall follow all requirements, timelines, and processes detailed in Iowa law related to public improvement projects. The thresholds regarding when competitive bidding or competitive quotations is required will be followed. Competitive bidding is required for public improvement contracts exceeding the minimum threshold stated in law. Competitive quotations are required for public improvement projects that exceed the minimum threshold amount stated in law, but do not exceed the minimum set for competitive bidding. The board shall approve competitive bids and competitive quotes. If the total cost of the public improvement does not warrant either competitive bidding or competitive quotations, the district may nevertheless proceed with either of these processes, if it so chooses.

The award of all contracts for the public improvement shall be awarded to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder. In the event of an emergency requiring repairs to a school district facility that exceed bidding and quotation thresholds, please refer to sample policy 802.3.

The district shall comply with all federal and state laws and regulations required for procurement, including the selection and evaluation of contractors.  The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing an administrative process to implement this policy, including, but not limited to, procedures related to suspension and debarment for transactions subject to those requirements.

 

UNDER FEDERAL GRANTS

For federally funded procurement actions, where federal requirements conflict with Fairfield Community School District or state requirements, the federal requirement, or most restrictive requirement will be followed.

 

METHODS OF PROCUREMENT

The non-Federal entity must conduct procurements in a manner that prohibits the use of statutorily or administratively imposed state, local, or tribal geographical preferences in the evaluation of bids or proposals. 200.319(b).

Procurement under grants shall be made by one of the following methods, as described herein: (a) small purchase procedures; (b) sealed bids (formal advertising); (c) competitive proposals; (d) noncompetitive proposals.

A. Micro-Purchase Procedures 200.320(a)
i. The acquisition of supplies or services, the aggregate dollar amount of which does not exceed the micro-purchase threshold - $10,000 (200.67)
ii. To the extent practicable, must distribute micro-purchases equitably among qualified suppliers
iii. May be awarded without soliciting competitive quotations if the non-Federal entity considers the price to be reasonable

B. Small Purchase Procedures 200.320(b)
i. Are those relatively simple and informal procurement methods for securing services, supplies, or other property that does not cost more than the simplified acquisition threshold - $250,000 (200.88)
ii. Price or rate quotations are to be obtained from an “adequate number” of qualified sources

C. Sealed Bidding (formal advertising) 200.320(c)
i. Lowest priced, responsive, responsible, bidder WINS
ii. The preferred method for construction when sealed bidding is “feasible”, which is when certain conditions are present
iii. Bids must be solicited from an “adequate number of known suppliers”, providing them sufficient response time before date for the opening of bids
iv. Bids will be opened at the time and place prescribed in the invitation for bids
v. Must publicly advertise the invitation for bids
vi. Bids must be opened publicly
vii. Other procedural requirements at 200.320(c) (2)

D. Competitive Proposals 200.320(d)
i. Used when conditions are not appropriate for the use of sealed bids
ii. The appropriate method when more than one source is expected to submit an offer and either a fixed-price or cost-reimbursement type contract is awarded
iii. Awards will be made to the responsible firm whose proposal is most advantageous to the program, with price and other factors considered
iv. Requests for proposals must be publicized and identify all evaluation factors and their relative importance
v. Proposals must be solicited from an adequate number of qualified sources
vi. Must have written method for conducting technical evaluations of the proposals received and for selection of the contract

E. Noncompetitive Proposals 200.320(f)
i. Procurement through solicitation of a proposal from only one source and may be used only when one or more of the following circumstances apply:
a. One Source: the item is available only from a single source
b. Exigency/Emergency: an exigency or emergency will not permit a delay resulting from competitive solicitation
c. Awarding Agency Approval: the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the non-Federal entity
d. Inadequate Competition: after the solicitation of a number of sources, competition is determined inadequate

 

CONTRACTING WITH SMALL AND MINORITY BUSINESSES, WOMEN’S BUSINESS ENTERPRISES, AND LABOR SURPLUS AREA FIRMS (200.321)

A. Assuring that small and minority businesses, and women’s business enterprises are solicited whenever they are potential sources;

B. Placing qualified small and minority businesses and women’s business enterprises on solicitation lists;

C. Dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by small and minority businesses, and women’s business enterprises;

D. Establishing delivery schedules, where the requirement permits, which encourage participation by small and minority businesses, and women’s business enterprises;

E. Using the services and assistance, as appropriate, of such organizations as the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and

F. Requiring the prime contractor, if subcontracts are to be let, to take the affirmative steps listed in paragraphs (a) through (e).

 

CONTRACT PRICING (200.323)

A. The cost plus a percentage of cost and percentage of construction cost method of contracting shall not be used.

B. Fairfield Community School District shall perform some form of cost/price analysis for every procurement action, including contract modifications, amendments, or change orders. Fairfield Community School District shall make an independent estimate prior to receiving a bid or proposal. Fairfield Community School District shall negotiate profit as a separate element of the price for each contract in which there is no price competition and in all cases where cost analysis is performed. In determining a fair and reasonable profit, Fairfield Community School District must consider the complexity of the work to be performed, the risk borne by the contractor, the contractor’s investment, the amount of subcontracting, the quality of its record of past performance and the industry profit rates in the surrounding geographical area.

 

PROCUREMENT RECORDS

Fairfield Community School District shall maintain records sufficient to detail the significant history of a procurement, including the rationale for the method of procurement, selection of contract type, contractor selection or rejection, and the basis for the contract price. (200.324)

(a) Fairfield Community School District must make available, upon request of the Federal awarding agency or pass through entity, technical specifications on proposed procurements where the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity believes such review is needed to ensure that the item or service specified is the one being proposed for acquisition.

(b) Fairfield Community School District must make available upon request, for the Federal awarding agency or pass through entity pre-procurement review, procurement documents, such as requests for proposals or invitations for bids, or independent cost estimates, when:

(1) Fairfield Community School District procurement procedures or operation fails to comply with the procurement standards in this Part;

(2) The procurement is expected to exceed the Simplified Acquisition Threshold and is to be awarded without competition or only one bid or offer is received in response to a solicitation;

(3) The procurement, which is expected to exceed the Simplified Acquisition Threshold, specifies a "brand name" product;

(4) The proposed contract is more than the Simplified Acquisition Threshold and is to be awarded to other than the apparent low bidder under a sealed bid procurement; or

(5) A proposed contract modification changes the scope of a contract or increases the contract amount by more than the Simplified Acquisition Threshold.

(c) Fairfield Community School District is exempt from the pre-procurement review in paragraph (b) of this section if the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity determines that its procurement systems comply with the standards of this Part.

(1) Fairfield Community School District may request that its procurement system be reviewed by the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity to determine whether its system meets these standards in order for its system to be certified. Generally, these reviews must occur where there is continuous high-dollar funding, and third-party contracts are awarded on a regular basis;

(2) Fairfield Community School District may self-certify its procurement system. Such self-certification must not limit the Federal awarding agency's right to survey the system. Under a self-certification procedure, the Federal awarding agency may rely on written assurances from Fairfield Community School District that it is complying with these standards. Fairfield Community School District must cite specific policies, procedures, regulations, or standards as being in compliance with these requirements and have its system available for review.

 

AWARDED CONTRACTS

A. Fairfield Community School District will not award a contract to a party listed as debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded in the System for Award Management (SAM). www.sam.gov (200.213)

B. Contracts awarded shall contain the applicable contract provisions described in 2 CFR 200.326 and Appendix II to Part 200.

 

Passed and adopted this __________ day of _____________________________________

 

 

 

____________________________________                            ___________________________________
 Robin Leonard, Board Secretary                                                Christi Welsh, Board President

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 26; 28E; 72.3; 73; 73A; 285; 297; 301.
   
                                    261 I.A.C. 54.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.25.
   
                                    481 I.A.C. 25.

Cross Reference:  705       Expenditures
   
                                    801.4    Site Acquisition
   
                                    802       Maintenance, Operation and Management
   
                                    802.3    Emergency Repairs
   
                                    803       Selling and Leasing

Approved   Aug. 20, 2018, January 28, 2021      
Reviewed   July 16, 2018, Dec. 21, 2020           
Revised    July16, 2018, Dec. 21, 2020 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:14

705.1R1 - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

705.1R1 - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

In connection with transactions subject to federal suspension and debarment requirements, the district is generally prohibited from entering into transactions with parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in federal assistance programs or activities.

When soliciting bids or otherwise preparing to enter into such a transaction, the superintendent or designee shall use at least one of the following verification methods to ensure that any parties to the transaction are not suspended or debarred prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract:

(1)  Obtaining a certification of a party’s compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements in connection with any application, bid, or proposal;

(2)  Requiring compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements as an express condition of any sub-award, purchase, or contract in question; or

(3)  Prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract, check the online federal System for Award Management to determine whether the relevant party is subject to any suspension or debarment restrictions. 

 

 

Approved:  Aug. 20, 2018  
Reviewed:   July16, 2018 
Revised:    July 16, 2018

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:18

705.2 - Payment for Goods and Services

705.2 - Payment for Goods and Services

The board authorizes the issuance of warrants for payment of claims against the school district for goods and services.  The board will allow the warrants after the goods and services have been received and accepted in compliance with board policy and the claims audited by the board.

Claims for payment of freight, drayage, express, postage, printing, water, lights, telephone, rents, certain registration fees, and payment of salaries pursuant to the terms of a written contract may be paid by the board secretary prior to formal audit and approval by the board.  In addition, the secretary, upon approval of the board president, may issue warrants for verified bills filed with the secretary when the board is not in session prior to payment and prior to audit and approval by the board.  The board secretary will examine the claims and verify bills.

The secretary will determine to the secretary's satisfaction that the claims presented to the board are in order and are legitimate expenses of the school district.  It will be the responsibility of the secretary to bring claims to the board.

The board president and board secretary may sign warrants by use of a signature plate or rubber stamp.  If the board president is unavailable to personally sign warrants, the vice president may sign warrants on behalf of the president.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Love v. City of Des Moines, 210 Iowa 90, 230 N.W. 373 (1930).
                                        Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .29, .30, .36; 291.12; 721.2(5) (2013).

                                        281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
                                                                1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 102, 160, 720.
   
                                    1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.
   
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 130, 180, 392, 456, 651.
   
                                    1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 375.

Cross-Reference:  705  Expenditures

Approved:  Feb 11, 1985, Dec 21, 2015, Nov. 15, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 1, 2012, Oct 26, 2015, Oct. 18, 2021    
Revised:  Oct. 10, 1994, Jan. 12, 1998, Oct 26, 2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:12

705.3 - Requisitions

705.3 - Requisitions

Requisitions for equipment, supplies, and services are to be made using the district’s web-based system for procurement.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec 21, 2015    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 26, 2015    
Revised:  Oct 26, 2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:30

705.4 - Purchase Orders

705.4 - Purchase Orders

The procurement of supplies, equipment, and services will be initiated by the submittal of a requisition from district staff. Approved requisitions will be transferred to official purchase orders issued by the superintendent’s office.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec 21, 2015    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct. 26, 2015      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Oct. 26, 2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:29

705.5 - Receiving Supplies and Equipment

705.5 - Receiving Supplies and Equipment

Whenever physically possible, all supplies and equipment purchased in the name of the School District will be cleared through the central receiving.  Whenever this procedure is impossible and/or impractical, the central receiving is notified by the school personnel receiving such equipment, supplies, and services that such has been delivered.

It is the duty of the central receiving to certify to the accounting department the receipt of all equipment, supplies, and services.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec 21, 2015   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 26, 2015      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Oct. 26, 2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:11

705.6 - Purchasing on Behalf of Employees

705.6 - Purchasing on Behalf of Employees

Generally, the school district will not purchase items on behalf of employees.  The school district may in unusual and unique circumstances do so.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine when unique and unusual circumstances exist.

No purchase is made unless the employee has paid the school district prior to the order being placed and the employee has agreed to be responsible for any taxes or other expenses due.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  703       Budget

Approved: Dec 21, 2015
Reviewed: Oct 26, 2015      
Revised:  Oct 26, 2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:10

706 - Payroll Procedures

706 - Payroll Procedures dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:25

706.1 - Payroll Periods

706.1 - Payroll Periods

The payroll period for the school district will be monthly.  Employees are paid on the 25th day of each month.  If this day is a holiday, recess, or weekend, the payroll is paid on the last working day prior to the holiday, recess or weekend.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to issue payroll to employees in compliance with this policy.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding payroll periods of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 91A.2(4), .3 (2013).

Cross-Reference:  706.2  Payroll Deductions

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Dec 21, 2015    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Oct 26, 2015      
Revised:  Oct 26, 2015

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:09

706.2 - Payroll Deductions

706.2 - Payroll Deductions

Ease of administration is the primary consideration for payroll deductions, other than those required by law.  Payroll deductions are made for federal income tax withholdings, Iowa income tax withholdings, federal insurance contributions, and the Iowa Public Employees' Retirement System (IPERS).

The district may deduct wages as required or allowed by state or federal law or by order of the court of competent jurisdiction.  Employees may elect to have amounts withheld from their pay for items authorized by law, subject to agreement of the district.  Requests for these deductions will be made in writing to the superintendent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent or superintendent's designee to determine which additional payroll deductions will be allowed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 91A.2(4), .3; 294.8-.9, .16 (2013).

Cross Reference:  406.6    Licensed Employee Tax Shelter Programs
   
                                    412.4    Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs
   
                                    706.1    Payroll Periods

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Nov 21, 2016, Nov. 15, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sept. 26, 2016, Oct. 18, 2021      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Sept. 26, 2016, Oct. 18, 2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:27

706.3 - Pay Deductions

706.3 - Pay Deductions

The district provides leaves of absences to allow employees to be absent from work to attend to important matters outside of the workplace. As public employers, school districts are expected to record and monitor the work that employees perform and to conform to principles of public accountability in their compensation practices.

Consistent with principles of public accountability, it is the policy of the district that, when an employee is absent from work for less than one work day and the employee does not use accrued leave for such absence, the employee’s pay will be reduced or the employee will be placed on leave without pay if:

  • the employee has not sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence,
  • the employee has sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence and permission has been denied,
  • the employee’s accrued paid leave has been exhausted, or,
  • the employee chooses to use leave without pay.

In each case in which an employee is absent from work for part of a work day, a deduction from compensation will be made or the employee will be placed on leave without pay for a period of time which is equal to the employee’s absence from the employee’s regularly scheduled hours of work on that day.

 

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. Sec. 2 13(a) (2012)
                                       
29 C.F.R. Part 541 (2012)

Cross References:  409.8    Licensed Employee Unpaid Leave
                                          
414.8    Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Approved: Nov. 21, 2016, Nov. 15, 2021          
Reviewed: Sept. 26, 2016, Oct. 18, 2021            
Revised: Sept. 26, 2016, Oct. 18, 2021

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:25

707 - Fiscal Reports

707 - Fiscal Reports dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:19

707.1 - Secretary’s Reports

707.1 - Secretary’s Reports

The board secretary will report to the board each month about the receipts, disbursements and balances of the various funds.  This report will be in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 291.7 (2013).

Cross Reference:  206.3    Secretary [or 206.3, Secretary-Treasurer]
   
                                    210.1    Annual Meeting
   
                                    707       Fiscal Reports

Approved: Feb. 11, 1985, Nov 21, 2016   
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, Sept. 26, 2016      
Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:09

707.2 - Treasurer’s Annual Report

707.2 - Treasurer’s Annual Report

At the annual meeting, the treasurer will give the annual report stating the amount held over, received, paid out, and on hand in the general and schoolhouse funds.  This report will be in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.  The treasurer will also furnish the board with a sworn statement from each depository showing the balance then on deposit.

It will be the responsibility of the treasurer to submit this report to the board annually.

 

NOTE:  The sentence regarding the statement from the depository bank is a legal requirement.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.31, .33 (2013).

Cross Reference:  206.4    Treasurer [or 206.3, Secretary-Treasurer]
   
                                    210.1    Annual Meeting
   
                                    707       Fiscal Reports

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Nov 21 2016, Nov. 15, 2021     
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, Sept. 26, 2016, Oct. 18, 2021    
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Oct. 18, 2021

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:08

707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports

707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports

Each month the schedule of bills allowed by the board will be published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.  Annually, the total salaries paid to employees regularly employed by the school district will also be published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.

It will be the responsibility of the board secretary to publish these reports in a timely manner.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.35, .36; 618 (2013).
   
                                    1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross Reference:  206.3    Secretary [or Secretary-Treasurer]

Approved: Oct. 12, 1987, Nov 21, 2016    
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, Sept. 26, 2016      
Revised: 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:07

707.4 - Audit

707.4 - Audit

To review the funds and accounts of the school district, the board will employ an auditor to perform an annual audit of the financial affairs of the school district.  The superintendent will use a request for proposal procedure in selecting an auditor.  The administration will cooperate with the auditors.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 11.6 (2013).

Cross Reference:  701       Financial Accounting System
   
                                    707       Fiscal Reports

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Nov. 21, 2016, Nov. 15, 2021    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Sept. 26, 2016, Oct. 18, 2021      
Revised:  Jun. 12, 1989, Jan. 12, 1998

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:23

707.5 - Internal Controls

707.5 - Internal Controls

The Board expects all board members, employees, volunteers, consultants, vendors, contractors, students and other parties maintaining any relationship with the school district to act with integrity, due diligence, and in accordance with all laws in their duties involving the school district’s resources.  The board is entrusted with public dollars and no one connected with the school district should do anything to erode that trust.

Internal control is the responsibility of all employees of the school district. The superintendent, business manager and board secretary shall be responsible for developing internal controls designed to prevent and detect fraud, financial impropriety, or fiscal irregularities within the school district subject to review and approval by the board.  Administrators shall be alert for any indication of fraud, financial impropriety, or irregularity within the administrator’s area of responsibility.

Any employee who suspects fraud, impropriety, or irregularity shall report their suspicions immediately to his/her immediate supervisor, or the superintendent. The superintendent shall have primary responsibility for any necessary investigations and shall coordinate investigative efforts with the board’s legal counsel, auditing firm, and other internal or external departments and agencies, including law enforcement officials, as the superintendent may deem appropriate.

Employees bringing forth a legitimate concern about a potential impropriety will not be retaliated against and those who do retaliate against such an employee will be subject to disciplinary action up to, and including, discharge.

In the event the concern or complaint involves the superintendent, the concern shall be brought to the attention of the board vice-president, who shall be empowered to contact the board’s legal counsel, insurance agent, auditing firm, and any other agency to investigate the concern or complaint.

Upon approval of the board, the superintendent, may contact the State Auditor or elect to employ the school district’s auditing firm or State Auditor to conduct a complete or partial forensic/internal control/SAS99 audit annually or otherwise as often as deemed necessary.  The superintendent is authorized to order a complete forensic audit if, in the superintendent’s judgment, such an audit would be useful and beneficial to the school district.  The superintendent, shall ensure the State Auditor is notified of any suspected embezzlement or theft pursuant to Iowa law.  In the event, there is an investigation, records will be maintained for use in the investigation.  Individuals found to have altered or destroyed records will be subject to disciplinary action, up to, and including termination.

 

 

Legal References:  American Competitiveness and Corporate Accountability Act of 2002, Pub. L. No. 107-204.
                                          Iowa Code ch. 11, 279.8 (20113).

Cross References:  401.12  Employee Use of Cell Phones
                                          
707.6    Audit Committee

Approved: Feb 20, 2017
Revised: Dec 7, 2016   
Reviewed: Dec 7, 2016

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:20

707.5R1 - Internal Controls Procedures

707.5R1 - Internal Controls Procedures

Fraud, financial improprieties, or irregularities include, but are not limited to:

  • Forgery or unauthorized alteration of any document or account belonging to the district.
  • Forgery or unauthorized alteration of a check, bank draft, or any other financial document.
  • Misappropriation of funds, securities, supplies, or other assets.
  • Impropriety in the handling of money or reporting of financial transactions.
  • Profiteering because of “insider” information of district information or activities.
  • Disclosing confidential and/or proprietary information to outside parties.
  • Accepting or seeking anything of material value, other than items used in the normal course of advertising, from contractors, vendors, or persons providing services to the district.
  • Destroying, removing, or inappropriately using district records, furniture, fixtures, or equipment.
  • Failing to provide financial records to authorized state or local entities.
  • Failure to cooperate fully with any financial auditors, investigators or law enforcement.
  • Any other dishonest or fraudulent act involving district monies or resources.

The superintendent, shall investigate reports of fraudulent activity in a manner that protects the confidentiality of the parties and the facts.  All employees involved in the investigation shall be advised to keep information about the investigation confidential.

If an investigation substantiates the occurrence of a fraudulent activity, the superintendent, or board vice-president if the investigation centers on the superintendent, shall issue a report to the board and appropriate personnel.  The final disposition of the matter and any decision to file or not file a criminal complaint or to refer the matter to the appropriate law enforcement and/or regulatory agency for independent investigation shall be made in consultation with district legal counsel.  The results of the investigation shall not be disclosed to or discussed with anyone other than those individuals with a legitimate right to know until the results are made public.

 

 

Approved: Feb 20, 2017
Revised : Dec 7, 2016   
Reviewed: Dec 7, 2016

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 10:06

708 - Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

708 - Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

School district records will be housed in the central administration office of the school district.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to oversee the maintenance and accuracy of the records.  The following records will be kept and preserved according to the schedule below:

  •     Secretary's financial records                                                                       Permanently
  •     Treasurer's financial records                                                                       Permanently
  •     Minutes of the Board of Directors                                                            Permanently
  •     Annual audit reports                                                                                        Permanently
  •     Annual budget                                                                                                    Permanently
  •     Permanent record of individual pupil                                                     Permanently
  •     Records of payment of judgments against the school district     20 years
  •     Bonds and bond coupons                                                                             11 years
  •     Written contracts                                                                                              10 years
  •     Cancelled warrants, check stubs, bank statements, bills,
                          invoices, and related records                                                    5 years
  •     Recordings of closed meetings                                                                 1 year
  •     Program grants                                                                                                  As determined by the grant
  •     Nonpayroll personnel records                                                                    1 year after leaving district
  •     Payroll records                                                                                                  3 years

Employees' records will be housed in the central administration office of the school district.  The employees' records will be maintained by the superintendent, the building administrator, the employee's immediate supervisor, and the board secretary.

An inventory of the furniture, equipment, and other non-consumable items other than real property of the school district will be conducted annually under the supervision of the superintendent.  This report will be filed with the board secretary.

A perpetual inventory will be maintained on consumable property of the school district.

The permanent and cumulative records of students currently enrolled in the school district will be housed in the central administration office of the attendance center where the student attends.  Permanent records must be housed in a fireproof vault.  The building administrator will be responsible for keeping these records current.  Records of students who have graduated or are no longer enrolled in the school district will be housed in the central administrative office.  These records will be maintained by the superintendent.

The superintendent may microfilm or microfiche school district records and may destroy paper copies of the records if they are more than three years old.  A properly authenticated reproduction of a microfilmed record meets the same legal requirements as the original record.

 

 

Legal Reference:  7 C.F.R. § 210.23(c).
            
                                    Iowa Code §§ 22.3; 22.7; 91A.6; 279.8; 291.6; 554D.114; 554D.119; 614.1(13).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41.624.
     
                                  City of Sioux City v. Greater Sioux City Press Club, 421 N.W.2d 895 (Iowa 1988).
   
                                    City of Dubuque v. Telegraph Herald, Inc., 297 N.W.2d 523 (Iowa 1980).

Cross Reference:  206.3    Secretary [or Secretary/Treasurer]
   
                                    215       Board of Directors' Records
   
                                    401.5    Employee Records
   
                                    506       Student Records
   
                                    901       Public Examination of School District Records

Approved:  Dec. 16, 1985, Feb 20, 2017    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Dec 7, 2016      
Revised:  June 12, 1989, Dec 7, 2016

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:59

709 - Insurance Program

709 - Insurance Program

The board will maintain a comprehensive insurance program to provide adequate coverage against major types of risk, loss, or damage, as well as legal liability.  The board will purchase insurance for the replacement values, when possible, after reviewing the costs and availability of such insurance.  The comprehensive insurance program will be reviewed once every three years.

Insurance will only be purchased through legally licensed Iowa insurance agents.

The school district will assume the risk of property damage, legal liability, and dishonesty in cases in which the exposure is so small or dispersed that a loss would not significantly affect the operation of the education program or financial condition of the school district.

Insurance of buildings, structures, or property in the open will not generally be purchased to cover loss exposures below $1000.00 unless such insurance is required by statute or contract. 

The board may retain a private appraisal agency for inventory and appraisal value services. 

Administration of the insurance program, making recommendations for additional insurance coverage, placing the insurance coverage and loss prevention activities is the responsibility of the superintendent.  The (superintendent/capital assets manager) is responsible for maintaining the capital assets management system, processing claims and maintaining loss records.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85.2; 279.12, .28; 285.5(6), .10(6); 296.7; 298A; 517A.1; 670.7
   
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 171.
   
                                    1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 676.

Cross Reference:  205       Board Member Liability
   
                                    804       Safety Program

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Mar. 20, 2017, Dec. 20, 2021          
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Feb. 8, 2017, Nov. 15, 2021      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Feb. 8, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:58

710 - School Food Services

710 - School Food Services dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 08:58

710.1 - School Nutrition Program

710.1 - School Nutrition Program

The school district will operate a school nutrition program in each attendance center.  The school nutrition program will include meals through participation in the National School Lunch Program. Students may bring their lunches from home and purchase milk or juice and other incidental items.

School nutrition program facilities are provided to serve students and employees when school is in session and during school-related activities.  They may also be used under the supervision of the Food Service Director for food service to employee groups, parent-teacher meetings, civic organizations meeting for the purpose of better understanding the schools, and senior citizens in accordance with board policy.

The school nutrition program is operated on a nonprofit basis.  The revenues of the school nutrition program will be used only for the operation or improvement of such programs.  Supplies of the school nutrition program will only be used for the school nutrition program.

The board will set, and annually review, the prices for school nutrition programs.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding the prices of the school nutrition programs, in accordance with federal and state law.

Employees, except for food service personnel, will be required to purchase meals consumed.

It will be the responsibility of the Food Service Director to administer the program and to cooperate with the superintendent and appropriate personnel for the proper functioning of the school food program.

When a student/family lunch account is closed out the balance remaining will be refunded to the student’s parents. 

The district shall comply with all federal and state laws and regulations required for procurement, including the selection and evaluation of contractors.  The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing an administrative process to implement this policy, including, but not limited to, procedures related to suspension and debarment for transactions subject to those requirements.

 

NOTE:   This is a mandatory policy.

NOTE: Superintendents will make the annual recommendation to the board after they have completed the Paid Lunch Equity (PLE) tool. For additional information, please visit the “Nutrition Programs” section of the Iowa Department of Education’s website

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (2010).
   
                                    7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (2010).
   
                                    Iowa Code ch. 283A (2013).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 58.8

Cross Reference:  710       School Food Services
   
                                    905       Use of School District Facilities and Equipment

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Feb 20, 2017, Nov. 15, 2021, Mar. 28, 2022    
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr. 13, 2009, Jan 4, 2017, Oct. 18, 2021, Mar. 28, 2022      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, May 11, 2009, Jan 4, 2017, Oct. 18, 2021      

  

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:01

710.2 - Free and Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility

710.2 - Free and Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility

Students enrolled and attending school in the school district who meet USDA eligibility guidelines will be provided the school nutrition program services at no cost or at a reduced price.  The school district will take great care to prevent the overt identification of, students who are eligible for free and reduced-price meals.

The district will at least twice annually notify all families of the availability, eligibility criteria, and application procedures for free or reduced-price meals in accordance with state and federal law. 

It is the responsibility of the Food & Nutrition Services Director or designee to determine the eligibility of students for free or reduced-price school nutrition programs, in accordance with criteria established by state and federal law.  If school personnel have knowledge of a student who is in need of free or reduced-price meals, school personnel shall contact the Food & Nutrition Services Director or designee.

If a student owes money for five or more meals, the Food & Nutrition Services Director or designee may contact the student’s parent or guardian to provide information regarding the application for free or reduced-price meals.  The school is encouraged to provide reimbursable meals to students who request reimbursable meals unless the students’ parent or guardian has specifically provided written direction to the school to withhold a meal from the student. 

Employees; except for food service personnel will be required to pay for meals consumed. No charging of meals is allowed by employee.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for implementing this policy.

This is self-funding organization and to sustain the program, bills must be paid.

 

 

Legal Reference:           42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (2010).
                                                7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (2010).
                                                Iowa Code ch. 283A (2013).
                                                281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:           710       School Food Services
                                                710.3    Vending Machines
                                                710.4    Meal Charge Policy

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Feb. 20, 2017, Nov. 15, 2021, Apr. 11, 2022         
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan. 4, 2017, Oct. 18, 2021, Mar. 28, 2022      
Revised:  Jan. 4, 2017, Oct. 18, 2021, Oct. 18, 2021                                    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 08:59

710.3 - Vending Machines

710.3 - Vending Machines

Food served or purchased by students during the school day and food served or purchased for other than special circumstances will be approved by the superintendent.  Vending machines in the school building will be the responsibility of the Food Service Director.  Purchases from the vending machines, will reflect the guidelines on the wellness policy 507.9.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for the use of vending machines and other sales of food to students.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. (2010).
   
                                    7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq. (2010).
   
                                    Iowa Code ch. 283A (2013).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 58.

Cross Reference:  504.5    Student Fund Raising
   
                                    710       School Food Services

 

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998, Feb 20, 2017 , Apr.11, 2022          
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Jan 4, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022      
Revised: Jan 4, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:56

710.4 - Meal Charges

710.4 - Meal Charges

In accordance with state and federal law, the Fairfield Community School District adopts the following policy to ensure school district employees, families, and students have a shared understanding of expectations regarding meal charges. The policy seeks to allow students to receive the nutrition they need to stay focused during the school day, prevent the overt identification of students with insufficient funds to pay for school meals, and maintain the financial integrity of the nonprofit school nutrition program.

 

Payment of Meals: Students have use of a meal account.

Elementary Level: When an account reaches the $15 limit, a student will not be allowed to charge further meals or ala carte options.

Middle School Level: A student may charge no more than $15 to this account.

When an account reaches a negative balance, purchasing of ala carte items will not be allowed. When an account reaches the balance limit, a student will not be allowed to charge further meals.

High School Level: When an account reaches a negative balance, purchasing of ala carte items will not be allowed. When the account reaches the $15 limit, a student will not be allowed to charge further meals.

Families may add money to a student’s account via online payments through Campus Portal, send money with the student to the building secretary for deposit to their meal account, or by sending or taking money to the ACT Office at 403 S 20th St, Fairfield, IA  52556.

Students who qualify for free meals will never be denied a reimbursable meal, even if they have accrued a negative balance from previous purchases. Students with outstanding meal charge debt will be allowed to purchase a meal if the student pays for the meal by depositing cash in the office by 9 a.m. on the day of service.

Employees have use of a meal account, but will not be allowed to charge any amount.

 

Negative Account Balances

The school district will make reasonable efforts to notify families when meal account balances are low. Additionally, the school district will make reasonable efforts to collect unpaid meal charges classified as delinquent debt. The school district will coordinate communications with families to resolve the matter of unpaid charges. Families will be notified once the student account reaches a low or negative balance. Families will be notified via email, automated and/or personal call, text messaging or letters home. Negative balances of more than $15.00, not paid

prior to the end of the school year will be turned over to the superintendent or superintendent’s designee for collection. Options may include:  collection agencies, small claims court, or any other legal method permitted by law.

 

Unpaid Student Meals Account

The district has established an unpaid student meals account in a school nutrition fund.  Funds from private sources and funds from the district flexibility account may be deposited into the unpaid school meals account in accordance with law.  Funds deposited into this account will be used only to pay individual student meal debt.

 

Communication of the Policy

The policy and supporting information regarding meal charges will be provided in writing to:

  • All households at or before the start of each school year;
  • Students and families who transfer into the district, at time of transfer; and
  • All staff responsible for enforcing any aspect of the policy. 

Records of how and when the policy and supporting information was communicated to households and staff will be retained.

The superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.

NOTE: If the district elects to provide alternate meals for students, the alternate meal must contain components available to all students and be provided in the same manner as meals are provided to other students. Additionally, the district is expected to accommodate special dietary needs when a child’s disability restricts their diet.

NOTE: The Iowa Department of Education has tools and resources available to help districts with the school nutrition program and meal charge policy implementation and review. Please visit the “School Meals” section of the Iowa Department of Education’s website.

NOTE: School districts must follow appropriate debt collection practices when trying to recover unpaid meal charges.

 

 

Legal Reference:  42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.
     
                                          7 C.F.R. §§ 210 et seq.
                                       
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 46-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Local Meal Charge Policies (2016).
                                      
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 47-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Clarification on Collection of Delinquent Meal Payments
                                                   (2016).
                                      
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 57-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Guidance and Q&A (2016).
        
                                       Iowa Code 283A.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 58.                                 

Cross Reference:  710.1   School Food Program
   
                                    710.2   Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility
   
                                    710.3   Vending Machine

Approved:  June 19, 2017, July 20, 2018, May 18, 2020  
Reviewed:  June 18, 2018, April 9, 2020, Mar. 28, 2022
Revised:  June 19, 2017, July 20, 2018, April 9, 2020     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:54

710.5 - Child Nutrition Program - Family Fiscal Responsibility

710.5 - Child Nutrition Program - Family Fiscal Responsibility

Elementary and Secondary

The purpose of the policy is to ensure compliance with federal reporting requirements for the Child Nutrition Program (CNP) and to provide oversight and accountability for the collection of outstanding student meal balances (meal charges) and school meal accounts with credit balances.

Fairfield CSD Child Nutrition Program aims to implement an enforceable and effective meal charge procedure that treats students with respect and dignity, maintains a positive experience for students during breakfast and lunch service, establishes age appropriate practices, promotes parent responsibility for meal payments and self-responsibility for the student.

It is the parent’s responsibility to read and understand all communications regarding the school meal program related to procedures for applying for free/reduced meals, school meal charges, negative school meal account balances and credit balances for students leaving the district or graduating. 

 

Balance Availability and Notification 

Each week the Child Nutrition Program sends out low and negative balance Email Alerts and text to all households that have provided a valid email or cell phone number.  Parents/Guardians may also check their child’s account balance at any time using the Campus Portal. Monthly letters are also sent out to all accounts which carry a negative balance of $-5.00 or more.   

 

Negative Balances following an Eligibility Change

When a student’s account has an Eligibility change to “Free” Status, any negative balance accrued before the eligibility change must be paid in full. 

 

Credit Balances

When a student lunch account is closed out the balance remaining will be refunded to the student’s parents/guardian. 

The following outlines the school meal charge policy for each school level:

 

High School Charging Procedure

High School Students are allowed to charge up to $15 for reimbursable meals (at least three of the offered meal components consisting of a meat, fruits/vegetables, bread and milk).  Any student whose account exceeds this maximum charge limit will be offered an alternate meal consisting of; Fruit, Vegetable and Milk. The student will be charged for the alternate meal. Therefore, we ask that you make every attempt to reconcile your child’s account as soon as possible or contact the Child Nutrition Program Director at 641-472-2655 ext. 6703. 

No alternate meal will be offered. Students will not be allowed to charge ala carte items if they have a negative balance. Negative balances must be paid in full before students can purchase any ala carte items.

 

Middle School Charging Procedure

Middle School Students will be allowed to charge $15 for reimbursable meals (at least three of the offered meal components consisting of a meat, fruits/vegetables, bread and milk).  Students will not be allowed to charge ala carte items. We ask that you make every attempt to reconcile your child’s account as soon as possible or contact the Child Nutrition Program Director at 641-472-2655 ext. 6703. 

Elementary School Charging Procedure

Elementary School Students will be allowed to charge $15 for reimbursable meals (at least three of the offered meal components consisting of a meat, fruits/vegetables, bread and milk).  Therefore, we ask that you make every attempt to reconcile your child’s account as soon as possible or contact the Child Nutrition Program Director at 641-472-2655 ext. 6703. 

Staff and Adult Guest Charging Policy

All staff will be provided a meal account for prepaid purchases.  No purchases will be allowed that result in a negative balance.

 

The priority of the Fairfield Community School District Child Nutrition Program is to serve our students delicious, healthy and well-balanced meals in an inviting atmosphere.  The Food Service Director reserves the authority to make exceptions that are in the child’s best interest, based on special circumstances, but not in violation of Civil Rights laws.

 

 

Approved: Mar. 28, 2022        
Reviewed:  Jul 25, 2016, Mar. 28, 2022   
Revised: Mar. 28, 2022 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:52

711 - Transportation

711 - Transportation dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 07:57

711.1 - Student School Transportation Eligibility

711.1 - Student School Transportation Eligibility

Elementary students living more than 1 mile from their designated school attendance centers, middle school students living more than 2 miles from their designated school attendance center and high school students living more than three miles from their designated attendance center are entitled to transportation to and from their attendance center at the expense of the school district.

Transportation of students who require special education services will generally be provided as for other students, when appropriate.  Specialized transportation of a student to and from a special education instructional service is a function of that service and, therefore, an appropriate expenditure of special education instructional funds generated through the weighting plan.

Transportation of a student to and from a special education support service is a function of that service, and is specified in the individualized education program (IEP) or the individualized family service plan (IFSP).  When the IEP or IFSP team determines that unique transportation arrangements are required and the arrangements are specified in the IEP or IFSP, the school district will provide one or more of the following transportation arrangements for instructional services and the AEA for support services:

      ·    Transportation from the bus stop nearest to the student’s residence then to their school and from the school back to the bus stop nearest the student’s residence.

      ·    Special assistance or adaptations in getting the student to and from and on and off the vehicle, enroute to and from the special education.

      ·    Reimbursement of the actual costs of transportation when by mutual agreement the parents provide transportation for the student to and from the special education.

The school district is not required to provide reimbursement to parents who elect to provide transportation in lieu of agency-provided transportation.

A student may be required, at the board's discretion, to meet a school vehicle without reimbursement up to three-fourths of a mile.  The board may require the parent to transport their children up to two miles to connect with school bus vehicles at the expense of the school district when conditions deem it advisable.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine such conditions.  Parents of students who live where transportation by bus is impracticable or unavailable may be required to furnish transportation to and from the designated attendance center at the expense of the school district.  Parents, who transport their children at the expense of the school district, are reimbursed at the rate per mile set by the state. 

Transportation arrangements made by agreement with a neighboring school district will follow the terms of the agreement.  Students, who choose to attend a school in a school district other than their resident school district, will provide transportation to and from the school at their own expense.

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 1401, 1701 et seq. (2010).
   
                                    34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2010).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 256B.4; 285; 321 (2013).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 41.412.

Cross Reference:  501.16  Homeless Children and Youth
   
                                    507.8    Student Special Health Services
   
                                    603.3    Special Education
   
                                    711       Transportation

Approved: Feb. 11, 1985, Mar. 20, 2017, Nov. 26, 2018, Mar. 28, 2022     
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, Feb. 8, 2017, Oct. 15, 2018, Mar. 28, 2022
Revised: Jan. 12, 1998, Feb. 8, 2017, Oct. 15, 2018, Mar. 28, 2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 08:56

711.2 - Student Conduct on School Transportation

711.2 - Student Conduct on School Transportation

Students utilizing school transportation will conduct themselves in an orderly manner fitting to their age level and maturity with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of the school vehicle driver and the other passengers.  Students who fail to behave in an orderly manner will be subject to disciplinary measures.

The driver will have the authority to maintain order on the school vehicle.  It will be the responsibility of the driver to report misconduct to the director of transportation or building principal who shall discipline the student in accordance with procedures developed by the superintendent and approved by the board.

The board supports the use of video cameras on school buses used for transportation to and from school as well as for field trips, curricular or extracurricular events.  The video cameras will be used to monitor student behavior and may be used as evidence in a student disciplinary proceeding.  The videotapes are student records subject to school district confidentiality, board policy and administrative regulations.

Those students guilty of flagrant, repeated or gross disobedience or misconduct on school buses are subject to suspension within the guidelines of the district’s Student Conduct Policy, Code No. 503.1.  Continued violation of bus rules will be considered sufficient cause for refusing to transport the student(s) involved and may lead to suspension from school, depending upon the seriousness of the matter.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the transportation director and the building principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding student conduct and discipline when utilizing school district transportation.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321 (2013).

Cross Reference:  503       Student Discipline
   
                                    506       Student Records

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, March 20, 2017, April 11, 2022       
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Feb 8, 2017, March 28, 2022      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Feb 8, 2017, March 28, 2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 08:55

711.2R1 - Student Conduct on School Transportation Regulation

711.2R1 - Student Conduct on School Transportation Regulation

All persons riding in school district vehicles will adhere to the following rules.  The driver, sponsor or chaperones are to follow the school bus discipline procedure for student violations of this policy.  Recording devices may be in operation on the school buses.

 1.      Bus riders will be at the designated loading point before the bus arrival time.

 2.      Bus riders will wait until the bus comes to a complete stop before attempting to enter.

 3.      Riders must not extend arms or heads out of the windows at any time.

 4.      Aisles must be kept cleared at all times.

 5.      All bus riders will load and unload through the right front door.  The emergency door is for emergencies only.

 6.      A bus rider will depart from the bus at the designated point unless written permission to get off at a different location is given to the driver.

 7.      A rider may be assigned a seat by the driver.

 8.      Riders who damage seats or other equipment will reimburse the district for the cost of the repair or replacement.

 9.      Riders are not permitted to leave their seats while the vehicle is in motion.

10.     Waste containers are provided on all buses for bus riders' use.

11.     Permission to open windows must be obtained from the driver.

12.     Classroom conduct is to be observed by students while riding the bus except for ordinary conversation.

13.     The driver is in charge of the students and the vehicle, and the driver is to be obeyed promptly and cheerfully.

14.     Students will assist in looking after the safety and comfort of younger students.

15.     A bus rider who must cross the roadway to board or depart from the bus will pass in front of the bus (no closer than 10 feet), look in both directions
          and proceed to cross the road or highway only on signal from the driver.

16.     Students will not throw objects about the vehicle nor out through the windows.

17.     Shooting paper wads, squirt guns or other material in the vehicle is not permitted.

18.     Students will keep feet off the seats.

19.     Roughhousing in the vehicle is prohibited.

20.     Students will refrain from crowding or pushing.

21.     The use or possession of alcohol, tobacco or look-alike substances is prohibited in the vehicle.

22.     The Good Conduct Rule is in effect.

23.     Students will wear seatbelts as provided.

 

 

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998, March 20, 2017, Apr.11, 2022              
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Feb 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022      
Revised: Feb 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:51

711.2R2 - Use of Recording Devices on School Buses and Attendance Center(s) Regulation

711.2R2 - Use of Recording Devices on School Buses and Attendance Center(s) Regulation

The board supports the use of recording devices on school buses and attendance center(s) as a means to monitor and maintain a safe environment for students and employees.  The recording devices may be used on buses used for transportation to and from school, field trips, curricular events and extracurricular events and for monitoring of buildings.  The contents of the recordings may be used as evidence in a student disciplinary proceeding.

 

Student Records

The content of the recordings is a student record subject to board policy and administrative regulations regarding confidential student records.  Only those persons with a legitimate educational purpose may view the recordings.  In most instances, those individuals with a legitimate educational purpose may be the superintendent, building principal, transportation director, teacher if a building incident, bus driver and special education staffing team.  A parent may view the recording without consent from any student or parent also shown in the recording if the other students are just bystanders. But if there is an altercation between multiple students, then all parents must give consent in order for the recording to be viewed by parents.

A recording device recorded during a school-sponsored trip, such as an athletic event, may also be accessible to the sponsor or coach of the activity.  If the content of the recording becomes the subject of a student disciplinary proceeding, it may be treated like other evidence in the proceeding.

 

Notice

The school district will annually provide the following notice to students and parents:

          The Fairfield Community School District Board of Directors has authorized the use of recording devices on school district buses and attendance center(s).  The recording devices will be used to monitor student behavior to maintain order on the school buses and attendance center(s) to promote and maintain a safe environment.  Students and parents are hereby notified that the content of the recordings may be used in a student disciplinary proceeding.  The content of the recordings are confidential student records and will be retained with other student records.  Recordings will only be retained if necessary for use in a student disciplinary proceeding or other matter as determined necessary by the administration.  Parents may request to view recordings of their child if the recordings are used in a disciplinary proceeding involving their child.

The following notice will also be placed on all school buses and attendance center(s) equipped with a recording device:

          This bus is equipped with a recording monitoring system.
 

This building is equipped with a recording monitoring system.

 

Review of Recordings

The school district will review recordings when necessary as a result of an incident reported by a bus driver or student.  The recordings may be re-circulated for erasure after   14   days.

Viewing of recordings is limited to the individuals having a legitimate educational purpose.  A written log will be kept of those individuals viewing the recordings stating the time, name of individual viewing and the date the recording was viewed.

 

Recording Monitoring System

Recording Devices will be used on only a select number of school district buses.

All district buses are equipped with audio/video recording devices and all attendance centers are equipped with video recording devices.

Determination of how recording devices will be used and which school buses and attendance center(s) will be equipped with recording equipment will be made by the superintendent in consultation with the building principals and director of auxiliary services.

 

Student Conduct

Students are prohibited from tampering with the recording devices on the school buses and in the attendance center(s).  Students found in violation of this regulation will be disciplined in accordance with the school district discipline policy and Good Conduct Rule and will reimburse the school district for any repairs or replacement necessary as a result of the tampering.

 

 

Approved:  Sept. 20, 1993, Mar. 19, 2012, Mar. 20, 2017, Apr.11, 2022             
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Mar.19, 2012, Feb. 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Mar. 19, 2012, Feb. 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022      

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:48

711.3 - Student Transportation for Extra Curricular Activities

711.3 - Student Transportation for Extra Curricular Activities

The board in its discretion may provide school district transportation for extracurricular activities including, but not limited to, transporting student participants and other students to and from extracurricular events.

Students participating in extracurricular events, other than those held at the school district facilities, may be transported to the extracurricular event by school district transportation vehicles or by another means approved by the superintendent. 

Students, who are provided transportation in school district transportation vehicles for extracurricular events, will ride both to and from the event in the school vehicle unless arrangements have been made with the building principal prior to the event.  A student's parent may personally appear and request to transport the student home from a school-sponsored event in which the student traveled to the event on a school district transportation vehicle.

School buses on extra-curricular activities held in the evening or on weekends will not stop on the highway to pick up or discharge students.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 256B.4; 285.1-.4; 321 (2011).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 41.412.

Cross Reference:  504       Student Activities
   
                                    711       Transportation

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Mar. 20, 2017, Apr.11, 2022                  
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Feb. 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022     
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Feb. 8, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:50

711.4 - Summer School Program Transportation Service

711.4 - Summer School Program Transportation Service

The school district may use school vehicles for transportation to and from summer extracurricular activities.  The superintendent will make a recommendation to the board annually regarding their use.

Transportation to and from the student's attendance center for summer school instructional programs shall be within the discretion of the board.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding transportation of students in summer school instructional programs at the expense of the school district.  In making the recommendation to the board, the superintendent will consider the financial condition of the school district, the number of students involved in summer school programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 285.10 (2013).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 43.10, 412

Cross Reference:   603.2    Summer School Instruction
   
                                     711       Transportation

Approved:  Feb.11, 1985, March 20, 2017, Apr.11, 2022             
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Feb 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Feb 8, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 08:53

711.5 - Transportation of Nonresident and Nonpublic School Students

711.5 - Transportation of Nonresident and Nonpublic School Students

The board has sole discretion to determine the method to be utilized for transporting nonresident and nonpublic students.  Nonresident students paying tuition may be, and resident students attending a nonpublic school accredited by the State Department of Education will be, transported on an established public school vehicle route as long as such transportation does not interfere with resident public students' transportation.  Nonresident and nonpublic school students will obtain the permission of the superintendent prior to being transported by the school district.

Parents of resident students who provide transportation for their children attending a nonpublic school accredited by the Iowa Department of Education will be reimbursed at the established state rate.  This reimbursement will be paid only if the school district receives the funds from the state.  If less than the amount of funds necessary to fully reimburse parents of the nonpublic students is received by the school district, the funds will be prorated.

The charge to the nonresident students will be determined based on the students' pro rata share of the actual costs for transportation.  The parents of these students will be billed for the student's share of the actual costs of transportation.  The billing will be according to the schedule developed by the superintendent.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to determine the amount to be charged and report it to the board secretary for billing.

Continued transportation of nonresident and nonpublic school students on a public school vehicle route will be subject to resident public school students' transportation needs.  The superintendent will make a recommendation annually to the board regarding the method to be used.  In making a recommendation to the board, the superintendent will consider the number of students to be transported, the capacity of the school vehicles, the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.

Nonresident and nonpublic school students will be subject to the same conduct regulations as resident public students as prescribed by board policy, and to other policies, rules, or regulations developed by the school district regarding transportation of students by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 285.1-.2, .10, .16 (2013).
Cross Reference:  711       Transportation

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Mar. 20, 2017, Apr.11, 2022                  
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Feb. 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Feb. 8, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 08:52

711.6 - Transportation of Nonschool Groups

711.6 - Transportation of Nonschool Groups

Only in unusual circumstances will the board make school district transportation vehicles available to local nonprofit entities, which promote cultural, educational, civic, community, or recreational activities for transporting to and from non-school sponsored activities in the state.

In the event school district transportation vehicles are made available to local nonprofit entities, it will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for application for, use of, and payment for using the school district transportation vehicles.

School district vehicles will not transport non-school groups outside the state of Iowa.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 285.1(21), .10(9), (10) (2013).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 41.412; 43.10.

Cross Reference:  711       Transportation
   
                                    900       Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Approved:  Sep. 21, 1992, Mar. 20, 2017, Apr.11, 2022                  
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Feb. 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Feb. 8, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 08:49

711.6R - Vehicle Usage by Non-School Organizations/Community

711.6R - Vehicle Usage by Non-School Organizations/Community

In accordance with the Department of Education guidelines, Fairfield Community School District will allow district vehicles to be used for transportation to camps/activities which are not school sponsored events, but involve district students and personnel or community organizations wanting to rent a yellow school bus.  The stipulation is that the district cannot absorb any actual costs for this type of transportation.  As a result, groups wanting to use school transportation to attend non-school sponsored events will be charged a fee.  Criteria is listed below.  This fee will also apply to community organizations requesting use of school vehicles.

To assist in providing information, planning and determining transportation costs, please review the listed items.

  1. Complete an online transportation request form, have it approved by the building administrator or activities director and forward to the transportation office.  The transportation office will notify you if there is not a vehicle available.  Please be specific as to destination and other information, providing an address if possible.
  1. The transportation office will then calculate the mileage for the camp/event/activity using Google or MapQuest to determine the estimated cost of vehicle usage.
  1. The person in charge will then be notified of the estimated cost.  (The person in charge may want to divide the costs among those traveling.)
  1. Once the vehicle usage is complete, an invoice will be sent to the person in charge for payment of the actual mileage/cost of the vehicle.
  1. Mileage rates are listed below and will be adjusted annually as reflected on the annual transportation report, the district’s bus utilization report and hourly rates for school bus drivers.

                      Suburban         Mileage cost allowance as determined on the annual transportation report

                      School Bus      The operating cost as calculated on the district’s annual transportation report (with driver)

                                              62% of the mileage operating cost as calculated on the district’s annual transportation report (without driver)

 

 

Approved: Mar. 20, 2017, Apr.11, 2022             
Reviewed: Feb. 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022
Revised: Feb. 8, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 08:50

711.7 - School Bus Safety Instruction

711.7 - School Bus Safety Instruction

The school district will conduct school bus safe riding practices instruction and emergency safety drills twice a year for students who utilize school district transportation.

Each school bus vehicle will have, in addition to the regular emergency safety drill, a plan for helping those students who require special assistance to safety during an emergency. This will include, but not be limited to, students with disabilities.

School district vehicle drivers are required to attend each safety drill.

Employees will be responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency, as well as safe riding practices.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321 (2013).
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 41.412; 43.40.

Cross Reference:  503       Student Discipline
   
                                    507       Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    804.2    Warning Systems and Emergency Plans

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998, Mar. 20, 2017, Apr.11, 2022             
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Feb 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022      
Revised: Feb 8, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 08:48

711.8 - Transportation in Inclement Weather

711.8 - Transportation in Inclement Weather

School district buses will not operate when weather conditions due to fog, rain, snow or other natural elements make it unsafe to do so.  Because weather conditions may vary around the school district and may change quickly, the best judgment possible will be used with the information available.

The final judgment as to when conditions are unsafe to operate will be made by the superintendent.  The superintendent will be assisted by the actual "on location" reports from the transportation director.

Employees and students will be notified by text, phone, email, social media, local television and radio stations when school is cancelled or temporarily delayed.  When school is cancelled because of weather anywhere in the school district, all schools will be closed.

When weather conditions deteriorate during the day after school has begun, cancellation notices will be announced by text, phone, email, social media, local television and radio stations. Students will be returned to their regular drop-off sites unless weather conditions prevent it.  In that case, students will be kept at or returned to school until they are picked up by the parents.

 

This is a mandatory policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  601.2    School Day

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Mar. 20, 2017, Apr.11, 2022         
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Feb. 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022           
Revised:
Feb 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:46

711.9 - District Vehicle Idling

711.9 - District Vehicle Idling

The board recognizes that it has a role in reducing environmental pollutants and in assisting students and others be free from pollutants that may impact their respiratory health.  Unnecessary vehicle idling emits pollutants and wastes fuel.  The board directs the superintendent, in conjunction with the Director of Transportation, to work on administrative regulations to implement this policy and reduce school vehicle idling time.

 

 

Legal References:  Iowa Code §279.8 (2013).

Cross References:  403       Employee Health and Well-Being
   
                                       507       Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                       711       Transportation

Approved: Mar. 20, 2017, Apr.11, 2022                
Reviewed: Feb 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022           
Revised: Feb 8, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 09:44

711.10 - Transportation Equipment

711.10 - Transportation Equipment

The school district will purchase transportation vehicles, which meet the requirements of the Board and the State Department of Education.  The purchase of such vehicles will be in compliance with Board policy.

School district student transportation vehicles will be inspected twice annually by the State Department of Education.  School district transportation vehicles, used to transport students, will be routinely maintained according to a schedule developed by the transportation director in conjunction with the superintendent.

It will be the responsibility of the s transportation director in conjunction with the superintendent to arrange for the inspection of the school district transportation vehicles requiring inspection and to develop a program for routine maintenance of school district vehicles.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Mar. 20, 2017, Apr.11, 2022      
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Feb. 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022      
Revised: Feb 8., 2017, Mar. 28, 2022

 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 08:45

711.11 - Special Convenience Bus Stops

711.11 - Special Convenience Bus Stops

No bus will leave the public highway to receive or discharge students unless their safety is ensured or the private road is maintained in the same manner as the public highway.

A bus will not stop to load or unload students unless the driver has an unobstructed view of at least 300 feet in each direction, except to the extent that visibility is reduced by fog, snow or other weather conditions. In such circumstances, the driver is expected to use his/her best judgement to ensure the safety of the children and the bus.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Mar. 20, 2017, Apr.11, 2022                  
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Feb. 8, 2017, Mar. 28, 2022      
Revised: Feb. 8, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 08:03

711.12 - School Bus Seat Belt Policy

711.12 - School Bus Seat Belt Policy

It is the goal of the Fairfield Community School District Transportation Department to provide the safest student transportation possible.

Beginning the 2020-21 school year, the District is purchasing school buses equipped with lap/shoulder seatbelts.  The District will require that all students riding a school bus equipped with seat belts, wear the seat belts while the bus is in motion.

All students will receive instruction on the proper use of seat belts during the twice annual bus safety drills.  Drivers are not responsible (i.e. liable) for students wearing seat belts while riding.  Drivers are responsible for instructing students to put on seat belts prior to the bus leaving a school.

Students who may require assistance in using seat belts should ask the bus driver for help, so that all students are safely belted in their seat before the bus is in motion.  Drivers will announce prior to the bus leaving that each student needs to be in their seat with the seat belt fastened.

Students refusing to use seat belts create a safety concern for themselves and others, and are subject to school district disciplinary actions. Repeated refusal to wear seat belts can result in suspension from bus riding privileges.

 

 

Approved: Apr. 13, 2020, Apr.11, 2022              
Reviewed:  Mar. 16, 2020, Mar. 28, 2022      
Revised: 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Fri, 11/12/2021 - 07:59

800 - BUILDINGS & SITES

800 - BUILDINGS & SITES Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/09/2021 - 15:43

800 - Objectives of Buildings and Sites

800 - Objectives of Buildings and Sites

This series of the board policy manual sets forth the board objectives and goals for the school district's buildings and sites.  It will be the goal of the board to provide sufficient school district buildings and sites for the education program.  The board will strive to provide an environment, which will encourage and support learning.

In providing this environment the school district buildings and sites will accommodate the organizational and instructional patterns that support the education program.  The board will have final authority to determine what is necessary to meet the needs of the education program.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to oversee the day-to-day operations of the school buildings and sites and to notify the board of areas in need of improvement.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017     
Reviewed:  Feb 12, 2001; June 19, 2017          
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:06

800.1 - Naming/Renaming School District Facilities

800.1 - Naming/Renaming School District Facilities

The Fairfield School District Board is responsible for the naming and renaming of all schools and school facilities within the District. It is the desire of the Board that each new building, facility, ground or field within the District is given a name that lends dignity and status to the school or facility. In fulfilling this responsibility, the Board will make every effort to respect community preferences.  The Board’s primary consideration will be to select a name that enhances the credibility and stature of the school or facility. The Board will solicit and accept input from the school and community groups to name a portion of a building, a single building on a campus with multiple buildings, or a specific area on the campus for a person(s)/corporation provided the proposed name has a special significance and/or the person/corporation has made an outstanding contribution to the school or the school system. If a request is to name a school facility after a school employee, a request cannot be made for at least three years after the person’s retirement or death.  The School Board reserves the right to make the final decision regarding the name of any school or facility.

The following guidelines will apply to requests for naming facilities:

Suggestions regarding the name of a school must be in writing to the Superintendent, must state the name of the person or group making the suggestion, and must state the reasons supporting the suggestion which includes:

  • Any biographical or additional information
  • Significance of this name
  • Personal belief of the rationale as to why the facility should be so named

Once a request has been advanced to the Board, the Board has two options:

1) Decide the facility should not be renamed. The process stops. (or)

2) Seek input from community members and take action through normal Board meeting activities. The Board has the option of establishing an ad hoc advisory committee to collect information and make recommendations regarding the naming of the facility. The ad hoc advisory committee is comprised of:

1 central office administrator                                 1 individual from the building

1 building administrator from the proposed site    1 community member

1 board member                                                     1 student representative

1 facilities manager

 

The Board will consider the following when deciding on a naming request:

A. The individual’s/corporation’s moral character and contribution to education.

B. The individual’s/corporation’s connection to the facility. In order to be meaningful for all, there should be a real or symbolic connection between the individual and the facility.

C. Significant contributions to education of the youth of the Fairfield Community School District.

Evidence of such contributions may include, but are not limited to the following:

-Unusually effective and dedicated service to the students of the District.

-Persistent efforts and superior levels of performance in improving and sustaining programs  and services for students of the District.

D. The nominee must otherwise be worthy of the honor of having a school facility named for her/him. Evidence of such attributes could include, but may not be limited to the following:

-Unusually effective and dedicated service to our community, state or country.

-Excellent character and general reputation.

E. Input from community members, including school staff, community groups and other sources.

 

The Board of Education will act in regular session to name the school or facility. Following action, the Board Secretary will notify the appropriate district offices of the new name.

 

 

Approved: Dec 15, 2014; June 19, 2017    
Reviewed: Oct 20, 2014
Revised: Oct 20, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:06

801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction

801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:54

801.1 - Building and Sites Long Range Planning

801.1 - Building and Sites Long Range Planning

As part of the Board's long-range plan for the school district's education program, the board will include the buildings and sites needs for the education program.  The long-term needs for building and sites will be discussed and determined by the board.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to provide information including, but not limited to, enrollment projections and education program requirements to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .12, .14; 297 (2013).

Cross Reference:  103       Long-Range Needs Assessment

Approved: Jan. 12, 1998; June 19, 2017  
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005     
Revised:  June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:05

801.2 - Buildings and Sites Surveys

801.2 - Buildings and Sites Surveys

The board may engage the services of consultants or other personnel to study the needs of the school district's buildings and sites in providing the education program.  The results of these services will be considered in planning the education program and in making decisions about the improvement and acquisition of additional buildings and sites.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for such services and who should perform such services for the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .14; 297 (2013).

Cross Reference:  103       Long-Range Needs Assessment
   
                                    801       Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017       
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005; June 19, 2017          
Revised:  Dec. 8, 1997

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:04

801.3 - Educational Specifications for Buildings and Sites

801.3 - Educational Specifications for Buildings and Sites

Buildings and sites considered for purchase or construction by the board or currently owned by the school district and used for the education program must meet, or upon improvement be able to meet, the specifications set by the board.  The board will make this determination.

Prior to remodeling or other construction of buildings and sites, the board may appoint a committee of consultants, employees, citizens, or others to assist the board in developing the specifications for the new or improved buildings and sites.  These specifications will be consistent with the education program, and they will provide the architect with the information necessary to determine what is expected from the facility.  It will be within the discretion of the board to determine whether a committee will be appointed.

The education specifications will include, but not be limited to, the financial resources available for the project, the definition and character of classrooms, the functional use to be made of the rooms, description of specialized needs, and other pertinent information as the board deems necessary.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the specifications of buildings and sites.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Cedar Rapids Community School District, Linn County v. City of Cedar Rapids, 252 Iowa 205, 106 N.W.2d 655 (1960).
       
                                     Iowa Code §§ Ch 26; 280.3, .14; 297; 544A (2013).
   
                                    1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 529.

Cross Reference:  801       Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017        
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005; June 19, 2017           
Revised:  Jan.12, 1998, Dec. 15, 2003          

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:03

801.4 - Site Acquisition

801.4 - Site Acquisition

Sites acquired by the board will meet or, upon improvement, be able to meet the specifications set out by the board prior to using the site for the education program.  The board may meet in closed session to discuss potential purchases of sites.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to assist the board and to make recommendations concerning the acquisition of sites.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.5(j); 297 (2013).

Cross Reference:  212       Closed Sessions
   
                                    705.1    Purchasing - Bidding
   
                                    801       Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017         
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005; June 19, 2017          
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:02

801.5 - Selection of an Architect

801.5 - Selection of an Architect

Architects will be interviewed by the board of directors, superintendent, and other personnel designated by them.  The board of directors will give official approval for the selection of an architect for the specific project under consideration.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017          
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005; June 19, 2017           
Revised:  ________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 18:01

801.6 - Preliminary Building Specifications

801.6 - Preliminary Building Specifications

The architect will proceed with preparation of the preliminary plans and specifications after receiving authorization from the board of directors.

The superintendent will provide the architect educational specifications, financial data, and other pertinent information necessary to the planning.

The architect will make revisions to the plans until a consensus of opinion is reached and approval is given by the board of directors.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017        
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005; June 19, 2017           
Revised:  _____________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:58

801.7 - Final Building Specifications

801.7 - Final Building Specifications

The architect will proceed with preparation of the final working drawings, specifications, and contract documents after receiving authorization from the board of directors.

The superintendent, staff and board will continue to provide information and decisions necessary for the architect to finalize the plans.

It will be the responsibility of the architect to obtain approval of the final plans by the State Fire Marshall, local building authorities, and the board of directors before releasing the plans for bid purposes.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017         
Reviewed:   Sep. 28, 2005; June 19, 2017           
Revised:  Oct. 10, 2005

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:56

801.9 - Bids and Awards for Construction Contracts

801.9 - Bids and Awards for Construction Contracts

The public, competitive sealed bid requirement is waived in the case of emergency repairs when the repairs are necessary to prevent the closing of a school.  The AEA administrator will certify that the emergency repairs are necessary to prevent the closing of a school.  The superintendent will comply with the competitive quote process for those projects subject to the competitive quote law.  The superintendent will determine the process for obtaining quotes for projects below the competitive quote limit.  The board will approve the quote for the project.

The award of construction contracts will, generally, be made to the lowest responsible bidder.  The board, in its discretion, after considering factors relating to the construction, including, but not limited to, the cost of the construction, availability of service and/or repair, completion date, and any other factors deemed relevant by the board, may choose a bid other than the lowest bid.  The board will have the right to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, and to enter into the contract or contracts deemed to be in the best interests of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation and the reason for it to the board for construction contract bids.  The board secretary will recommend to the board which bid to accept.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 72; 73; 73A.2, .18; 297.7-.8 (2013).

Cross-Reference:  705 Expenditures
   
                                    801 Site Acquisition and Building Construction

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017         
Reviewed:  Dec. 11, 2006      
Revised:  Jan. 8, 2007; June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:55

802 - Maintenance, Operation and Management

802 - Maintenance, Operation and Management dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:40

802.1 - Maintenance Schedule

802.1 - Maintenance Schedule

The school district buildings and sites, including the grounds, buildings and equipment, will be kept clean and in good repair.  Employees should notify the building principal when something is in need of repair or removal, including graffiti.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain the school district buildings and sites.  As part of this responsibility, a maintenance schedule will be created and adhered to in compliance with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2013).

Cross Reference:  502.2    Care of School Property/Vandalism
   
                                    502.5    Student Lockers
   
                                    802       Maintenance, Operation and Management
   
                                    804.1    Facilities Inspections

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017         
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005; June 19, 2017           
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:53

802.2 - Requests for Improvements

802.2 - Requests for Improvements

Generally, except for emergency situations, requests for improvements or repairs will be made to the superintendent by building principals.  Requirements for requests outlined in the maintenance schedule will be followed.

Minor improvements, not exceeding a cost of $10,000, may be approved by the superintendent.  Improvements exceeding $10,000 and less than $25,000, the superintendent shall receive quotes prior to the approval of the board.  Competitive sealed bids will be obtained according to the Iowa Competitive Bid Law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2013).

Cross Reference:  802.1    Maintenance Schedule
   
                                    802.3    Emergency Repairs

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017         
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998; June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:52

802.3 - Emergency Repairs

802.3 - Emergency Repairs

In the event of an emergency requiring repairs, in excess of the state limit, to a school district facility are necessary to correct or control the situation and to prevent the closing of school, the provisions relating to bidding will not apply. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to obtain certification from the area education agency administrator stating such repairs in excess of the state limit were necessary to prevent the closing of school.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to notify the board as soon as possible considering the circumstances of the emergency.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 26.3, 280.3, .14; 297.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  705.1    Purchasing - Bidding
   
                                    802       Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved:  April 8, 1985; June 19, 2017         
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005      
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998; June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:51

802.4 - Capital Assets

802.4 - Capital Assets

The school district will establish and maintain a capital assets management system for reporting capitalized assets owned or under the jurisdiction of the school district in its financial reports in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law; to improve the school district's oversight of capital assets by assigning and recording them to specific facilities and programs and to provide for proof of loss of capital assets for insurance purposes.

Capital assets, including tangible and intangible assets, are reported in the government-wide financial statements (i.e. governmental activities and business type activities) and the proprietary fund financial statements.  Capital assets reported include school district buildings and sites, construction in progress, improvements other than buildings and sites, land and machinery and equipment.  Capital assets reported in the financial reports will include individual capital assets with an historical cost equal to or greater than $2500.  The Federal regulations governing school lunch programs require capital assets attributable to the school lunch program with a historical cost of equal to or greater than $500 be capitalized.  Additionally, capital assets are depreciated over the useful life of each capital asset using the straight-line method of depreciation. 

All intangible assets with a purchase price equal to or greater than $2500 with useful life of two or more years, are included in the intangible asset inventory for capitalization purposes.  Such assets are recorded at actual historical cost and amortized over the designated useful lifetime applying a straight-line method of depreciation.  If there are no legal, contractual, regulatory, technological or other factors that limit the useful life of the asset, then the intangible asset needs to be considered to have an indefinite useful life and no amortization should be recorded.

This policy applies to all intangible assets.  If an intangible asset that meets the threshold criteria is fully amortized, the asset must be reported at the historical cost and the applicable accumulated amortization must also be reported.  It is not appropriate to “net” the capital asset and amortization to avoid reporting.   For internally generated intangible assets, outlays incurred by the government's personnel, or by a third-party contractor on behalf of the government, and for development of internally generated intangible assets should be capitalized.

The capital assets management system must be updated monthly to account for the addition/acquisition, disposal, relocation/transfer of capital assets.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to count and reconcile the capital assets with capital assets management system on June 30 each year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to educate employees about this policy and its supporting administrative regulations.  

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A (2013).

Cross Reference:  709       Insurance Program
   
                                    701.3    Financial Records

Approved: Feb 11, 1985; June 19, 2017                                   
Reviewed: Aug 24, 2005, Nov 1, 2012              
Revised: Jan 12, 1998, Apr 14, 2003; June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:47

802.4R1 - Capital Assets Management System Definitions

802.4R1 - Capital Assets Management System Definitions

Back trending/standard costing - an estimate of the historical original cost using a known average installed cost for like units as of the estimated addition/ acquisition date.  This cost is only applied to the capital assets initially counted upon implementation of the capital assets management system when the historical original cost cannot be determined.  It is inappropriate to apply the back trending/standard costing method to any capital assets acquired after the assets management system implementation date.

Balance sheet accounting/class codes - the codes set out for assets in the Iowa Department of Education Uniform Accounting Manual.  They are:  200-capital assets; 211- land and land improvements; 221-site improvements; 222-accumulated depreciation on site improvements; 231-buildings and building improvements; 232-accumulated depreciation on buildings and building improvements; 241-machinery and equipment; 242-accumulated depreciation on machinery and equipment, 251-works of art and historical treasures; 252-accumulated depreciation on works of art and historical treasures, 261-infrastructure, 262-accumulated depreciation on infrastructure, and 271-construction in progress.

Book value - the value of capital assets on the records of the school district, which can be the cost or, the cost less the appropriate allowances, such as depreciation.

Buildings and building improvements - a capital assets account reflecting the addition/acquisition cost of permanent structures owned or held by a government and the improvements thereon.

Business-type activities – one of two classes of activities reported in the government-wide financial statements.  Business-type activities are financed in the whole or in part by fees charged to external parties for goods or services.  These activities are usually reported in enterprise funds.

Capital expenditures/expenses - expenditures/expenses resulting in the addition/acquisition of or addition/acquisition to the school district's capital assets.

Capital assets - Capital assets with a value of equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold) based on the historical cost include:  long-lived assets obtained or controlled as a result of past transactions, events or circumstances.  Capital assets include buildings, construction in progress, improvements other than facilities, land, machinery and equipment, and intangible assets.

Capitalization policy - the criteria used by the school district to determine which capital assets will be reported as capital assets on the school district’s financial statements and records

Capitalization threshold - The dollar value at which a government elects to capitalize tangible or intangible assets that are used in operations and that have initial useful lives extending beyond a single reporting period.

Capitalized interest - interest accrued and reported as part of the cost of the capital assets during the construction phase of a capital project.  The construction phase extends from the initiation of pre-construction activities until the time the asset is placed in service. 

Construction in progress - buildings in the process of being constructed other than infrastructure.

Cost - the amount of money or other consideration exchanged for goods or services.

Depreciation/Amortization - expiration in the service life of capital assets, other than wasting assets, attributable to wear and tear, deterioration, action of the physical elements, inadequacy and obsolescence.  In accounting for depreciation/amortization, the cost of a capital asset, less any salvage value, is prorated over the estimated service life of such an asset, and each period is charged with a portion of such cost.

Fixtures - attachments to buildings that are not intended to be removed and cannot be removed without damage to the buildings.  Those fixtures with a useful life presumed to be as long as that of the building itself are considered a part of the building.  Other fixtures are classified as machinery and equipment. 

General capital assets - capital assets that are not capital assets of any fund, but of the governmental unit as a whole.  Most often these capital assets arise from the expenditure of the financial resources of governmental funds.

General capital assets account group (GFAAG) - a self-balancing group of accounts established to account for capital assets of the school district, not accounted for through specific proprietary funds.

Government activities – activities generally financed through taxes, intergovernmental revenues, and other non-exchange revenues.  These activities are usually reported in governmental funds and internal service funds.

Government-wide financial statements – Financial statements that incorporate all of a government's governmental and business-type activities, as well as its nonfiduciary component units.  There are two basic government-wide financial statements the statement of net assets and the statement of activities.  Both basic government-wide financial statements are presented using the economic resources measurement focus and the accrual basis of accounting.

Historical (acquisition) cost - the actual costs expended to place a capital asset into service.  For land and buildings, costs such as legal fees, recording fees, surveying fees, architect fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost.  For machinery and equipment, costs such as freight and installation fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost.

Improvements – In addition made to, or change made in, a capital asset, other than maintenance, to prolong its life or to increase the efficiency or capacity.  The cost of the addition or change is added to the book value of the asset.

Improvements other than buildings - attachments or annexation to land that are intended to remain so attached or annexed, such as sidewalks, trees, drives, tunnels, drains and sewers.  Sidewalks, curbing, sewers and highways are sometimes referred to as "betterments," but the term "improvements" is preferred.

Infrastructure – long-lived capital assets that normally are stationary in nature and normally can be preserved for a significantly greater number of years than most capital assets.  Examples of infrastructure assets include; roads, bridges, tunnels, drainage systems, tater and sewer systems, dams, and lighting systems.

Investment in general capital assets - an account in the GFAAG representing the school district's investment in general capital assets. The balance in this account generally is subdivided according to the source of the monies that finance the capital assets addition/acquisition, such as general fund revenues and special assessments. 

Land and buildings - real property owned by the school district.

Machinery and equipment - capital assets which maintain their identity when removed from their location and are not changed materially or consumed immediately (e.g., within one year) by use.  Machinery and equipment are often divided into specific categories such as:  transportation machinery and equipment which includes school buses and school district owned automobiles, trucks and vans; other motor machinery and equipment which includes lawn maintenance machinery and equipment, tractors, motorized carts, maintenance machinery and equipment, etc.; other machinery and equipment which includes furniture and machinery and equipment contained in the buildings whose original cost is equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold), and capital assets under capital leases and capital assets being acquired under a lease/purchase agreement.

Proprietary funds – Funds that focus on the determination of operating income, changes in net assets (or cost recovery), financial position, and cash flows.  There are two different types of proprietary funds:  enterprise funds and internal service funds.

Replacement cost - the amount of cash or other consideration required today to obtain the same capital assets or its equivalent.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:49

802.5 - Buildings and Sites Adaptation for Persons with Disabilities

802.5 - Buildings and Sites Adaptation for Persons with Disabilities

The board recognizes the need for access to its buildings and sites by persons with disabilities.  School district buildings and sites currently in use will be altered to be accessible to persons with disabilities unless the alteration would cause an undue hardship for the school district.  Renovated and new buildings and sites shall be accessible to persons with disabilities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, upon board approval, to take the necessary action to ensure school district buildings and sites are accessible to persons with disabilities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2012).
                                       42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012).
   
                                    Iowa Code chs. 104A; 216 (2013).

Cross Reference:  102       Equal Educational Opportunity
   
                                    603.3    Special Education

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017         
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005      
Revised: June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:46

802.6 - Vandalism

802.6 - Vandalism

The board believes everyone should treat school district buildings and sites and property with respect for the benefit of the education program.  Users of school district property will treat it with care.  Employees discovering vandalism should report it to the building principal as soon as possible.

Persons suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be subject to discipline by the school district, if the person is under the jurisdiction of the school district, and may be reported to local law enforcement officials.  Persons who are not under the jurisdiction of the school district and who are suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property will be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  502       Students Rights and Responsibilities
   
                                    903.4    Public Conduct on School Premises

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998; June 19, 2017         
Reviewed:    Aug. 24, 2005      
Revised: June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:45

802.7 - Energy Conservation

802.7 - Energy Conservation

In concert with the board's goal to utilize public funds in an effective and efficient manner, employees and students will practice energy conservation methods when utilizing the school district's buildings and sites.  These methods include, but are not limited to, turning off lights and equipment when not in use, reducing the temperature of the facility, particularly when it is not in use, and keeping windows and doors properly closed or open, depending upon the weather.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop energy conservation guidelines for employees and students.  Employees and students will abide by these guidelines.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.44; 473.19-.20 (2013).

Cross Reference:  700       Purpose of Noninstructional and Business Services

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998; June 19, 2017         
Reviewed:    Aug. 24, 2005      
Revised: June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:44

802.9 - Use of Contract Service

802.9 - Use of Contract Service

The superintendent and facilities director will use their judgement as conditions dictate as the use of school district maintenance personnel or contracting for the special service in the maintenance of the school district’s grounds, buildings, and equipment.  Certificated staff and administration will not be used for contracted services in the maintenance of the school district’s grounds, buildings and equipment.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017         
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005      
Revised:  May 8, 1989; June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:43

802.10 - Requests Regarding Electrical Appliances

802.10 - Requests Regarding Electrical Appliances

Personally owned electrical appliances and equipment may not be used in school buildings without prior approval of the building principal.

Any budget request for equipment requiring the use of school building electrical circuits must show that the item has been approved by the facilities director for use in existing circuits or it must include the cost of rewiring that would be necessary for its utilization.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; June 19, 2017        
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005      
Revised:  June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:40

803 - Selling and Leasing

803 - Selling and Leasing dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:38

803.1 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

803.1 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

School property, such as equipment, furnishings, or supplies (hereafter equipment), will be disposed of when it is determined to be of no further use to the school district.  It is the objective of the school district in disposing of the equipment to achieve the best available price or most economical disposal.

Obsolete equipment having a value of less than $5,000 will be sold or disposed of in a manner determined by the board.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to determine the best avenue for the disposal of equipment valued at less than $5,000.  However, the sale of equipment, furnishings or supplies disposed of in this manner shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation.  The publication of the sale or disposition will be published with at least one insertion each week for two consecutive weeks.

A public hearing shall be held regarding the disposal of the equipment with a value of $5,000 or more prior to the board's final decision.  The board shall adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale and shall publish notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property shall be in the resolution.  Notice of the public hearing shall be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the equipment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the method for disposing of equipment of no further use to the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 297.22-.25 (2013).

Cross Reference:  704       Revenue
   
                                    705.1    Purchasing - Bidding
   
                                    803       Selling and Leasing

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Sep 21, 2015; June 19, 2017         
Reviewed:  _Aug. 24, 2005, Nov. 1, 2012, Jul 27, 2015      
Revised:  Jan.12,1998, Feb. 12, 2001, Jul 27, 2015; June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:39

803.2 - Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings & Sites

803.2 - Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings & Sites

Decisions regarding the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property are made by the board.  In making its decision the board will consider the needs of the education program and the efficient use of public funds.

Prior to the board's final decision regarding real property, a public hearing will be held.  The board will adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale which will contain notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property or locally known address.  Notice of the time and place of the public hearing will be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the property.

If the real property contains less than two acres, is located outside of a city, is not adjacent to a city and was previously used as a schoolhouse site, the property may revert to the owner of the tract from whom the property was taken following the procedures set forth in Iowa Code §§ 297.15-.25.

In the case of a sale or lease of school district real property not being used for the education program, unless otherwise exempted, advertisements for bids will be taken.  If the bids received by the board are deemed inadequate, the board may decline to sell or lease the property and re-advertise.

In the case of the razing of a school district facility, in an amount in excess of the statutory minimum required by law, the board will advertise and take bids for the purpose of awarding the contract for the project.

The superintendent is responsible for coordinating the action necessary for the board to accomplish the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property, including student-constructed buildings.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the use of school district real property not being utilized for the education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 297.15-.25 (2013).

Cross Reference:  704       Revenue
   
                                    705.1    Purchasing - Bidding
   
                                    803       Selling and Leasing

Approved: Feb 11, 1985; June 19, 2017    
Reviewed: Aug 24, 2005; June 19, 2017    
Revised: Jan 12, 1998

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:38

804 - Safety Program

804 - Safety Program dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:29

804.1 - Facilities Inspections

804.1 - Facilities Inspections

A program for annual inspection, in addition to those conducted by authorized agencies, of the equipment, facilities, and grounds will be conducted as part of the maintenance schedule for school district buildings and sites.  The results of this inspection will be reported to the board at its annual meeting.  Further, the board may conduct its own inspection of the school district buildings and sites annually.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  802       Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998, July 17, 2017    
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005; June 19, 2017    
Revised:  June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:37

804.2 - Warning System & Emergency Plans

804.2 - Warning System & Emergency Plans

The school district will maintain a warning system designed to inform students, employees, and visitors in the facilities of an emergency.  This system will be maintained on a regular basis under the maintenance plan for school district buildings and sites.

Students will be informed of this system according to board policy.  Each classroom and office will have a plan for helping those in need of assistance to safety during an emergency.  This will include, but not be limited to, students and employees with disabilities.

Licensed employees will be responsible for instructing students on the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency.  It will be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 100.31 (2013).

Cross Reference:  507       Student Health and Well-Being
   
                                    711.7    School Bus Safety Instruction
   
                                    804       Safety Program

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998, July 17, 2017      
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005; June 19, 2017        
Revised:  June 19, 2017                               

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:36

804.3 - Bomb Threats

804.3 - Bomb Threats

As soon as a bomb threat is reported to the administration, the school district facility should be cleared immediately.  A thorough search will be made by the appropriate school district or law enforcement officials.  Employees and students will remain outside the school district facility until it is determined that danger no longer exists.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  804       Safety Program

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998, July 17, 2017        
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005; June 19, 2017   
Revised:  June 19, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:34

804.4 - Asbestos Containing Material

804.4 - Asbestos Containing Material

Friable and non-friable asbestos containing materials will be maintained in good condition and appropriate precautions will be followed when the material is disturbed.  If there is a need to replace asbestos it will be replaced with non-asbestos containing materials.  Each school building will maintain a copy of the asbestos management plan.

The school district will appoint and train appropriate employees as necessary.

 

 

Legal Reference:  20 U.S.C. §§ 3601 et seq. (2012).
   
                                    40 C.F.R. Pt. 763.84 (2012).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.52-.54 (2013).

Cross Reference:  403.4    Hazardous Chemical Disclosure
   
                                    802       Maintenance, Operation and Management

Approved:  March 14, 1988, July 17, 2017      
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005; June 19, 2017       
Revised:                         

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:30

804.5 - Stock Epinephrine Auto-Injector Supply

804.5 - Stock Epinephrine Auto-Injector Supply

The Fairfield Community School District seeks to provide a safe environment for students, staff, and visitors who are at risk of severe allergic reactions. Therefore, it is the policy of the district to annually obtain a prescription for epinephrine auto-injectors from a licensed health care professional, in the name of the school district, for administration by a school nurse or personnel trained and authorized to a student or individual who may be experiencing an anaphylactic reaction.

Procurement and maintenance of supply: The district will stock a minimum of one pediatric dose and one adult dose epinephrine auto-injector for each school building. The supply of such auto-injectors will be maintained in a secure, dark, temperature-controlled location in each school building.

A school nurse will routinely check stock epinephrine auto-injectors and document in a log monthly:

  • The expiration date;
  • Any visualized particles; or
  • Color change.

The employee will be responsible for ensuring the district replaces, as soon as reasonably possible, any logged epinephrine auto-injector that is used, close to expiration, or discolored or has particles visible in the liquid.

Training: A school nurse or personnel trained and authorized may provide or administer an epinephrine auto-injector from a school supply to a student or individual if the authorized personnel or school nurse reasonably and in good faith believes the student or individual is having an anaphylactic reaction. Training to obtain a signed certificate to become personnel authorized to administer an epinephrine auto-injector will consist of the requirements established by law.

Authorized personnel will be required to provide a procedural skills demonstration to the school nurse demonstrating competency in the administration of stock epinephrine auto-injectors to retain authorization to administer stock epinephrine auto-injectors if the following occur:

  • Failure to administer an epinephrine auto-injector to a student or individual by proper route, failure to administer the correct dosage, or failure to administer an epinephrine auto-injector according to generally accepted standards of practice  (“medication error”); or
  • Accidental injection of an epinephrine auto-injector into a digit of the authorized personnel administering the medication (“medication incident”). 

Reporting: The district will contact emergency medical services (911) immediately after a stock epinephrine auto-injector is administered to a student or individual. The school nurse or authorized personnel will remain with the student or individual until emergency medical services arrive.

Within 48 hours, the district will report to the Iowa Department of Education:

  • Each medication incident with the administration of stock epinephrine;
  • Each medication error with the administration of stock epinephrine; or
  • The administration of a stock epinephrine auto-injector.

As provided by law, the district, board, authorized personnel or school nurse, and the prescriber will not be liable for any injury arising from the provision, administration, failure to administer, or assistance in the administration of an epinephrine auto-injector provided they acted reasonably and in good faith.

The superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 135.185; 279.8.
   
                                    281 I.A.C. 14.3.

Cross Reference:  507.2    Administration of Medication

Approved:  Feb. 11, 2002, July 17, 2017         
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005; June 19, 2017       
Revised:  June 19, 2017    

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 17:32

900 - SCHOOL & COMMUNITY RELATIONS

900 - SCHOOL & COMMUNITY RELATIONS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 11/09/2021 - 15:43

900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

Successful education programs require the support of the school district community.  The board addresses the importance of the role of the school district community in the school district in this series of the policy manual.  The board recognizes this support is dependent on the school district community's understanding of participation in the efforts, goals, problems and programs of the school district.

In this section, the board sets out its policies defining its relationship with the school district community.  In striving to obtain the support of the school district community, the board will:

  •   Provide access to school district records;
  •   Inform the school district community of the school district's goals, objectives, achievements, and needs;
  •   Invite the input of the school district community; and,
  •   Encourage cooperation between the school district and the school district community.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, March 19, 2018, August 16, 2021   
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, February 19, 2018, July 16, 2021   
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, March 19, 2018     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 11:05

900.1 - Board-Community Relations

900.1 - Board-Community Relations

It is the expressed policy of the board of directors to actively cooperate with official area community agencies and organizations concerned with the welfare of students.  All efforts of this school system should be directed toward maintaining an open communication between the school and the public.  Community support for the program of the schools can best be established through a public that understands and is active in school affairs.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, March 19, 2018, August 16, 2021        
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, February 19, 2018, July 19, 2021            
Revised: February 19, 2018, March 19, 2018             

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 11:05

901 - Public Examination of School District Records

901 - Public Examination of School District Records

Public records of the school district may be viewed by the public during the regular business hours of the administration offices of the school district.  These hours are 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, except for holidays and recesses.

Persons wishing to view the school district's public records will contact the board secretary and make arrangements for the viewing.  The board secretary will make arrangements for viewing the records as soon as practicable, depending on the nature of the request.

Persons may request copies of public records by telephone or in writing, including electronically.  The school district may require pre-payment of the costs prior to copy and mailing.

Persons wanting copies may be assessed a fee for the copy.  Persons wanting compilation of information may be assessed a fee for the time of the employee to compile the requested information.  Printing of materials for the public at the expense of the school district will only occur when the event is sponsored by the school district.

Pursuant to Iowa Law, the board has determined certain records need to be confidential as their disclosure could jeopardize the safety/privacy of persons or property and include, but are not limited to, the following:

  • Security procedures
  • Emergency preparedness procedures
  • Evacuation procedures
  • Security codes and passwords
  • Personal evaluations
  • Student records

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain accurate and current records of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to respond in a timely manner to requests for viewing and receiving public information of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 291.6 (2014).
   
                                  1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 88.
   
                                  1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
   
                                  1968 Op. Att'y Gen. 656.

Cross-Reference:  215      Board of Directors' Records
   
                                  401.5  Employee Records
                                     506      Student Records
   
                                  708      Care, Maintenance, and Disposal of School District Records
   
                                  902.1  News Media Relations

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and is consistent with the Iowa public records law regarding access to, copying of and charging for copies of public records. By law, individuals have a right to access public records during the hours of 9:00 a.m. - 12:00 p.m. and 1:00 p.m.- 4:00 p.m. unless the board sets other hours. IASB recommends that the board establish specific hours in board policy, and blanks are provided in the first paragraph for that purpose. For more detailed discussion of this issue, see IASB's Policy Primer, Vol. 19 #6- June 23, 2006.

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, March 19, 2018, August 16, 2021         
Reviewed:   Sep. 18, 2006, February 19, 2018, July 19, 2021          
Revised:   Oct. 9, 2006, February 19, 2018       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 11:04

902 - Press, Radio and Television News Media

902 - Press, Radio and Television News Media dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:59

902.1 - News Media Relations

902.1 - News Media Relations

The board recognizes the value of and supports open, fair and honest communication with the news media.  The board will maintain a cooperative relationship with the news media.  As part of this cooperative relationship, the board and the media will develop a means for sharing information while respecting each party's limitations.

Members of the news media are encouraged and welcome to attend open board meetings.  The board president is the spokesperson for the board, and the superintendent is the spokesperson for the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to respond to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

Members of the news media seeking information about the school district will direct their inquiries to the superintendent.  The superintendent will accurately and objectively provide the facts and board positions in response to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 279.8 (2013).

Cross-Reference:  902 Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, March 19, 2018, August 16, 2021                 
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, February 19, 2018, July 19, 2021        
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, February 19, 2018       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 11:03

902.2 - News Conferences and Interviews

902.2 - News Conferences and Interviews

The superintendent, on behalf of the board and the school district, may hold a news conference or respond to a request for an interview with the news media.

The superintendent will respond accurately, openly, honestly, and objectively to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

News conferences and interviews planned or pre-arranged for school district activities will include the board and the superintendent.  News conferences for issues requiring an immediate response may be held by the superintendent.  It is be within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether a news conference or interview will be held to provide an immediate response to an issue.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of news conferences and interviews.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 279.8 (2013).

Cross-Reference:  902 Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998, March 19, 2018, August 16, 2021            
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, February 19, 2018, July 19, 2021            
Revised:  February 19, 2018       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 11:02

902.3 - News Releases

902.3 - News Releases

The superintendent will determine when a news release about internal school district and board matters will be issued.  In making this determination, the superintendent will strive to keep the media and the school district community accurately and objectively informed.  Further, the superintendent will strive to create and maintain a positive image for the school district.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve news releases originating within the school district prior to their release.

News releases will be prepared and disseminated to news media in the school district community.  Questions about news releases will be directed to the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Widmer v. Reitzler, 182 N.W.2d 177 (Iowa 1970).
   
                                   Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).
   
                                   Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22.2 (2013).
   
                                   1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 73.
   
                                   1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Cross-Reference:  902 Press, Radio and Television News Media

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, March 19, 2018, August 16, 2021                
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, February 19, 2018, July 19, 2021           
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, February 19, 2018, July 19, 2021                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 11:01

902.4 - Live Broadcasting or Recording

902.4 - Live Broadcasting or Recording

Individuals may broadcast or record public school district events, including open board meetings, as long as it does not interfere with, or disrupt, the school district event and it does not create an undue burden in adapting the buildings and sites to accommodate the request.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the request is unduly burdensome and whether the broadcast or recording will interfere with or disrupt the school district event.

Recording of classroom activities will be allowed at the discretion of the superintendent.  Parents will be notified prior to recording of classroom activities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations outlining the procedures for making the request and the rules for operation if the request is granted.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 21.4, .7; 22; 279.8 (2013).

Cross-Reference:  902.1 News Media Relations
   
                                    903.3 Visitors to School District Buildings and Sites

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998, March 19, 2018, August 16, 2021    
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, February 19, 2018, July 19, 2021               
Revised: February 19, 2018       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:59

903 - Public Participation in the School District

903 - Public Participation in the School District dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:49

903.1 - School - Community Groups

903.1 - School - Community Groups

The board values the participation and the support of school district- community groups, including, but not limited to, the booster club and parent-teacher organizations, which strive for the betterment of the school district and the education program.  The board will work closely with these groups.

Prior to any purchase of, or fund raising for the purchase of goods or services for the school district, the group will confer with the superintendent or designee to assist the group in purchasing goods or services to meet the school district's needs.

Funds raised by these groups for the school district may be kept as part of the accounts of the school district. Goods and items purchased for the school district will become property of the district.

It will be the responsibility of the building principal to be the liaison with the school district-community groups affiliated with the building principal's attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:  903 Public Participation in the School District

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998; May 15, 2017, March 19, 2018, August 16, 2021         
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005; May 15, 2017, February 19, 2018, July 19, 2021                                  
Revised:   April 10, 2017, March 19, 2018     

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:58

903.2 - Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

903.2 - Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

The board recognizes the valuable resource it has in the members of the school district community.  When possible and in concert with the education program, members of the school district community may be asked to make presentations to the students or to assist employees in duties other than teaching.  The school district may officially recognize the contributions made by volunteers.

Recruitment, training, utilization, and the maintenance of records for the purposes of insurance coverage and/or recognition of school district volunteers is the responsibility of the superintendent.

Volunteers within the district are held to the same high standards of behavior as school employees and will be subject to background checks prior to interacting with the students in a volunteer capacity.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent or the superintendent's designee to create regulations necessary to carry out this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 670 (2013).

Cross Reference:  603.1    Basic Instruction Program
   
                                    903.3    Visitors to School District Buildings and Sites

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985; May 15, 2017, March 19, 2018, August 16, 2021        
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, February 19, 2018, July 19, 2021                                  
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, April 10, 2017, July 19, 2021                                   

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:57

903.3 - Visitors to School District Buildings & Sites

903.3 - Visitors to School District Buildings & Sites

The board welcomes the interest of parents and other members of the school district community and invites them to visit the school buildings and sites.  Visitors, which include persons other than employees or students, must notify the principal of their presence in the facility upon arrival.

Persons who wish to visit a classroom while school is in session are asked to notify the principal and obtain approval from the principal prior to the visit so appropriate arrangements can be made and so class disruption can be minimized.  Teachers and other employees will not take time from their duties to discuss matters with visitors.

Visitors will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of others while attending school events.  Visitors failing to conduct themselves accordingly may be asked to leave the premises.  Children who wish to visit school must be accompanied by a parent or responsible adult.

It is the responsibility of employees to report inappropriate conduct.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent and principals to take the action necessary to cease the inappropriate conduct.  If the superintendent or principals are not available, a school district employee will act to cease the inappropriate conduct.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 716.7 (2013).

Cross Reference:  902       Press, Radio and Television News Media
   
                                    903.2    Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, May 15, 2017, March 19, 2018, August 16, 2021            
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, May 15, 2017, February 19, 2018, July 19, 2021                                                     
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, April 10, 2017

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:56

903.4 - Public Conduct on School Premises

903.4 - Public Conduct on School Premises

The board expects that students, employees and visitors will treat each other with respect, engage in responsible behavior, exercise self-discipline and model fairness, equity and respect.  Individuals violating this policy will be subject to discipline.  Students will be disciplined consistent with the student conduct policies.  Employees will be disciplined consistent with employee discipline policies and laws.  Others will be subject to discipline according to this policy.

Individuals are permitted to attend school sponsored or approved activities or visit school premises only as guests of the school district, and, as a condition, they must comply with the school district's rules and policies.   Individuals will not be allowed to interfere with or disrupt the education program or activity.   Visitors, like the participants, are expected to display mature, responsible behavior.  The failure of individuals to do so is not only disruptive but embarrassing to the students, the school district and the entire community.

To protect the rights of students to participate in the education program or activities without fear of interference or disruption and to permit the school officials, employees and activity sponsors and officials to perform their duties without interference or disruption, the following provisions are in effect:

  • Abusive, verbal or physical conduct of individuals directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities or at other individuals will not be tolerated.
  • Verbal or physical conduct of individuals that interferes with the performance of students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities will not be tolerated.
  • The use of vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities participating in a sponsored or approved activity or at other individuals will not be tolerated.

If an individual becomes physically or verbally abusive, uses vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression, or interrupts an activity, the individual may be removed from the event by the individual in charge of the event.  Law enforcement may be contacted for assistance.

Individuals removed from school premises have the ability to follow the board’s chain of command and complaint policies should they choose to do so.  The exclusion is in effect should the individual choose to appeal the decision of the superintendent.  The term “individual” as used in the policy also includes students and employees.

If an individual has been notified of exclusion and thereafter tries to enter a school building or attends a sponsored or approved activity, the individual will be advised that his/her attendance will result in prosecution.  The school district may obtain a court order for permanent exclusion from the school building or from future school sponsored or approved activities.

 

Note: This policy reflects the Iowa civility and trespass law, and outlines a school district’s authority to enforce the law.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .66; 716.7 (2013).

Cross Reference:  205       Board Member Liability
   
                                    504       Student Activities
   
                                    802.6    Vandalism
   
                                    903       Public Participation in the School District

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985 May 15, 2017, March 19, 2018, August 16, 2021            
Reviewed:  Oct. 8, 2007, May 15, 2017, February 19, 2018, July 19, 2021              
Revised:  Jan.12, 1998, Dec. 13, 1999, Nov. 12, 2007, July 19, 2021              

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:55

903.5 - Distribution of Materials

903.5 - Distribution of Materials

The board recognizes that students, employees, parents or citizens may want to distribute noncurricular materials within the school district which includes the buildings, school grounds, playgrounds, parking lots and school owned vehicles.  Noncurricular materials to be distributed must be approved by the building principal and meet certain standards prior to their distribution.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the building principals to draft administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

The regulation accompanying this policy has been approved by the 8th Circuit Court of Appeals in Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987). 

 

 

Legal Reference:  U.S. Const. amend. I.
   
                                    Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
   
                                    Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
   
                                    New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
   
                                    Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
   
                                    Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
   
                                    Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.22 (2013).

Cross References:  502.3    Freedom of Expression
   
                                      503.1    Student Conduct
   
                                      504       Student Activities
   
                                      603.9    Academic Freedom

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, May 15, 2017, March 19, 2018, August 16, 2021       
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, May 15, 2017, February 19, 2018, July 19, 2021                                                   
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Feb. 12, 2001

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:50

903.5R1 - Distribution of Materials Regulation

903.5R1 - Distribution of Materials Regulation

    I.      Guidelines.

            Individuals, including students, may have the right to distribute on school premises, at reasonable times and places, unofficial written material, petitions, buttons, badges or other insignia, except expression which:

               1.      is obscene to minors;

2.      is libelous;

3.      contains indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd language;

4.      advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law;

5.      constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses other people (e.g., threats of violence, defamation of character or of a person's race, religion, gender, disability, age or ethnic origin);

6.      presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations.

            Distribution on school premises of material in categories (1) through (4) to any student is prohibited.  Distribution on school premises of material in categories (5) and (6) to a substantial number of students is prohibited.

 

  II.      Procedures.

            Anyone wishing to distribute unofficial written material must first submit for approval a copy of the material to the building principal at least twenty-four hours in advance of desired distribution time, together with the following information:

            1.    Name and phone number of the person submitting request and, if a student, the homeroom number;

            2.    Date(s) and time(s) of day of intended display or distribution;

            3.    Location where material will be displayed or distributed;

            4.    The grade(s) of students to whom the display or distribution is intended.

Within twenty-four hours of submission, the principal will render a decision whether the material violates the guidelines in subsection I or the time, place and manner restrictions in subsection III of this policy.  In the event that permission to distribute the material is denied, the person submitting the request should be informed in writing of the reasons for the denial.  Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either the school, the administration, the board or the individual reviewing the material submitted.

If the person submitting the request does not receive a response within twenty-four hours of submission, the person shall contact the building principal's office to verify that the lack of response was not due to an inability to locate the person.  If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the request, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.

            If the person is dissatisfied with the decision of the principal, the person may submit a written request for appeal to the superintendent.  If the person does not receive a response within three school days of submitting the appeal, the person will contact the superintendent to verify that the lack of response is not due to an inability to locate the person.  If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the appeal, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.

            At every level of the process the person submitting the request will have the right to appear and present the reasons, supported by relevant witnesses and material, as to why distribution of the written material is appropriate.

            Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either the school district, the board, the administration or the individual reviewing the material submitted.

 

III.       Time, place and manner of distribution.

            The distribution of written material is prohibited when it blocks the safe flow of traffic within corridors and entrance ways of the school or otherwise disrupts school activities.  The distribution of unofficial material is limited to a reasonable time, place and manner as follows:

            1.    The material will be distributed from a table set up for the purpose in a location designated by the principal, which location will not block the safe flow of traffic or block the corridors or entrance ways, but which will give reasonable access to students.

            2.    The material will be distributed either before and/or after the regular instructional day.             

            3.    No written material may be distributed during and at the place of a normal school   activity if it is reasonably likely to cause a material and substantial disruption of that activity.

            4.    Any flyer must have this statement on the material. “The content of this material does not reflect the endorsement, sponsorship, position or expression of the FCSD”.       

           

IV.      Definitions.

            The following definitions apply to the following terms used in this policy:

            1.    "Obscene to minors" is defined as:

                   (a)   The average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find that the written material, taken as a whole, appeals to the prurient interest of minors of the age to whom distribution is requested;

                   (b)   The material depicts or describes, in a manner that is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult community concerning how such conduct should be presented to minors of the age to whom distribution is requested, sexual conduct such as intimate sexual acts (normal or perverted), masturbation, excretory functions, and lewd exhibition of the genitals; and

                   (c)   The material, taken as a whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value for minors.

            2.    "Minor" means any person under the age of eighteen.

            3.    "Material and substantial disruption" of a normal school activity is defined as follows:

                   (a)   Where the normal school activity is an educational program of the district for which student attendance is compulsory, "material and substantial disruption" is defined as any disruption, which interferes with or impedes the implementation of that program.

                   (b)   Where the normal school activity is voluntary in nature (including, without limitation, school athletic events, school plays and concerts, and lunch periods), "material and substantial disruption" is defined as student rioting, unlawful seizures of property, widespread shouting or boisterous demonstration, sit-in, stand-in, walk-out, or other related forms of activity.

               (c)   In order for expression to be considered disruptive, there must exist specific facts upon which the likelihood of disruption can be forecasted including past experience in the school, current events influencing student activities and behavior, and instances of actual or threatened disruption relating to the written material in question.

            4.    "School activities" means any activity of students sponsored by the school and includes, by way of example but not limited to, classroom work, library activities, physical education classes, official assemblies and other similar gatherings, school athletic contests, band concerts, school plays and in-school lunch periods.

            5.    "Unofficial" written material includes all written material except school newspapers, literary magazines, yearbooks, and other publications funded and/or sponsored or authorized by the school.  Examples include leaflets, brochures, flyers, petitions, placards and underground newspapers, whether written by students or others.

            6.    "Libelous" is a false and unprivileged statement about a specific individual that tends to harm the individual's reputation or to lower him/her in the esteem of the community.

            7.    "Distribution" means circulation or dissemination of written material by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale and accepting donations for copies.  It includes displaying written material in areas of the school which are generally frequented by students.

 

  V.      Disciplinary action.

            Distribution by any student of unofficial written material prohibited in subsection I or in violation of subsection III may be halted, and students may be subject to discipline including suspension and expulsion.  Any other party violating this policy may be requested to leave the school property immediately and, if necessary, local law enforcement officials will be called.

 

VI.      Notice of policy to students.

            A copy of this policy will be published in student handbooks and posted conspicuously in school buildings.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:51

904 - Community Activities Involving Students

904 - Community Activities Involving Students dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:45

904.1 - Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

904.1 - Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

Generally, transporting students for school purposes is done in a vehicle owned by the school district and driven by a school bus driver. Students may be transported in private vehicles for school purposes. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine when this is appropriate.   

Individuals transporting students for school purposes in private vehicles must have the permission of the superintendent and meet all applicable requirements set by the district. Private vehicles will be used only when:      

•   The vehicle is in good condition and meets all applicable safety requirements;      

•   The driver possesses a valid drivers’ license;            

•   Proof of insurance has been supplied to the superintendent and the insurance satisfies the minimum coverage requirements for driving personal vehicles in the State of Iowa; and        

•   When the parents of the students to be transported have given written permission to the superintendent or designee.   

The school district assumes no responsibility for those students who have not received the approval of the superintendent and who ride in private vehicles for school purposes. If transportation is not provided by the school district, or if transportation provided by the school district is declined by the student or parent/guardian, then the responsibility and corresponding liability for transportation for school purposes shall rest solely with the student and parent/guardian.         

This policy statement applies to transportation of students for school purposes in addition to transporting students to and from their designated attendance center. The superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.                

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321 (2013).
   
                                   281 I.A.C. 43.

Cross-Reference:  401.6        Transporting of Students by Employees
         
                                      401.7        Employee Travel Compensation
   
                                    711           Transportation

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985 , March 19, 2018         
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, February 19, 2018                   
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, February 19, 2018       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:47

904.2 - Advertising and Promotion

904.2 - Advertising and Promotion

The use of students, the school district name, or its buildings and sites for advertising and promoting products and/or services of entities and organizations operating for a profit is not allowed, except with prior board approval.  Nonprofit entities and organizations may be allowed to use students, the school district name, or its buildings and sites if the purpose is educationally related and prior approval has been obtained from the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Cross-Reference:  504.5 Student Fund Raising
   
                                    904    Community Activities Involving Students

Approved:  Jan. 12, 1998, Mar. 19, 2018, Oct. 18, 2021                           
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Feb. 19, 2018, Sept. 20, 2021                      
Revised:  Feb. 19, 2018       

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:46

904.4 - Money Raising Activities in the Schools

904.4 - Money Raising Activities in the Schools

No activity requiring students and teachers to assist in promoting campaigns, (financial, education, charitable, or otherwise), which demands the time of students, teachers, and administrators, will be permitted, except as hereinafter provided, unless the same will be in accord with the general policies of the board of directors.

No agent or person, or persons will be permitted to solicit any student or teacher for any purpose, or distribute circulars, handbills, or advertisements of any kind or make announcements of any nature, or take up contributions in any school building or on the premises. For any purpose whatsoever, except by approval from the superintendent, as being in accord with the general policies of the board of directors.

Participation by students in charity activities is considered to be a desirable part of their total education. However, as a matter of basic policy the board of directors will authorize the administration to determine the nature and extent of such activity.

 

 

Approved:  Feb. 11, 1985, Feb. 18, 2019, Oct. 18, 2021
Reviewed:   Aug. 24, 2005, Jan. 21, 2019, Sept. 20,2021
Revised:  Jan. 12, 1998, Jan. 21, 2019

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:45

905 - Buildings, Sites, and Equipment

905 - Buildings, Sites, and Equipment dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:24

905.1 - Community Use of School District Buildings, Sites & Equipment

905.1 - Community Use of School District Buildings, Sites & Equipment

The buildings and sites and equipment of the Fairfield Community School District will be made available as per the school board approved fee schedule (Code No. 905.1R1) to local nonprofit entities that promote cultural, educational, civic, community, or recreational activities.  Such use will be permitted only when the use does not interfere with or disrupt the educational program or school-related activity, the use is consistent with state law, and will end no later than midnight unless given administrative approval for a later end time.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent or designee to allow for-profit entities to use the school district buildings and sites as per the school board approved fee schedule.  The superintendent or designee reserves the right to deny use of buildings and sites and equipment to any group and to waive rental fees for groups if deemed appropriate to do so.  It will be within the discretion of the superintendent or designee to allow use of school district buildings and sites on Sundays.

Organizations, individuals, and other entities that wish to use the school district property must apply at the principal’s office or activity director’s office.  It will be the responsibility of the principal or activities director to determine whether the school district facility requested is available and whether the application for use meets board policy and administrative regulations.  It will be the responsibility of the principal or activities director to provide application forms, obtain proof of insurance, and draw up the contract for use of the school district property.

Sponsoring organizations must stay on site until all underage individuals are off the property.

An employee of the school district will supervise activities in the school district buildings and sites unless special prior arrangements are made with the superintendent or designee.  The employee of the school district will not accept a fee from the nonprofit user for supervision duties performed; rather, if appropriate, the school district employee will be paid by the school district, and the user will be billed as per the rental agreement.

It will be the responsibility of the superintendent or designee to develop a fee schedule for the school board’s approval and to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

Groups using the facilities will be classified in priority order A, B, C, D, E with Class A having the highest priority for use.

  1. Group A – School Groups Recognized by the Fairfield Community School District.
     
    1. Groups included are:
      1. School District recognized Boosters/Organizations supporting school sponsored activities or events, for example, athletic, fine art, and club boosters
      2. School District recognized Parent-Teacher Associations and Parent-Teacher Organizations
    2. If custodial services or technical services are required beyond normal duties, then the group or organization will be billed according to the rate established on Policy 905.1R1
    3. Use of facility will terminate at a time determined by the building principal or activities director.
    4. A Certificate of Liability is required to be on file.
    5. Group will be responsible for any damage to equipment or property that occurs during or as a result of the usage of the school district’s facility.

 

  1. Group B – Non-School Related Nonprofit Fairfield Community Organizations for Non-Fundraising activities
  1. Groups included are:
      1. Scout Organizations
      2. 4-H Organizations
      3. Fairfield Park & Recreation Department leagues and games
      4. Local civic groups and local political parties
      5. Boys’ and Girls’ Club leagues (football, volleyball, basketball, wrestling, soccer, softball, baseball, etc.) games and practices that are eligible to all Fairfield resident students
  2. If custodial services or technical services are required beyond normal duties, then the group or organization will be billed according to the rate established on Policy 905.1R1
  3. Use of facility will terminate at a time determined by the building principal or activities director.
  4. A Certificate of Liability is required to be on file.
  5. Group will be responsible for any damage to equipment or property that occurs during or as a result of the usage of the school district’s facility.
  6. If event being held by the non-school related nonprofit organization generates income through admission or registration fees (youth tournaments, etc.) then rate schedule C will be followed.

 

  1. Group C – Non-School Related Nonprofit Fairfield Community Organizations for  Fundraising Activities and/or Audience in Attendance
  1. Groups included are:
    1. Traveling Athletic Teams
    2. Church congregational meetings, worship services, and leagues
    3. Schools other than those comprising the Fairfield Community School District.
  2. If custodial services or technical services are required beyond normal duties, then the group or organization will be billed according to the rate established on Policy 905.1R1
  3. Use of facility will terminate at a time determined by the building principal or activities director.
  4. A Certificate of Liability is required to be on file.
  5. Group will be responsible for any damage to equipment or property that occurs during or as a result of the usage of the school district’s facility.

 

  1. Group D – Fairfield Community School District Residents\
  1.  Fairfield Community School District residents may have access to use school district facilities for individual non-profit activities when these
    facilities are not needed for school functions or for rate schedule A,B, or C group activities.
  2. If custodial services or technical services are required beyond normal duties, then the resident will be billed according to the rate established on Policy 905.1R1
  3. Use of facility will terminate at a time determined by the building principal or activities director.
  4. A Certificate of Liability or copy of the resident’s homeowner’s policy is required to be on file.
  5. Resident will be responsible for any damage to equipment or property that occurs during or as a result of the usage of the school district’s facility.
  6. For large group D gatherings and events, the superintendent or designee reserves the right to charge resident schedule C or E rental rates so that the district expenses associated with event are covered.

 

  1. Group E – Non-School Related For Profit Organizations
     
    1. Non-School Related For Profit Organizations may have access to school facilities under schedule E in order of date of application when these facilities are not needed for school functions or for rate schedule A,B,C, or D group activities.
    2. If custodial services or technical services are required beyond normal duties, then the resident will be billed according to the rate established on Policy 905.1R1
    3. Use of facility will terminate at a time determined by the building principal or activities director.
    4. A Certificate of Liability is required to be on file.
    5. Group will be responsible for any damage to equipment or property that occurs during or as a result of the usage of the school district’s facility.

 

  1.     Group F—School Related For Profit
  1. District teachers that are providing tutoring lessons to district students, other than their own students for profit.
  2. Music lessons for pay.
  3. Per handbook prior approval is needed by the superintendent and the time scheduled is to be submitted to the superintendent.
  4. Group will be responsible for any damage to equipment or property that occurs during or as a result of the usage of the school district’s facility.

 

 

Legal Reference:  Iowa Code 276; 278.1 (4); 279.8; 288; 297.9-.11 (2011).
   
                                    1982 Op. Att’y Gen. 561.
   
                                    1940 Op. Att’y Gen. 232.
   
                                    1936 Op. Att’y Gen. 196.

Cross-Reference:  704 Revenue

Approved: Feb. 11, 1985, March 19, 2018
Reviewed: Aug. 24, 2005, February 19, 2018       
Revised: Jan. 12, 1998, September 18, 2017 

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:27

905.1E1 - Application For Use of School District Facilities

905.1E1 - Application For Use of School District Facilities

APPLICATION FOR USE OF FAIRFIELD COMMUNITY SCHOOL DISTRICT FACILITIES

* Complete and return to building principal and/or activities director.

Day(s)/Date(s) Wanted (please be specific):               ______________________________________________________________

This is a(n): __________ one time request                      __________ ongoing request from __________ to __________

Building wanted:        _____ HS             _____ MS            _____ Pence              _____ Washington         _____ Libertyville

                                           _____ Lincoln   _____ ACT

Area wanted:                _____ Gym         _____ Field        _____ Commons     _____ Classroom           _____ Auditorium

_____ Kitchen   _____ Other : specify:_______________________________

Time wanted: ____________________       Hours building is to be open: _________________________

My signature indicates that I have received a copy of the district’s policy (Code No. 905.1) regarding the use of a FCSD facility and/ or equipment and agree to abide by it.  I also agree:

  1. To provide adult supervision for all participants and spectators.
  2. That street shoes will not be worn on gym floors, pianos will not be moved, and electrical outlets will not be altered.
  3. That alcoholic beverages and tobacco products will not be present on school property.
  4. To be responsible for carrying the proper insurance for the group’s activities.
  5. That the school district and agents will not be held responsible for the accidents, injuries, or theft of personal property incurred by those parties authorized to use the district facilities.
  6. To leave the facilities in good condition, comparable to the way they were prior to use, and to pay labor charges if I fail to do so.
  7. To be responsible for any damage to equipment or property which occurs during or as a result of the rental, and to report any damage to the building principal or activities director.
  8. To adhere to the terms of this agreement and any additional terms imposed by the building principal or activities director.
  9. That failure to abide by the above mentioned terms or repeated abuse of the facilities will result in cancellation of this and any future contracts.
  10. To notify the building principal or activities director of a cancellation or variation.
  11. Sponsoring organizations must stay on site until all underage individuals are off the property.

 

Signature: ___________________________________ Name (please print): ___________________________________

Organization: ___________________________________         Nature of Activity: ___________________________________

Home Phone: ___________________________________         Cell Phone: ___________________________________

Address: ___________________________________    City, State, Zip: ___________________________________

Number of People in Group: ______________   Adults: ______________              Youth: ______________

Certificate of Insurance Coverage Attached: ______________

 

*************************************** FOR OFFICE USE ******************************************************

Rental Schedule (Circle One):   A   B   C   D   E   F     Facility use charges: __________       Other charges __________

Custodian Charges: __________   Hours: __________   Other personnel charges: __________   Hours: __________

Special Notes: _______________________________________________________________________________  Amount Deposit: __________

Signature Principal or A.D.: ______________________________   Date: ____________________

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:43

905.1R1 - Fee Schedule for Use of School District Facilities

905.1R1 - Fee Schedule for Use of School District Facilities

Group A - School Groups Recognized by the Fairfield Community School District

Group B - Non-School Related Nonprofit Community Organizations for Non-Fundraising activities

Group C - Non-School Related Nonprofit Community Organizations for Fundraising Activities and/or Audience in Attendance

Group D - Fairfield Community School District Residents-Non Profit Organizations

Group E - Non-School Related For Profit Organizations

Group F – School Related for Profit Organizations

 

RENTAL                         Schedule                       Schedule                                           Schedule                        Schedule
RATES & FEES            A/B/D                                   C                                                                     E                                                F

 

Gymnasium                   No Charge            $20/hour or $80/day                   $40/hour                          N/A

Auditorium                    (a)                                 (a) + $20/hour or $80/day    (a) + $40/hour             N/A

Commons                        No Charge            $15/hour or $60/day                   $30/hour                         $10/hr or $40/day

Classroom                       No Charge            $10/hour or $40/day                   $20/hour                         $5/hr or $20/day

Kitchen                              (b)                                 (b) + $20/hour or $80/day     (b) + $40/hour            N/A

Outdoor Facilities     No Charge            $20/hour or $80/day                   $40/hour                          N/A

 

(c) CUSTODIAL FEE (if applicable) $35/hour                       $35/hour                                           $35/hour                      

FOOD SERVICE EMPLOYEE FEE     $35/hour                       $35/hour                                           $35/hour

(a) If auditorium rental requires the use of school personnel to supervise the operation of lights, sound, etc., then an additional $20 per hour fee will be charged to renter

(b) Rental of kitchen requires the use of a school food service employee at the current hourly rate of pay.            

(c) If custodial, technical, or supervision services are required beyond normal duties, then the group or organization will be billed according to the established hourly rate.

 

PAYMENT PROCEDURE

  1. Charges must be paid within 30 days of billing date.
  2. Payment should be mailed to: Fairfield HS Activities Office, 605 East Broadway, Fairfield, IA 52556
  3. Checks returned for non-payment will be assessed a service charge of $25.00.

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:34

905.2 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment

905.2 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment

School district facilities and grounds, including school vehicles, are off limits for tobacco or nicotine use, including the use of look-a-likes where the original would include tobacco or nicotine.  This requirement extends to students, employees and visitors.  This policy applies at all times, including school sponsored and non-school sponsored events.  Persons failing to abide by this request are required to extinguish their smoking material, dispose of the tobacco, nicotine or other product or leave the school district premises immediately.  It is the responsibility of the administration to enforce this policy.

 

NOTE:  According to Iowa law, all school grounds are smoke free.  Boards have the authority to expand the policy to make the school facilities and grounds tobacco or nicotine free as well.

 

 

Legal Reference:     
Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).  
House File 2212, Iowa General Assembly (2008)              
Iowa Code §§ 142D; 279.8, .9; 297 (2013).                        

Cross Reference:     
903.4 Public Conduct on School Premises                         
905.1 Community Use of School District Buildings & Sites & Equipment

Approved:  Oct. 12, 1987, Oct 27, 2014, March 19, 2018, Nov. 15, 2021   
Reviewed:  Aug. 24, 2005, Apr.28, 2014, Oct 20, 2014, February 19, 2018, October 18, 2021                    
Revised:  Oct. 12, 1992, April 7, 1999, Dec. 13, 2010, Apr.28, 2014, Oct 20, 2014, February 19, 2018, October 18, 2021                            

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:25

906 - Unmanned Aircraft - Drones

906 - Unmanned Aircraft - Drones

The following policy applies to the extent not preempted by federal or state regulatory jurisdiction regarding unmanned aircrafts. For purposes of this policy, the term “unmanned aircraft” means an aircraft that is operated without the possibility of direct human intervention from within or on the aircraft.

The Fairfield Community School District believes in maintaining the safety, security, and privacy of students, employees, and visitors. In keeping with this belief, the use or possession of unmanned aircrafts is prohibited on district property or in the space above the property that reasonably can be considered part of the district property.

The superintendent may make an exception to this policy in specific cases where the circumstances warrant such exception. In such situations and prior to approval, unmanned aircraft operators will:

  • Supply proof of insurance meeting liability limits established by the district;
  • Present appropriate registration and authorization issued by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA);
  • Sign an agreement holding the district harmless from any claims of harm to individuals or damage to property; and
  • Meet additional requirements as determined appropriate by the district.

If the unmanned aircrafts are operated as part of the district curriculum, prior to adoption into the curriculum, district employees will work with district administration to ensure the appropriate insurance, registration, and authorizations are in place.

Unmanned aircrafts will be operated in accordance with Iowa High School Athletic Association http://www.iahsaa.org/ and Iowa Girls High School Athletic Union http://ighsau.org/ policy.

Failure to abide by this policy may result in local, state, and federal penalties if applicable.

 

CAUTION: Districts should be aware of the FAA unmanned aircraft safety guidelines, which include guidelines such as flying below 400 feet and not flying within 5 miles of an airport unless the airport and control tower have been contacted prior to flying. For a complete list of the guidelines, please visit the “Model Aircraft Operations” section of the FAA website, located at http://www.faa.gov/uas/modelaircraft/.

 

Legal Reference:          
FAA Modernization and Reform Act of 2012, P.L. 112-95, Title III, Subtitle B. Model Aircraft Operating Standards, FFA AC No. 91-57A (Sept. 2, 2015). OFFICE OF CHIEF COUNSEL, FED. AVIATION ADMIN., State and Local Regulation of Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) Fact Sheet (Dec. 17, 2015). Iowa Code § 279.8.

IHSAA Drone Policy

Cross Reference: 602.1 Curriculum Development

Approved: September 18, 2017, March 19, 2018, Nov. 15, 2021
Reviewed: September 18, 2017, February 19, 2018, October 18, 2021
Revised:

 

dawn.gibson.cm… Wed, 11/10/2021 - 10:21